Item 1. Financial Statements (Unaudited)
- 1 Goldman Sachs March 2024 Form 10-Q
| | As of |
$ in millions | March 2024 | December 2023 |
Assets | | |
Cash and cash equivalents | $ 209,385 | $ 241,577 |
Collateralized agreements: | | |
Securities purchased under agreements to resell (includes $231,655 and $223,543 at fair value) | 231,918 | 223,805 |
Securities borrowed (includes $48,624 and $44,930 at fair value) | 214,913 | 199,420 |
Customer and other receivables (includes $23 and $23 at fair value) | 160,419 | 132,495 |
Trading assets (at fair value and includes $113,748 and $110,567 pledged as collateral) | 507,718 | 477,510 |
Investments (includes $81,777 and $75,767 at fair value) | 154,900 | 146,839 |
Loans (net of allowance of $4,902 and $5,050, and includes $6,123 and $6,506 at fair value) | 183,934 | 183,358 |
Other assets (includes $248 and $366 at fair value) | 35,253 | 36,590 |
Total assets | $ 1,698,440 | $ 1,641,594 |
Liabilities and shareholders’ equity | | |
Deposits (includes $31,370 and $29,460 at fair value) | $ 440,662 | $ 428,417 |
Collateralized financings: | | |
Securities sold under agreements to repurchase (at fair value) | 267,479 | 249,887 |
Securities loaned (includes $10,289 and $8,934 at fair value) | 66,261 | 60,483 |
Other secured financings (includes $14,798 and $12,554 at fair value) | 15,052 | 13,194 |
Customer and other payables | 256,662 | 230,728 |
Trading liabilities (at fair value) | 201,142 | 200,355 |
Unsecured short-term borrowings (includes $50,017 and $46,127 at fair value) | 78,603 | 75,945 |
Unsecured long-term borrowings (includes $87,142 and $86,410 at fair value) | 233,919 | 241,877 |
Other liabilities (includes $150 and $266 at fair value) | 20,114 | 23,803 |
Total liabilities | 1,579,894 | 1,524,689 |
Commitments, contingencies and guarantees | | |
Shareholders’ equity | | |
Preferred stock; aggregate liquidation preference of $11,203 and $11,203 | 11,203 | 11,203 |
Common stock; 927,253,617 and 922,895,030 shares issued, and 324,014,481 and 323,376,354 shares outstanding | 9 | 9 |
Share-based awards | 4,564 | 5,121 |
Nonvoting common stock; no shares issued and outstanding | – | – |
Additional paid-in capital | 61,314 | 60,247 |
Retained earnings | 146,690 | 143,688 |
Accumulated other comprehensive loss | (3,317) | (2,918) |
Stock held in treasury, at cost; 603,239,138 and 599,518,678 shares | (101,917) | (100,445) |
Total shareholders’ equity | 118,546 | 116,905 |
Total liabilities and shareholders’ equity | $ 1,698,440 | $ 1,641,594 |
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.
THE GOLDMAN SACHS GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
Consolidated Balance Sheets
(Unaudited)
Goldman Sachs March 2024 Form 10-Q 2
| | Three Months Ended March |
$ in millions | 2024 | 2023 |
Preferred stock | | |
Beginning balance | $ 11,203 | $ 10,703 |
Issued | – | – |
Ending balance | 11,203 | 10,703 |
Common stock | | |
Beginning balance | 9 | 9 |
Issued | – | – |
Ending balance | 9 | 9 |
Share-based awards | | |
Beginning balance | 5,121 | 5,696 |
Issuance and amortization of share-based awards | 1,845 | 1,523 |
Delivery of common stock underlying share-based awards | (2,339) | (2,377) |
Forfeiture of share-based awards | (63) | (19) |
Ending balance | 4,564 | 4,823 |
Additional paid-in capital | | |
Beginning balance | 60,247 | 59,050 |
Delivery of common stock underlying share-based awards | 2,319 | 2,372 |
Cancellation of share-based awards in satisfaction of withholding tax requirements | (1,252) | (1,279) |
Ending balance | 61,314 | 60,143 |
Retained earnings | | |
Beginning balance | 143,688 | 139,372 |
Net earnings | 4,132 | 3,234 |
Dividends and dividend equivalents declared on common stock and share-based awards | (929) | (868) |
Dividends declared on preferred stock | (201) | (147) |
Ending balance | 146,690 | 141,591 |
Accumulated other comprehensive income/(loss) | | |
Beginning balance | (2,918) | (3,010) |
Other comprehensive income/(loss) | (399) | 409 |
Ending balance | (3,317) | (2,601) |
Stock held in treasury, at cost | | |
Beginning balance | (100,445) | (94,631) |
Repurchased | (1,500) | (2,546) |
Reissued | 33 | 28 |
Other | (5) | (10) |
Ending balance | (101,917) | (97,159) |
Total shareholders’ equity | $ 118,546 | $ 117,509 |
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.
THE GOLDMAN SACHS GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
Consolidated Statements of Changes in Shareholders’ Equity
(Unaudited)
- 3 Goldman Sachs March 2024 Form 10-Q
| | Three Months Ended March |
$ in millions | 2024 | 2023 |
Cash flows from operating activities | | |
Net earnings | $ 4,132 | $ 3,234 |
Adjustments to reconcile net earnings to net cash provided by/(used for) operating activities | | |
Depreciation and amortization | 627 | 970 |
Deferred income taxes | 60 | 76 |
Share-based compensation | 1,844 | 1,541 |
Provision for credit losses | 318 | (171) |
Changes in operating assets and liabilities: | | |
Customer and other receivables and payables, net | (1,807) | (4,930) |
Collateralized transactions (excluding other secured financings), net | (236) | 111,460 |
Trading assets | (30,120) | (100,066) |
Trading liabilities | 800 | 2,172 |
Loans held for sale, net | (301) | 1,236 |
Other, net | (3,355) | (6,118) |
Net cash provided by/(used for) operating activities | (28,038) | 9,404 |
Cash flows from investing activities | | |
Purchase of property, leasehold improvements and equipment | (497) | (597) |
Proceeds from sales of property, leasehold improvements and equipment | 399 | 417 |
Net cash received from business dispositions | 3,622 | – |
Purchase of investments | (25,239) | (10,461) |
Proceeds from sales and paydowns of investments | 17,664 | 8,166 |
Loans (excluding loans held for sale), net | (3,929) | 497 |
Net cash used for investing activities | (7,980) | (1,978) |
Cash flows from financing activities | | |
Unsecured short-term borrowings, net | 6,274 | 3,648 |
Other secured financings (short-term), net | 495 | 4,230 |
Proceeds from issuance of other secured financings (long-term) | 2,201 | 854 |
Repayment of other secured financings (long-term), including the current portion | (627) | (745) |
Proceeds from issuance of unsecured long-term borrowings | 13,335 | 8,022 |
Repayment of unsecured long-term borrowings, including the current portion | (23,106) | (21,266) |
Derivative contracts with a financing element, net | (13) | 636 |
Deposits, net | 12,146 | (11,442) |
Common stock repurchased | (1,500) | (2,546) |
Settlement of share-based awards in satisfaction of withholding tax requirements | (1,252) | (1,279) |
Dividends and dividend equivalents paid on common stock, preferred stock and share-based awards | (1,123) | (1,013) |
Net cash provided by/(used for) financing activities | 7,171 | (20,544) |
Effect of exchange rate changes on cash and cash equivalents | (3,345) | 620 |
Net decrease in cash and cash equivalents | (32,192) | (12,498) |
Cash and cash equivalents, beginning balance | 241,577 | 241,825 |
Cash and cash equivalents, ending balance | $ 209,385 | $ 229,327 |
Supplemental disclosures: | | |
Cash payments for interest, net of capitalized interest | $ 16,905 | $ 13,082 |
Cash payments for income taxes, net | $ 525 | $ 459 |
Other financing, net 341 357
See Notes 9 and 16 for information about non-cash activities.
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.
THE GOLDMAN SACHS GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows
(Unaudited)
Goldman Sachs March 2024 Form 10-Q 4
Note 1.
Description of Business
The Goldman Sachs Group, Inc. (Group Inc. or parent
company), a Delaware corporation, together with its
consolidated subsidiaries (collectively, the firm), is a leading
global financial institution that delivers a broad range of
financial services to a large and diversified client base that
includes corporations, financial institutions, governments
and individuals. Founded in 1869, the firm is headquartered
in New York and maintains offices in all major financial
centers around the world.
The firm manages and reports its activities in the following
three business segments:
Global Banking & Markets
The firm provides a broad range of services to a diverse
group of corporations, financial institutions, investment
funds and governments. Services include strategic advisory
assignments with respect to mergers and acquisitions,
divestitures, corporate defense activities, restructurings and
spin-offs, and equity and debt underwriting of public
offerings and private placements. The firm facilitates client
transactions and makes markets in fixed income, equity,
currency and commodity products. In addition, the firm
makes markets in and clears institutional client transactions
on major stock, options and futures exchanges worldwide
and provides prime financing (including securities lending,
margin lending and swaps), portfolio financing and other
types of equity financing (including securities-based loans to
individuals). The firm also provides lending to corporate
clients, including through relationship lending and
acquisition financing, and secured lending, through
structured credit and asset-backed lending. In addition, the
firm provides commodity financing to clients through
structured transactions and also provides financing through
securities purchased under agreements to resell (resale
agreements). The firm also makes equity and debt
investments related to Global Banking & Markets activities.
Asset & Wealth Management
The firm manages assets and offers investment products
across all major asset classes to a diverse set of clients, both
institutional and individuals, including through a network of
third-party distributors around the world. The firm also
provides investing and wealth advisory solutions, including
financial planning and counseling, and executing brokerage
transactions for wealth management clients. The firm issues
loans to wealth management clients and accepts deposits
through its consumer banking digital platform, Marcus by
Goldman Sachs (Marcus), and through its private bank. The
firm makes equity investments, which include investing
activities related to public and private equity investments in
corporate, real estate and infrastructure assets, as well as
investments through consolidated investment entities (CIEs),
substantially all of which are engaged in real estate
investment activities. The firm also invests in debt
instruments and engages in lending activities to middle-
market clients, and provides financing for real estate and
other assets.
Platform Solutions
The firm issues credit cards through partnership
arrangements, accepts deposits from Apple Card customers
and provides transaction banking and other services,
including cash management services, such as deposit-taking
and payment solutions for corporate and institutional clients.
During the first quarter of 2024, the firm completed the sale
of GreenSky Holdings, LLC (GreenSky). The firm has also
entered into an agreement with General Motors (GM)
regarding a process to transition the GM credit card program
to another issuer to be selected by GM.
THE GOLDMAN SACHS GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
(Unaudited)
- 5 Goldman Sachs March 2024 Form 10-Q
Note 2.
Basis of Presentation
These consolidated financial statements are prepared in
accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in
the United States (U.S. GAAP) and include the accounts of
Group Inc. and all other entities in which the firm has a
controlling financial interest. Intercompany transactions and
balances have been eliminated.
These consolidated financial statements are unaudited and
should be read in conjunction with the audited consolidated
financial statements included in the firm’s Annual Report on
Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2023. References
to “the 2023 Form 10-K” are to the firm’s Annual Report on
Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2023. Certain
disclosures included in the annual financial statements have
been condensed or omitted from these financial statements as
they are not required for interim financial statements under
U.S. GAAP and the rules of the SEC.
These unaudited consolidated financial statements reflect all
adjustments that are, in the opinion of management,
necessary for a fair statement of the results for the interim
periods presented. These adjustments are of a normal,
recurring nature. Interim period operating results may not be
indicative of the operating results for a full year.
All references to March 2024 and March 2023 refer to the
firm’s periods ended, or the dates, as the context requires,
March 31, 2024 and March 31, 2023, respectively. All
references to December 2023 refer to the date December 31,
2023. Any reference to a future year refers to a year ending
on December 31 of that year. Certain reclassifications have
been made to previously reported amounts to conform to the
current presentation.
Note 3.
Significant Accounting Policies
The firm’s significant accounting policies include when and
how to measure the fair value of assets and liabilities,
measuring the allowance for credit losses on loans and
lending commitments accounted for at amortized cost, and
when to consolidate an entity. See Note 4 for policies on fair
value measurements, Note 9 for policies on the allowance for
credit losses, and below and Note 17 for policies on
consolidation accounting. All other significant accounting
policies are either described below or included in the
following footnotes:
Fair Value Measurements | Note 4 |
Fair Value Hierarchy | Note 5 |
Trading Assets and Liabilities | Note 6 |
Derivatives and Hedging Activities | Note 7 |
Investments | Note 8 |
Loans | Note 9 |
Fair Value Option | Note 10 |
Collateralized Agreements and Financings | Note 11 |
Other Assets | Note 12 |
Deposits | Note 13 |
Unsecured Borrowings | Note 14 |
Other Liabilities | Note 15 |
Securitization Activities | Note 16 |
Variable Interest Entities | Note 17 |
Commitments, Contingencies and Guarantees | Note 18 |
Shareholders’ Equity | Note 19 |
Regulation and Capital Adequacy | Note 20 |
Earnings Per Common Share | Note 21 |
Transactions with Affiliated Funds | Note 22 |
Interest Income and Interest Expense | Note 23 |
Income Taxes | Note 24 |
Business Segments | Note 25 |
Credit Concentrations | Note 26 |
Legal Proceedings | Note 27 |
THE GOLDMAN SACHS GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
(Unaudited)
Goldman Sachs March 2024 Form 10-Q 6
Consolidation
The firm consolidates entities in which the firm has a
controlling financial interest. The firm determines whether it
has a controlling financial interest in an entity by first
evaluating whether the entity is a voting interest entity or a
variable interest entity (VIE).
Voting Interest Entities. Voting interest entities are entities
in which (i) the total equity investment at risk is sufficient to
enable the entity to finance its activities independently and
- (ii) the equity holders have the power to direct the activities
of the entity that most significantly impact its economic
performance, the obligation to absorb the losses of the entity
and the right to receive the residual returns of the entity. The
usual condition for a controlling financial interest in a voting
interest entity is ownership of a majority voting interest. If
the firm has a controlling majority voting interest in a voting
interest entity, the entity is consolidated.
Variable Interest Entities. A VIE is an entity that lacks one
or more of the characteristics of a voting interest entity. The
firm has a controlling financial interest in a VIE when the
firm has a variable interest or interests that provide it with (i)
the power to direct the activities of the VIE that most
significantly impact the VIE’s economic performance and (ii)
the obligation to absorb losses of the VIE or the right to
receive benefits from the VIE that could potentially be
significant to the VIE. See Note 17 for further information
about VIEs.
Equity-Method Investments. When the firm does not have
a controlling financial interest in an entity but can exert
significant influence over the entity’s operating and financial
policies, the investment is generally accounted for at fair
value by electing the fair value option available under U.S.
GAAP. Significant influence generally exists when the firm
owns 20% to 50% of the entity’s common stock or in-
substance common stock.
In certain cases, the firm applies the equity method of
accounting to new investments that are strategic in nature or
closely related to the firm’s principal business activities,
when the firm has a significant degree of involvement in the
cash flows or operations of the investee or when cost-benefit
considerations are less significant. See Note 8 for further
information about equity-method investments.
Investment Funds. The firm has formed investment funds
with third-party investors. These funds are typically
organized as limited partnerships or limited liability
companies for which the firm acts as general partner or
manager. Generally, the firm does not hold a majority of the
economic interests in these funds. These funds are usually
voting interest entities and generally are not consolidated
because third-party investors typically have rights to
terminate the funds or to remove the firm as general partner
or manager. Investments in these funds are generally
measured at net asset value (NAV) and are included in
investments. See Notes 8, 18 and 22 for further information
about investments in funds.
Use of Estimates
Preparation of these consolidated financial statements
requires management to make certain estimates and
assumptions, the most important of which relate to fair value
measurements, the allowance for credit losses on loans and
lending commitments accounted for at amortized cost,
discretionary compensation accruals, accounting for
goodwill and identifiable intangible assets, provisions for
losses that may arise from litigation and regulatory
proceedings (including governmental investigations), and
accounting for income taxes. These estimates and
assumptions are based on the best available information, but
actual results could be materially different.
Revenue Recognition
Financial Assets and Liabilities at Fair Value. Trading
assets and liabilities and certain investments are carried at
fair value either under the fair value option or in accordance
with other U.S. GAAP. In addition, the firm has elected to
account for certain of its loans and other financial assets and
liabilities at fair value by electing the fair value option. The
fair value of a financial instrument is the amount that would
be received to sell an asset or paid to transfer a liability in an
orderly transaction between market participants at the
measurement date. Financial assets are marked to bid prices
and financial liabilities are marked to offer prices. Fair value
measurements do not include transaction costs. Fair value
gains or losses are generally included in market making or
other principal transactions. See Note 4 for further
information about fair value measurements.
THE GOLDMAN SACHS GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
(Unaudited)
- 7 Goldman Sachs March 2024 Form 10-Q
Revenue from Contracts with Clients. The firm
recognizes revenue earned from contracts with clients for
services, such as investment banking, investment
management, and execution and clearing (contracts with
clients), when the performance obligations related to the
underlying transaction are completed.
Revenues from contracts with clients represent
approximately 40% of total non-interest revenues for the
three months ended March 2024 (including approximately
85% of investment banking revenues, approximately 95% of
investment management revenues and all commissions and
fees), and approximately 45% of total non-interest revenues
for the three months ended March 2023 (including
approximately 85% of investment banking revenues,
approximately 95% of investment management revenues and
all commissions and fees). See Note 25 for information about
net revenues by business segment.
Investment Banking
Advisory. Fees from financial advisory assignments are
recognized in revenues when the services related to the
underlying transaction are completed under the terms of the
assignment. Non-refundable deposits and milestone
payments in connection with financial advisory assignments
are recognized in revenues upon completion of the
underlying transaction or when the assignment is otherwise
concluded.
Expenses associated with financial advisory assignments are
recognized when incurred and are included in transaction
based expenses. Client reimbursements for such expenses are
included in investment banking revenues.
Underwriting. Fees from underwriting assignments are
recognized in revenues upon completion of the underlying
transaction based on the terms of the assignment.
Expenses associated with underwriting assignments are
generally deferred until the related revenue is recognized or
the assignment is otherwise concluded. Such expenses are
included in transaction based expenses for completed
assignments.
Investment Management
The firm earns management fees and incentive fees for
investment management services, which are included in
investment management revenues. The firm makes payments
to brokers and advisors related to the placement of the firm’s
investment funds (distribution fees), which are included in
transaction based expenses.
Management Fees. Management fees for mutual funds are
calculated as a percentage of daily NAV and are received
monthly. Management fees for hedge funds are calculated as
a percentage of month-end NAV and are generally received
quarterly. Management fees for separately managed accounts
are calculated as a percentage of either the daily or monthly
NAV and are received quarterly. Management fees for
private equity funds are calculated as a percentage of
monthly invested capital or committed capital and are
received quarterly, semi-annually or annually, depending on
the fund. Management fees are recognized over time in the
period the services are provided.
Distribution fees paid by the firm are calculated based on
either a percentage of the management fee, the investment
fund’s NAV or the committed capital. Such fees are included
in transaction based expenses.
Incentive Fees. Incentive fees are calculated as a percentage
of a fund’s or separately managed account’s return, or excess
return above a specified benchmark or other performance
target. Incentive fees are generally based on investment
performance over a twelve-month period or over the life of a
fund. Fees that are based on performance over a twelve-
month period are subject to adjustment prior to the end of
the measurement period. For fees that are based on
investment performance over the life of the fund, future
investment underperformance may require fees previously
distributed to the firm to be returned to the fund.
Incentive fees earned from a fund or separately managed
account are recognized when it is probable that a significant
reversal of such fees will not occur, which is generally when
such fees are no longer subject to fluctuations in the market
value of investments held by the fund or separately managed
account. Therefore, incentive fees recognized during the
period may relate to performance obligations satisfied in
previous periods.
THE GOLDMAN SACHS GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
(Unaudited)
Goldman Sachs March 2024 Form 10-Q 8
Commissions and Fees
The firm earns substantially all commissions and fees from
executing and clearing client transactions on stock, options
and futures markets, as well as over-the-counter (OTC)
transactions. Commissions and fees are recognized on the
day the trade is executed. The firm also provides third-party
research services to clients in connection with certain soft-
dollar arrangements. Third-party research costs incurred by
the firm in connection with such arrangements are presented
net within commissions and fees.
Remaining Performance Obligations
Remaining performance obligations are services that the firm
has committed to perform in the future in connection with its
contracts with clients. The firm’s remaining performance
obligations are generally related to its financial advisory
assignments and certain investment management activities.
Revenues associated with remaining performance obligations
relating to financial advisory assignments cannot be
determined until the outcome of the transaction. For the
firm’s investment management activities, where fees are
calculated based on the NAV of the fund or separately
managed account, future revenues associated with such
remaining performance obligations cannot be determined as
such fees are subject to fluctuations in the market value of
investments held by the fund or separately managed account.
The firm is able to determine the future revenues associated
with management fees calculated based on committed
capital. As of March 2024, substantially all future net
revenues associated with such remaining performance
obligations will be recognized through 2032. Annual
revenues associated with such performance obligations
average less than $300 million through 2032.
Transfers of Financial Assets
Transfers of financial assets are accounted for as sales when
the firm has relinquished control over the assets transferred.
For transfers of financial assets accounted for as sales, any
gains or losses are recognized in net revenues. Assets or
liabilities that arise from the firm’s continuing involvement
with transferred financial assets are initially recognized at
fair value. For transfers of financial assets that are not
accounted for as sales, the assets are generally included in
trading assets and the transfer is accounted for as a
collateralized financing, with the related interest expense
recognized over the life of the transaction. See Note 11 for
further information about transfers of financial assets
accounted for as collateralized financings and Note 16 for
further information about transfers of financial assets
accounted for as sales.
Cash and Cash Equivalents
The firm defines cash equivalents as highly liquid overnight
deposits held in the ordinary course of business. Cash and
cash equivalents included cash and due from banks of $6.82
billion as of March 2024 and $7.93 billion as of December
2023. Cash and cash equivalents also included interest-
bearing deposits with banks of $202.57 billion as of March
2024 and $233.65 billion as of December 2023.
The firm segregates cash for regulatory and other purposes
related to client activity. Cash and cash equivalents
segregated for regulatory and other purposes were $14.76
billion as of March 2024 and $17.08 billion as of December
2023. In addition, the firm segregates securities for regulatory
and other purposes related to client activity. See Note 11 for
further information about segregated securities.
Customer and Other Receivables
Customer and other receivables included receivables from
customers and counterparties of $103.65 billion as of March
2024 and $90.16 billion as of December 2023, and receivables
from brokers, dealers and clearing organizations of $56.77
billion as of March 2024 and $42.33 billion as of December
2023. Such receivables primarily consist of customer margin
loans, collateral posted in connection with certain derivative
transactions, and receivables resulting from unsettled
transactions.
Substantially all of these receivables are accounted for at
amortized cost net of any allowance for credit losses, which
generally approximates fair value. As these receivables are
not accounted for at fair value, they are not included in the
firm’s fair value hierarchy in Notes 4 and 5. Had these
receivables been included in the firm’s fair value hierarchy,
substantially all would have been classified in level 2 as of
both March 2024 and December 2023. See Note 10 for
further information about customer and other receivables
accounted for at fair value under the fair value option.
Interest on customer and other receivables is recognized over
the life of the transaction and included in interest income.
Customer and other receivables includes receivables from
contracts with clients and contract assets. Contract assets
represent the firm’s right to receive consideration for services
provided in connection with its contracts with clients for
which collection is conditional and not merely subject to the
passage of time. The firm’s receivables from contracts with
clients were $4.00 billion as of March 2024 and $3.59 billion
as of December 2023. As of both March 2024 and December
2023, contract assets were not material.
THE GOLDMAN SACHS GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
(Unaudited)
- 9 Goldman Sachs March 2024 Form 10-Q
Customer and Other Payables
Customer and other payables included payables to customers
and counterparties of $238.33 billion as of March 2024 and
$220.71 billion as of December 2023, and payables to
brokers, dealers and clearing organizations of $18.33 billion
as of March 2024 and $10.02 billion as of December 2023.
Such payables primarily consist of customer credit balances
related to the firm’s prime brokerage activities. Customer
and other payables are accounted for at cost plus accrued
interest, which generally approximates fair value. As these
payables are not accounted for at fair value, they are not
included in the firm’s fair value hierarchy in Notes 4 and 5.
Had these payables been included in the firm’s fair value
hierarchy, substantially all would have been classified in level
2 as of both March 2024 and December 2023. Interest on
customer and other payables is recognized over the life of the
transaction and included in interest expense.
Offsetting Assets and Liabilities
To reduce credit exposures on derivatives and securities
financing transactions, the firm may enter into master netting
agreements or similar arrangements (collectively, netting
agreements) with counterparties that permit it to offset
receivables and payables with such counterparties. A netting
agreement is a contract with a counterparty that permits net
settlement of multiple transactions with that counterparty,
including upon the exercise of termination rights by a non-
defaulting party. Upon exercise of such termination rights,
all transactions governed by the netting agreement are
terminated and a net settlement amount is calculated. In
addition, the firm receives and posts cash and securities
collateral with respect to its derivatives and securities
financing transactions, subject to the terms of the related
credit support agreements or similar arrangements
(collectively, credit support agreements). An enforceable
credit support agreement grants the non-defaulting party
exercising termination rights the right to liquidate the
collateral and apply the proceeds to any amounts owed. In
order to assess enforceability of the firm’s right of setoff
under netting and credit support agreements, the firm
evaluates various factors, including applicable bankruptcy
laws, local statutes and regulatory provisions in the
jurisdiction of the parties to the agreement.
Derivatives are reported on a net-by-counterparty basis (i.e.,
the net payable or receivable for derivative assets and
liabilities for a given counterparty) in the consolidated
balance sheets when a legal right of setoff exists under an
enforceable netting agreement. Resale agreements and
securities sold under agreements to repurchase (repurchase
agreements) and securities borrowed and loaned transactions
with the same settlement date are presented on a net-by-
counterparty basis in the consolidated balance sheets when
such transactions meet certain settlement criteria and are
subject to netting agreements.
In the consolidated balance sheets, derivatives are reported
net of cash collateral received and posted under enforceable
credit support agreements, when transacted under an
enforceable netting agreement. In the consolidated balance
sheets, resale and repurchase agreements, and securities
borrowed and loaned, are not reported net of the related cash
and securities received or posted as collateral. See Note 11 for
further information about collateral received and pledged,
including rights to deliver or repledge collateral. See Notes 7
and 11 for further information about offsetting assets and
liabilities.
Share-Based Compensation
The cost of employee services received in exchange for a
share-based award is generally measured based on the grant-
date fair value of the award. Share-based awards that do not
require future service (i.e., vested awards, including awards
granted to retirement-eligible employees) are expensed
immediately. Share-based awards that require future service
are amortized over the relevant service period. Forfeitures are
recorded when they occur.
Cash dividend equivalents paid on restricted stock units
(RSUs) are generally charged to retained earnings. If RSUs
that require future service are forfeited, the related dividend
equivalents originally charged to retained earnings are
reclassified to compensation expense in the period in which
forfeiture occurs.
The firm generally issues new shares of common stock upon
delivery of share-based awards. In limited cases, as outlined
in the applicable award agreements, the firm may cash settle
share-based compensation awards accounted for as equity
instruments. For these awards, additional paid-in capital is
adjusted to the extent of the difference between the value of
the award at the time of cash settlement and the grant-date
value of the award. The tax effect related to the settlement of
share-based awards and payments of dividend equivalents is
recorded in income tax benefit or expense.
Foreign Currency Translation
Assets and liabilities denominated in non-U.S. currencies are
translated at rates of exchange prevailing on the date of the
consolidated balance sheets and revenues and expenses are
translated at average rates of exchange for the period.
Foreign currency remeasurement gains or losses on
transactions in nonfunctional currencies are recognized in
earnings. Gains or losses on translation of the financial
statements of a non-U.S. operation, when the functional
currency is other than the U.S. dollar, are included, net of
hedges and taxes, in the consolidated statements of
comprehensive income.
THE GOLDMAN SACHS GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
(Unaudited)
Goldman Sachs March 2024 Form 10-Q 10
Recent Accounting Developments
Troubled Debt Restructurings and Vintage Disclosures
(ASC 326). In March 2022, the FASB issued ASU No.
2022-02, “Financial Instruments — Credit Losses (Topic 326)
— Troubled Debt Restructurings and Vintage Disclosures.”
This ASU eliminates the recognition and measurement
guidance for troubled debt restructurings (TDRs) and
requires enhanced disclosures about loan modifications for
borrowers experiencing financial difficulty. This ASU also
requires enhanced disclosure for loans that have been
charged off. This ASU became effective for the firm in
January 2023 under a prospective approach. Adoption of this
ASU did not have a material impact on the firm’s
consolidated financial statements.
Fair Value Measurement of Equity Securities Subject
to Contractual Sale Restrictions (ASC 820). In June
2022, the FASB issued ASU No. 2022-03, “Fair Value
Measurement of Equity Securities Subject to Contractual Sale
Restrictions.” This ASU clarifies that a contractual
restriction on the sale of an equity security should not be
considered in measuring its fair value. In addition, the ASU
requires specific disclosures related to equity securities that
are subject to contractual sale restrictions. This ASU became
effective for the firm in January 2024 under a prospective
approach. Adoption of this ASU did not have a material
impact on the firm’s consolidated financial statements.
Accounting for Investments in Tax Credit Structures
Using the Proportional Amortization Method (ASC
323). In March 2023, the FASB issued ASU No. 2023-02,
“Investments — Equity Method and Joint Ventures (Topic
323) — Accounting for Investments in Tax Credit Structures
Using the Proportional Amortization Method.” This ASU
expands the proportional amortization method election
currently associated with low-income housing tax credits to
other qualifying tax credits and requires incremental
disclosures for programs in which the proportional
amortization method is elected. This ASU became effective
for the firm in January 2024 under a modified retrospective
approach. Adoption of this ASU did not have a material
impact on the firm’s consolidated financial statements.
Improvements to Reportable Segment Disclosures
(ASC 280). In November 2023, the FASB issued ASU No.
2023-07, “Improvements to Reportable Segment
Disclosures.” This ASU requires enhanced disclosures
primarily about significant segment expenses that are
regularly provided to the chief operating decision maker.
This ASU is effective for the firm for annual periods
beginning in January 2024, and interim periods beginning in
January 2025 under a retrospective approach. Early adoption
is permitted. Since this ASU only requires additional
disclosures, adoption of this ASU will not have an impact on
the firm’s financial condition, results of operations or cash
flows.
Improvements to Income Tax Disclosures (ASC 740).
In December 2023, the FASB issued ASU No. 2023-09,
“Improvements to Income Tax Disclosures.” This ASU
requires incremental disclosures primarily related to the
reconciliation of the statutory income tax rate to the effective
income tax rate, as well as income taxes paid. This ASU is
effective for the firm for annual periods beginning in January
2025 under a prospective approach with the option to apply
it retrospectively. Early adoption is permitted. Since this ASU
only requires additional disclosures, adoption of this ASU
will not have an impact on the firm’s financial condition,
results of operations or cash flows.
THE GOLDMAN SACHS GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
(Unaudited)
- 11 Goldman Sachs March 2024 Form 10-Q
Note 4.
Fair Value Measurements
The fair value of a financial instrument is the amount that
would be received to sell an asset or paid to transfer a
liability in an orderly transaction between market
participants at the measurement date. Financial assets are
marked to bid prices and financial liabilities are marked to
offer prices. Fair value measurements do not include
transaction costs. The firm measures certain financial assets
and liabilities as a portfolio (i.e., based on its net exposure to
market and/or credit risks).
The best evidence of fair value is a quoted price in an active
market. If quoted prices in active markets are not available,
fair value is determined by reference to prices for similar
instruments, quoted prices or recent transactions in less
active markets, or internally developed models that primarily
use market-based or independently sourced inputs, including,
but not limited to, interest rates, volatilities, equity or debt
prices, foreign exchange rates, commodity prices, credit
spreads and funding spreads (i.e., the spread or difference
between the interest rate at which a borrower could finance a
given financial instrument relative to a benchmark interest
rate).
U.S. GAAP has a three-level hierarchy for disclosure of fair
value measurements. This hierarchy prioritizes inputs to the
valuation techniques used to measure fair value, giving the
highest priority to level 1 inputs and the lowest priority to
level 3 inputs. A financial instrument’s level in this hierarchy
is based on the lowest level of input that is significant to its
fair value measurement. In evaluating the significance of a
valuation input, the firm considers, among other factors, a
portfolio’s net risk exposure to that input. The fair value
hierarchy is as follows:
Level 1. Inputs are unadjusted quoted prices in active
markets to which the firm had access at the measurement
date for identical, unrestricted assets or liabilities.
Level 2. Inputs to valuation techniques are observable, either
directly or indirectly.
Level 3. One or more inputs to valuation techniques are
significant and unobservable.
The fair values for substantially all of the firm’s financial
assets and liabilities are based on observable prices and
inputs and are classified in levels 1 and 2 of the fair value
hierarchy. Certain level 2 and level 3 financial assets and
liabilities may require valuation adjustments that a market
participant would require to arrive at fair value for factors,
such as counterparty and the firm’s credit quality, funding
risk, transfer restrictions, liquidity and bid/offer spreads.
Valuation adjustments are generally based on market
evidence.
The table below presents financial assets and liabilities
carried at fair value.
As of
March December
$ in millions 2024 2023
Total level 1 financial assets $ 366,197 $ 332,549
Total level 2 financial assets 536,473 519,130
Total level 3 financial assets 23,999 25,100
Investments in funds at NAV 2,899 3,000
Counterparty and cash collateral netting (53,400) (51,134)
Total financial assets at fair value $ 876,168 $ 828,645
Total assets $ 1,698,440 $ 1,641,594
Total level 3 financial assets divided by:
Total assets 1.4% 1.5%
Total financial assets at fair value 2.7% 3.0%
Total level 1 financial liabilities $ 120,750 $ 125,715
Total level 2 financial liabilities 553,851 523,709
Total level 3 financial liabilities 29,409 28,704
Counterparty and cash collateral netting (41,623) (44,135)
Total financial liabilities at fair value $ 662,387 $ 633,993
Total liabilities $ 1,579,894 $ 1,524,689
Total level 3 financial liabilities divided by:
Total liabilities 1.9% 1.9%
Total financial liabilities at fair value 4.4% 4.5%
In the table above:
The table below presents a summary of level 3 financial
assets.
| | As of |
$ in millions | March 2024 | December 2023 |
Trading assets: | | |
Trading cash instruments | $ 1,640 | $ 1,791 |
Derivatives | 4,936 | 5,161 |
Investments | 16,482 | 17,138 |
Loans | 766 | 823 |
Other assets | 175 | 187 |
Total | $ 23,999 | $ 25,100 |
Level 3 financial assets as of March 2024 decreased compared
with December 2023, primarily reflecting decreases in level 3
investments and derivatives. See Note 5 for further
information about level 3 financial assets (including
information about unrealized gains and losses related to level
3 financial assets and transfers into and out of level 3).
THE GOLDMAN SACHS GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
(Unaudited)
Goldman Sachs March 2024 Form 10-Q 12
The valuation techniques and nature of significant inputs
used to determine the fair value of the firm’s financial
instruments are described below. See Note 5 for further
information about significant unobservable inputs used to
value level 3 financial instruments.
Valuation Techniques and Significant Inputs for
Trading Cash Instruments, Investments and Loans
Level 1. Level 1 instruments include U.S. government
obligations, most non-U.S. government obligations, certain
agency obligations, certain corporate debt instruments,
certain money market instruments and actively traded listed
equities. These instruments are valued using quoted prices for
identical unrestricted instruments in active markets. The firm
defines active markets for equity instruments based on the
average daily trading volume both in absolute terms and
relative to the market capitalization for the instrument. The
firm defines active markets for debt instruments based on
both the average daily trading volume and the number of
days with trading activity.
Level 2. Level 2 instruments include certain non-U.S.
government obligations, most agency obligations, most
mortgage-backed loans and securities, most corporate debt
instruments, most state and municipal obligations, most
money market instruments, most other debt obligations,
restricted or less liquid listed equities, certain private equities,
commodities and certain lending commitments.
Valuations of level 2 instruments can be verified to quoted
prices, recent trading activity for identical or similar
instruments, broker or dealer quotations or alternative
pricing sources with reasonable levels of price transparency.
Consideration is given to the nature of the quotations (e.g.,
indicative or executable) and the relationship of recent
market activity to the prices provided from alternative
pricing sources.
Valuation adjustments are typically made to level 2
instruments (i) if the instrument is subject to transfer
restrictions and/or (ii) for other premiums and liquidity
discounts that a market participant would require to arrive at
fair value. Valuation adjustments are generally based on
market evidence.
Level 3. Level 3 instruments have one or more significant
valuation inputs that are not observable. Absent evidence to
the contrary, level 3 instruments are initially valued at
transaction price, which is considered to be the best initial
estimate of fair value. Subsequently, the firm uses other
methodologies to determine fair value, which vary based on
the type of instrument. Valuation inputs and assumptions are
changed when corroborated by substantive observable
evidence, including values realized on sales.
Valuation techniques of level 3 instruments vary by
instrument, but are generally based on discounted cash flow
techniques. The valuation techniques and the nature of
significant inputs used to determine the fair values of each
type of level 3 instrument are described below:
Loans and Securities Backed by Commercial Real
Estate
Loans and securities backed by commercial real estate are
directly or indirectly collateralized by a single property or a
portfolio of properties, and may include tranches of varying
levels of subordination. Significant inputs are generally
determined based on relative value analyses and include:
- • Market yields implied by transactions of similar or related
assets and/or current levels and changes in market indices,
such as the CMBX (an index that tracks the performance
of commercial mortgage bonds);
- • Transaction prices in both the underlying collateral and
instruments with the same or similar underlying collateral;
- • A measure of expected future cash flows in a default
scenario (recovery rates) implied by the value of the
underlying collateral, which is mainly driven by current
performance of the underlying collateral and capitalization
rates. Recovery rates are expressed as a percentage of
notional or face value of the instrument and reflect the
benefit of credit enhancements on certain instruments; and
- • Timing of expected future cash flows (duration) which, in
certain cases, may incorporate the impact of any loan
forbearances and other unobservable inputs (e.g.,
prepayment speeds).
Loans and Securities Backed by Residential Real
Estate
Loans and securities backed by residential real estate are
directly or indirectly collateralized by portfolios of residential
real estate and may include tranches of varying levels of
subordination. Significant inputs are generally determined
based on relative value analyses, which incorporate
comparisons to instruments with similar collateral and risk
profiles. Significant inputs include:
THE GOLDMAN SACHS GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
(Unaudited)
- 13 Goldman Sachs March 2024 Form 10-Q
Corporate Debt Instruments
Corporate debt instruments includes corporate loans, debt
securities and convertible debentures. Significant inputs for
corporate debt instruments are generally determined based
on relative value analyses, which incorporate comparisons
both to prices of credit default swaps that reference the same
or similar underlying instrument or entity and to other debt
instruments for the same or similar issuer for which
observable prices or broker quotations are available.
Significant inputs include:
- • Market yields implied by transactions of similar or related
assets and/or current levels and trends of market indices,
such as the CDX (an index that tracks the performance of
corporate credit);
- • Current performance and recovery assumptions and, where
the firm uses credit default swaps to value the related
instrument, the cost of borrowing the underlying reference
obligation;
- • Duration; and
- • Market and transaction multiples for corporate debt
instruments with convertibility or participation options.
Equity Securities
Equity securities consists of private equities. Recent third-
party completed or pending transactions (e.g., merger
proposals, debt restructurings, tender offers) are considered
the best evidence for any change in fair value. When these are
not available, the following valuation methodologies are
used, as appropriate:
The firm also considers changes in the outlook for the
relevant industry and financial performance of the issuer as
compared to projected performance. Significant inputs
include:
- • Market and transaction multiples;
- • Discount rates and capitalization rates; and
- • For equity securities with debt-like features, market yields
implied by transactions of similar or related assets, current
performance and recovery assumptions, and duration.
Other Trading Cash Instruments, Investments and
Loans
The significant inputs to the valuation of other instruments,
such as non-U.S. government and agency obligations, state
and municipal obligations, and other loans and debt
obligations are generally determined based on relative value
analyses, which incorporate comparisons both to prices of
credit default swaps that reference the same or similar
underlying instrument or entity and to other debt instruments
for the same issuer for which observable prices or broker
quotations are available. Significant inputs include:
- • Market yields implied by transactions of similar or related
assets and/or current levels and trends of market indices;
- • Current performance and recovery assumptions and, where
the firm uses credit default swaps to value the related
instrument, the cost of borrowing the underlying reference
obligation; and
- • Duration.
Valuation Techniques and Significant Inputs for
Derivatives
The firm’s level 2 and level 3 derivatives are valued using
derivative pricing models (e.g., discounted cash flow models,
correlation models and models that incorporate option
pricing methodologies, such as Monte Carlo simulations).
Price transparency of derivatives can generally be
characterized by product type, as described below.
- • Interest Rate. In general, the key inputs used to value
interest rate derivatives are transparent, even for most
long-dated contracts. Interest rate swaps and options
denominated in the currencies of leading industrialized
nations are characterized by high trading volumes and tight
bid/offer spreads. Interest rate derivatives that reference
indices, such as an inflation index, or the shape of the yield
curve (e.g., 10-year swap rate vs. 2-year swap rate) are
more complex, but the key inputs are generally observable.
- • Credit. Price transparency for credit default swaps,
including both single names and baskets of credits, varies
by market and underlying reference entity or obligation.
Credit default swaps that reference indices, large
corporates and major sovereigns generally exhibit the most
price transparency. For credit default swaps with other
underliers, price transparency varies based on credit rating,
the cost of borrowing the underlying reference obligations,
and the availability of the underlying reference obligations
for delivery upon the default of the issuer. Credit default
swaps that reference loans, asset-backed securities and
emerging market debt instruments tend to have less price
transparency than those that reference corporate bonds. In
addition, more complex credit derivatives, such as those
sensitive to the correlation between two or more
underlying reference obligations, generally have less price
transparency.
THE GOLDMAN SACHS GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
(Unaudited)
Goldman Sachs March 2024 Form 10-Q 14
- • Currency. Prices for currency derivatives based on the
exchange rates of leading industrialized nations, including
those with longer tenors, are generally transparent. The
primary difference between the price transparency of
developed and emerging market currency derivatives is that
emerging markets tend to be only observable for contracts
with shorter tenors.
- • Commodity. Commodity derivatives include transactions
referenced to energy (e.g., oil, natural gas and electricity),
metals (e.g., precious and base) and soft commodities (e.g.,
agricultural). Price transparency varies based on the
underlying commodity, delivery location, tenor and
product quality (e.g., diesel fuel compared to unleaded
gasoline). In general, price transparency for commodity
derivatives is greater for contracts with shorter tenors and
contracts that are more closely aligned with major and/or
benchmark commodity indices.
- • Equity. Price transparency for equity derivatives varies by
market and underlier. Options on indices and the common
stock of corporates included in major equity indices exhibit
the most price transparency. Equity derivatives generally
have observable market prices, except for contracts with
long tenors or reference prices that differ significantly from
current market prices. More complex equity derivatives,
such as those sensitive to the correlation between two or
more individual stocks, generally have less price
transparency.
Liquidity is essential to the observability of all product types.
If transaction volumes decline, previously transparent prices
and other inputs may become unobservable. Conversely, even
highly structured products may at times have trading
volumes large enough to provide observability of prices and
other inputs.
Level 1. Level 1 derivatives include short-term contracts for
future delivery of securities when the underlying security is a
level 1 instrument, and exchange-traded derivatives if they
are actively traded and are valued at their quoted market
price.
Level 2. Level 2 derivatives include OTC derivatives for
which all significant valuation inputs are corroborated by
market evidence and exchange-traded derivatives that are not
actively traded and/or that are valued using models that
calibrate to market-clearing levels of OTC derivatives.
The selection of a particular model to value a derivative
depends on the contractual terms of and specific risks
inherent in the instrument, as well as the availability of
pricing information in the market. For derivatives that trade
in liquid markets, model selection does not involve significant
management judgment because outputs of models can be
calibrated to market-clearing levels.
Valuation models require a variety of inputs, such as
contractual terms, market prices, yield curves, discount rates
(including those derived from interest rates on collateral
received and posted as specified in credit support agreements
for collateralized derivatives), credit curves, measures of
volatility, prepayment rates, loss severity rates and
correlations of such inputs. Significant inputs to the
valuations of level 2 derivatives can be verified to market
transactions, broker or dealer quotations or other alternative
pricing sources with reasonable levels of price transparency.
Consideration is given to the nature of the quotations (e.g.,
indicative or executable) and the relationship of recent
market activity to the prices provided from alternative
pricing sources.
Level 3. Level 3 derivatives are valued using models which
utilize observable level 1 and/or level 2 inputs, as well as
unobservable level 3 inputs. The significant unobservable
inputs used to value the firm’s level 3 derivatives are
described below.
- • For level 3 interest rate and currency derivatives, significant
unobservable inputs include correlations of certain
currencies and interest rates (e.g., the correlation between
Euro inflation and Euro interest rates) and specific interest
rate and currency volatilities.
- • For level 3 credit derivatives, significant unobservable
inputs include illiquid credit spreads and upfront credit
points, which are unique to specific reference obligations
and reference entities, and recovery rates.
- • For level 3 commodity derivatives, significant unobservable
inputs include volatilities for options with strike prices that
differ significantly from current market prices and prices or
spreads for certain products for which the product quality
or physical location of the commodity is not aligned with
benchmark indices.
- • For level 3 equity derivatives, significant unobservable
inputs generally include equity volatility inputs for options
that are long-dated and/or have strike prices that differ
significantly from current market prices. In addition, the
valuation of certain structured trades requires the use of
level 3 correlation inputs, such as the correlation of the
price performance of two or more individual stocks or the
correlation of the price performance for a basket of stocks
to another asset class, such as commodities.
THE GOLDMAN SACHS GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
(Unaudited)
- 15 Goldman Sachs March 2024 Form 10-Q
Subsequent to the initial valuation of a level 3 derivative, the
firm updates the level 1 and level 2 inputs to reflect
observable market changes and any resulting gains and losses
are classified in level 3. Level 3 inputs are changed when
corroborated by evidence, such as similar market
transactions, third-party pricing services and/or broker or
dealer quotations or other empirical market data. In
circumstances where the firm cannot verify the model value
by reference to market transactions, it is possible that a
different valuation model could produce a materially
different estimate of fair value. See Note 5 for further
information about significant unobservable inputs used in the
valuation of level 3 derivatives.
Valuation Adjustments. Valuation adjustments are
integral to determining the fair value of derivative portfolios
and are used to adjust the mid-market valuations produced
by derivative pricing models to the exit price valuation. These
adjustments incorporate bid/offer spreads, the cost of
liquidity, and credit and funding valuation adjustments,
which account for the credit and funding risk inherent in the
uncollateralized portion of derivative portfolios. The firm
also makes funding valuation adjustments to collateralized
derivatives where the terms of the agreement do not permit
the firm to deliver or repledge collateral received. Market-
based inputs are generally used when calibrating valuation
adjustments to market-clearing levels.
In addition, for derivatives that include significant
unobservable inputs, the firm makes model or exit price
adjustments to account for the valuation uncertainty present
in the transaction.
Valuation Techniques and Significant Inputs for Other
Financial Assets and Liabilities at Fair Value
In addition to trading cash instruments, derivatives, and
certain investments and loans, the firm accounts for certain
of its other financial assets and liabilities at fair value under
the fair value option. Such instruments include repurchase
agreements and substantially all resale agreements; certain
securities borrowed and loaned transactions; certain
customer and other receivables, including certain margin
loans; certain time deposits, including structured certificates
of deposit, which are hybrid financial instruments;
substantially all other secured financings, including transfers
of assets accounted for as financings; certain unsecured short-
and long-term borrowings, substantially all of which are
hybrid financial instruments; and certain other assets and
liabilities. These instruments are generally valued based on
discounted cash flow techniques, which incorporate inputs
with reasonable levels of price transparency, and are
generally classified in level 2 because the inputs are
observable. Valuation adjustments may be made for liquidity
and for counterparty and the firm’s credit quality. The
significant inputs used to value the firm’s other financial
assets and liabilities are described below.
Resale and Repurchase Agreements and Securities
Borrowed and Loaned. The significant inputs to the
valuation of resale and repurchase agreements and securities
borrowed and loaned are funding spreads, the amount and
timing of expected future cash flows and interest rates.
Customer and Other Receivables. The significant inputs
to the valuation of receivables are interest rates, the amount
and timing of expected future cash flows and funding
spreads.
Deposits. The significant inputs to the valuation of time
deposits are interest rates and the amount and timing of
future cash flows. The inputs used to value the embedded
derivative component of hybrid financial instruments are
consistent with the inputs used to value the firm’s other
derivative instruments described above. See Note 7 for
further information about derivatives and Note 13 for further
information about deposits.
Other Secured Financings. The significant inputs to the
valuation of other secured financings are the amount and
timing of expected future cash flows, interest rates, funding
spreads and the fair value of the collateral delivered by the
firm (determined using the amount and timing of expected
future cash flows, market prices, market yields and recovery
assumptions). See Note 11 for further information about
other secured financings.
Unsecured Short- and Long-Term Borrowings. The
significant inputs to the valuation of unsecured short- and
long-term borrowings are the amount and timing of expected
future cash flows, interest rates, the credit spreads of the firm
and commodity prices for prepaid commodity transactions.
The inputs used to value the embedded derivative component
of hybrid financial instruments are consistent with the inputs
used to value the firm’s other derivative instruments
described above. See Note 7 for further information about
derivatives and Note 14 for further information about
borrowings.
Other Assets and Liabilities. The significant inputs to the
valuation of other assets and liabilities are the amount and
timing of expected future cash flows, interest rates, market
yields, volatility and correlation inputs. The inputs used to
value the embedded derivative component of hybrid financial
instruments are consistent with the inputs used to value the
firm’s other derivative instruments described above. See Note
7 for further information about derivatives.
THE GOLDMAN SACHS GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
(Unaudited)
Goldman Sachs March 2024 Form 10-Q 16
Note 5.
Fair Value Hierarchy
Financial assets and liabilities at fair value includes trading
cash instruments, derivatives, and certain investments, loans
and other financial assets and liabilities at fair value.
Trading Cash Instruments
Fair Value by Level. The table below presents trading cash
instruments by level within the fair value hierarchy.
$ in millions | Level 1 | Level 2 | Level 3 | Total |
As of March 2024 | | | | |
Assets | | | | |
Government and agency obligations: | | | |
U.S. | $ 129,256 | $ 56,813 | $ – | $ 186,069 |
Non-U.S. | 43,222 | 31,014 | 61 | 74,297 |
Loans and securities backed by: | | | | |
Commercial real estate | – | 755 | 79 | 834 |
Residential real estate | – | 9,265 | 85 | 9,350 |
Corporate debt instruments | 567 | 41,445 | 1,235 | 43,247 |
State and municipal obligations | – | 956 | 1 | 957 |
Other debt obligations | 32 | 3,496 | 92 | 3,620 |
Equity securities | 136,233 | 1,922 | 86 | 138,241 |
Commodities | – | 5,483 | 1 | 5,484 |
Total | $ 309,310 | $ 151,149 | $ 1,640 | $ 462,099 |
Liabilities
Government and agency | obligations: |
U.S. | $ (24,433) | $ (62) | $ – | $ (24,495) |
Non-U.S. | (39,835) | (2,664) | (4) | (42,503) |
Loans and securities backed by: | | | | |
Commercial real estate | – | (32) | – | (32) |
Residential real estate | – | (9) | – | (9) |
Corporate debt instruments | (4) | (18,395) | (77) | (18,476) |
Equity securities | (56,420) | (34) | (14) | (56,468) |
Commodities | – | (38) | – | (38) |
Total | $ (120,692) | $ (21,234) | $ (95) | $ (142,021) |
As of December 2023
Assets
Government and agency obligations: | | | | |
U.S. | $ 85,190 | $ 58,862 | $ – | $ 144,052 |
Non-U.S. | 61,981 | 25,702 | 91 | 87,774 |
Loans and securities backed by: | | | | |
Commercial real estate | – | 916 | 45 | 961 |
Residential real estate | – | 8,940 | 99 | 9,039 |
Corporate debt instruments | 177 | 37,883 | 1,415 | 39,475 |
State and municipal obligations | – | 371 | – | 371 |
Other debt obligations | 80 | 2,086 | 37 | 2,203 |
Equity securities | 135,032 | 1,739 | 103 | 136,874 |
Commodities | – | 5,640 | 1 | 5,641 |
Total | $ 282,460 | $ 142,139 | $ 1,791 | $ 426,390 |
Liabilities
Government and agency obligations: U.S. | $ (26,400) | $ (32) | $ – | $ (26,432) |
| | | | – | |
Non-U.S. | (50,825) | (2,343) | | (53,168) |
Loans and securities backed by: | | | | |
Commercial real estate | – | (27) | – | (27) |
Residential real estate | – | (5) | – | (5) |
Corporate debt instruments | (124) | (15,317) | (70) | (15,511) |
Equity securities | (48,347) | (37) | (8) | (48,392) |
Commodities | – | (66) | – | (66) |
Total | $ (125,696) | $ (17,827) | $ (78) | $ (143,601) |
Trading cash instruments consists of instruments held in
connection with the firm’s market-making or risk
management activities. These instruments are carried at fair
value and the related fair value gains and losses are
recognized in the consolidated statements of earnings.
In the table above:
- • Assets are shown as positive amounts and liabilities are
shown as negative amounts.
- • Corporate debt instruments includes corporate loans, debt
securities, convertible debentures, prepaid commodity
transactions and transfers of assets accounted for as
secured loans rather than purchases.
- • Other debt obligations includes other asset-backed
securities and money market instruments.
- • Equity securities includes public equities and exchange-
traded funds.
See Note 4 for an overview of the firm’s fair value
measurement policies, valuation techniques and significant
inputs used to determine the fair value of trading cash
instruments.
Significant Unobservable Inputs. The table below
presents the amount of level 3 trading cash instrument assets,
and ranges and weighted averages of significant unobservable
inputs used to value such trading cash instrument assets.
| | As of March 2024 | As of December 2023 |
$ in millions | Amount or Range | Weighted Average | | Amount or Range | Weighted Average |
Loans and securities backed by real estate | | | |
Level 3 assets | $ 164 | | $ | 144 | |
Yield | 4.2% to 29.7% | 16.3% | 3.8% | to 26.1% | 12.8% |
Recovery rate | 20.0% to 65.0% | 37.9% | | 35.5% to 76.0% | 44.6% |
Duration (years) | 0.3 to 12.3 | 4.0 | | 0.3 to 15.3 | 5.2 |
Corporate debt instruments | | | |
Level 3 assets | $ 1,235 | | $ | 1,415 | |
Yield | 2.0% to 42.1% | 10.2% | 2.8% | to 40.0% | 9.3% |
Recovery rate | 11.0% to 70.5% | 44.5% | 7.3% | to 65.0% | 39.4% |
Duration (years) | 0.7 to 7.5 | 3.3 | | 0.9 to 11.3 | 3.4 |
Other | | | | | |
Level 3 assets | $ 241 | | $ | 232 | |
Yield | 6.8% to 25.4% | 16.5% | | 3.6% to 31.3% | 14.6% |
Multiples | 0.7x to 5.2x | 4.4x | | 0.7x to 4.5x | 3.9x |
Duration (years) | 2.2 to 4.0 | 3.1 | | 2.3 to 6.4 | 4.1 |
THE GOLDMAN SACHS GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
(Unaudited)
- 17 Goldman Sachs March 2024 Form 10-Q
In the table above:
- • Other includes government and agency obligations, state
and municipal obligations, other debt obligations, equity
securities and commodities.
- • Ranges represent the significant unobservable inputs that
were used in the valuation of each type of trading cash
instrument.
- • Weighted averages are calculated by weighting each input
by the relative fair value of the trading cash instruments.
- • The ranges and weighted averages of these inputs are not
representative of the appropriate inputs to use when
calculating the fair value of any one trading cash
instrument. For example, the highest recovery rate for
corporate debt instruments is appropriate for valuing a
specific corporate debt instrument, but may not be
appropriate for valuing any other corporate debt
instrument. Accordingly, the ranges of inputs do not
represent uncertainty in, or possible ranges of, fair value
measurements of level 3 trading cash instruments.
- • Increases in yield or duration used in the valuation of level
3 trading cash instruments would have resulted in a lower
fair value measurement, while increases in recovery rate or
multiples would have resulted in a higher fair value
measurement as of both March 2024 and December 2023.
Due to the distinctive nature of each level 3 trading cash
instrument, the interrelationship of inputs is not necessarily
uniform within each product type.
- • Trading cash instruments are valued using discounted cash
flows.
Level 3 Rollforward. The table below presents a summary
of the changes in fair value for level 3 trading cash
instruments.
| | Three Months Ended March |
$ in millions | 2024 | 2023 |
Assets | | |
Beginning balance | $ 1,791 | $ 1,734 |
Net realized gains/(losses) | 35 | 13 |
Net unrealized gains/(losses) | (7) | 25 |
Purchases | 307 | 181 |
Sales | (264) | (175) |
Settlements | (91) | (169) |
Transfers into level 3 | 185 | 238 |
Transfers out of level 3 | (316) | (289) |
Ending balance | $ 1,640 | $ 1,558 |
Liabilities | | |
Beginning balance | $ (78) | $ (64) |
Net realized gains/(losses) | – | 2 |
Net unrealized gains/(losses) | (19) | (9) |
Purchases | 36 | 46 |
Sales | (39) | (28) |
Settlements | 6 | 13 |
Transfers into level 3 | (22) | (11) |
Transfers out of level 3 | 21 | 6 |
Ending balance | $ (95) | $ (45) |
In the table above:
- • Changes in fair value are presented for all trading cash
instruments that are classified in level 3 as of the end of the
period.
- • Net unrealized gains/(losses) relates to trading cash
instruments that were still held at period-end.
- • Transfers between levels of the fair value hierarchy are
reported at the beginning of the reporting period in which
they occur. If a trading cash instrument was transferred to
level 3 during a reporting period, its entire gain or loss for
the period is classified in level 3.
- • For level 3 trading cash instrument assets, increases are
shown as positive amounts, while decreases are shown as
negative amounts. For level 3 trading cash instrument
liabilities, increases are shown as negative amounts, while
decreases are shown as positive amounts.
- • Level 3 trading cash instruments are frequently
economically hedged with level 1 and level 2 trading cash
instruments and/or level 1, level 2 or level 3 derivatives.
Accordingly, gains or losses that are classified in level 3 can
be partially offset by gains or losses attributable to level 1
or level 2 trading cash instruments and/or level 1, level 2 or
level 3 derivatives. As a result, gains or losses included in
the level 3 rollforward below do not necessarily represent
the overall impact on the firm’s results of operations,
liquidity or capital resources.
THE GOLDMAN SACHS GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
(Unaudited)
Goldman Sachs March 2024 Form 10-Q 18
The table below presents information, by product type, for
assets included in the summary table above.
| | Three Months Ended March |
$ in millions | 2024 | 2023 |
Loans and securities backed by real estate | | |
Beginning balance | $ 144 | $ 154 |
Net realized gains/(losses) | 1 | 3 |
Net unrealized gains/(losses) | – | 3 |
Purchases | 5 | 52 |
Sales | (21) | (21) |
Settlements | (6) | (6) |
Transfers into level 3 | 56 | 14 |
Transfers out of level 3 | (15) | (21) |
Ending balance | $ 164 | $ 178 |
Corporate debt instruments | | |
Beginning balance | $ 1,415 | $ 1,238 |
Net realized gains/(losses) | 21 | 2 |
Net unrealized gains/(losses) | (8) | 13 |
Purchases | 280 | 94 |
Sales | (173) | (111) |
Settlements | (71) | (150) |
Transfers into level 3 | 60 | 175 |
Transfers out of level 3 | (289) | (251) |
Ending balance | $ 1,235 | $ 1,010 |
Other | | |
Beginning balance | $ 232 | $ 342 |
Net realized gains/(losses) | 13 | 8 |
Net unrealized gains/(losses) | 1 | 9 |
Purchases | 22 | 35 |
Sales | (70) | (43) |
Settlements | (14) | (13) |
Transfers into level 3 | 69 | 49 |
Transfers out of level 3 | (12) | (17) |
Ending balance | $ 241 | $ 370 |
In the table above, other includes government and agency
obligations, state and municipal obligations, other debt
obligations, equity securities and commodities.
Level 3 Rollforward Commentary for the Three Months
Ended March 2024. The net realized and unrealized gains
on level 3 trading cash instrument assets of $28 million
(reflecting $35 million of net realized gains and $7 million of
net unrealized losses) for the three months ended March 2024
included gains of $3 million reported in market making and
$25 million reported in interest income.
The drivers of the net unrealized losses on level 3 trading cash
instrument assets for the three months ended March 2024
were not material.
The drivers of the transfers into level 3 trading cash
instrument assets during the three months ended March 2024
were not material.
Transfers out of level 3 trading cash instrument assets during
the three months ended March 2024 primarily reflected
transfers of certain corporate debt instruments to level 2
(principally due to increased price transparency as a result of
market evidence, including market transactions in these
instruments).
Level 3 Rollforward Commentary for the Three Months
Ended March 2023. The net realized and unrealized gains
on level 3 trading cash instrument assets of $38 million
(reflecting $13 million of net realized gains and $25 million of
net unrealized gains) for the three months ended March 2023
included gains of $22 million reported in market making and
$16 million reported in interest income.
The drivers of the net unrealized gains on level 3 trading cash
instrument assets for the three months ended March 2023
were not material.
Transfers into level 3 trading cash instrument assets during
the three months ended March 2023 primarily reflected
transfers of certain corporate debt instruments from level 2
(principally due to reduced price transparency as a result of a
lack of market evidence, including fewer market transactions
in these instruments).
Transfers out of level 3 trading cash instrument assets during
the three months ended March 2023 primarily reflected
transfers of certain corporate debt instruments to level 2
(principally due to increased price transparency as a result of
market evidence, including market transactions in these
instruments).
THE GOLDMAN SACHS GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
(Unaudited)
- 19 Goldman Sachs March 2024 Form 10-Q
Derivatives
Fair Value by Level. The table below presents derivatives
on a gross basis by level and product type, as well as the
impact of netting.
$ in millions | Level 1 | Level 2 | Level 3 | Total |
As of March 2024 | | | | |
Assets | | | | |
Interest rates | $ 54 | $ 230,561 | $ 652 | $ 231,267 |
Credit | – | 9,027 | 2,829 | 11,856 |
Currencies | – | 78,688 | 128 | 78,816 |
Commodities | – | 14,814 | 1,528 | 16,342 |
Equities | 9 | 82,728 | 777 | 83,514 |
Gross fair value | 63 | 415,818 | 5,914 | 421,795 |
Counterparty netting in levels | – | (321,798) | (978) | (322,776) |
Subtotal | $ 63 | $ 94,020 | $ 4,936 | $ 99,019 |
Cross-level counterparty netting | | | | (891) |
Cash collateral netting | | | | (52,509) |
Net fair value | | | | $ 45,619 |
Liabilities | | | | |
Interest rates | $ (43) | $ (202,641) | $ (1,021) | $ (203,705) |
Credit | – | (9,696) | (1,193) | (10,889) |
Currencies | – | (79,743) | (52) | (79,795) |
Commodities | – | (16,662) | (775) | (17,437) |
Equities | (15) | (108,875) | (2,804) | (111,694) |
Gross fair value | (58) | (417,617) | (5,845) | (423,520) |
Counterparty netting in levels | – | 321,798 | 978 | 322,776 |
Subtotal | $ (58) | $ (95,819) | $ (4,867) | $ (100,744) |
Cross-level counterparty netting | | | | 891 |
Cash collateral netting | | | | 40,732 |
Net fair value | | | | $ (59,121) |
As of December 2023 Assets | | | | |
| | | | | |
Interest rates | $ 15 | $ 241,850 | $ 758 | $ 242,623 |
Credit | – | 9,964 | 2,861 | 12,825 |
Currencies | – | 89,694 | 210 | 89,904 |
Commodities | – | 15,393 | 1,449 | 16,842 |
Equities | 2 | 59,220 | 816 | 60,038 |
Gross fair value | 17 | 416,121 | 6,094 | 422,232 |
Counterparty netting in levels | – | (319,045) | (933) | (319,978) |
Subtotal | $ 17 | $ 97,076 | $ 5,161 | $ 102,254 |
Cross-level counterparty netting | | | | (1,411) |
Cash collateral netting | | | | (49,723) |
Net fair value | | | | $ 51,120 |
Liabilities | | | | |
Interest rates | $ (14) | $ (213,861) | $ (1,197) | $ (215,072) |
Credit | – | (8,923) | (1,211) | (10,134) |
Currencies | – | (97,436) | (168) | (97,604) |
Commodities | – | (17,122) | (821) | (17,943) |
Equities | (5) | (78,222) | (1,887) | (80,114) |
Gross fair value | (19) | (415,564) | (5,284) | (420,867) |
Counterparty netting in levels | – | 319,045 | 933 | 319,978 |
Subtotal | $ (19) | $ (96,519) | $ (4,351) | $ (100,889) |
Cross-level counterparty netting | | | | 1,411 |
Cash collateral netting | | | | 42,724 |
Net fair value | | | | $ (56,754) |
In the table above:
- • Gross fair values exclude the effects of both counterparty
netting and collateral netting, and therefore are not
representative of the firm’s exposure.
- • Counterparty netting is reflected in each level to the extent
that receivable and payable balances are netted within the
same level and is included in counterparty netting in levels.
Where the counterparty netting is across levels, the netting
is included in cross-level counterparty netting.
- • Assets are shown as positive amounts and liabilities are
shown as negative amounts.
See Note 4 for an overview of the firm’s fair value
measurement policies, valuation techniques and significant
inputs used to determine the fair value of derivatives.
Significant Unobservable Inputs. The table below
presents the amount of level 3 derivative assets (liabilities),
and ranges, averages and medians of significant unobservable
inputs used to value such derivatives.
| | As of March 2024 | As of December 2023 |
$ in millions, except inputs | Amount or Range | Average/ Median | Amount or Range | Average/ Median |
Interest rates, net | $ (369) | | $ (439) | |
Correlation | (10)% to 90% | 60%/72% | (10)% to 75% | 60%/66% |
Volatility (bps) | 31 to 101 | 56/49 | 31 to 101 | 56/49 |
Credit, net | $ 1,636 | | $ 1,650 | |
Credit spreads (bps) | 5 to 1,787 | 131/83 | 3 to 1,750 | 130/85 |
Upfront credit points | (1) to 100 | 24/12 | 0 to 100 | 26/15 |
Recovery rates | 20% to 70% | 42%/40% | 20% to 70% | 43%/40% |
Currencies, net | $ 76 | | $ 42 | |
Correlation | 20% to 71% | 40%/43% | 20% to 90% | 41%/43% |
Volatility | 13% to 14% | 14%/14% | 15% to 16% | 16%/16% |
Commodities, net | $ 753 | | $ 628 | |
Volatility | 23% to 82% | 36%/32% | 23% to 98% | 42%/39% |
Natural gas spread | $(1.86) to | $(0.39)/ | $(1.39) to | $(0.32)/ |
| | $3.26 | $(0.38) | $3.06 | $(0.35) |
Oil spread | $(6.52) to | $7.00/ | $(5.39) to | $15.39/ |
| | $28.71 | $(2.76) | $31.69 | $19.35 |
Electricity price | $3.10 to | $51.32/ | $2.72 to | $48.15/ |
| | $652.25 | $32.61 | $1,088.00 | $35.16 |
Equities, net | $ (2,027) | | $ (1,071) | |
Correlation | (75)% to 100% | 60%/61% | (70)% to 100% | 65%/71% |
Volatility | 4% to 124% | 12%/8% | 1% to 106% | 14%/13% |
In the table above:
THE GOLDMAN SACHS GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
(Unaudited)
Goldman Sachs March 2024 Form 10-Q 20
- • Averages represent the arithmetic average of the inputs and
are not weighted by the relative fair value or notional
amount of the respective financial instruments. An average
greater than the median indicates that the majority of
inputs are below the average. For example, the difference
between the average and the median for credit spreads
indicates that the majority of the inputs fall in the lower
end of the range.
- • The ranges, averages and medians of these inputs are not
representative of the appropriate inputs to use when
calculating the fair value of any one derivative. For
example, the highest correlation for interest rate derivatives
is appropriate for valuing a specific interest rate derivative
but may not be appropriate for valuing any other interest
rate derivative. Accordingly, the ranges of inputs do not
represent uncertainty in, or possible ranges of, fair value
measurements of level 3 derivatives.
- • Interest rates, currencies and equities derivatives are valued
using option pricing models, credit derivatives are valued
using option pricing, correlation and discounted cash flow
models, and commodities derivatives are valued using
option pricing and discounted cash flow models.
- • The fair value of any one instrument may be determined
using multiple valuation techniques. For example, option
pricing models and discounted cash flow models are
typically used together to determine fair value. Therefore,
the level 3 balance encompasses both of these techniques.
- • Correlation within currencies and equities includes cross-
product type correlation.
- • Natural gas spread represents the spread per million British
thermal units of natural gas.
- • Oil spread represents the spread per barrel of oil and
refined products.
- • Electricity price represents the price per megawatt hour of
electricity.
Range of Significant Unobservable Inputs. The
following provides information about the ranges of
significant unobservable inputs used to value the firm’s level
3 derivative instruments:
- • Correlation. Ranges for correlation cover a variety of
underliers both within one product type (e.g., equity index
and equity single stock names) and across product types
(e.g., correlation of an interest rate and a currency), as well
as across regions. Generally, cross-product type correlation
inputs are used to value more complex instruments and are
lower than correlation inputs on assets within the same
derivative product type.
- • Volatility. Ranges for volatility cover numerous underliers
across a variety of markets, maturities and strike prices.
For example, volatility of equity indices is generally lower
than volatility of single stocks.
- • Credit spreads, upfront credit points and recovery
rates. The ranges for credit spreads, upfront credit points
and recovery rates cover a variety of underliers (index and
single names), regions, sectors, maturities and credit
qualities (high-yield and investment-grade). The broad
range of this population gives rise to the width of the
ranges of significant unobservable inputs.
- • Commodity prices and spreads. The ranges for
commodity prices and spreads cover variability in
products, maturities and delivery locations.
Sensitivity of Fair Value Measurement to Changes in
Significant Unobservable Inputs. The following is a
description of the directional sensitivity of the firm’s level 3
fair value measurements to changes in significant
unobservable inputs, in isolation, as of each period-end:
- • Correlation. In general, for contracts where the holder
benefits from the convergence of the underlying asset or
index prices (e.g., interest rates, credit spreads, foreign
exchange rates, inflation rates and equity prices), an
increase in correlation results in a higher fair value
measurement.
- • Volatility. In general, for purchased options, an increase in
volatility results in a higher fair value measurement.
- • Credit spreads, upfront credit points and recovery
rates. In general, the fair value of purchased credit
protection increases as credit spreads or upfront credit
points increase or recovery rates decrease. Credit spreads,
upfront credit points and recovery rates are strongly related
to distinctive risk factors of the underlying reference
obligations, which include reference entity-specific factors,
such as leverage, volatility and industry, market-based risk
factors, such as borrowing costs or liquidity of the
underlying reference obligation, and macroeconomic
conditions.
- • Commodity prices and spreads. In general, for
contracts where the holder is receiving a commodity, an
increase in the spread (price difference from a benchmark
index due to differences in quality or delivery location) or
price results in a higher fair value measurement.
Due to the distinctive nature of each of the firm’s level 3
derivatives, the interrelationship of inputs is not necessarily
uniform within each product type.
THE GOLDMAN SACHS GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
(Unaudited)
- 21 Goldman Sachs March 2024 Form 10-Q
Level 3 Rollforward. The table below presents a summary
of the changes in fair value for level 3 derivatives.
| | Three Months Ended March |
$ in millions | 2024 | 2023 |
Total level 3 derivatives, net | | |
Beginning balance | $ 810 | $ 1,521 |
Net realized gains/(losses) | (94) | 147 |
Net unrealized gains/(losses) | 34 | (3) |
Purchases | 235 | 219 |
Sales | (598) | (424) |
Settlements | 103 | 335 |
Transfers into level 3 | (710) | (98) |
Transfers out of level 3 | 289 | (124) |
Ending balance | $ 69 | $ 1,573 |
In the table above:
- • Changes in fair value are presented for all derivative assets
and liabilities that are classified in level 3 as of the end of
the period.
- • Net unrealized gains/(losses) relates to instruments that
were still held at period-end.
- • Transfers between levels of the fair value hierarchy are
reported at the beginning of the reporting period in which
they occur. If a derivative was transferred into level 3
during a reporting period, its entire gain or loss for the
period is classified in level 3.
- • Positive amounts for transfers into level 3 and negative
amounts for transfers out of level 3 represent net transfers
of derivative assets. Negative amounts for transfers into
level 3 and positive amounts for transfers out of level 3
represent net transfers of derivative liabilities.
- • A derivative with level 1 and/or level 2 inputs is classified in
level 3 in its entirety if it has at least one significant level 3
input.
- • If there is one significant level 3 input, the entire gain or
loss from adjusting only observable inputs (i.e., level 1 and
level 2 inputs) is classified in level 3.
- • Gains or losses that have been classified in level 3 resulting
from changes in level 1 or level 2 inputs are frequently
offset by gains or losses attributable to level 1 or level 2
derivatives and/or level 1, level 2 and level 3 trading cash
instruments. As a result, gains/(losses) included in the level
3 rollforward below do not necessarily represent the overall
impact on the firm’s results of operations, liquidity or
capital resources.
The table below presents information, by product type, for
derivatives included in the summary table above.
| | Three Months Ended March |
$ in millions | 2024 | 2023 |
Interest rates, net | | |
Beginning balance | $ (439) | $ (459) |
Net realized gains/(losses) | (83) | (37) |
Net unrealized gains/(losses) | (155) | 263 |
Purchases | 81 | 101 |
Sales | (108) | (219) |
Settlements | 176 | 126 |
Transfers into level 3 | (53) | (55) |
Transfers out of level 3 | 212 | (96) |
Ending balance | $ (369) | $ (376) |
Credit, net | | |
Beginning balance | $ 1,650 | $ 1,460 |
Net realized gains/(losses) | 58 | 5 |
Net unrealized gains/(losses) | 68 | 22 |
Purchases | 52 | 57 |
Sales | (33) | (9) |
Settlements | (145) | (32) |
Transfers into level 3 | (23) | 3 |
Transfers out of level 3 | 9 | 17 |
Ending balance | $ 1,636 | $ 1,523 |
Currencies, net | | |
Beginning balance | $ 42 | $ 162 |
Net realized gains/(losses) | 10 | 33 |
Net unrealized gains/(losses) | (5) | (11) |
Purchases | 1 | 2 |
Sales | (6) | (2) |
Settlements | (7) | (20) |
Transfers into level 3 | 4 | 1 |
Transfers out of level 3 | 37 | 17 |
Ending balance | $ 76 | $ 182 |
Commodities, net | | |
Beginning balance | $ 628 | $ 919 |
Net realized gains/(losses) | (63) | (15) |
Net unrealized gains/(losses) | 81 | (5) |
Purchases | 55 | 2 |
Sales | (9) | (37) |
Settlements | 77 | 95 |
Transfers into level 3 | (35) | (21) |
Transfers out of level 3 | 19 | (50) |
Ending balance | $ 753 | $ 888 |
Equities, net | | |
Beginning balance | $ (1,071) | $ (561) |
Net realized gains/(losses) | (16) | 161 |
Net unrealized gains/(losses) | 45 | (272) |
Purchases | 46 | 57 |
Sales | (442) | (157) |
| | 2 | 166 |
Settlements | | |
Transfers out of level 3 | 12 | (12) |
Ending balance | $ (2,027) | $ (644) |
Transfers into level 3 (603) (26)
THE GOLDMAN SACHS GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
(Unaudited)
Goldman Sachs March 2024 Form 10-Q 22
Level 3 Rollforward Commentary for the Three Months
Ended March 2024. The net realized and unrealized losses
on level 3 derivatives of $60 million (reflecting $94 million of
net realized losses and $34 million of net unrealized gains) for
the three months ended March 2024 included gains/(losses) of
$(72) million reported in market making and $12 million
reported in other principal transactions.
The net unrealized gains on level 3 derivatives for the three
months ended March 2024 primarily reflected gains on
certain commodity derivatives (principally due to the impact
of an increase in commodity prices), gains on certain credit
derivatives (principally due to the impact of changes in
foreign exchange rates), and gains on certain equity
derivatives (principally due to the impact of an increase in
equity prices), partially offset by losses on certain interest
rate derivatives (principally due to the impact of an increase
in interest rates).
Transfers into level 3 derivatives during the three months
ended March 2024 primarily reflected transfers of certain
equity derivative liabilities from level 2 (principally due to
certain unobservable inputs becoming significant to the
valuation of these derivatives).
Transfers out of level 3 derivatives during the three months
ended March 2024 primarily reflected transfers of certain
interest rate derivative liabilities to level 2 (principally due to
certain unobservable volatility inputs no longer being
significant to the valuation of these derivatives).
Level 3 Rollforward Commentary for the Three Months
Ended March 2023. The net realized and unrealized gains
on level 3 derivatives of $144 million (reflecting $147 million
of net realized gains and $3 million of net unrealized losses)
for the three months ended March 2023 included gains/
(losses) of $148 million reported in market making and
$(4) million reported in other principal transactions.
The net unrealized losses on level 3 derivatives for the three
months ended March 2023 primarily reflected losses on
certain equity derivatives (principally due to the impact of
changes in equity prices), largely offset by gains on certain
interest rate derivatives (principally due to the impact of
changes in interest rates).
The drivers of both transfers into and transfers out of level 3
derivatives during the three months ended March 2023 were
not material.
Investments
Fair Value by Level. The table below presents investments
accounted for at fair value by level within the fair value
hierarchy.
$ in millions | Level 1 | Level 2 | Level 3 | Total |
As of March 2024 | | | | |
Government and agency obligations: | | | | |
U.S. | $ 53,225 | $ – | $ – | $ 53,225 |
Non-U.S. | 2,348 | 61 | – | 2,409 |
Corporate debt securities | 173 | 2,374 | 6,110 | 8,657 |
Securities backed by real estate | – | 3 | 666 | 669 |
Money market instruments | 302 | 863 | – | 1,165 |
Other debt obligations | 9 | 11 | 235 | 255 |
Equity securities | 767 | 2,260 | 9,471 | 12,498 |
Subtotal | $ 56,824 | $ 5,572 | $ 16,482 | $ 78,878 |
Investments in funds at NAV | | | | 2,899 |
Total investments | | | | $ 81,777 |
$ in millions | Level 1 | Level 2 | Level 3 | Total |
As of March 2024 | | | | |
Government and agency obligations: | | | | |
U.S. | $ 53,225 | $ – | $ – | $ 53,225 |
Non-U.S. | 2,348 | 61 | – | 2,409 |
Corporate debt securities | 173 | 2,374 | 6,110 | 8,657 |
Securities backed by real estate | – | 3 | 666 | 669 |
Money market instruments | 302 | 863 | – | 1,165 |
Other debt obligations | 9 | 11 | 235 | 255 |
Equity securities | 767 | 2,260 | 9,471 | 12,498 |
Subtotal | $ 56,824 | $ 5,572 | $ 16,482 | $ 78,878 |
Investments in funds at NAV | | | | 2,899 |
Total investments | | | | $ 81,777 |
As of December 2023 | | | | |
Government and agency obligations: | | | | |
U.S. | $ 46,731 | $ – | $ – | $ 46,731 |
Non-U.S. | 2,399 | 144 | – | 2,543 |
Corporate debt securities | 160 | 2,299 | 6,533 | 8,992 |
Securities backed by real estate | – | 2 | 687 | 689 |
Money market instruments | 52 | 999 | – | 1,051 |
Other debt obligations | 9 | 14 | 244 | 267 |
Equity securities | 721 | 2,099 | 9,674 | 12,494 |
Subtotal | $ 50,072 | $ 5,557 | $ 17,138 | $ 72,767 |
Investments in funds at NAV | | | | 3,000 |
Total investments | | | | $ 75,767 |
See Note 4 for an overview of the firm’s fair value
measurement policies, valuation techniques and significant
inputs used to determine the fair value of investments.
THE GOLDMAN SACHS GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
(Unaudited)
- 23 Goldman Sachs March 2024 Form 10-Q
Significant Unobservable Inputs. The table below
presents the amount of level 3 investments, and ranges and
weighted averages of significant unobservable inputs used to
value such investments.
| | As of March 2024 | As of December 2023 |
$ in millions | Amount Range | or Weighted Average | | Amount or Range | Weighted Average |
Corporate debt securities | | | |
Level 3 assets | $ | 6,110 | | $ 6,533 | |
Yield | 5.0% to 21.6% | 12.4% | | 6.0% to 31.0% | 12.1% |
Recovery rate | 7.6% to 77.1% | 36.7% | | 7.3% to 41.2% | 27.6% |
Duration (years) | 0.2 to 8.3 | 3.3 | | 0.4 to 5.3 | 3.0 |
Multiples | 0.9x to 16.1x | 5.8x | | 0.9x to 53.3x | 7.7x |
Securities backed by real estate | | | |
Level 3 assets | $ 666 | | | $ 687 | |
Yield | 8.3% to 18.3% | 14.1% | | 7.4% to 18.8% | 14.1% |
Duration (years) | 0.3 to 3.8 | 3.6 | | 0.4 to 4.1 | 3.9 |
Other debt obligations | | | |
Level 3 assets | $ | 235 | | $ 244 | |
Yield | 5.9% to 9.0% | 7.9% | | 7.6% to 8.8% | 8.2% |
Equity securities | | | | |
Level 3 assets | $ 9,471 | | | $ 9,674 | |
Multiples | 0.5x to 23.7x | 8.6x | | 0.5x to 25.2x | 8.3x |
Discount rate/yield | 6.0% to 38.5% | 12.6% | | 6.0% to 38.5% | 12.3% |
Capitalization rate | 4.4% to 9.2% | 5.5% | | 4.5% to 8.0% | 5.3% |
In the table above:
- • Ranges represent the significant unobservable inputs that
were used in the valuation of each type of investment.
- • Weighted averages are calculated by weighting each input
by the relative fair value of the investment.
- • The ranges and weighted averages of these inputs are not
representative of the appropriate inputs to use when
calculating the fair value of any one investment. For
example, the highest multiple for private equity securities is
appropriate for valuing a specific private equity security
but may not be appropriate for valuing any other private
equity security. Accordingly, the ranges of inputs do not
represent uncertainty in, or possible ranges of, fair value
measurements of level 3 investments.
- • Increases in yield, discount rate, capitalization rate or
duration used in the valuation of level 3 investments would
have resulted in a lower fair value measurement, while
increases in recovery rate or multiples would have resulted
in a higher fair value measurement as of both March 2024
and December 2023. Due to the distinctive nature of each
level 3 investment, the interrelationship of inputs is not
necessarily uniform within each product type.
- • Corporate debt securities, securities backed by real estate
and other debt obligations are valued using discounted cash
flows, and equity securities are valued using market
comparables and discounted cash flows.
- • The fair value of any one instrument may be determined
using multiple valuation techniques. For example, market
comparables and discounted cash flows may be used
together to determine fair value. Therefore, the level 3
balance encompasses both of these techniques.
Level 3 Rollforward. The table below presents a summary
of the changes in fair value for level 3 investments.
| | Three Months Ended March |
$ in millions | 2024 | 2023 |
Beginning balance | $ 17,138 | $ 16,942 |
Net realized gains/(losses) | 54 | 102 |
Net unrealized gains/(losses) | 61 | (76) |
Purchases | 222 | 213 |
Sales | (231) | (236) |
Settlements | (523) | (356) |
Transfers into level 3 | 278 | 860 |
Transfers out of level 3 | (517) | (216) |
Ending balance | $ 16,482 | $ 17,233 |
In the table above:
- • Changes in fair value are presented for all investments that
are classified in level 3 as of the end of the period.
- • Net unrealized gains/(losses) relates to investments that
were still held at period-end.
- • Transfers between levels of the fair value hierarchy are
reported at the beginning of the reporting period in which
they occur. If an investment was transferred to level 3
during a reporting period, its entire gain or loss for the
period is classified in level 3.
THE GOLDMAN SACHS GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
(Unaudited)
Goldman Sachs March 2024 Form 10-Q 24
The table below presents information, by product type, for
investments included in the summary table above.
| | Three Months Ended March |
$ in millions | 2024 | 2023 |
Corporate debt securities | | |
Beginning balance | $ 6,533 | $ 7,003 |
Net realized gains/(losses) | 57 | 94 |
Net unrealized gains/(losses) | 40 | 46 |
Purchases | 136 | 111 |
Sales | (46) | (74) |
Settlements | (392) | (267) |
Transfers into level 3 | 90 | 617 |
Transfers out of level 3 | (308) | (82) |
Ending balance | $ 6,110 | $ 7,448 |
Securities backed by real estate | | |
Beginning balance | $ 687 | $ 827 |
Net realized gains/(losses) | 2 | 8 |
Net unrealized gains/(losses) | (10) | (3) |
Purchases | 7 | 21 |
Settlements | (20) | (14) |
Ending balance | $ 666 | $ 839 |
Other debt obligations | | |
Beginning balance | $ 244 | $ 256 |
Net realized gains/(losses) | 1 | 1 |
Net unrealized gains/(losses) | – | 4 |
Purchases | 5 | 1 |
Settlements | (15) | (11) |
Ending balance | $ 235 | $ 251 |
Equity securities | | |
Beginning balance | $ 9,674 | $ 8,856 |
Net realized gains/(losses) | (6) | (1) |
Net unrealized gains/(losses) | 31 | (123) |
Purchases | 74 | 80 |
Sales | (185) | (162) |
Settlements | (96) | (64) |
Transfers into level 3 | 188 | 243 |
Transfers out of level 3 | (209) | (134) |
Ending balance | $ 9,471 | $ 8,695 |
Level 3 Rollforward Commentary for the Three Months
Ended March 2024. The net realized and unrealized gains
on level 3 investments of $115 million (reflecting $54 million
of net realized gains and $61 million of net unrealized gains)
for the three months ended March 2024 included gains/
(losses) of $(8) million reported in other principal
transactions and $123 million reported in interest income.
The drivers of the net unrealized gains on level 3 investments
for the three months ended March 2024 were not material.
Transfers into level 3 investments during the three months
ended March 2024 primarily reflected transfers of certain
equity securities from level 2 (principally due to reduced price
transparency as a result of a lack of market evidence,
including fewer market transactions in these instruments).
Transfers out of level 3 investments during the three months
ended March 2024 reflected transfers of certain corporate
debt securities to level 2 (principally due to certain
unobservable yield inputs becoming less significant to the
valuation of these instruments) and certain private equity
securities to level 2 (principally due to increased price
transparency as a result of market evidence, including market
transactions in these instruments).
Level 3 Rollforward Commentary for the Three Months
Ended March 2023. The net realized and unrealized gains
on level 3 investments of $26 million (reflecting $102 million
of net realized gains and $76 million of net unrealized losses)
for the three months ended March 2023 included gains/
(losses) of $(133) million reported in other principal
transactions and $159 million reported in interest income.
The net unrealized losses on level 3 investments for the three
months ended March 2023 reflected losses on certain private
equity securities (principally driven by corporate
performance).
Transfers into level 3 investments during the three months
ended March 2023 primarily reflected transfers of certain
corporate debt securities from level 2 (principally due to
certain unobservable yield and duration inputs becoming
significant to the valuation of these instruments) and certain
equity securities from level 2 (principally due to reduced price
transparency as a result of a lack of market evidence,
including fewer market transactions in these instruments).
Transfers out of level 3 investments during the three months
ended March 2023 primarily reflected transfers of certain
equity securities to level 2 (principally due to increased price
transparency as a result of market evidence, including market
transactions in these instruments).
THE GOLDMAN SACHS GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
(Unaudited)
- 25 Goldman Sachs March 2024 Form 10-Q
Loans
Fair Value by Level. The table below presents loans held
for investment accounted for at fair value under the fair value
option by level within the fair value hierarchy.
$ in millions | Level 1 | Level 2 | Level 3 | Total |
As of March 2024 | | | | |
Loan Type | | | | |
Corporate | $ – | $ 419 | $ 339 | $ 758 |
Real estate: | | | | |
Commercial | – | 327 | 170 | 497 |
Residential | – | 3,797 | 56 | 3,853 |
Other collateralized | – | 789 | 135 | 924 |
Other | – | 25 | 66 | 91 |
Total | $ – | $ 5,357 | $ 766 | $ 6,123 |
As of December 2023 | | | | |
Loan Type | | | | |
Corporate | $ – | $ 415 | $ 344 | $ 759 |
Real estate: | | | | |
Commercial | – | 360 | 203 | 563 |
Residential | – | 4,087 | 58 | 4,145 |
Other collateralized | – | 775 | 136 | 911 |
Other | – | 46 | 82 | 128 |
Total | $ – | $ 5,683 | $ 823 | $ 6,506 |
The gains/(losses) as a result of changes in the fair value of
loans held for investment for which the fair value option was
elected were $(37) million for the three months ended March
2024 and $76 million for the three months ended March 2023.
These gains/(losses) were included in other principal
transactions.
Significant Unobservable Inputs. The table below
presents the amount of level 3 loans, and ranges and weighted
averages of significant unobservable inputs used to value such
loans.
| | As of March 2024 | As of December 2023 |
$ in millions | Amount or Range | Weighted Average | Amount or Range | Weighted Average |
Corporate | | | | |
Level 3 assets | 339 | | $ 344 | |
Yield | 8.0% to 17.1% | 12.0% | 8.0% to 17.1% | 10.5% |
Recovery rate | 2.0% to 95.0% | 73.2% | 2.0% to 95.0% | 74.0% |
Duration (years) | 0.5 to 2.0 | 1.4 | 0.7 to 2.3 | 1.7 |
Real estate | | | | |
Level 3 assets | 226 | | $ 261 | |
Yield | 5.6% to 21.4% | 17.8% | 5.0% to 21.4% | 18.1% |
Recovery rate | 4.2% to 99.2% | 62.8% | 5.3% to 99.2% | 66.0% |
Duration (years) | 0.5 to 6.2 | 0.9 | 0.5 to 6.2 | 1.6 |
Other collateralized | | | |
Level 3 assets | 135 | | $ 136 | |
Yield | 6.2% to 8.8% | 6.6% | 5.6% to 8.7% | 6.1% |
Other | | | | |
Level 3 assets | 66 | | $ 82 | |
Yield | 7.3% to 14.5% | 10.4% | 7.3% to 13.5% | 9.6% |
Duration (years) | 4.2 to 5.2 | 4.6 | 3.6 to 5.2 | 4.2 |
$
$
$
$
In the table above:
- • Ranges represent the significant unobservable inputs that
were used in the valuation of each type of loan.
- • Weighted averages are calculated by weighting each input
by the relative fair value of the loan.
- • The ranges and weighted averages of these inputs are not
representative of the appropriate inputs to use when
calculating the fair value of any one loan. For example, the
highest yield for real estate loans is appropriate for valuing
a specific real estate loan but may not be appropriate for
valuing any other real estate loan. Accordingly, the ranges
of inputs do not represent uncertainty in, or possible ranges
of, fair value measurements of level 3 loans.
- • Increases in yield or duration used in the valuation of level
3 loans would have resulted in a lower fair value
measurement, while increases in recovery rate would have
resulted in a higher fair value measurement as of both
March 2024 and December 2023. Due to the distinctive
nature of each level 3 loan, the interrelationship of inputs is
not necessarily uniform within each product type.
- • Loans are valued using discounted cash flows.
THE GOLDMAN SACHS GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
(Unaudited)
Goldman Sachs March 2024 Form 10-Q 26
Level 3 Rollforward. The table below presents a summary
of the changes in fair value for level 3 loans.
| | Three Months Ended March |
$ in millions | 2024 | 2023 |
Beginning balance | $ 823 | $ 1,837 |
Net realized gains/(losses) | 11 | 19 |
Net unrealized gains/(losses) | (13) | 3 |
Purchases | 7 | 33 |
Sales | (31) | (5) |
Settlements | (31) | (100) |
Ending balance | $ 766 | $ 1,787 |
In the table above:
- • Changes in fair value are presented for loans that are
classified in level 3 as of the end of the period.
- • Net unrealized gains/(losses) relates to loans that were still
held at period-end.
- • Purchases includes originations and secondary purchases.
- • Transfers between levels of the fair value hierarchy are
reported at the beginning of the reporting period in which
they occur. If a loan was transferred to level 3 during a
reporting period, its entire gain or loss for the period is
classified in level 3.
The table below presents information, by loan type, for loans
included in the summary table above.
| | Three Months Ended March |
$ in millions | 2024 | 2023 |
Corporate | | |
Beginning balance | $ 344 | $ 637 |
Net realized gains/(losses) | 4 | 10 |
Net unrealized gains/(losses) | (9) | (1) |
Purchases | 7 | 32 |
Sales | – | (5) |
Settlements | (7) | (27) |
Ending balance | $ 339 | $ 646 |
Real estate | | |
Beginning balance | $ 261 | $ 785 |
Net realized gains/(losses) | 4 | 5 |
Net unrealized gains/(losses) | (2) | (5) |
Purchases | – | 1 |
Sales | (31) | – |
Settlements | (6) | (64) |
Ending balance | $ 226 | $ 722 |
Other collateralized | | |
Beginning balance | $ 136 | $ 140 |
Net realized gains/(losses) | 1 | 1 |
Net unrealized gains/(losses) | – | 1 |
Settlements | (2) | (1) |
Ending balance | $ 135 | $ 141 |
Other | | |
Beginning balance | $ 82 | $ 275 |
Net realized gains/(losses) | 2 | 3 |
Net unrealized gains/(losses) | (2) | 8 |
Settlements | (16) | |
Ending balance | $ 66 | (8) $ 278 |
THE GOLDMAN SACHS GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
(Unaudited)
- 27 Goldman Sachs March 2024 Form 10-Q
Level 3 Rollforward Commentary for the Three Months
Ended March 2024. The net realized and unrealized losses
on level 3 loans of $2 million (reflecting $11 million of net
realized gains and $13 million of net unrealized losses) for the
three months ended March 2024 included gains/(losses) of
$(9) million reported in other principal transactions and $7
million reported in interest income.
The drivers of the net unrealized losses on level 3 loans for
the three months ended March 2024 were not material.
There were no transfers into or out of level 3 loans during the
three months ended March 2024.
Level 3 Rollforward Commentary for the Three Months
Ended March 2023. The net realized and unrealized gains
on level 3 loans of $22 million (reflecting $19 million of net
realized gains and $3 million of net unrealized gains) for the
three months ended March 2023 included gains of $8 million
reported in other principal transactions and $14 million
reported in interest income.
The drivers of the net unrealized losses on level 3 loans for
the three months ended March 2023 were not material.
There were no transfers into or out of level 3 loans during the
three months ended March 2023.
Other Financial Assets and Liabilities
Fair Value by Level. The table below presents, by level
within the fair value hierarchy, other financial assets and
liabilities at fair value, substantially all of which are
accounted for at fair value under the fair value option.
$ in millions | Level 1 | Level 2 | Level 3 | Total |
As of March 2024 | | | | |
Assets | | | | |
Resale agreements | $ – | $ 231,655 | $ – | $ 231,655 |
Securities borrowed | – | 48,624 | – | 48,624 |
Customer and other receivables | – | 23 | – | 23 |
Other assets | – | 73 | 175 | 248 |
Total | $ – | $ 280,375 | $ 175 | $ 280,550 |
Liabilities | | | | |
Deposits | $ – | $ (28,621) | $ (2,749) | $ (31,370) |
Repurchase agreements | – | (267,479) | – | (267,479) |
Securities loaned | – | (10,289) | – | (10,289) |
Other secured financings | – | (12,864) | (1,934) | (14,798) |
Unsecured borrowings: | | | | |
Short-term | – | (43,858) | (6,159) | (50,017) |
Long-term | – | (73,606) | (13,536) | (87,142) |
Other liabilities | – | (81) | (69) | (150) |
Total | $ – | $ (436,798) | $ (24,447) | $ (461,245) |
As of December 2023 | | | | |
Assets | | | | |
Resale agreements | $ – | $ 223,543 | $ – | $ 223,543 |
Securities borrowed | – | 44,930 | – | 44,930 |
Customer and other receivables | – | 23 | – | 23 |
Other assets | – | 179 | 187 | 366 |
Total | $ – | $ 268,675 | $ 187 | $ 268,862 |
Liabilities | | | | |
Deposits | $ – | $ (26,723) | $ (2,737) | $ (29,460) |
Repurchase agreements | – | (249,887) | – | (249,887) |
Securities loaned | – | (8,934) | – | (8,934) |
Other secured financings | – | (10,532) | (2,022) | (12,554) |
Unsecured borrowings: | | | | |
Short-term | – | (40,538) | (5,589) | (46,127) |
Long-term | – | (72,562) | (13,848) | (86,410) |
Other liabilities | – | (187) | (79) | (266) |
Total | $ – | $ (409,363) | $ (24,275) | $ (433,638) |
In the table above, assets are shown as positive amounts and
liabilities are shown as negative amounts.
See Note 4 for an overview of the firm’s fair value
measurement policies, valuation techniques and significant
inputs used to determine the fair value of other financial
assets and liabilities.
THE GOLDMAN SACHS GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
(Unaudited)
Goldman Sachs March 2024 Form 10-Q 28
Significant Unobservable Inputs. See below for
information about the significant unobservable inputs used to
value level 3 other financial assets and liabilities at fair value
as of both March 2024 and December 2023.
Other Secured Financings. The ranges and weighted
averages of significant unobservable inputs used to value level
3 other secured financings are presented below. These ranges
and weighted averages exclude unobservable inputs that are
only relevant to a single instrument, and therefore are not
meaningful.
As of March 2024:
- • Yield: 6.7% to 11.8% (weighted average: 8.6%)
- • Duration: 0.3 to 6.1 years (weighted average: 2.2 years)
As of December 2023:
- • Yield: 6.7% to 11.3% (weighted average: 8.5%)
- • Duration: 0.1 to 4.5 years (weighted average: 0.9 years)
Generally, increases in yield or duration, in isolation, would
have resulted in a lower fair value measurement as of period-
end. Due to the distinctive nature of each of level 3 other
secured financings, the interrelationship of inputs is not
necessarily uniform across such financings. See Note 11 for
further information about other secured financings.
Deposits, Unsecured Borrowings and Other Assets
and Liabilities. Substantially all of the firm’s deposits,
unsecured short- and long-term borrowings, and other assets
and liabilities that are classified in level 3 are hybrid financial
instruments. As the significant unobservable inputs used to
value hybrid financial instruments primarily relate to the
embedded derivative component of these deposits, unsecured
borrowings and other assets and liabilities, these
unobservable inputs are incorporated in the firm’s derivative
disclosures. See Note 12 for further information about other
assets, Note 13 for further information about deposits, Note
14 for further information about unsecured borrowings and
Note 15 for further information about other liabilities.
Level 3 Rollforward. The table below presents a summary
of the changes in fair value for level 3 other financial assets
and liabilities accounted for at fair value.
| | Three Months Ended March |
$ in millions | 2024 | 2023 |
Assets | | |
Beginning balance | $ 187 | $ 74 |
Net unrealized gains/(losses) | (2) | 30 |
Sales | (11) | – |
Ending balance | $ 174 | $ 104 |
Liabilities | | |
Beginning balance | $ (24,275) | $ (18,826) |
Net realized gains/(losses) | (137) | (94) |
Net unrealized gains/(losses) | 117 | (821) |
Issuances | (3,443) | (2,251) |
Settlements | 3,369 | 2,522 |
Transfers into level 3 | (1,084) | (1,391) |
Transfers out of level 3 | 1,006 | 623 |
Ending balance | $ (24,447) | $ (20,238) |
In the table above:
- • Changes in fair value are presented for all other financial
assets and liabilities that are classified in level 3 as of the
end of the period.
- • Net unrealized gains/(losses) relates to other financial
assets and liabilities that were still held at period-end.
- • Transfers between levels of the fair value hierarchy are
reported at the beginning of the reporting period in which
they occur. If a financial instrument was transferred to
level 3 during a reporting period, its entire gain or loss for
the period is classified in level 3.
- • For level 3 other financial assets, increases are shown as
positive amounts, while decreases are shown as negative
amounts. For level 3 other financial liabilities, increases are
shown as negative amounts, while decreases are shown as
positive amounts.
- • Level 3 other financial assets and liabilities are frequently
economically hedged with trading assets and liabilities.
Accordingly, gains or losses that are classified in level 3 can
be partially offset by gains or losses attributable to level 1,
2 or 3 trading assets and liabilities. As a result, gains or
losses included in the level 3 rollforward below do not
necessarily represent the overall impact on the firm’s
results of operations, liquidity or capital resources.
THE GOLDMAN SACHS GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
(Unaudited)
- 29 Goldman Sachs March 2024 Form 10-Q
The table below presents information, by the consolidated
balance sheet line items, for liabilities included in the
summary table above.
| | Three Months Ended March 2023 |
$ in millions | 2024 | |
Deposits | | |
Beginning balance | $ (2,737) | $ (2,743) |
Net realized gains/(losses) | – | 1 |
Net unrealized gains/(losses) | (103) | (8) |
Issuances | (121) | (119) |
Settlements | 175 | 224 |
Transfers into level 3 | (18) | (6) |
Transfers out of level 3 | 55 | 14 |
Ending balance | $ (2,749) | $ (2,637) |
Other secured financings | | |
Beginning balance | $ (2,022) | $ (1,842) |
Net realized gains/(losses) | (2) | (7) |
Net unrealized gains/(losses) | 33 | (32) |
Issuances | (347) | (98) |
Settlements | 405 | 187 |
Transfers into level 3 | (1) | (121) |
Transfers out of level 3 | – | 77 |
Ending balance | $ (1,934) | $ (1,836) |
Unsecured short-term borrowings | | |
Beginning balance | $ (5,589) | $ (4,090) |
Net realized gains/(losses) | (49) | (57) |
Net unrealized gains/(losses) | (76) | (298) |
Issuances | (2,005) | (1,473) |
Settlements | 1,213 | 1,216 |
Transfers into level 3 | (173) | (132) |
Transfers out of level 3 | 520 | 320 |
Ending balance | $ (6,159) | $ (4,514) |
Unsecured long-term borrowings | | |
Beginning balance | $ (13,848) | $ (10,066) |
Net realized gains/(losses) | (86) | (31) |
Net unrealized gains/(losses) | 253 | (477) |
Issuances | (970) | (561) |
Settlements | 1,576 | 895 |
Transfers into level 3 | (892) | (1,132) |
Transfers out of level 3 | 431 | 212 |
Ending balance | $ (13,536) | $ (11,160) |
Other liabilities | | |
Beginning balance | $ (79) | $ (85) |
Net unrealized gains/(losses) | 10 | (6) |
Ending balance | $ (69) | $ (91) |
Level 3 Rollforward Commentary for the Three Months
Ended March 2024. The net realized and unrealized losses
on level 3 other financial liabilities of $20 million (reflecting
$137 million of net realized losses and $117 million of net
unrealized gains) for the three months ended March 2024
included gains/(losses) of $111 million reported in market
making, $(7) million reported in other principal transactions
and $(4) million reported in interest expense in the
consolidated statements of earnings, and $(120) million
reported in debt valuation adjustment in the consolidated
statements of comprehensive income.
The net unrealized gains on level 3 other financial liabilities
for the three months ended March 2024 primarily reflected
gains on certain hybrid financial instruments included in
unsecured long-term borrowings (principally due to the
impact of changes in foreign exchange rates), partially offset
by losses on certain hybrid financial instruments included in
bank deposits (principally due to an increase in global equity
prices).
Transfers into level 3 other financial liabilities during the
three months ended March 2024 primarily reflected transfers
of certain hybrid financial instruments included in unsecured
long-term borrowings from level 2 (principally due to
reduced price transparency of certain credit spread and
volatility inputs used to value these instruments) and
transfers of certain hybrid financial instruments included in
unsecured short-term borrowings from level 2 (principally
due to reduced price transparency of certain volatility inputs
used to value these instruments).
Transfers out of level 3 other financial liabilities during the
three months ended March 2024 primarily reflected transfers
of certain hybrid financial instruments in unsecured short-
and long-term borrowings to level 2 (principally due to
increased price transparency of certain volatility inputs used
to value these instruments).
Level 3 Rollforward Commentary for the Three Months
Ended March 2023. The net realized and unrealized losses
on level 3 other financial liabilities of $915 million (reflecting
$94 million of net realized losses and $821 million of net
unrealized losses) for the three months ended March 2023
included gains/(losses) of $(939) million reported in market
making, $(15) million reported in other principal transactions
and $(9) million reported in interest expense in the
consolidated statements of earnings, and $48 million reported
in debt valuation adjustment in the consolidated statements
of comprehensive income.
The net unrealized losses on level 3 other financial liabilities
for the three months ended March 2023 primarily reflected
losses on certain hybrid financial instruments included in
unsecured long- and short-term borrowings (principally due
to an increase in global equity prices).
Transfers into level 3 other financial liabilities during the
three months ended March 2023 primarily reflected transfers
of certain hybrid financial instruments included in unsecured
long-term borrowings from level 2 (principally due to
reduced price transparency of certain volatility inputs used to
value these instruments).
Transfers out of level 3 other financial liabilities during the
three months ended March 2023 primarily reflected transfers
of certain hybrid financial instruments included in unsecured
short- and long-term borrowings to level 2 (principally due to
increased price transparency of certain volatility inputs used
to value these instruments).
THE GOLDMAN SACHS GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
(Unaudited)
Goldman Sachs March 2024 Form 10-Q 30
Note 6.
Trading Assets and Liabilities
Trading assets and liabilities include trading cash instruments
and derivatives held in connection with the firm’s market-
making or risk management activities. These assets and
liabilities are carried at fair value either under the fair value
option or in accordance with other U.S. GAAP, and the
related fair value gains and losses are generally recognized in
the consolidated statements of earnings.
The table below presents a summary of trading assets and
liabilities.
$ in millions | Trading Assets | Trading Liabilities |
As of March 2024 | | |
Trading cash instruments | $ 462,099 | $ 142,021 |
Derivatives | 45,619 | 59,121 |
Total | $ 507,718 | $ 201,142 |
As of December 2023 | | |
Trading cash instruments | $ 426,390 | $ 143,601 |
Derivatives | 51,120 | 56,754 |
Total | $ 477,510 | $ 200,355 |
See Note 5 for further information about trading cash
instruments and Note 7 for further information about
derivatives.
Gains and Losses from Market Making
The table below presents market making revenues by major
product type.
| | Three Months Ended March |
$ in millions | 2024 | 2023 |
Interest rates | $ (1,012) | $ 2,382 |
Credit | 1,137 | 347 |
Currencies | 2,774 | 363 |
Equities | 2,408 | 1,478 |
Commodities | 685 | 863 |
Total | $ 5,992 | $ 5,433 |
In the table above:
- • Gains/(losses) include both realized and unrealized gains
and losses. Gains/(losses) exclude related interest income
and interest expense. See Note 23 for further information
about interest income and interest expense.
- • Gains/(losses) included in market making are primarily
related to the firm’s trading assets and liabilities, including
both derivative and non-derivative financial instruments.
- • Gains/(losses) are not representative of the manner in
which the firm manages its business activities because
many of the firm’s market-making and client facilitation
strategies utilize financial instruments across various
product types. Accordingly, gains or losses in one product
type frequently offset gains or losses in other product types.
For example, most of the firm’s longer-term derivatives
across product types are sensitive to changes in interest
rates and may be economically hedged with interest rate
swaps. Similarly, a significant portion of the firm’s trading
cash instruments and derivatives across product types has
exposure to foreign currencies and may be economically
hedged with foreign currency contracts.
THE GOLDMAN SACHS GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
(Unaudited)
- 31 Goldman Sachs March 2024 Form 10-Q
Note 7.
Derivatives and Hedging Activities
Derivative Activities
Derivatives are instruments that derive their value from
underlying asset prices, indices, reference rates and other
inputs, or a combination of these factors. Derivatives may be
traded on an exchange (exchange-traded) or they may be
privately negotiated contracts, which are usually referred to
as OTC derivatives. Certain of the firm’s OTC derivatives
are cleared and settled through central clearing
counterparties (OTC-cleared), while others are bilateral
contracts between two counterparties (bilateral OTC).
Market Making. As a market maker, the firm enters into
derivative transactions to provide liquidity to clients and to
facilitate the transfer and hedging of their risks. In this role,
the firm typically acts as principal and is required to commit
capital to provide execution, and maintains market-making
positions in response to, or in anticipation of, client demand.
Risk Management. The firm also enters into derivatives to
actively manage risk exposures that arise from its market-
making and investing and financing activities. The firm’s
holdings and exposures are hedged, in many cases, on either a
portfolio or risk-specific basis, as opposed to an instrument-
by-instrument basis. The offsetting impact of this economic
hedging is reflected in the same business segment as the
related revenues. In addition, the firm may enter into
derivatives designated as hedges under U.S. GAAP. These
derivatives are used to manage interest rate exposure of
certain fixed-rate unsecured borrowings and deposits and
certain U.S. and non-U.S. government securities classified as
available-for-sale, foreign exchange risk of certain available-
for-sale securities and the net investment in certain non-U.S.
operations.
The firm enters into various types of derivatives, including:
- • Futures and Forwards. Contracts that commit
counterparties to purchase or sell financial instruments,
commodities or currencies in the future.
- • Swaps. Contracts that require counterparties to exchange
cash flows, such as currency or interest payment streams.
The amounts exchanged are based on the specific terms of
the contract with reference to specified rates, financial
instruments, commodities, currencies or indices.
- • Options. Contracts in which the option purchaser has the
right, but not the obligation, to purchase from or sell to the
option writer financial instruments, commodities or
currencies within a defined time period for a specified
price.
Derivatives are reported on a net-by-counterparty basis (i.e.,
the net payable or receivable for derivative assets and
liabilities for a given counterparty) when a legal right of
setoff exists under an enforceable netting agreement
(counterparty netting). Derivatives are accounted for at fair
value, net of cash collateral received or posted under
enforceable credit support agreements (cash collateral
netting). Derivative assets are included in trading assets and
derivative liabilities are included in trading liabilities.
Realized and unrealized gains and losses on derivatives not
designated as hedges are included in market making (for
derivatives included in Fixed Income, Currency and
Commodities (FICC) and Equities within Global Banking &
Markets), and other principal transactions (for derivatives
included in Investment banking fees and Other within Global
Banking & Markets, as well as derivatives in Asset & Wealth
Management) in the consolidated statements of earnings. For
both the three months ended March 2024 and March 2023,
substantially all of the firm’s derivatives were included in
Global Banking & Markets.
THE GOLDMAN SACHS GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
(Unaudited)
Goldman Sachs March 2024 Form 10-Q 32
The tables below present the gross fair value and the notional
amounts of derivative contracts by major product type, the
amounts of counterparty and cash collateral netting in the
consolidated balance sheets, as well as cash and securities
collateral posted and received under enforceable credit
support agreements that do not meet the criteria for netting
under U.S. GAAP.
| | As of March 2024 | As of December 2023 |
$ in millions | Derivative Assets | Derivative Liabilities | Derivative Assets | Derivative Liabilities |
Not accounted for as hedges | | | |
Exchange-traded | $ 3,212 | $ 1,029 | $ 3,401 | $ 1,129 |
OTC-cleared | 65,966 | 64,067 | 67,815 | 64,490 |
Bilateral OTC | 161,855 | 138,599 | 171,109 | 149,444 |
Total interest rates | 231,033 | 203,695 | 242,325 | 215,063 |
OTC-cleared | 1,551 | 1,741 | 1,271 | 1,533 |
Bilateral OTC | 10,305 | 9,148 | 11,554 | 8,601 |
Total credit | 11,856 | 10,889 | 12,825 | 10,134 |
Exchange-traded | 90 | 5 | 708 | 15 |
OTC-cleared | 422 | 493 | 1,033 | 1,632 |
Bilateral OTC | 78,290 | 79,224 | 88,158 | 95,742 |
Total currencies | 78,802 | 79,722 | 89,899 | 97,389 |
Exchange-traded | 5,540 | 5,997 | 5,468 | 5,998 |
OTC-cleared | 576 | 676 | 635 | 711 |
Bilateral OTC | 10,226 | 10,764 | 10,739 | 11,234 |
Total commodities | 16,342 | 17,437 | 16,842 | 17,943 |
Exchange-traded | 50,237 | 63,174 | 31,315 | 39,247 |
OTC-cleared | 127 | 205 | 122 | 171 |
Bilateral OTC | 33,150 | 48,315 | 28,601 | 40,696 |
Total equities | 83,514 | 111,694 | 60,038 | 80,114 |
Subtotal | 421,547 | 423,437 | 421,929 | 420,643 |
| | | | | |
Accounted for as hedges | | | |
OTC-cleared | – | 1 | – | – |
Bilateral OTC | 234 | 9 | 298 | 9 |
Total interest rates | 234 | 10 | 298 | 9 |
OTC-cleared | 1 | – | – | 7 |
Bilateral OTC | 13 | 73 | 5 | 208 |
Total currencies | 14 | 73 | 5 | 215 |
Subtotal | 248 | 83 | 303 | 224 |
Total gross fair value | $ 421,795 | $ 423,520 | $ 422,232 | $ 420,867 |
Offset in the consolidated balance sheets | | |
Exchange-traded | $ (50,321) | $ (50,321) | $ (32,722) | $ (32,722) |
OTC-cleared | (66,406) | (66,406) | (67,272) | (67,272) |
Bilateral OTC | (206,940) | (206,940) | (221,395) | (221,395) |
Counterparty netting | (323,667) | (323,667) | (321,389) | (321,389) |
OTC-cleared | (1,960) | (226) | (1,335) | (486) |
Bilateral OTC | (50,549) | (40,506) | (48,388) | (42,238) |
Cash collateral netting | (52,509) | (40,732) | (49,723) | (42,724) |
Total amounts offset | $ (376,176) | $ (364,399) | $ (371,112) | $ (364,113) |
consolidated balance sheets |
Exchange-traded | $ 8,758 | $ 19,884 | $ 8,170 | $ 13,667 |
OTC-cleared | 277 | 551 | 2,269 | 786 |
Bilateral OTC | 36,584 | 38,686 | 40,681 | 42,301 |
Total | $ 45,619 | $ 59,121 | $ 51,120 | $ 56,754 |
Not offset in the consolidated balance sheets | |
Cash collateral | $ (969) | $ (1,316) | $ (877) | $ (2,732) |
Securities collateral | (13,631) | (5,104) | (13,425) | (6,516) |
Total | $ 31,019 | $ 52,701 | $ 36,818 | $ 47,506 |
Included in the
Notional Amounts as of
$ in millions | March 2024 | December 2023 |
Not accounted for as hedges | | |
Exchange-traded | $ 3,932,033 | $ 3,854,689 |
OTC-cleared | 17,125,644 | 16,007,915 |
Bilateral OTC | 11,840,949 | 12,390,595 |
Total interest rates | 32,898,626 | 32,253,199 |
Exchange-traded | 118 | 299 |
OTC-cleared | 574,525 | 498,720 |
Bilateral OTC | 628,230 | 619,975 |
Total credit | 1,202,873 | 1,118,994 |
Exchange-traded | 8,604 | 11,586 |
OTC-cleared | 313,499 | 268,293 |
Bilateral OTC | 7,080,379 | 6,363,700 |
Total currencies | 7,402,482 | 6,643,579 |
Exchange-traded | 355,834 | 306,787 |
OTC-cleared | 3,193 | 3,323 |
Bilateral OTC | 196,857 | 199,270 |
Total commodities | 555,884 | 509,380 |
Exchange-traded | 1,733,433 | 1,564,341 |
OTC-cleared | 1,749 | 1,487 |
Bilateral OTC | 1,276,830 | 1,204,140 |
Total equities | 3,012,012 | 2,769,968 |
Subtotal | 45,071,877 | 43,295,120 |
Accounted for as hedges | | |
OTC-cleared | 230,554 | 241,160 |
Bilateral OTC | 2,816 | 2,914 |
Total interest rates | 233,370 | 244,074 |
OTC-cleared | 3,952 | 1,227 |
Bilateral OTC | 6,773 | 9,130 |
Total currencies | 10,725 | 10,357 |
Subtotal | 244,095 | 254,431 |
Total notional amounts | $ 45,315,972 | $ 43,549,551 |
In the tables above:
- • Gross fair values exclude the effects of both counterparty
netting and collateral, and therefore are not representative
of the firm’s exposure.
- • Where the firm has received or posted collateral under
credit support agreements, but has not yet determined such
agreements are enforceable, the related collateral has not
been netted.
- • Notional amounts, which represent the sum of gross long
and short derivative contracts, provide an indication of the
volume of the firm’s derivative activity and do not
represent anticipated losses.
- • Total gross fair value of derivatives included derivative
assets of $7.51 billion as of March 2024 and $8.98 billion as
of December 2023, and derivative liabilities of $12.38
billion as of March 2024 and $16.03 billion as of December
2023, which are not subject to an enforceable netting
agreement or are subject to a netting agreement that the
firm has not yet determined to be enforceable.
THE GOLDMAN SACHS GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
(Unaudited)
- 33 Goldman Sachs March 2024 Form 10-Q
OTC Derivatives
The table below presents OTC derivative assets and liabilities
by tenor and major product type.
$ in millions | Less than 1 Year | 1 - 5 Years | Greater than 5 Years | Total |
As of March 2024 | | | | |
Assets | | | | |
Interest rates | $ 4,886 | $ 11,995 | $ 49,502 | $ 66,383 |
Credit | 495 | 3,243 | 2,438 | 6,176 |
Currencies | 9,376 | 7,736 | 5,162 | 22,274 |
Commodities | 3,111 | 2,021 | 1,427 | 6,559 |
Equities | 7,548 | 2,438 | 1,646 | 11,632 |
Counterparty netting in tenors | (2,581) | (2,396) | (3,559) | (8,536) |
Subtotal | $ 22,835 | $ 25,037 | $ 56,616 | $ 104,488 |
Cross-tenor counterparty netting | | | | (15,118) |
Cash collateral netting | | | | (52,509) |
Total OTC derivative assets | | | | $ 36,861 |
Liabilities | | | | |
Interest rates | $ 7,518 | $ 15,552 | $ 17,917 | $ 40,987 |
Credit | 1,501 | 2,603 | 1,106 | 5,210 |
Currencies | 8,471 | 7,383 | 7,485 | 23,339 |
Commodities | 3,070 | 2,876 | 1,266 | 7,212 |
Equities | 9,130 | 12,813 | 4,932 | 26,875 |
Counterparty netting in tenors | (2,581) | (2,396) | (3,559) | (8,536) |
Subtotal | $ 27,109 | $ 38,831 | $ 29,147 | $ 95,087 |
Cross-tenor counterparty netting | | | | (15,118) |
Cash collateral netting | | | | (40,732) |
Total OTC derivative liabilities | | | | $ 39,237 |
As of December 2023 | | | | |
Assets | | | | |
Interest rates | $ 9,511 | $ 12,178 | $ 49,045 | $ 70,734 |
Credit | 1,814 | 3,283 | 1,961 | 7,058 |
Currencies | 9,117 | 7,579 | 5,479 | 22,175 |
Commodities | 2,993 | 2,574 | 1,451 | 7,018 |
Equities | 6,625 | 3,155 | 1,655 | 11,435 |
Counterparty netting in tenors | (3,046) | (2,765) | (3,648) | (9,459) |
Subtotal | $ 27,014 | $ 26,004 | $ 55,943 | $ 108,961 |
Cross-tenor counterparty netting | | | | (16,288) |
Cash collateral netting | | | | (49,723) |
Total OTC derivative assets | | | | $ 42,950 |
Liabilities | | | | |
Interest rates | $ 11,952 | $ 15,972 | $ 17,540 | $ 45,464 |
Credit | 792 | 2,508 | 1,067 | 4,367 |
Currencies | 15,335 | 7,934 | 7,299 | 30,568 |
Commodities | 2,526 | 3,643 | 1,419 | 7,588 |
Equities | 10,183 | 10,048 | 3,340 | 23,571 |
Counterparty netting in tenors | (3,046) | (2,765) | (3,648) | (9,459) |
Subtotal | $ 37,742 | $ 37,340 | $ 27,017 | $ 102,099 |
Cross-tenor counterparty netting | | | | (16,288) |
Cash collateral netting | | | | (42,724) |
Total OTC derivative liabilities | | | | $ 43,087 |
In the table above:
- • Tenor is based on the remaining contractual maturity for
substantially all written credit derivatives.
- • Counterparty netting within the same product type and
tenor category is included within such product type and
tenor category.
- • Counterparty netting across product types within the same
tenor category is included in counterparty netting in tenors.
Where the counterparty netting is across tenor categories,
the netting is included in cross-tenor counterparty netting.
See Note 4 for an overview of the firm’s fair value
measurement policies, valuation techniques and significant
inputs used to determine the fair value of derivatives, and
Note 5 for information about derivatives within the fair value
hierarchy.
Credit Derivatives
The firm enters into a broad array of credit derivatives to
facilitate client transactions and to manage the credit risk
associated with market-making and investing and financing
activities. Credit derivatives are actively managed based on
the firm’s net risk position. Credit derivatives are generally
individually negotiated contracts and can have various
settlement and payment conventions. Credit events include
failure to pay, bankruptcy, acceleration of indebtedness,
restructuring, repudiation and dissolution of the reference
entity.
The firm enters into the following types of credit derivatives:
- • Credit Default Swaps. Single-name credit default swaps
protect the buyer against the loss of principal on one or
more bonds, loans or mortgages (reference obligations) in
the event the issuer of the reference obligations suffers a
credit event. The buyer of protection pays an initial or
periodic premium to the seller and receives protection for
the period of the contract. If there is no credit event, as
defined in the contract, the seller of protection makes no
payments to the buyer. If a credit event occurs, the seller of
protection is required to make a payment to the buyer,
calculated according to the terms of the contract.
- • Credit Options. In a credit option, the option writer
assumes the obligation to purchase or sell a reference
obligation at a specified price or credit spread. The option
purchaser buys the right, but does not assume the
obligation, to sell the reference obligation to, or purchase it
from, the option writer. The payments on credit options
depend either on a particular credit spread or the price of
the reference obligation.
THE GOLDMAN SACHS GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
(Unaudited)
Goldman Sachs March 2024 Form 10-Q 34
- • Credit Indices, Baskets and Tranches. Credit
derivatives may reference a basket of single-name credit
default swaps or a broad-based index. If a credit event
occurs in one of the underlying reference obligations, the
protection seller pays the protection buyer. The payment is
typically a pro-rata portion of the transaction’s total
notional amount based on the underlying defaulted
reference obligation. In certain transactions, the credit risk
of a basket or index is separated into various portions
(tranches), each having different levels of subordination.
The most junior tranches cover initial defaults and once
losses exceed the notional amount of these junior tranches,
any excess loss is covered by the next most senior tranche.
- • Total Return Swaps. A total return swap transfers the
risks relating to economic performance of a reference
obligation from the protection buyer to the protection
seller. Typically, the protection buyer receives a floating
rate of interest and protection against any reduction in fair
value of the reference obligation, and the protection seller
receives the cash flows associated with the reference
obligation, plus any increase in the fair value of the
reference obligation.
The firm economically hedges its exposure to written credit
derivatives primarily by entering into offsetting purchased
credit derivatives with identical underliers. Substantially all
of the firm’s purchased credit derivative transactions are with
financial institutions and are subject to stringent collateral
thresholds. In addition, upon the occurrence of a specified
trigger event, the firm may take possession of the reference
obligations underlying a particular written credit derivative,
and consequently may, upon liquidation of the reference
obligations, recover amounts on the underlying reference
obligations in the event of default.
The table below presents information about credit
derivatives.
Credit
| | Spread on Underlier (basis points) |
$ in millions | 0 - 250 | 251 - 500 | 501 - 1,000 | than 1,000 | Total |
As of March 2024 |
Maximum Payout/Notional Amount of Written Credit Derivatives by Tenor |
Less than 1 year | $ 131,505 | $ 15,462 | $ 627 | $ 2,961 | $ 150,555 |
1 - 5 years | 326,348 | 10,983 | 4,762 | 6,280 | 348,373 |
Greater than 5 years | 66,302 | 8,465 | 1,418 | 780 | 76,965 |
Total | $ 524,155 | $ 34,910 | $ 6,807 | $ 10,021 | $ 575,893 |
Payout/Notional Amount of Purchased Credit Derivatives |
Offsetting | $ 411,502 | $ 18,542 | $ 5,663 | $ 8,738 | $ 444,445 |
Other | 165,727 | 13,698 | 1,533 | 1,577 | 182,535 |
Total | $ 577,229 | $ 32,240 | $ 7,196 | $ 10,315 | $ 626,980 |
Written Credit Derivatives |
Asset | $ 11,974 | $ 690 | $ 185 | $ 167 | $ 13,016 |
Liability | 2,587 | 175 | 100 | 439 | 3,301 |
Net asset/(liability) | $ 9,387 | $ 515 | $ 85 | $ (272) | $ 9,715 |
As of December 2023 |
Maximum Payout/Notional Amount of Written Credit Derivatives by Tenor |
Less than 1 year | $ 126,667 | $ 12,594 | $ 892 | $ 3,611 | $ 143,764 |
1 - 5 years | 324,577 | 11,371 | 5,613 | 5,802 | 347,363 |
Greater than 5 years | 30,406 | 1,316 | 671 | 249 | 32,642 |
Total | $ 481,650 | $ 25,281 | $ 7,176 | $ 9,662 | $ 523,769 |
| |
Offsetting | $ 396,984 | $ 11,857 | $ 6,241 | $ 8,246 | $ 423,328 |
Other | 155,468 | 12,862 | 1,948 | 1,619 | 171,897 |
Total | $ 552,452 | $ 24,719 | $ 8,189 | $ 9,865 | $ 595,225 |
Value of Written Credit Derivatives |
Asset | $ 11,147 | $ 654 | $ 221 | $ 165 | $ 12,187 |
Liability | 1,723 | 47 | 201 | 1,034 | 3,005 |
Net asset/(liability) | $ 9,424 | $ 607 | $ 20 | $ (869) | $ 9,182 |
Greater
Maximum |
Offsetting | $ 411,502 | $ 18,542 | $ 5,663 | $ 8,738 | $ 444,445 |
Other | 165,727 | 13,698 | 1,533 | 1,577 | 182,535 |
Total | $ 577,229 | $ 32,240 | $ 7,196 | $ 10,315 | $ 626,980 |
Fair Value of
Maximum Payout/Notional Amount of Written Credit Derivatives by Tenor |
Less than 1 year | $ 126,667 | $ 12,594 | $ 892 | $ 3,611 | $ 143,764 |
1 - 5 years | 324,577 | 11,371 | 5,613 | 5,802 | 347,363 |
Greater than 5 years | 30,406 | 1,316 | 671 | 249 | 32,642 |
Total | $ 481,650 | $ 25,281 | $ 7,176 | $ 9,662 | $ 523,769 |
Maximum Payout/Notional Amount of Purchased Credit Derivatives |
Offsetting | $ 396,984 | $ 11,857 | $ 6,241 | $ 8,246 | $ 423,328 |
Other | 155,468 | 12,862 | 1,948 | 1,619 | 171,897 |
Total | $ 552,452 | $ 24,719 | $ 8,189 | $ 9,865 | $ 595,225 |
Fair
In the table above:
- • Fair values exclude the effects of both netting of receivable
balances with payable balances under enforceable netting
agreements, and netting of cash received or posted under
enforceable credit support agreements, and therefore are
not representative of the firm’s credit exposure.
- • Tenor is generally based on remaining contractual
maturity.
- • The credit spread on the underlier, together with the tenor
of the contract, are indicators of payment/performance
risk. The firm is less likely to pay or otherwise be required
to perform where the credit spread and the tenor are lower.
- • Offsetting purchased credit derivatives represent the
notional amount of purchased credit derivatives that
economically hedge written credit derivatives with identical
underliers.
- • Other purchased credit derivatives represent the notional
amount of all other purchased credit derivatives not
included in offsetting.
- • Written and purchased credit derivatives primarily consist
of credit default swaps.
THE GOLDMAN SACHS GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
(Unaudited)
- 35 Goldman Sachs March 2024 Form 10-Q
Impact of Credit and Funding Spreads on Derivatives
The firm realizes gains or losses on its derivative contracts.
These gains or losses include credit valuation adjustments
(CVAs) relating to uncollateralized derivative assets and
liabilities, which represent the gains or losses (including
hedges) attributable to the impact of changes in credit
exposure, counterparty credit spreads, liability funding
spreads (which include the firm’s own credit), probability of
default and assumed recovery. These gains or losses also
include funding valuation adjustments (FVA) relating to
uncollateralized derivative assets, which represent the gains
or losses (including hedges) attributable to the impact of
changes in expected funding exposures and funding spreads.
The table below presents information about CVA and FVA.
| | Three Months Ended March |
$ in millions | 2024 | 2023 |
CVA, net of hedges | $ (59) | $ (99) |
FVA, net of hedges | 127 | 14 |
Total | $ 68 | $ (85) |
Bifurcated Embedded Derivatives
The table below presents the fair value and the notional
amount of derivatives that have been bifurcated from their
related borrowings.
| | As of |
$ in millions | March 2024 | December 2023 |
Fair value of assets | $ 427 | $ 450 |
Fair value of liabilities | (265) | (307) |
Net asset/(liability) | $ 162 | $ 143 |
Notional amount | $ 7,871 | $ 8,082 |
In the table above, derivatives that have been bifurcated from
their related borrowings are recorded at fair value and
primarily consist of interest rate, equity and commodity
products. These derivatives are included in unsecured short-
and long-term borrowings, as well as other secured
financings, with the related borrowings.
Derivatives with Credit-Related Contingent Features
Certain of the firm’s derivatives have been transacted under
bilateral agreements with counterparties who may require the
firm to post collateral or terminate the transactions based on
changes in the firm’s credit ratings. The firm assesses the
impact of these bilateral agreements by determining the
collateral or termination payments that would occur
assuming a downgrade by all rating agencies. A downgrade
by any one rating agency, depending on the agency’s relative
ratings of the firm at the time of the downgrade, may have an
impact which is comparable to the impact of a downgrade by
all rating agencies.
The table below presents information about net derivative
liabilities under bilateral agreements (excluding collateral
posted), the fair value of collateral posted and additional
collateral or termination payments that could have been
called by counterparties in the event of a one- or two-notch
downgrade in the firm’s credit ratings.
| | As of |
$ in millions | March 2024 | December 2023 |
Net derivative liabilities under bilateral agreements | $ 30,458 | $ 30,021 |
Collateral posted | $ 20,473 | $ 20,758 |
Additional collateral or termination payments: | | |
One-notch downgrade | $ 309 | $ 271 |
Two-notch downgrade | $ 1,590 | $ 1,584 |
Hedge Accounting
The firm applies hedge accounting for (i) interest rate swaps
used to manage the interest rate exposure of certain fixed-
rate unsecured long- and short-term borrowings, certain
fixed-rate certificates of deposit and certain U.S. and non-
U.S. government securities classified as available-for-sale, (ii)
foreign currency forward contracts used to manage the
foreign exchange risk of certain securities classified as
available-for-sale and (iii) foreign currency forward contracts
and foreign currency-denominated debt used to manage
foreign exchange risk on the firm’s net investment in certain
non-U.S. operations.
To qualify for hedge accounting, the hedging instrument
must be highly effective at reducing the risk from the
exposure being hedged. Additionally, the firm must formally
document the hedging relationship at inception and assess the
hedging relationship at least on a quarterly basis to ensure the
hedging instrument continues to be highly effective over the
life of the hedging relationship.
Fair Value Hedges
The firm designates interest rate swaps as fair value hedges of
certain fixed-rate unsecured long- and short-term debt and
fixed-rate certificates of deposit and of certain U.S. and non-
U.S. government securities classified as available-for-sale.
These interest rate swaps hedge changes in fair value
attributable to the designated benchmark interest rate (e.g.,
Secured Overnight Financing Rate (SOFR), Overnight Index
Swap Rate or Sterling Overnight Index Average), effectively
converting a substantial portion of these fixed-rate financial
instruments into floating-rate financial instruments.
The firm applies a statistical method that utilizes regression
analysis when assessing the effectiveness of these hedging
relationships in achieving offsetting changes in the fair values
of the hedging instrument and the risk being hedged (i.e.,
interest rate risk). An interest rate swap is considered highly
effective in offsetting changes in fair value attributable to
changes in the hedged risk when the regression analysis
results in a coefficient of determination of 80% or greater
and a slope between 80% and 125%.
THE GOLDMAN SACHS GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
(Unaudited)
Goldman Sachs March 2024 Form 10-Q 36
For qualifying interest rate fair value hedges, gains or losses
on derivatives are included in interest income/expense. The
change in fair value of the hedged items attributable to the
risk being hedged is reported as an adjustment to its carrying
value (hedging adjustment) and is also included in interest
income/expense. When a derivative is no longer designated as
a hedge, any remaining difference between the carrying value
and par value of the hedged item is amortized in interest
income/expense over the remaining life of the hedged item
using the effective interest method. See Note 23 for further
information about interest income and interest expense.
The table below presents the gains/(losses) from interest rate
derivatives accounted for as hedges and the related hedged
items.
| | Three Months Ended March |
$ in millions | 2024 | 2023 |
Investments | | |
Interest rate hedges | $ 191 | $ (90) |
Hedged investments | (188) | 86 |
Gains/(losses) | $ 3 | $ (4) |
Borrowings and deposits | | |
Interest rate hedges | $ (1,855) | $ 2,712 |
Hedged borrowings and deposits | 1,762 | (2,847) |
Gains/(losses) | $ (93) | $ (135) |
The table below presents the carrying value of investments,
deposits and unsecured borrowings that are designated in an
interest rate hedging relationship and the related cumulative
hedging adjustment (increase/(decrease)) from current and
prior hedging relationships included in such carrying values.
$ in millions | Carrying Value | Cumulative Hedging Adjustment |
As of March 2024 | | |
Assets | | |
Investments | $ 20,361 | $ (305) |
Liabilities | | |
Deposits | $ 3,008 | $ (116) |
Unsecured short-term borrowings | $ 12,544 | $ (188) |
Unsecured long-term borrowings | $ 125,072 | $ (12,314) |
As of December 2023 | | |
Assets | | |
Investments | $ 16,523 | $ (104) |
Liabilities | | |
Deposits | $ 3,435 | $ (123) |
Unsecured short-term borrowings | $ 14,449 | $ (94) |
Unsecured long-term borrowings | $ 134,992 | $ (10,810) |
In the table above:
- • Cumulative hedging adjustment included $(6.40) billion as
of March 2024 and $(5.63) billion as of December 2023 of
hedging adjustments from prior hedging relationships that
were de-designated and substantially all were related to
unsecured long-term borrowings.
- • The amortized cost of investments was $21.05 billion as of
March 2024 and $17.33 billion as of December 2023.
In addition, cumulative hedging adjustments for items no
longer designated in a hedging relationship were not material
as of both March 2024 and December 2023.
The firm designates foreign currency forward contracts as
fair value hedges of the foreign exchange risk of non-U.S.
government securities classified as available-for-sale. See
Note 8 for information about the amortized cost and fair
value of such securities. The effectiveness of such hedges is
assessed based on changes in spot rates. The gains/(losses) on
the hedges (relating to both spot and forward points) and the
foreign exchange gains/(losses) on the related available-for-
sale securities are included in market making. The gross and
net gains/(losses) on hedges and the related hedged available-
for-sale securities were not material for both the three
months ended March 2024 and March 2023.
Net Investment Hedges
The firm seeks to reduce the impact of fluctuations in foreign
exchange rates on its net investments in certain non-U.S.
operations through the use of foreign currency forward
contracts and foreign currency-denominated debt. For
foreign currency forward contracts designated as hedges, the
effectiveness of the hedge is assessed based on the overall
changes in the fair value of the forward contracts (i.e., based
on changes in forward rates). For foreign currency-
denominated debt designated as a hedge, the effectiveness of
the hedge is assessed based on changes in spot rates. For
qualifying net investment hedges, all gains or losses on the
hedging instruments are included in currency translation.
The table below presents the gains/(losses) from net
investment hedging.
| | Three Months Ended March |
$ in millions | 2024 | 2023 |
Hedges: | | |
Foreign currency forward contract | $ 172 | $ (117) |
Foreign currency-denominated debt | $ 733 | $ (231) |
Gains or losses on individual net investments in non-U.S.
operations are reclassified from accumulated other
comprehensive income/(loss) to other principal transactions
in the consolidated statements of earnings when such net
investments are sold or substantially liquidated. The gross
and net gains/(losses) reclassified to earnings from
accumulated other comprehensive income/(loss) were not
material for both the three months ended March 2024 and
March 2023.
The firm had designated $26.48 billion as of March 2024 and
$27.52 billion as of December 2023 of foreign currency-
denominated debt, included in unsecured long- and short-
term borrowings, as hedges of net investments in non-U.S.
subsidiaries.
THE GOLDMAN SACHS GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
(Unaudited)
- 37 Goldman Sachs March 2024 Form 10-Q
Note 8.
Investments
Investments includes equity securities and debt instruments
that are accounted for at fair value and are generally held by
the firm in connection with its long-term investing activities.
In addition, investments includes debt securities classified as
available-for-sale and held-to-maturity that are generally held
in connection with the firm’s asset-liability management
activities. Investments also consists of equity securities that
are accounted for under the equity method.
The table below presents information about investments.
| | As of |
$ in millions | March 2024 | December 2023 |
Equity securities, at fair value | $ 13,683 | $ 13,747 |
Debt instruments, at fair value | 12,511 | 12,879 |
Available-for-sale securities, at fair value | 55,583 | 49,141 |
Investments, at fair value | 81,777 | 75,767 |
Held-to-maturity securities | 72,338 | 70,310 |
Equity-method investments | 785 | 762 |
Total investments | $ 154,900 | $ 146,839 |
See Note 4 for an overview of the firm’s fair value
measurement policies, valuation techniques and significant
inputs used to determine the fair value of investments, and
Note 5 for information about investments within the fair
value hierarchy.
Equity Securities and Debt Instruments, at Fair Value
Equity securities and debt instruments, at fair value are
accounted for at fair value either under the fair value option
or in accordance with other U.S. GAAP, and the related fair
value gains and losses are recognized in the consolidated
statements of earnings.
Equity Securities, at Fair Value. Equity securities, at fair
value consists of the firm’s public and private equity
investments in corporate and real estate entities.
The table below presents information about equity securities,
at fair value.
| | As of |
$ in millions | March 2024 | December 2023 |
Equity securities, at fair value | $ 13,683 | $ 13,747 |
Equity Type | | |
Public equity | 8% | 9% |
Private equity | 92% | 91% |
Total | 100% | 100% |
Asset Class | | |
Corporate | 73% | 73% |
Real estate | 27% | 27% |
Total | 100% | 100% |
In the table above:
- • Equity securities, at fair value included investments
accounted for at fair value under the fair value option
where the firm would otherwise apply the equity method of
accounting of $5.30 billion as of March 2024 and $5.18
billion as of December 2023. Gains/(losses) recognized as a
result of changes in the fair value of equity securities for
which the fair value option was elected were $(63) million
for the three months ended March 2024 and $(105) million
for the three months ended March 2023. These gains/
(losses) are included in other principal transactions.
- • Equity securities, at fair value included $1.20 billion as of
March 2024 and $1.27 billion as of December 2023 of
investments in funds that are measured at NAV.
- • Equity securities subject to contractual sale restrictions
were not material as of both March 2024 and December
2023.
Debt Instruments, at Fair Value. Debt instruments, at fair
value primarily includes mezzanine, senior and distressed
debt.
The table below presents information about debt
instruments, at fair value.
| | As of |
| | March | December |
$ in millions | 2024 | 2023 |
Corporate debt securities | $ 8,657 | $ 8,992 |
Securities backed by real estate | 669 | 689 |
Money market instruments | 1,165 | 1,051 |
Other | 2,020 | 2,147 |
Total | $ 12,511 | $ 12,879 |
In the table above:
THE GOLDMAN SACHS GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
(Unaudited)
Goldman Sachs March 2024 Form 10-Q 38
Investments in Funds at Net Asset Value Per Share.
Equity securities and debt instruments, at fair value include
investments in funds that are measured at NAV of the
investment fund. The firm uses NAV to measure the fair
value of fund investments when (i) the fund investment does
not have a readily determinable fair value and (ii) the NAV of
the investment fund is calculated in a manner consistent with
the measurement principles of investment company
accounting, including measurement of the investments at fair
value.
Substantially all of the firm’s investments in funds at NAV
consist of investments in firm-sponsored private equity,
credit, real estate and hedge funds where the firm co-invests
with third-party investors.
Private equity funds primarily invest in a broad range of
industries worldwide, including leveraged buyouts,
recapitalizations, growth investments and distressed
investments. Credit funds generally invest in loans and other
fixed income instruments and are focused on providing
private high-yield capital for leveraged and management
buyout transactions, recapitalizations, financings,
refinancings, acquisitions and restructurings for private
equity firms, private family companies and corporate issuers.
Real estate funds invest globally, primarily in real estate
companies, loan portfolios, debt recapitalizations and
property. Substantially all private equity, credit and real
estate funds are closed-end funds in which the firm’s
investments are generally not eligible for redemption.
Distributions will be received from these funds as the
underlying assets are liquidated or distributed, the timing of
which is uncertain.
The firm also invests in hedge funds, primarily multi-
disciplinary hedge funds that employ a fundamental bottom-
up investment approach across various asset classes and
strategies. The firm’s investments in hedge funds primarily
include interests where the underlying assets are illiquid in
nature, and proceeds from redemptions will not be received
until the underlying assets are liquidated or distributed, the
timing of which is uncertain.
The table below presents the fair value of investments in
funds at NAV and the related unfunded commitments.
$ in millions | Fair Value of Investments | Unfunded Commitments |
As of March 2024 | | |
Private equity funds | $ 815 | $ 484 |
Credit funds | 1,700 | 271 |
Hedge funds | 34 | – |
Real estate funds | 350 | 85 |
Total | $ 2,899 | $ 840 |
As of December 2023 | | |
Private equity funds | $ 875 | $ 484 |
Credit funds | 1,733 | 248 |
Hedge funds | 46 | – |
Real estate funds | 346 | 65 |
Total | $ 3,000 | $ 797 |
Available-for-Sale Securities
Available-for-sale securities are accounted for at fair value,
and the related unrealized fair value gains and losses are
included in accumulated other comprehensive income/(loss)
unless designated in a fair value hedging relationship. See
Note 7 for information about available-for-sale securities
that are designated in a hedging relationship.
The table below presents information about available-for-
sale securities by tenor.
$ in millions | Amortized Cost | Fair Value |
As of March 2024 | | |
Less than 1 year | $ 12,544 | $ 12,365 |
1 year to 5 years | 41,405 | 40,322 |
5 years to 10 years | 582 | 538 |
Total U.S. government obligations | 54,531 | 53,225 |
Less than 1 year | 10 | 10 |
1 year to 5 years | 1,950 | 1,680 |
5 years to 10 years | 799 | 668 |
Total non-U.S. government obligations | 2,759 | 2,358 |
Total available-for-sale securities | $ 57,290 | $ 55,583 |
As of December 2023 | | |
Less than 1 year | $ 20,027 | $ 19,687 |
1 year to 5 years | 27,592 | 26,500 |
5 years to 10 years | 586 | 544 |
Total U.S. government obligations | 48,205 | 46,731 |
Less than 1 year | 11 | 11 |
1 year to 5 years | 1,635 | 1,420 |
5 years to 10 years | 1,150 | 979 |
Total non-U.S. government obligations | 2,796 | 2,410 |
Total available-for-sale securities | $ 51,001 | $ 49,141 |
THE GOLDMAN SACHS GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
(Unaudited)
- 39 Goldman Sachs March 2024 Form 10-Q
In the table above:
- • The weighted average yield for available-for-sale securities
was 2.10% as of March 2024 and 1.21% as of December
2023. The weighted average yield is presented on a pre-tax
basis and computed using the effective interest rate of each
security at the end of the period, weighted based on the fair
value of each security.
- • The gross unrealized gains included in accumulated other
comprehensive income/(loss) were not material and the
gross unrealized losses included in accumulated other
comprehensive income/(loss) were $1.72 billion as of
March 2024 and primarily related to U.S. government
obligations in a continuous unrealized loss position for
more than a year. The gross unrealized gains included in
accumulated other comprehensive income/(loss) were not
material and the gross unrealized losses included in
accumulated other comprehensive income/(loss) were
$1.89 billion as of December 2023 and primarily related to
U.S. government obligations in a continuous unrealized
loss position for more than a year. Net unrealized gains
included in other comprehensive income/(loss) were
$153 million ($115 million, net of tax) for the three months
ended March 2024 and $566 million ($427 million, net of
tax) for the three months ended March 2023.
- • Substantially all available-for-sale securities were classified
in level 1 of the fair value hierarchy.
- • If the fair value of available-for-sale securities is less than
amortized cost, such securities are considered impaired. If
the firm has the intent to sell the debt security, or if it is
more likely than not that the firm will be required to sell
the debt security before recovery of its amortized cost, the
difference between the amortized cost (net of allowance, if
any) and the fair value of the securities is recognized as an
impairment loss in earnings. The firm did not record any
such impairment losses during either the three months
ended March 2024 or March 2023. Impaired available-for-
sale debt securities that the firm has the intent and ability
to hold are reviewed to determine if an allowance for credit
losses should be recorded. The firm considers various
factors in such determination, including market conditions,
changes in issuer credit ratings and severity of the
unrealized losses. The firm did not record any provision for
credit losses on such securities during either the three
months ended March 2024 or March 2023.
The table below presents cash inflows/(outflows) and
realized gains/(losses) related to available-for-sale securities.
| | Three Months Ended March |
$ in millions | 2024 | 2023 |
Purchases | $ (16,850) | $ (2,024) |
Proceeds from sales | $ 3,020 | $ 2,452 |
Proceeds from maturities | $ 7,479 | $ 880 |
Gross realized gains | $ 4 | $ 6 |
Gross realized losses | (2) | – |
Net gains/(losses) | $ 2 | $ 6 |
In the table above, the specific identification method is used
to determine realized gains on available-for-sale securities.
Held-to-Maturity Securities
Held-to-maturity securities are accounted for at amortized
cost.
The table below presents information about held-to-maturity
securities by type and tenor.
$ in millions | Amortized Cost | Fair Value |
As of March 2024 | | |
Less than 1 year | $ 10,742 | $ 10,653 |
1 year to 5 years | 53,615 | 52,715 |
5 years to 10 years | 1,053 | 1,022 |
Total government obligations | 65,410 | 64,390 |
Greater than 10 years | 6,745 | 6,754 |
Total U.S. agency obligations | 6,745 | 6,754 |
1 year to 5 years | 3 | 2 |
Greater than 10 years | 180 | 180 |
Total securities backed by real estate | 183 | 182 |
Total held-to-maturity securities | $ 72,338 | $ 71,326 |
As of December 2023 | | |
Less than 1 year | $ 13,475 | $ 13,382 |
1 year to 5 years | 54,789 | 54,352 |
5 years to 10 years | 1,848 | 1,861 |
Total government obligations | 70,112 | 69,595 |
1 year to 5 years | 3 | 2 |
Greater than 10 years | 195 | 195 |
Total securities backed by real estate | 198 | 197 |
Total held-to-maturity securities | $ 70,310 | $ 69,792 |
In the table above:
- • Substantially all of the government obligations consist of
U.S. government obligations.
- • U.S. agency obligations consist of U.S. agency issued
mortgage-backed securities.
- • Substantially all of the securities backed by real estate
consist of securities backed by residential real estate.
THE GOLDMAN SACHS GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
(Unaudited)
Goldman Sachs March 2024 Form 10-Q 40
- • As these securities are not accounted for at fair value, they
are not included in the firm’s fair value hierarchy in Notes
4 and 5. Had these securities been included in the firm’s fair
value hierarchy, government obligations would have been
classified in level 1, U.S. agency obligations would have
been classified in level 2 and securities backed by real estate
would have been primarily classified in level 2 of the fair
value hierarchy.
- • The weighted average yield for held-to-maturity securities
was 3.62% as of March 2024 and 3.47% as of December
2023. The weighted average yield is presented on a pre-tax
basis and computed using the effective interest rate of each
security at the end of the period, weighted based on the
amortized cost of each security.
- • The gross unrealized gains were $154 million as of March
2024 and $383 million as of December 2023. The gross
unrealized losses were $1.16 billion as of March 2024 and
$901 million as of December 2023.
- • Held-to-maturity securities are reviewed to determine if an
allowance for credit losses should be recorded in the
consolidated statements of earnings. The firm considers
various factors in such determination, including market
conditions, changes in issuer credit ratings, historical credit
losses and sovereign guarantees. Provision for credit losses
on such securities was not material during either the three
months ended March 2024 or March 2023.
The table below presents cash inflows/(outflows) related to
held-to-maturity securities.
| | Three Months Ended March |
$ in millions | 2024 | 2023 |
Purchases | $ (7,000) | $ (4,917) |
Proceeds from paydowns and maturities | $ 5,283 | $ 3,038 |
Note 9.
Loans
Loans includes (i) loans held for investment that are
accounted for at amortized cost net of allowance for loan
losses or at fair value under the fair value option and (ii)
loans held for sale that are accounted for at the lower of cost
or fair value. Interest on loans is recognized over the life of
the loan and is recorded on an accrual basis.
The table below presents information about loans.
$ in millions | Amortized Cost | Fair Value | Held For Sale | Total |
As of March 2024 | | | | |
Loan Type | | | | |
Corporate | $ 33,483 | $ 758 | $ 1,692 | $ 35,933 |
Commercial real estate | 25,349 | 497 | 810 | 26,656 |
Residential real estate | 20,259 | 3,853 | – | 24,112 |
Securities-based | 14,526 | – | – | 14,526 |
Other collateralized | 65,725 | 924 | 153 | 66,802 |
Consumer: | | | | |
Installment | 233 | – | 141 | 374 |
Credit cards | 16,937 | – | 1,861 | 18,798 |
Other | 1,218 | 91 | 326 | 1,635 |
Total loans, gross | 177,730 | 6,123 | 4,983 | 188,836 |
Allowance for loan losses | (4,902) | – | – | (4,902) |
Total loans | $ 172,828 | $ 6,123 | $ 4,983 | $ 183,934 |
As of December 2023 | | | | |
Loan Type | | | | |
Corporate | $ 33,866 | $ 759 | $ 1,249 | $ 35,874 |
Commercial real estate | 25,025 | 563 | 440 | 26,028 |
Residential real estate | 21,243 | 4,145 | – | 25,388 |
Securities-based | 14,621 | – | – | 14,621 |
Other collateralized | 61,105 | 911 | 209 | 62,225 |
Consumer: | | | | |
Installment | 250 | – | 3,048 | 3,298 |
Credit cards | 17,432 | – | 1,929 | 19,361 |
Other | 1,333 | 128 | 152 | 1,613 |
Total loans, gross | 174,875 | 6,506 | 7,027 | 188,408 |
Allowance for loan losses | (5,050) | – | – | (5,050) |
Total loans | $ 169,825 | $ 6,506 | $ 7,027 | $ 183,358 |
In the table above:
- • Loans held for investment that are accounted for at
amortized cost include net deferred fees and costs, and
unamortized premiums and discounts, which are amortized
over the life of the loan. These amounts were less than 1%
of loans accounted for at amortized cost as of both March
2024 and December 2023.
- • Substantially all loans had floating interest rates as of both
March 2024 and December 2023.
- • During 2023, the firm sold $3.24 billion of the Marcus
installment loans portfolio.
- • During 2023, the firm sold approximately $4.0 billion of
the GreenSky loan portfolio and during the first quarter of
2024, sold the remaining GreenSky loan portfolio of
$3.69 billion.
- • During 2023, the firm transferred approximately
$2.0 billion of the GM co-branded credit card portfolio to
held for sale.
- • During 2023, the firm purchased a portfolio of
approximately $15.0 billion of private equity capital call
credit facilities (including approximately $9.0 billion of
funded loans) from the FDIC’s auction of Signature Bank’s
loans.
THE GOLDMAN SACHS GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
(Unaudited)
- 41 Goldman Sachs March 2024 Form 10-Q
The following is a description of the loan types in the table
above:
- • Corporate. Corporate loans includes term loans, revolving
lines of credit, letter of credit facilities and bridge loans,
and are principally used for operating and general
corporate purposes, or in connection with acquisitions.
Corporate loans are secured (typically by a senior lien on
the assets of the borrower) or unsecured, depending on the
loan purpose, the risk profile of the borrower and other
factors.
- • Commercial Real Estate. Commercial real estate loans
includes originated loans that are directly or indirectly
secured by hotels, retail stores, multifamily housing
complexes and commercial and industrial properties.
Commercial real estate loans also includes loans extended
to clients who warehouse assets that are directly or
indirectly backed by commercial real estate. In addition,
commercial real estate includes loans purchased by the
firm.
- • Residential Real Estate. Residential real estate loans
primarily includes loans extended to wealth management
clients and to clients who warehouse assets that are directly
or indirectly secured by residential real estate. In addition,
residential real estate includes loans purchased by the firm.
- • Securities-Based. Securities-based loans includes loans
that are secured by stocks, bonds, mutual funds, and
exchange-traded funds. These loans are primarily extended
to the firm’s wealth management clients and used for
purposes other than purchasing, carrying or trading margin
stocks. Securities-based loans require borrowers to post
additional collateral based on changes in the underlying
collateral’s fair value.
- • Other Collateralized. Other collateralized loans includes
loans that are backed by specific collateral (other than
securities and real estate). Such loans are extended to
clients who warehouse assets that are directly or indirectly
secured by corporate loans, consumer loans and other
assets. Other collateralized loans also includes loans to
investment funds (managed by third parties) that are
collateralized by capital commitments of the funds’
investors or assets held by the fund, as well as other
secured loans extended to the firm’s wealth management
clients.
- • Installment. Installment loans are unsecured loans
originated by the firm.
- • Credit Cards. Credit card loans are loans made pursuant
to revolving lines of credit issued to consumers by the firm.
- • Other. Other loans primarily includes unsecured loans
extended to wealth management clients and unsecured
consumer loans purchased by the firm.
See Note 4 for an overview of the firm’s fair value
measurement policies, valuation techniques and significant
inputs used to determine the fair value of loans, and Note 5
for information about loans within the fair value hierarchy.
Credit Quality
Risk Assessment. The firm’s risk assessment process
includes evaluating the credit quality of its loans by the firm’s
independent risk oversight and control function. For
corporate loans and a majority of securities-based, real
estate, other collateralized and other loans, the firm performs
credit analyses which incorporate initial and ongoing
evaluations of the capacity and willingness of a borrower to
meet its financial obligations. These credit evaluations are
performed on an annual basis or more frequently if deemed
necessary as a result of events or changes in circumstances.
The firm determines an internal credit rating for the
borrower by considering the results of the credit evaluations
and assumptions with respect to the nature of and outlook
for the borrower’s industry and the economic environment.
For collateralized loans, the firm also takes into
consideration collateral received or other credit support
arrangements when determining an internal credit rating. For
consumer loans and for loans that are not assigned an
internal credit rating, including U.S. residential mortgage
loans extended to wealth management clients, the firm
reviews certain key metrics, including, but not limited to, the
Fair Isaac Corporation (FICO) credit scores, loan to value
ratios, delinquency status, collateral value and other risk
factors.
THE GOLDMAN SACHS GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
(Unaudited)
Goldman Sachs March 2024 Form 10-Q 42
The table below presents gross loans by an internally
determined public rating agency equivalent or other credit
metrics and the concentration of secured and unsecured
loans.
$ in millions | Investment- Grade | Non-Investment- Grade | Other Metrics/ Unrated | Total |
As of March 2024 | | | | |
Accounting Method | | | | |
Amortized cost | $ 97,098 | $ 51,832 | $ 28,800 | $ 177,730 |
Fair value | 862 | 1,209 | 4,052 | 6,123 |
Held for sale | 487 | 2,264 | 2,232 | 4,983 |
Total | $ 98,447 | $ 55,305 | $ 35,084 | $ 188,836 |
Loan Type | | | | |
Corporate | $ 9,964 | $ 25,846 | $ 123 | $ 35,933 |
Real estate: | | | | |
Commercial | 13,229 | 13,335 | 92 | 26,656 |
Residential | 8,966 | 3,318 | 11,828 | 24,112 |
Securities-based | 10,821 | 583 | 3,122 | 14,526 |
Other collateralized | 54,447 | 11,928 | 427 | 66,802 |
Consumer: | | | | |
Installment | – | – | 374 | 374 |
Credit cards | – | – | 18,798 | 18,798 |
Other | 1,020 | 295 | 320 | 1,635 |
Total | $ 98,447 | $ 55,305 | $ 35,084 | $ 188,836 |
Secured | 91% | 91% | 44% | 82% |
Unsecured | 9% | 9% | 56% | 18% |
Total | 100% | 100% | 100% | 100% |
As of December 2023 | | | | |
Accounting Method | | | | |
Amortized cost | $ 91,324 | $ 54,200 | $ 29,351 | $ 174,875 |
Fair value | 1,212 | 1,213 | 4,081 | 6,506 |
Held for sale | 255 | 1,628 | 5,144 | 7,027 |
Total | $ 92,791 | $ 57,041 | $ 38,576 | $ 188,408 |
Loan Type | | | | |
Corporate | $ 9,408 | $ 26,328 | $ 138 | $ 35,874 |
Real estate: | | | | |
Commercial | 12,097 | 13,574 | 357 | 26,028 |
Residential | 10,771 | 3,217 | 11,400 | 25,388 |
Securities-based | 10,991 | 561 | 3,069 | 14,621 |
Other collateralized | 48,536 | 13,207 | 482 | 62,225 |
Consumer: | | | | |
Installment | – | – | 3,298 | 3,298 |
Credit cards | – | – | 19,361 | 19,361 |
Other | 988 | 154 | 471 | 1,613 |
Total | $ 92,791 | $ 57,041 | $ 38,576 | $ 188,408 |
Secured | 91% | 92% | 40% | 81% |
Unsecured | 9% | 8% | 60% | 19% |
Total | 100% | 100% | 100% | 100% |
In the table above:
- • Substantially all residential real estate loans included in the
other metrics/unrated category consists of loans extended
to wealth management clients. As of both March 2024 and
December 2023, substantially all of such loans had a loan-
to-value ratio of less than 80% and were performing in
accordance with the contractual terms. Additionally, as of
both March 2024 and December 2023, the vast majority of
such loans had a FICO credit score of greater than 740.
- • Substantially all securities-based loans included in the other
metrics/unrated category had a loan-to-value ratio of less
than 80% and were performing in accordance with the
contractual terms as of both March 2024 and December
2023.
- • For installment and credit card loans included in the other
metrics/unrated category, the evaluation of credit quality
incorporates the borrower’s FICO credit score. FICO credit
scores are periodically refreshed by the firm to assess the
updated creditworthiness of the borrower. See “Vintage”
below for information about installment and credit card
loans by FICO credit scores.
The firm also assigns a regulatory risk rating to its loans
based on the definitions provided by the U.S. federal bank
regulatory agencies. Total loans included 92% of loans as of
both March 2024 and December 2023 that were rated pass/
non-criticized.
THE GOLDMAN SACHS GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
(Unaudited)
- 43 Goldman Sachs March 2024 Form 10-Q
Vintage. The tables below present gross loans accounted for
at amortized cost (excluding installment and credit card
loans) by an internally determined public rating agency
equivalent or other credit metrics and origination year for
term loans.
As of March 2024
$ in millions | Investment- Grade | Non- Investment- Grade | Other Metrics/ Unrated | Total |
2024 | $ 640 | $ 366 | – | $ 1,006 |
2023 | 2,400 | 1,835 | – | 4,235 |
2022 | 1,286 | 2,619 | – | 3,905 |
2021 | 526 | 3,583 | – | 4,109 |
2020 | 262 | 1,910 | – | 2,172 |
2019 or earlier | 410 | 3,696 | – | 4,106 |
Revolving | 4,073 | 9,877 | – | 13,950 |
Corporate | 9,597 | 23,886 | – | 33,483 |
2024 | 187 | 62 | 2 | 251 |
2023 | 1,053 | 1,073 | 16 | 2,142 |
2022 | 1,408 | 2,606 | 58 | 4,072 |
2021 | 1,035 | 2,568 | – | 3,603 |
2020 | 292 | 1,133 | – | 1,425 |
2019 or earlier | 1,249 | 1,302 | – | 2,551 |
Revolving | 7,531 | 3,541 | 3 | 11,075 |
Revolving converted to term | 230 | – | – | 230 |
Commercial real estate | 12,985 | 12,285 | 79 | 25,349 |
2024 | 89 | 208 | 303 | 600 |
2023 | 474 | 22 | 1,645 | 2,141 |
2022 | – | 18 | 2,764 | 2,782 |
2021 | – | 194 | 2,770 | 2,964 |
2020 | – | 2 | 93 | 95 |
2019 or earlier | – | 9 | 360 | 369 |
Revolving | 8,396 | 2,859 | 53 | 11,308 |
Residential real estate | 8,959 | 3,312 | 7,988 | 20,259 |
2023 | 11 | – | – | 11 |
2022 | 5 | – | – | 5 |
2019 or earlier | – | 296 | – | 296 |
Revolving | 10,805 | 287 | 3,122 | 14,214 |
Securities-based | 10,821 | 583 | 3,122 | 14,526 |
2024 | 300 | 159 | – | 459 |
2023 | 5,712 | 2,194 | 198 | 8,104 |
2022 | 1,855 | 240 | 61 | 2,156 |
2021 | 1,633 | 613 | 94 | 2,340 |
2020 | 1,402 | 281 | 29 | 1,712 |
2019 or earlier | 533 | 103 | 14 | 650 |
Revolving Revolving converted to term | 41,207 1,112 | 7,972 – | 13 – | 49,192 1,112 |
Other collateralized | 53,754 | 11,562 | 409 | 65,725 |
2024 | 20 | – | – | 20 |
2023 | 71 | 19 | – | 90 |
2022 | 64 | 10 | – | 74 |
2021 | 6 | 41 | 14 | 61 |
2020 | – | – | 11 | 11 |
2019 or earlier | – | – | 7 | 7 |
Revolving | 821 | 134 | – | 955 |
| | | 204 | | |
Other | 982 | | 32 | 1,218 |
Total | $ 97,098 | $ 51,832 | 11,630 | $ 160,560 |
$
$
Percentage of total 61% 32% 7% 100%
As of December 2023
$ in millions | Investment- Grade | Non- Investment- Grade | Other Metrics/ Unrated | Total |
2023 | $ 2,475 | 1,912 | 16 | $ 4,403 |
2022 | 1,223 | 3,284 | – | 4,507 |
2021 | 848 | 4,045 | – | 4,893 |
2020 | 306 | 2,098 | – | 2,404 |
2019 | 45 | 1,909 | – | 1,954 |
2018 or earlier | 371 | 2,102 | – | 2,473 |
Revolving | 3,857 | 9,355 | 20 | 13,232 |
Corporate | 9,125 | 24,705 | 36 | 33,866 |
2023 | 553 | 1,547 | 38 | 2,138 |
2022 | 1,251 | 2,838 | – | 4,089 |
2021 | 1,134 | 2,661 | – | 3,795 |
2020 | 271 | 1,234 | – | 1,505 |
2019 | 430 | 631 | – | 1,061 |
2018 or earlier | 832 | 744 | – | 1,576 |
Revolving | 7,129 | 3,192 | 309 | 10,630 |
Revolving converted to term | 231 | – | – | 231 |
Commercial real estate | 11,831 | 12,847 | 347 | 25,025 |
2023 | 619 | 54 | 1,627 | 2,300 |
2022 | 108 | 41 | 2,687 | 2,836 |
2021 | 22 | 249 | 2,724 | 2,995 |
2020 | 3 | 23 | 81 | 107 |
2019 | 6 | – | 89 | 95 |
2018 or earlier | – | 20 | 254 | 274 |
Revolving | 9,813 | 2,823 | – | 12,636 |
Residential real estate | 10,571 | 3,210 | 7,462 | 21,243 |
2023 | 8 | – | – | 8 |
2022 | 5 | – | – | 5 |
2018 or earlier | – | 303 | – | 303 |
Revolving | 10,978 | 258 | 3,069 | 14,305 |
Securities-based | 10,991 | 561 | 3,069 | 14,621 |
2023 | 5,412 | 2,767 | 245 | 8,424 |
2022 | 1,940 | 293 | 69 | 2,302 |
2021 | 1,883 | 845 | 102 | 2,830 |
2020 | 1,256 | 469 | 32 | 1,757 |
2019 | 177 | 74 | 9 | 260 |
2018 or earlier | 436 | 66 | 21 | 523 |
Revolving Revolving converted to term | 35,605 1,161 | 8,242 – | 1 – | 43,848 1,161 |
Other collateralized | 47,870 | 12,756 | 479 | 61,105 |
2023 | 60 | 21 | – | 81 |
2022 | 67 | 9 | – | 76 |
2021 | 6 | 8 | 51 | 65 |
2020 | – | 3 | 218 | 221 |
2019 | – | – | 4 | 4 |
2018 or earlier | – | – | 3 | 3 |
Revolving | | 80 | – | 883 |
| | 803 | | | 1,333 |
Other | 936 | 121 | 276 | |
Total | $ 91,324 | 54,200 | 11,669 | $ 157,193 |
$
$
$
$
Percentage of total 58% 35% 7% 100%
THE GOLDMAN SACHS GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
(Unaudited)
Goldman Sachs March 2024 Form 10-Q 44
The table below presents gross installment loans accounted
for at amortized cost by refreshed FICO credit scores and
origination year and gross credit card loans by refreshed
FICO credit scores.
$ in millions | Greater than or equal to 660 | Less than 660 | Total |
As of March 2024 | | | |
2024 | – | 18 | $ 18 |
2023 | 80 | 7 | 87 |
2022 or earlier | 115 | 13 | 128 |
Installment | 195 | 38 | 233 |
Credit cards | 10,818 | 6,119 | 16,937 |
Total | 11,013 | 6,157 | $ 17,170 |
Percentage of total: | | | |
Installment | 84% | 16% | 100% |
Credit cards | 64% | 36% | 100% |
Total | 64% | 36% | 100% |
As of December 2023 | | | |
2023 | 79 | 10 | $ 89 |
2022 | 132 | 18 | 150 |
2021 or earlier | 11 | – | 11 |
Installment | 222 | 28 | 250 |
Credit cards | 11,119 | 6,313 | 17,432 |
Total | 11,341 | 6,341 | $ 17,682 |
Percentage of total: | | | |
Installment | 89% | 11% | 100% |
Credit cards | 64% | 36% | 100% |
Total | 64% | 36% | 100% |
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
In the table above, credit card loans consist of revolving lines
of credit.
Credit Concentrations. The table below presents the
concentration of gross loans by region.
$ in millions | Carrying Value | Americas | EMEA | Asia | Total |
As of March 2024 | | | | | |
Corporate | $ 35,933 | 64% | 28% | 8% | 100% |
Commercial real estate | 26,656 | 83% | 14% | 3% | 100% |
Residential real estate | 24,112 | 95% | 4% | 1% | 100% |
Securities-based | 14,526 | 79% | 20% | 1% | 100% |
Other collateralized | 66,802 | 88% | 11% | 1% | 100% |
Consumer: | | | | | |
Installment | 374 | 100% | – | – | 100% |
Credit cards | 18,798 | 100% | – | – | 100% |
Other | 1,635 | 97% | 3% | – | 100% |
Total | $ 188,836 | 84% | 13% | 3% | 100% |
As of December 2023 | | | | | |
Corporate | $ 35,874 | 63% | 29% | 8% | 100% |
Commercial real estate | 26,028 | 80% | 17% | 3% | 100% |
Residential real estate | 25,388 | 95% | 4% | 1% | 100% |
Securities-based | 14,621 | 79% | 20% | 1% | 100% |
Other collateralized | 62,225 | 89% | 10% | 1% | 100% |
Consumer: | | | | | |
Installment | 3,298 | 100% | – | – | 100% |
Credit cards | 19,361 | 100% | – | – | 100% |
Other | 1,613 | 97% | 3% | – | 100% |
Total | $ 188,408 | 84% | 13% | 3% | 100% |
In the table above:
- • EMEA represents Europe, Middle East and Africa.
- • The top five industry concentrations for corporate loans as
of March 2024 were 25% for technology, media &
telecommunications, 18% for diversified industrials, 13%
for real estate, 10% for healthcare and 9% for consumer &
retail.
- • The top five industry concentrations for corporate loans as
of December 2023 were 25% for technology, media &
telecommunications, 17% for diversified industrials, 13%
for real estate, 11% for consumer & retail and 9% for
healthcare.
Nonaccrual, Past Due and Modified Loans. Loans
accounted for at amortized cost (other than credit card loans)
are placed on nonaccrual status when it is probable that the
firm will not collect all principal and interest due under the
contractual terms, regardless of the delinquency status or if a
loan is past due for 90 days or more, unless the loan is both
well collateralized and in the process of collection. At that
time, all accrued but uncollected interest is reversed against
interest income and interest subsequently collected is
recognized on a cash basis to the extent the loan balance is
deemed collectible. Otherwise, all cash received is used to
reduce the outstanding loan balance. A loan is considered
past due when a principal or interest payment has not been
made according to its contractual terms. Credit card loans
are not placed on nonaccrual status and accrue interest until
the loan is paid in full or is charged off.
The table below presents information about past due loans.
$ in millions | 30-89 days | 90 days or more | Total |
As of March 2024 | | | |
Corporate | $ – | $ 43 | $ 43 |
Commercial real estate | 157 | 451 | 608 |
Residential real estate | 22 | 18 | 40 |
Securities-based | 1 | – | 1 |
Other collateralized | – | 7 | 7 |
Consumer: | | | |
Installment | 5 | 7 | 12 |
Credit cards | 382 | 469 | 851 |
Other | 1 | 17 | 18 |
Total | $ 568 | $ 1,012 | $ 1,580 |
Total divided by gross loans at amortized cost 0.9%
As of December 2023
Corporate $ 45 $ 73 $ 118
Commercial real estate 137 352 489
Residential real estate 12 4 16
Securities-based 2 – 2
Other collateralized 9 7 16
Consumer:
Installment 6 7 13
Credit cards 463 486 949
Other 7 11 18
Total $ 681 $ 940 $ 1,621
Total divided by gross loans at amortized cost 0.9%
THE GOLDMAN SACHS GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
(Unaudited)
- 45 Goldman Sachs March 2024 Form 10-Q
The table below presents information about nonaccrual
loans.
| | As of |
$ in millions | March 2024 | December 2023 |
Corporate | $ 1,908 | $ 1,779 |
Commercial real estate | 1,277 | 1,466 |
Residential real estate | 131 | 19 |
Other collateralized | 779 | 860 |
Other | 17 | 17 |
Total | $ 4,112 | $ 4,141 |
Total divided by gross loans at amortized cost | 2.3% | 2.4% |
In the table above:
- • Nonaccrual loans included $634 million as of March 2024
and $600 million as of December 2023 of loans that were 30
days or more past due.
- • Loans that were 90 days or more past due and still accruing
were not material as of both March 2024 and December
2023.
- • Allowance for loan losses as a percentage of total
nonaccrual loans was 119.2% as of March 2024 and
122.0% as of December 2023.
- • Commercial real estate, residential real estate and other
collateralized loans are collateral dependent loans and the
repayment of such loans is generally expected to be
provided by the operation or sale of the underlying
collateral. The allowance for credit losses for such
nonaccrual loans is determined by considering the fair
value of the collateral less estimated cost to sell, if
applicable.
The firm may modify the terms of a loan agreement for a
borrower experiencing financial difficulty. Such
modifications may include, among other things, forbearance
of interest or principal, payment extensions or interest rate
reductions.
The table below presents the carrying value of loans that
were modified during the three months ended March 2024
and March 2023.
| | As of March |
$ in millions | 2024 | 2023 |
Modified loans | $ 521 | $ 337 |
In the table above:
- • Loans modified during the three months ended March 2024
and March 2023 were in the form of term extensions and
substantially all related to corporate loans and commercial
real estate loans.
- • Modified loans represented less than 1.5% of each type of
gross loans at amortized cost.
- • Lending commitments related to modified loans were
$130 million as of March 2024 and were not material as of
March 2023.
- • The impact of these modifications was not material for
both the three months ended March 2024 and March 2023.
- • Substantially all of the modified loans were performing in
accordance with the modified contractual terms as of both
March 2024 and March 2023.
THE GOLDMAN SACHS GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
(Unaudited)
Goldman Sachs March 2024 Form 10-Q 46
Allowance for Credit Losses
The firm’s allowance for credit losses consists of the
allowance for losses on loans and lending commitments
accounted for at amortized cost. Loans and lending
commitments accounted for at fair value or accounted for at
the lower of cost or fair value are not subject to an allowance
for credit losses.
To determine the allowance for credit losses, the firm
classifies its loans and lending commitments accounted for at
amortized cost into wholesale and consumer portfolios.
These portfolios represent the level at which the firm has
developed and documented its methodology to determine the
allowance for credit losses. The allowance for credit losses is
measured on a collective basis for loans that exhibit similar
risk characteristics using a modeled approach and on an
asset-specific basis for loans that do not share similar risk
characteristics.
The allowance for credit losses takes into account the
weighted average of a range of forecasts of future economic
conditions over the expected life of the loan and lending
commitments. The expected life of each loan or lending
commitment is determined based on the contractual term
adjusted for extension options or demand features, or is
modeled in the case of revolving credit card loans. The
forecasts include baseline, favorable and adverse economic
scenarios over a three-year period. For loans with expected
lives beyond three years, the model reverts to historical loss
information based on a non-linear modeled approach. The
forecasted economic scenarios consider a number of risk
factors relevant to the wholesale and consumer portfolios
described below. The firm applies judgment in weighing
individual scenarios each quarter based on a variety of
factors, including the firm’s internally derived economic
outlook, market consensus, recent macroeconomic
conditions and industry trends.
The allowance for credit losses also includes qualitative
components which allow management to reflect the uncertain
nature of economic forecasting, capture uncertainty
regarding model inputs, and account for model imprecision
and concentration risk.
Management’s estimate of credit losses entails judgment
about the expected life of the loan and loan collectability at
the reporting dates, and there are uncertainties inherent in
those judgments. The allowance for credit losses is subject to
a governance process that involves review and approval by
senior management within the firm’s independent risk
oversight and control functions. Personnel within the firm’s
independent risk oversight and control functions are
responsible for forecasting the economic variables that
underlie the economic scenarios that are used in the modeling
of expected credit losses. While management uses the best
information available to determine this estimate, future
adjustments to the allowance may be necessary based on,
among other things, changes in the economic environment or
variances between actual results and the original assumptions
used.
The table below presents gross loans and lending
commitments accounted for at amortized cost by portfolio.
| | As of |
| | March 2024 | December 2023 |
$ in millions | Loans | Lending Commitments | Loans | Lending Commitments |
Wholesale | | | | |
Corporate | $ 33,483 | $ 147,410 | $ 33,866 | $ 141,976 |
Commercial real estate | 25,349 | 3,362 | 25,025 | 3,379 |
Residential real estate | 20,259 | 1,241 | 21,243 | 1,431 |
Securities-based | 14,526 | 708 | 14,621 | 691 |
Other collateralized | 65,725 | 26,071 | 61,105 | 23,020 |
Other | 1,218 | 804 | 1,333 | 888 |
Consumer | | | | |
Installment | 233 | 1 | 250 | 1 |
Credit cards | 16,937 | 59,210 | 17,432 | 56,479 |
Total | $ 177,730 | $ 238,807 | $ 174,875 | $ 227,865 |
In the table above, wholesale loans included $4.11 billion as
of March 2024 and $4.14 billion as of December 2023 of
nonaccrual loans for which the allowance for credit losses
was measured on an asset-specific basis. The allowance for
credit losses on these loans was $850 million as of March
2024 and $778 million as of December 2023. These loans
included $486 million as of March 2024 and $625 million as
of December 2023 of loans which did not require a reserve as
the loan was deemed to be recoverable.
See Note 18 for further information about lending
commitments.
THE GOLDMAN SACHS GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
(Unaudited)
- 47 Goldman Sachs March 2024 Form 10-Q
The following is a description of the methodology used to
calculate the allowance for credit losses:
Wholesale. The allowance for credit losses for wholesale
loans and lending commitments that exhibit similar risk
characteristics is measured using a modeled approach. These
models determine the probability of default and loss given
default based on various risk factors, including internal credit
ratings, industry default and loss data, expected life,
macroeconomic indicators, the borrower’s capacity to meet
its financial obligations, the borrower’s country of risk and
industry, loan seniority and collateral type. For lending
commitments, the methodology also considers the
probability of drawdowns or funding. In addition, for loans
backed by real estate, risk factors include the loan-to-value
ratio, debt service ratio and home price index. The most
significant inputs to the forecast model for wholesale loans
and lending commitments include unemployment rates, GDP,
credit spreads, commercial and industrial delinquency rates,
short- and long-term interest rates, and oil prices.
The allowance for loan losses for wholesale loans that do not
share similar risk characteristics, such as nonaccrual loans, is
calculated using the present value of expected future cash
flows discounted at the loan’s effective rate, the observable
market price of the loan, or, in the case of collateral
dependent loans, the fair value of the collateral less estimated
costs to sell, if applicable. Wholesale loans are charged off
against the allowance for loan losses when deemed to be
uncollectible.
Consumer. The allowance for credit losses for consumer
loans that exhibit similar risk characteristics is calculated
using a modeled approach which classifies consumer loans
into pools based on borrower-related and exposure-related
characteristics that differentiate a pool’s risk characteristics
from other pools. The factors considered in determining a
pool are generally consistent with the risk characteristics used
for internal credit risk measurement and management and
include key metrics, such as FICO credit scores, delinquency
status, loan vintage and macroeconomic indicators. The most
significant inputs to the forecast model for consumer loans
include unemployment rates and delinquency rates. The
expected life of revolving credit card loans is determined by
modeling expected future draws and the timing and amount
of repayments allocated to the funded balance. The firm does
not recognize an allowance for credit losses on credit card
lending commitments as they are cancellable by the firm.
Installment loans are charged off when they are 120 days past
due. Credit card loans are charged off when they are 180 days
past due.
Allowance for Credit Losses Rollforward
The table below presents information about the allowance
for credit losses.
$ in millions | Wholesale | Consumer | Total |
Three Months Ended March 2024 | | | |
Allowance for loan losses | | | |
Beginning balance | $ 2,576 | $ 2,474 | $ 5,050 |
Charge-offs | (28) | (386) | (414) |
Recoveries | 10 | 24 | 34 |
Net (charge-offs)/recoveries | (18) | (362) | (380) |
Provision | 13 | 244 | 257 |
Other | (25) | – | (25) |
Ending balance | $ 2,546 | $ 2,356 | $ 4,902 |
Allowance ratio | 1.6% | 13.7% | 2.8% |
Net charge-off ratio | – | 8.4% | 0.9% |
Allowance for losses on lending commitments | | |
Beginning balance | $ 620 | $ – | $ 620 |
Provision | 14 | – | 14 |
Other | (1) | – | (1) |
Ending balance | $ 633 | $ – | $ 633 |
Three Months Ended March 2023 | | | |
Allowance for loan losses | | | |
Beginning balance | $ 2,562 | $ 2,981 | $ 5,543 |
Charge-offs | (25) | (271) | (296) |
Recoveries | 14 | 24 | 38 |
Net (charge-offs)/recoveries | (11) | (247) | (258) |
Provision | 8 | (257) | (249) |
Other | (4) | – | (4) |
Ending balance | $ 2,555 | $ 2,477 | $ 5,032 |
Allowance ratio | 1.7% | 13.1% | 3.0% |
Net charge-off ratio | – | 4.6% | 0.6% |
Allowance for losses on lending commitments |
Beginning balance | $ 711 | $ 63 | $ 774 |
Provision | (16) | (9) | (25) |
Other | (2) | – | (2) |
Ending balance | $ 693 | $ 54 | $ 747 |
In the table above:
- • The allowance ratio is calculated by dividing the allowance
for loan losses by gross loans accounted for at amortized
cost.
- • The net charge-off ratio is calculated by dividing
annualized net (charge-offs)/recoveries by average gross
loans accounted for at amortized cost.
THE GOLDMAN SACHS GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
(Unaudited)
Goldman Sachs March 2024 Form 10-Q 48
Forecast Model Inputs as of March 2024
When modeling expected credit losses, the firm employs a
weighted, multi-scenario forecast, which includes baseline,
adverse and favorable economic scenarios. As of March 2024,
this multi-scenario forecast was weighted towards the
baseline and adverse economic scenarios.
The table below presents the forecasted U.S. unemployment
and U.S. GDP growth rates used in the baseline economic
scenario of the forecast model.
| | As of March 2024 |
U.S. unemployment rate | |
Forecast for the quarter ended: | |
June 2024 | 4.1% |
December 2024 | 4.3% |
June 2025 | 4.2% |
Growth in U.S. GDP | |
Forecast for the year: | |
2024 | 2.3% |
2025 | 1.7% |
2026 | 1.8% |
The adverse economic scenario of the forecast model reflects
a global recession in the second quarter of 2024 through the
second quarter of 2025, resulting in an economic contraction
and rising unemployment rates. In this scenario, the U.S.
unemployment rate peaks at approximately 7.1% during the
second quarter of 2025 and the maximum decline in the
quarterly U.S. GDP relative to the first quarter of 2024 is
approximately 2.7%, which occurs during the first quarter of
2025.
In the table above:
- • U.S. unemployment rate represents the rate forecasted as of
the respective quarter-end.
- • Growth in U.S. GDP represents the year-over-year growth
rate forecasted for the respective years.
- • While the U.S. unemployment and U.S. GDP growth rates
are significant inputs to the forecast model, the model
contemplates a variety of other inputs across a range of
scenarios to provide a forecast of future economic
conditions. Given the complex nature of the forecasting
process, no single economic variable can be viewed in
isolation and independently of other inputs.
Allowance for Credit Losses Commentary
Three Months Ended March 2024. The allowance for
credit losses decreased by $135 million during the three
months ended March 2024, primarily reflecting a reserve
reduction in the consumer portfolio.
Charge-offs for the three months ended March 2024 for
wholesale loans were not material and charge-offs for
consumer loans were primarily related to credit cards.
Three Months Ended March 2023. The allowance for
credit losses decreased by $538 million during the three
months ended March 2023, reflecting a reserve reduction of
approximately $440 million associated with the sale of
Marcus loans and transfer of the remaining Marcus loans
portfolio to held for sale and reserve releases based on actual
repayment experience, partially offset by growth in the firm's
consumer point-of-sale loans portfolio.
Charge-offs for the three months ended March 2023 for
wholesale loans were not material and charge-offs for
consumer loans were primarily related to credit cards.
Estimated Fair Value
The table below presents the estimated fair value of loans
that are not accounted for at fair value and in what level of
the fair value hierarchy they would have been classified if
they had been included in the firm’s fair value hierarchy.
| | Carrying | Estimated Fair Value |
$ in millions | Value | Level 2 | Level 3 | Total |
As of March 2024 | | | | |
Amortized cost | $ 172,828 | $ 92,071 | $ 82,414 | $ 174,485 |
Held for sale | $ 4,983 | $ 2,551 | $ 2,439 | $ 4,990 |
As of December 2023 | | | | |
Amortized cost | $ 169,825 | $ 88,485 | $ 83,288 | $ 171,773 |
Held for sale | $ 7,027 | $ 3,992 | $ 3,038 | $ 7,030 |
See Note 4 for an overview of the firm’s fair value
measurement policies, valuation techniques and significant
inputs used to determine the fair value of loans, and Note 5
for information about loans within the fair value hierarchy.
THE GOLDMAN SACHS GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
(Unaudited)
- 49 Goldman Sachs March 2024 Form 10-Q
Note 10.
Fair Value Option
Other Financial Assets and Liabilities at Fair Value
In addition to trading assets and liabilities, and certain
investments and loans, the firm accounts for certain of its
other financial assets and liabilities at fair value, substantially
all under the fair value option. The primary reasons for
electing the fair value option are to:
- • Reflect economic events in earnings on a timely basis;
- • Mitigate volatility in earnings from using different
measurement attributes (e.g., transfers of financial assets
accounted for as financings are recorded at fair value,
whereas the related secured financing would be recorded
on an accrual basis absent electing the fair value option);
and
- • Address simplification and cost-benefit considerations
(e.g., accounting for hybrid financial instruments at fair
value in their entirety versus bifurcation of embedded
derivatives and hedge accounting for debt hosts).
Hybrid financial instruments are instruments that contain
bifurcatable embedded derivatives and do not require
settlement by physical delivery of nonfinancial assets (e.g.,
physical commodities). If the firm elects to bifurcate the
embedded derivative from the associated debt, the derivative
is accounted for at fair value and the host contract is
accounted for at amortized cost, adjusted for the effective
portion of any fair value hedges. If the firm does not elect to
bifurcate, the entire hybrid financial instrument is accounted
for at fair value under the fair value option.
Other financial assets and liabilities accounted for at fair
value under the fair value option include:
- • Repurchase agreements and substantially all resale
agreements;
- • Certain securities borrowed and loaned transactions;
- • Certain customer and other receivables and certain other
assets and liabilities;
- • Certain time deposits (deposits with no stated maturity are
not eligible for a fair value option election), including
structured certificates of deposit, which are hybrid
financial instruments;
- • Substantially all other secured financings, including
transfers of assets accounted for as financings; and
- • Certain unsecured short- and long-term borrowings,
substantially all of which are hybrid financial instruments.
See Note 4 for an overview of the firm’s fair value
measurement policies, valuation techniques and significant
inputs used to determine the fair value of other financial
assets and liabilities, and Note 5 for information about other
financial assets and liabilities within the fair value hierarchy.
Gains and Losses on Other Financial Assets and
Liabilities Accounted for at Fair Value Under the Fair
Value Option
The table below presents the gains and losses recognized in
earnings as a result of the election to apply the fair value
option to certain financial assets and liabilities.
| | Three Months Ended March |
$ in millions | 2024 | 2023 |
Unsecured short-term borrowings | $ (916) | $ (1,761) |
Unsecured long-term borrowings | (572) | (2,307) |
Other | (143) | (141) |
Total | $ (1,631) | $ (4,209) |
In the table above:
- • Gains/(losses) were substantially all included in market
making.
- • Gains/(losses) exclude contractual interest, which is
included in interest income and interest expense, for all
instruments other than hybrid financial instruments. See
Note 23 for further information about interest income and
interest expense.
- • Gains/(losses) included in unsecured short- and long-term
borrowings were substantially all related to the embedded
derivative component of hybrid financial instruments.
These gains and losses would have been recognized under
other U.S. GAAP even if the firm had not elected to
account for the entire hybrid financial instrument at fair
value.
- • Gains/(losses) included in other were primarily related to
resale and repurchase agreements, deposits and other
secured financings.
- • Other financial assets and liabilities at fair value are
frequently economically hedged with trading assets and
liabilities. Accordingly, gains or losses on such other
financial assets and liabilities can be partially offset by
gains or losses on trading assets and liabilities. As a result,
gains or losses on other financial assets and liabilities do
not necessarily represent the overall impact on the firm’s
results of operations, liquidity or capital resources.
THE GOLDMAN SACHS GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
(Unaudited)
Goldman Sachs March 2024 Form 10-Q 50
Gains/(losses) on trading assets and liabilities accounted for
at fair value under the fair value option are included in
market making. See Note 6 for further information about
gains/(losses) from market making. See Note 8 for
information about gains/(losses) on equity securities and
Note 9 for information about gains/(losses) on loans which
are accounted for at fair value under the fair value option.
Long-Term Debt Instruments
The aggregate contractual principal amount of long-term
other secured financings, for which the fair value option was
elected, exceeded the related fair value by $146 million as of
March 2024 and $147 million as of December 2023.
The aggregate contractual principal amount of unsecured
long-term borrowings, for which the fair value option was
elected, exceeded the related fair value by $3.33 billion as of
March 2024 and $3.37 billion as of December 2023.
These debt instruments include both principal-protected and
non-principal-protected long-term borrowings.
Debt Valuation Adjustment
The firm calculates the fair value of financial liabilities for
which the fair value option is elected by discounting future
cash flows at a rate which incorporates the firm’s credit
spreads.
The table below presents information about the net debt
valuation adjustment (DVA) gains/(losses) on financial
liabilities for which the fair value option was elected.
| | Three Months Ended March |
$ in millions | 2024 | 2023 |
Pre-tax DVA | $ (747) | $ (1) |
After-tax DVA | $ (556) | $ (1) |
In the table above:
- • After-tax DVA is included in debt valuation adjustment in
the consolidated statements of comprehensive income.
- • The gains/(losses) reclassified to market making in the
consolidated statements of earnings from accumulated
other comprehensive income/(loss) upon extinguishment of
such financial liabilities were not material for both the
three months ended March 2024 and March 2023.
Loans and Lending Commitments
The table below presents the difference between the
aggregate fair value and the aggregate contractual principal
amount for loans (included in trading assets and loans in the
consolidated balance sheets) for which the fair value option
was elected.
| | As of |
$ in millions | March 2024 | December 2023 |
Performing loans | | |
Aggregate contractual principal in excess of fair value | $ 1,647 | $ 1,893 |
Loans on nonaccrual status and/or more than 90 days past due |
Aggregate contractual principal in excess of fair value | $ 2,581 | $ 2,305 |
Aggregate fair value | $ 1,522 | $ 1,508 |
In the table above, the aggregate contractual principal
amount of loans on nonaccrual status and/or more than 90
days past due (which excludes loans carried at zero fair value
and considered uncollectible) exceeds the related fair value
primarily because the firm regularly purchases loans, such as
distressed loans, at values significantly below the contractual
principal amounts.
The fair value of unfunded lending commitments for which
the fair value option was elected was a liability of $14 million
as of March 2024 and $3 million as of December 2023, and
the related total contractual amount of these lending
commitments was $784 million as of March 2024 and
$878 million as of December 2023. See Note 18 for further
information about lending commitments.
Impact of Credit Spreads on Loans and Lending
Commitments
The estimated net gain/(loss) attributable to changes in
instrument-specific credit spreads on loans and lending
commitments for which the fair value option was elected was
not material for both the three months ended March 2024
and March 2023. The firm generally calculates the fair value
of loans and lending commitments for which the fair value
option is elected by discounting future cash flows at a rate
which incorporates the instrument-specific credit spreads.
For floating-rate loans and lending commitments,
substantially all changes in fair value are attributable to
changes in instrument-specific credit spreads, whereas for
fixed-rate loans and lending commitments, changes in fair
value are also attributable to changes in interest rates.
THE GOLDMAN SACHS GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
(Unaudited)
- 51 Goldman Sachs March 2024 Form 10-Q
Note 11.
Collateralized Agreements and Financings
Collateralized agreements are resale agreements and
securities borrowed. Collateralized financings are repurchase
agreements, securities loaned and other secured financings.
The firm enters into these transactions in order to, among
other things, facilitate client activities, invest excess cash,
acquire securities to cover short positions and finance certain
firm activities.
Collateralized agreements and financings with the same
settlement date are presented on a net-by-counterparty basis
when such transactions meet certain settlement criteria and
are subject to netting agreements. Interest on collateralized
agreements, which is included in interest income, and
collateralized financings, which is included in interest
expense, is recognized over the life of the transaction. See
Note 23 for further information about interest income and
interest expense.
Resale and Repurchase Agreements
A resale agreement is a transaction in which the firm
purchases financial instruments from a seller, typically in
exchange for cash, and simultaneously enters into an
agreement to resell the same or substantially the same
financial instruments to the seller at a stated price plus
accrued interest at a future date.
A repurchase agreement is a transaction in which the firm
sells financial instruments to a buyer, typically in exchange
for cash, and simultaneously enters into an agreement to
repurchase the same or substantially the same financial
instruments from the buyer at a stated price plus accrued
interest at a future date.
Even though repurchase and resale agreements (including
“repos- and reverses-to-maturity”) involve the legal transfer
of ownership of financial instruments, they are accounted for
as financing arrangements because they require the financial
instruments to be repurchased or resold before or at the
maturity of the agreement. The financial instruments
purchased or sold in resale and repurchase agreements
typically include U.S. government and agency obligations,
and investment-grade sovereign obligations.
The firm receives financial instruments purchased under
resale agreements and makes delivery of financial instruments
sold under repurchase agreements. To mitigate credit
exposure, the firm monitors the market value of these
financial instruments on a daily basis, and delivers or obtains
additional collateral due to changes in the market value of the
financial instruments, as appropriate. For resale agreements,
the firm typically requires collateral with a fair value
approximately equal to the carrying value of the relevant
assets in the consolidated balance sheets.
Repurchase agreements and substantially all resale
agreements are recorded at fair value under the fair value
option. See Note 5 for further information about repurchase
and resale agreements.
Securities Borrowed and Loaned Transactions
In a securities borrowed transaction, the firm borrows
securities from a counterparty in exchange for cash or
securities. When the firm returns the securities, the
counterparty returns the cash or securities. Interest is
generally paid periodically over the life of the transaction.
In a securities loaned transaction, the firm lends securities to
a counterparty in exchange for cash or securities. When the
counterparty returns the securities, the firm returns the cash
or securities posted as collateral. Interest is generally paid
periodically over the life of the transaction.
In a transaction where the firm lends securities and receives
securities that can be delivered or pledged as collateral, the
firm recognizes the securities received within securities
borrowed and the obligation to return those securities within
securities loaned in the consolidated balance sheets.
The firm receives securities borrowed and makes delivery of
securities loaned. To mitigate credit exposure, the firm
monitors the market value of these securities on a daily basis,
and delivers or obtains additional collateral due to changes in
the market value of the securities, as appropriate. For
securities borrowed transactions, the firm typically requires
collateral with a fair value approximately equal to the
carrying value of the securities borrowed transaction.
Securities borrowed and loaned within FICC financing are
recorded at fair value under the fair value option. See Note 5
for further information about securities borrowed and loaned
accounted for at fair value.
Substantially all of the securities borrowed and loaned within
Equities financing are recorded based on the amount of cash
collateral advanced or received plus accrued interest. The
firm also reviews such securities borrowed to determine if an
allowance for credit losses should be recorded by taking into
consideration the fair value of collateral received. As these
agreements generally can be terminated on demand, they
exhibit little, if any, sensitivity to changes in interest rates.
Therefore, the carrying value of such agreements
approximates fair value. As these agreements are not
accounted for at fair value, they are not included in the firm’s
fair value hierarchy in Notes 4 and 5. Had these agreements
been included in the firm’s fair value hierarchy, they would
have been classified in level 2 as of both March 2024 and
December 2023.
THE GOLDMAN SACHS GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
(Unaudited)
Goldman Sachs March 2024 Form 10-Q 52
Offsetting Arrangements
The table below presents resale and repurchase agreements
and securities borrowed and loaned transactions included in
the consolidated balance sheets, as well as the amounts not
offset in the consolidated balance sheets.
| | Assets | Liabilities |
$ in millions | Resale agreements | Securities borrowed | Repurchase agreements | Securities loaned |
As of March 2024 | | | | |
Included in the consolidated balance sheets |
Gross carrying value | $ 319,740 | $ 215,976 | $ 355,301 | $ 67,324 |
Counterparty netting | (87,822) | (1,063) | (87,822) | (1,063) |
Total | 231,918 | 214,913 | 267,479 | 66,261 |
Amounts not offset | | | | |
Counterparty netting | (39,680) | (8,828) | (39,680) | (8,828) |
Collateral | (188,009) | (197,567) | (223,945) | (56,975) |
Total | $ 4,229 | $ 8,518 | $ 3,854 | $ 458 |
As of December 2023 | | | | |
Included in the consolidated balance sheets |
Gross carrying value | $ 315,112 | $ 199,753 | $ 341,194 | $ 60,816 |
Counterparty netting | (91,307) | (333) | (91,307) | (333) |
Total | 223,805 | 199,420 | 249,887 | 60,483 |
Amounts not offset | | | | |
Counterparty netting | (29,136) | (9,373) | (29,136) | (9,373) |
Collateral | (189,358) | (182,918) | (217,498) | (50,807) |
Total | $ 5,311 | $ 7,129 | $ 3,253 | $ 303 |
In the table above:
- • Substantially all of the gross carrying values of these
arrangements are subject to enforceable netting
agreements.
- • Where the firm has received or posted collateral under
credit support agreements, but has not yet determined such
agreements are enforceable, the related collateral has not
been netted.
- • Amounts not offset includes counterparty netting that does
not meet the criteria for netting under U.S. GAAP and the
fair value of collateral received or posted subject to
enforceable credit support agreements.
- • Resale agreements included in the consolidated balance
sheets of $231.66 billion as of March 2024 and
$223.54 billion as of December 2023 and all repurchase
agreements included in the consolidated balance sheets are
carried at fair value under the fair value option. See Note 5
for further information about resale agreements and
repurchase agreements accounted for at fair value.
- • Securities borrowed included in the consolidated balance
sheets of $48.62 billion as of March 2024 and $44.93 billion
as of December 2023, and securities loaned included in the
consolidated balance sheets of $10.29 billion as of March
2024 and $8.93 billion as of December 2023 were at fair
value under the fair value option. See Note 5 for further
information about securities borrowed and securities
loaned accounted for at fair value.
Gross Carrying Value of Repurchase Agreements and
Securities Loaned
The table below presents the gross carrying value of
repurchase agreements and securities loaned by class of
collateral pledged.
$ in millions | Repurchase agreements | Securities loaned |
As of March 2024 | | |
Money market instruments | $ 1,085 | $ – |
U.S. government and agency obligations | 211,624 | 6 |
Non-U.S. government and agency obligations | 107,429 | 1,385 |
Securities backed by commercial real estate | 134 | 38 |
Securities backed by residential real estate | 652 | 227 |
Corporate debt securities | 15,780 | 324 |
State and municipal obligations | 570 | – |
Other debt obligations | 106 | 17 |
Equity securities | 17,921 | 65,327 |
Total | $ 355,301 | $ 67,324 |
As of December 2023 | | |
Money market instruments | $ 3 | $ – |
U.S. government and agency obligations | 228,718 | 216 |
Non-U.S. government and agency obligations | 85,230 | 376 |
Securities backed by commercial real estate | 135 | – |
Securities backed by residential real estate | 641 | – |
Corporate debt securities | 10,585 | 230 |
State and municipal obligations | 57 | – |
Other debt obligations | 144 | – |
Equity securities | 15,681 | 59,994 |
Total | $ 341,194 | $ 60,816 |
The table below presents the gross carrying value of
repurchase agreements and securities loaned by maturity.
| | As of March 2024 |
$ in millions | Repurchase agreements | Securities loaned |
No stated maturity and overnight | $ 134,619 | $ 42,793 |
2 - 30 days | 112,893 | 785 |
31 - 90 days | 36,093 | 655 |
91 days - 1 year | 50,750 | 11,247 |
Greater than 1 year | 20,946 | 11,844 |
Total | $ 355,301 | $ 67,324 |
In the table above:
- • Repurchase agreements and securities loaned that are
repayable prior to maturity at the option of the firm are
reflected at their contractual maturity dates.
- • Repurchase agreements and securities loaned that are
redeemable prior to maturity at the option of the holder are
reflected at the earliest dates such options become
exercisable.
THE GOLDMAN SACHS GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
(Unaudited)
- 53 Goldman Sachs March 2024 Form 10-Q
Other Secured Financings
In addition to repurchase agreements and securities loaned
transactions, the firm funds certain assets through the use of
other secured financings and pledges financial instruments
and other assets as collateral in these transactions. These
other secured financings include:
Other secured financings included nonrecourse
arrangements. Nonrecourse other secured financings were
$5.58 billion as of March 2024 and $5.57 billion as of
December 2023.
The firm has elected to apply the fair value option to
substantially all other secured financings because the use of
fair value eliminates non-economic volatility in earnings that
would arise from using different measurement attributes. See
Note 5 for further information about other secured
financings that are accounted for at fair value.
Other secured financings that are not recorded at fair value
are recorded based on the amount of cash received plus
accrued interest, which generally approximates fair value. As
these financings are not accounted for at fair value, they are
not included in the firm’s fair value hierarchy in Notes 4 and
- 5. Had these financings been included in the firm’s fair value
hierarchy, substantially all would have been classified in level
3 as of both March 2024 and December 2023.
The table below presents information about other secured
financings.
$ in millions
U.S.
Dollar
Non-U.S.
Dollar Total
As of March 2024
Other secured financings (short-term):
At fair value $ 3,295 $ 4,730 $ 8,025
At amortized cost 1 – 1
Other secured financings (long-term):
At fair value 1,469 5,304 6,773
At amortized cost 253 – 253
Total other secured financings $ 5,018 $ 10,034 $ 15,052
Other secured financings collateralized by:
Financial instruments $ 2,900 $ 9,123 $ 12,023
Other assets $ 2,118 $ 911 $ 3,029
As of December 2023
Other secured financings (short-term):
At fair value $ 3,385 $ 3,451 $ 6,836
At amortized cost – 368 368
Other secured financings (long-term):
At fair value 1,872 3,846 5,718
At amortized cost 272 – 272
Total other secured financings $ 5,529 $ 7,665 $ 13,194
Other secured financings collateralized by:
Financial instruments $ 3,122 $ 6,755 $ 9,877
Other assets $ 2,407 $ 910 $ 3,317
In the table above:
- • Short-term other secured financings includes financings
maturing within one year of the financial statement date
and financings that are redeemable within one year of the
financial statement date at the option of the holder.
- • Non-U.S. dollar-denominated short-term other secured
financings at amortized cost had a weighted average
interest rate of 0.47% as of December 2023. This rate
includes the effect of hedging activities.
- • U.S. dollar-denominated long-term other secured
financings at amortized cost had a weighted average
interest rate of 3.59% as of March 2024 and 3.44% as of
December 2023. These rates include the effect of hedging
activities.
THE GOLDMAN SACHS GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
(Unaudited)
Goldman Sachs March 2024 Form 10-Q 54
- • Total other secured financings included $2.74 billion as of
March 2024 and $2.34 billion as of December 2023 related
to transfers of financial assets accounted for as financings
rather than sales. Such financings were collateralized by
financial assets, primarily included in trading assets, of
$2.74 billion as of March 2024 and $2.36 billion as of
December 2023.
- • Other secured financings collateralized by financial
instruments included $9.19 billion as of March 2024 and
$8.38 billion as of December 2023 of other secured
financings collateralized by trading assets, investments and
loans, and included $2.84 billion as of March 2024 and
$1.49 billion as of December 2023 of other secured
financings collateralized by financial instruments received
as collateral and repledged.
The table below presents other secured financings by
maturity.
$ in millions | As of March 2024 |
Other secured financings (short-term) | $ 8,026 |
Other secured financings (long-term): | |
2025 | 1,660 |
2026 | 2,630 |
2027 | 158 |
2028 | 1,424 |
2029 | 53 |
2030 - thereafter | 1,101 |
Total other secured financings (long-term) | 7,026 |
Total other secured financings | $ 15,052 |
In the table above:
- • Long-term other secured financings that are repayable
prior to maturity at the option of the firm are reflected at
their contractual maturity dates.
- • Long-term other secured financings that are redeemable
prior to maturity at the option of the holder are reflected at
the earliest dates such options become exercisable.
Collateral Received and Pledged
The firm receives cash and securities (e.g., U.S. government
and agency obligations, other sovereign and corporate
obligations, as well as equity securities) as collateral,
primarily in connection with resale agreements, securities
borrowed, derivative transactions and customer margin
loans. The firm obtains cash and securities as collateral on an
upfront or contingent basis for derivative instruments and
collateralized agreements to reduce its credit exposure to
individual counterparties.
In many cases, the firm is permitted to deliver or repledge
financial instruments received as collateral when entering
into repurchase agreements and securities loaned
transactions, primarily in connection with secured client
financing activities. The firm is also permitted to deliver or
repledge these financial instruments in connection with other
secured financings, collateralized derivative transactions and
firm or customer settlement requirements.
The firm also pledges certain trading assets in connection
with repurchase agreements, securities loaned transactions
and other secured financings, and other assets (substantially
all real estate and cash) in connection with other secured
financings to counterparties who may or may not have the
right to deliver or repledge them.
The table below presents financial instruments at fair value
received as collateral that were available to be delivered or
repledged and were delivered or repledged.
| | As of |
$ in millions | March 2024 | December 2023 |
Collateral available to be delivered or repledged | $ 1,053,459 | $ 1,002,891 |
Collateral that was delivered or repledged | $ 912,935 | $ 862,988 |
The table below presents information about assets pledged.
| | As |
$ in millions | March 2024 | December 2023 |
Pledged to counterparties that had the right to deliver or repledge |
Trading assets | $ 113,748 | $ 110,567 |
Pledged to counterparties that did not have the right to deliver or repledge |
Trading assets | $ 152,105 | $ 138,404 |
Investments | $ 19,685 | $ 22,165 |
Loans | $ 9,555 | $ 8,865 |
Other assets | $ 3,650 | $ 3,924 |
of
The firm also segregates securities for regulatory and other
purposes related to client activity. Such securities are
segregated from trading assets and investments, as well as
from securities received as collateral under resale agreements
and securities borrowed transactions. Securities segregated by
the firm were $55.27 billion as of March 2024 and
$49.26 billion as of December 2023.
THE GOLDMAN SACHS GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
(Unaudited)
- 55 Goldman Sachs March 2024 Form 10-Q
Note 12.
Other Assets
The table below presents other assets by type.
| | As of |
$ in millions | March 2024 | December 2023 |
Property, leasehold improvements and equipment | $ 10,514 | $ 11,244 |
Goodwill | 5,897 | 5,916 |
Identifiable intangible assets | 1,021 | 1,177 |
Operating lease right-of-use assets | 2,081 | 2,171 |
Income tax-related assets | 8,106 | 8,157 |
Miscellaneous receivables and other | 7,634 | 7,925 |
Total | $ 35,253 | $ 36,590 |
Property, Leasehold Improvements and Equipment
Property, leasehold improvements and equipment is net of
accumulated depreciation and amortization of $13.89 billion
as of March 2024 and $13.64 billion as of December 2023.
Property, leasehold improvements and equipment included
$6.58 billion as of March 2024 and $6.65 billion as of
December 2023 that the firm uses in connection with its
operations, and $126 million as of March 2024 and
$124 million as of December 2023 of foreclosed real estate.
The remainder is held by investment entities, including VIEs,
consolidated by the firm. Substantially all property and
equipment is depreciated on a straight-line basis over the
useful life of the asset. Leasehold improvements are
amortized on a straight-line basis over the shorter of the
useful life of the improvement or the term of the lease.
Capitalized costs of software developed or obtained for
internal use are amortized on a straight-line basis over three
years.
The firm tests property, leasehold improvements and
equipment for impairment when events or changes in
circumstances suggest that an asset’s or asset group’s carrying
value may not be fully recoverable. To the extent the carrying
value of an asset or asset group exceeds the projected
undiscounted cash flows expected to result from the use and
eventual disposal of the asset or asset group, the firm
determines the asset or asset group is impaired and records
an impairment equal to the difference between the estimated
fair value and the carrying value of the asset or asset group.
In addition, the firm will recognize an impairment prior to
the sale of an asset or asset group if the carrying value of the
asset or asset group exceeds its estimated fair value. Any
impairments recognized are included in depreciation and
amortization.
The firm had impairments of $80 million during the three
months ended March 2024, related to commercial real estate
included in CIEs within Asset & Wealth Management.
During the three months ended March 2023, the firm had
impairments of approximately $355 million related to
consolidated real estate investments and approximately
$35 million related to capitalized software. Substantially all
of these impairments were included within Asset & Wealth
Management.
Goodwill
Goodwill is the cost of acquired companies in excess of the
fair value of net assets, including identifiable intangible
assets, at the acquisition date.
The table below presents the carrying value of goodwill by
reporting unit.
| | As of |
$ in millions | March 2024 | December 2023 |
Global Banking & Markets: | | |
Investment banking | $ 267 | $ 267 |
FICC | 269 | 269 |
Equities | 2,647 | 2,647 |
Asset & Wealth Management: | | |
Asset management | 1,391 | 1,410 |
Wealth management | 1,309 | 1,309 |
Platform Solutions: | | |
Consumer platforms | – | – |
Transaction banking and other | 14 | 14 |
Total | $ 5,897 | $ 5,916 |
Goodwill is assessed for impairment annually in the fourth
quarter or more frequently if events occur or circumstances
change that indicate an impairment may exist. When
assessing goodwill for impairment, first, a qualitative
assessment can be made to determine whether it is more
likely than not that the estimated fair value of a reporting
unit is less than its carrying value. If the results of the
qualitative assessment are not conclusive, a quantitative
goodwill test is performed. Alternatively, a quantitative
goodwill test can be performed without performing a
qualitative assessment.
The quantitative goodwill test compares the estimated fair
value of each reporting unit with its carrying value (including
goodwill and identifiable intangible assets). If the reporting
unit’s estimated fair value exceeds its carrying value,
goodwill is not impaired. An impairment is recognized if the
estimated fair value of a reporting unit is less than its
carrying value and any such impairment is included in
depreciation and amortization.
THE GOLDMAN SACHS GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
(Unaudited)
Goldman Sachs March 2024 Form 10-Q 56
When performing a quantitative goodwill test, the estimated
fair value of each reporting unit is based on valuation
techniques the firm believes market participants would use to
value these reporting units. Estimated fair values are
generally derived from utilizing a relative value technique,
which applies observable price-to-earnings multiples or price-
to-book multiples of comparable competitors to the reporting
units’ net earnings or net book value, or a discounted cash
flow valuation approach, for reporting units with businesses
in early stages of development. The carrying value of each
reporting unit reflects an allocation of total shareholders’
equity and represents the estimated amount of total
shareholders’ equity required to support the activities of the
reporting unit under currently applicable regulatory capital
requirements.
In the fourth quarter of 2023, the firm performed its annual
assessment of goodwill for impairment, for each of its
reporting units with goodwill, by performing a qualitative
assessment. Multiple factors, including performance
indicators, macroeconomic indicators, firm and industry
events, and fair value indicators, were considered with
respect to each of these reporting units to determine whether
it was more likely than not that the estimated fair value of
each of those reporting units was less than its carrying value.
The qualitative assessment also considered changes since a
quantitative test across all of the firm's reporting units was
last performed in 2022. As a result of the qualitative
assessment, the firm determined that it was more likely than
not that the estimated fair value of each reporting unit with
goodwill exceeded its respective carrying value. Therefore,
the firm determined that goodwill for each reporting unit was
not impaired and that a quantitative goodwill test was not
required.
There were no events or changes in circumstances during the
three months ended March 2024 that would indicate that it
was more likely than not that the estimated fair value of each
of the reporting units with goodwill did not exceed its
respective carrying value as of March 2024.
Identifiable Intangible Assets
The table below presents identifiable intangible assets by
type.
| | As of |
$ in millions | March 2024 | December 2023 |
Customer lists | | |
Gross carrying value | $ 2,316 | $ 2,339 |
Accumulated amortization | (1,313) | (1,292) |
Net carrying value | 1,003 | 1,047 |
Other | | |
Gross carrying value | 139 | 866 |
Accumulated amortization | (121) | (736) |
Net carrying value | 18 | 130 |
Total gross carrying value | 2,455 | 3,205 |
Total accumulated amortization | (1,434) | (2,028) |
Total net carrying value | $ 1,021 | $ 1,177 |
In the table above:
- • The decrease in the net carrying value of identifiable
intangible assets from December 2023 to March 2024 was
primarily attributable to the sale of GreenSky (related
identifiable intangible assets were included in other as of
December 2023).
- • Substantially all of the firm’s identifiable intangible assets
have finite useful lives and are amortized over their
estimated useful lives generally using the straight-line
method.
The tables below present information about the amortization
of identifiable intangible assets.
| | Three Months Ended March |
$ in millions | 2024 | 2023 |
Amortization | $ 26 | $ 52 |
$ in millions | As of March 2024 |
Estimated future amortization | |
Remainder of 2024 | $ 74 |
2025 | $ 91 |
2026 | $ 85 |
2027 | $ 85 |
2028 | $ 84 |
2029 | $ 84 |
THE GOLDMAN SACHS GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
(Unaudited)
- 57 Goldman Sachs March 2024 Form 10-Q
The firm tests identifiable intangible assets for impairment
when events or changes in circumstances suggest that an
asset’s or asset group’s carrying value may not be fully
recoverable. To the extent the carrying value of an asset or
asset group exceeds the projected undiscounted cash flows
expected to result from the use and eventual disposal of the
asset or asset group, the firm determines the asset or asset
group is impaired and records an impairment equal to the
difference between the estimated fair value and the carrying
value of the asset or asset group. In addition, the firm will
recognize an impairment prior to the sale of an asset or asset
group if the carrying value of the asset or asset group exceeds
its estimated fair value. There were no material impairments
or write-downs during either the three months ended March
2024 or March 2023.
Operating Lease Right-of-Use Assets
The firm enters into operating leases for real estate, office
equipment and other assets, substantially all of which are
used in connection with its operations. For leases longer than
one year, the firm recognizes a right-of-use asset representing
the right to use the underlying asset for the lease term, and a
lease liability representing the liability to make payments.
The lease term is generally determined based on the
contractual maturity of the lease. For leases where the firm
has the option to terminate or extend the lease, an assessment
of the likelihood of exercising the option is incorporated into
the determination of the lease term. Such assessment is
initially performed at the inception of the lease and is
updated if events occur that impact the original assessment.
An operating lease right-of-use asset is initially determined
based on the operating lease liability, adjusted for initial
direct costs, lease incentives and amounts paid at or prior to
lease commencement. This amount is then amortized over
the lease term. Right-of-use assets and operating lease
liabilities recognized (in non-cash transactions for leases
entered into or assumed) by the firm were not material for
both the three months ended March 2024 and March 2023.
See Note 15 for information about operating lease liabilities.
For leases where the firm will derive no economic benefit
from leased space that it has vacated or where the firm has
shortened the term of a lease when space is no longer needed,
the firm will record an impairment or accelerated
amortization of right-of-use assets. There were no material
impairments or accelerated amortizations during either the
three months ended March 2024 or March 2023.
Miscellaneous Receivables and Other
Miscellaneous receivables and other included:
- • Investments in qualified affordable housing projects of
$3.28 billion as of March 2024 and $3.39 billion as of
December 2023. The firm receives tax credits for such
investments. See Note 17 for further information about
these investments.
- • Assets classified as held for sale were $318 million as of
March 2024 and $518 million as of December 2023. See
below for further information.
Assets Held for Sale. As of December 2023, GreenSky
(within Platform Solutions) was classified as held for sale.
Assets related to GreenSky were approximately $3.4 billion
and consisted of loans of approximately $3.0 billion (included
in loans), segregated cash of approximately $110 million
(included in cash and cash equivalents), identifiable
intangible assets of approximately $110 million (included in
identifiable intangible assets within other assets) and other
assets of approximately $190 million (included in
miscellaneous receivables and other within other assets).
During the first quarter of 2024, the firm completed the sale
of GreenSky. See Note 9 for further information about loans
classified as held for sale, above for further information
about identifiable intangible assets, and Note 15 for
information about liabilities classified as held for sale.
Assets held for sale also included $318 million as of March
2024 and $327 million as of December 2023 of assets related
to certain of the firm’s consolidated investments within Asset
& Wealth Management. Substantially all of these assets
consisted of property and equipment and were included in
miscellaneous receivables and other within other assets.
Note 13.
Deposits
The table below presents information about deposits.
| | As of |
$ in millions | March 2024 | December 2023 |
U.S. offices | $ 343,356 | $ 333,116 |
Non-U.S. offices | 97,306 | 95,301 |
Total | $ 440,662 | $ 428,417 |
In the table above:
- • Deposits include savings, demand and time deposits.
- • All U.S. deposits were held at Goldman Sachs Bank USA
(GS Bank USA). Substantially all non-U.S. deposits were
held at Goldman Sachs International Bank (GSIB) and
Goldman Sachs Bank Europe SE (GSBE).
- • Substantially all deposits are interest-bearing.
THE GOLDMAN SACHS GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
(Unaudited)
Goldman Sachs March 2024 Form 10-Q 58
The table below presents maturities of time deposits held in
U.S. and non-U.S. offices.
| | As of March 2024 |
$ in millions | U.S. | Non-U.S. | Total |
Remainder of 2024 | $ 55,523 | $ 30,900 | $ 86,423 |
2025 | 29,438 | 1,739 | 31,177 |
2026 | 3,198 | 301 | 3,499 |
2027 | 1,407 | 200 | 1,607 |
2028 | 814 | 194 | 1,008 |
2029 | 747 | 199 | 946 |
2030 - thereafter | 620 | 41 | 661 |
Total | $ 91,747 | $ 33,574 | $ 125,321 |
In the table above:
- • The aggregate amount of time deposits in denominations
that met or exceeded the applicable insurance limits, or
were otherwise not covered by insurance, were $17.69
billion in U.S. deposits and $32.94 billion in non-U.S.
deposits.
- • Time deposits included $31.37 billion as of March 2024 and
$29.46 billion as of December 2023 of deposits accounted
for at fair value under the fair value option. See Note 10 for
further information about deposits accounted for at fair
value.
The firm’s savings and demand deposits are recorded based
on the amount of cash received plus accrued interest, which
approximates fair value. In addition, the firm designates
certain derivatives as fair value hedges to convert a portion of
its time deposits not accounted for at fair value from fixed-
rate obligations into floating-rate obligations. The carrying
value of time deposits not accounted for at fair value
approximated fair value as of both March 2024 and
December 2023. As these savings and demand deposits and
time deposits are not accounted for at fair value, they are not
included in the firm’s fair value hierarchy in Notes 4 and 5.
Had these deposits been included in the firm’s fair value
hierarchy, they would have been classified in level 2 as of
both March 2024 and December 2023.
Note 14.
Unsecured Borrowings
The table below presents information about unsecured
borrowings.
| | As of |
$ in millions | March 2024 | December 2023 |
Unsecured short-term borrowings | $ 78,603 | $ 75,945 |
Unsecured long-term borrowings | 233,919 | 241,877 |
Total | $ 312,522 | $ 317,822 |
Unsecured Short-Term Borrowings
Unsecured short-term borrowings includes the portion of
unsecured long-term borrowings maturing within one year of
the financial statement date and unsecured long-term
borrowings that are redeemable within one year of the
financial statement date at the option of the holder.
The firm accounts for certain hybrid financial instruments at
fair value under the fair value option. See Note 10 for further
information about unsecured short-term borrowings that are
accounted for at fair value. In addition, the firm designates
certain derivatives as fair value hedges to convert a portion of
its unsecured short-term borrowings not accounted for at fair
value from fixed-rate obligations into floating-rate
obligations. The carrying value of unsecured short-term
borrowings that are not recorded at fair value generally
approximates fair value due to the short-term nature of the
obligations. As these unsecured short-term borrowings are
not accounted for at fair value, they are not included in the
firm’s fair value hierarchy in Notes 4 and 5. Had these
borrowings been included in the firm’s fair value hierarchy,
substantially all would have been classified in level 2 as of
both March 2024 and December 2023.
The table below presents information about unsecured short-
term borrowings.
| | As of |
$ in millions | March 2024 | December 2023 |
Current portion of unsecured long-term borrowings | $ 43,876 | $ 49,361 |
Hybrid financial instruments | 27,720 | 23,073 |
Commercial paper | 4,929 | 1,213 |
Other unsecured short-term borrowings | 2,078 | 2,298 |
Total unsecured short-term borrowings | $ 78,603 | $ 75,945 |
Weighted average interest rate | 4.14% | 3.64% |
In the table above, the weighted average interest rates for
these borrowings include the effect of hedging activities and
exclude unsecured short-term borrowings accounted for at
fair value under the fair value option. See Note 7 for further
information about hedging activities.
THE GOLDMAN SACHS GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
(Unaudited)
- 59 Goldman Sachs March 2024 Form 10-Q
Unsecured Long-Term Borrowings
The table below presents information about unsecured long-
term borrowings.
$ in millions | U.S. Dollar | Non-U.S. Dollar | Total |
As of March 2024 | | | |
Fixed-rate obligations | $ 111,751 | $ 31,976 | $ 143,727 |
Floating-rate obligations | 57,277 | 32,915 | 90,192 |
Total | $ 169,028 | $ 64,891 | $ 233,919 |
As of December 2023 | | | |
Fixed-rate obligations | $ 114,813 | $ 34,762 | $ 149,575 |
Floating-rate obligations | 57,053 | 35,249 | 92,302 |
Total | $ 171,866 | $ 70,011 | $ 241,877 |
In the table above:
- • Unsecured long-term borrowings consists principally of
senior borrowings, which have maturities extending
through 2061.
- • Unsecured long-term borrowings included $87.14 billion as
of March 2024 and $86.41 billion as of December 2023 of
borrowings accounted for at fair value under the fair value
option. The carrying value of unsecured long-term
borrowings for which the firm did not elect the fair value
option was $146.78 billion as of March 2024 and $155.47
billion as of December 2023. The estimated fair value of
such unsecured long-term borrowings was $150.41 billion
as of March 2024 and $157.75 billion as of December 2023.
As these borrowings are not accounted for at fair value,
they are not included in the firm’s fair value hierarchy in
Notes 4 and 5. Had these borrowings been included in the
firm’s fair value hierarchy, substantially all would have
been classified in level 2 as of both March 2024 and
December 2023.
- • Floating-rate obligations includes equity-linked, credit-
linked and indexed instruments. Floating interest rates are
generally based on SOFR and Euro Interbank Offered
Rate.
- • U.S. dollar-denominated debt had interest rates ranging
from 0.86% to 6.75% (with a weighted average rate of
3.80%) as of March 2024 and 0.86% to 6.75% (with a
weighted average rate of 3.73%) as of December 2023.
These rates exclude unsecured long-term borrowings
accounted for at fair value under the fair value option.
- • Non-U.S. dollar-denominated debt had interest rates
ranging from 0.25% to 8.00% (with a weighted average
rate of 2.04%) as of March 2024 and 0.25% to 7.25% (with
a weighted average rate of 2.11%) as of December 2023.
These rates exclude unsecured long-term borrowings
accounted for at fair value under the fair value option.
The table below presents unsecured long-term borrowings by
maturity.
$ in millions | As of March 2024 |
2025 | $ 33,295 |
2026 | 30,266 |
2027 | 35,157 |
2028 | 28,897 |
2029 | 25,855 |
2030 - thereafter | 80,449 |
Total | $ 233,919 |
In the table above:
- • Unsecured long-term borrowings maturing within one year
of the financial statement date and unsecured long-term
borrowings that are redeemable within one year of the
financial statement date at the option of the holder are
excluded as they are included in unsecured short-term
borrowings.
- • Unsecured long-term borrowings that are repayable prior
to maturity at the option of the firm are reflected at their
contractual maturity dates.
- • Unsecured long-term borrowings that are redeemable prior
to maturity at the option of the holder are reflected at the
earliest dates such options become exercisable.
- • Unsecured long-term borrowings included $(12.29) billion
of adjustments to the carrying value of certain unsecured
long-term borrowings resulting from the application of
hedge accounting by year of maturity as follows: $(460)
million in 2025, $(545) million in 2026, $(1.25) billion in
2027, $(1.26) billion in 2028, $(1.11) billion in 2029 and
$(7.67) billion in 2030 and thereafter.
The firm designates certain derivatives as fair value hedges to
convert a portion of fixed-rate unsecured long-term
borrowings not accounted for at fair value into floating-rate
obligations. See Note 7 for further information about hedging
activities.
THE GOLDMAN SACHS GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
(Unaudited)
Goldman Sachs March 2024 Form 10-Q 60
The table below presents unsecured long-term borrowings,
after giving effect to such hedging activities.
| | As of |
$ in millions | March 2024 | December 2023 |
Fixed-rate obligations | $ 23,968 | $ 20,372 |
Floating-rate obligations | 209,951 | 221,505 |
Total | $ 233,919 | $ 241,877 |
In the table above, the aggregate amounts of unsecured long-
term borrowings had weighted average interest rates of
6.19% (3.59% related to fixed-rate obligations and 6.37%
related to floating-rate obligations) as of March 2024 and
6.13% (3.44% related to fixed-rate obligations and 6.27%
related to floating-rate obligations) as of December 2023.
These rates exclude unsecured long-term borrowings
accounted for at fair value under the fair value option.
Subordinated Borrowings
Unsecured long-term borrowings includes subordinated debt
and junior subordinated debt. Subordinated debt that
matures within one year is included in unsecured short-term
borrowings. Junior subordinated debt is junior in right of
payment to other subordinated borrowings, which are junior
to senior borrowings. Long-term subordinated debt had
maturities ranging from 2025 to 2045 as of both March 2024
and December 2023.
The table below presents information about subordinated
borrowings.
$ in millions | Par Amount | Carrying Value | Rate |
As of March 2024 | | | |
Subordinated debt | $ 12,170 | $ 11,462 | 7.89% |
Junior subordinated debt | 968 | 1,021 | 6.25% |
Total | $ 13,138 | $ 12,483 | 7.77% |
As of December 2023 | | | |
Subordinated debt | $ 12,215 | $ 11,898 | 7.79% |
Junior subordinated debt | 968 | 1,053 | 6.30% |
Total | $ 13,183 | $ 12,951 | 7.68% |
In the table above, the rate is the weighted average interest
rate for these borrowings (excluding borrowings accounted
for at fair value under the fair value option), including the
effect of fair value hedges used to convert fixed-rate
obligations into floating-rate obligations. See Note 7 for
further information about hedging activities.
Junior Subordinated Debt
In 2004, Group Inc. issued $2.84 billion of junior
subordinated debt to Goldman Sachs Capital I, a Delaware
statutory trust. Goldman Sachs Capital I issued $2.75 billion
of guaranteed preferred beneficial interests (Trust Preferred
securities) to third parties and $85 million of common
beneficial interests to Group Inc. As of both March 2024 and
December 2023, the outstanding par amount of junior
subordinated debt held by Goldman Sachs Capital I was $968
million and the outstanding par amount of Trust Preferred
securities and common beneficial interests issued by
Goldman Sachs Capital I was $939 million and $29 million,
respectively. Goldman Sachs Capital I is a wholly-owned
finance subsidiary of the firm for regulatory and legal
purposes but is not consolidated for accounting purposes.
The firm pays interest semi-annually on the junior
subordinated debt at an annual rate of 6.345% and the debt
matures on February 15, 2034. The coupon rate and the
payment dates applicable to the beneficial interests are the
same as the interest rate and payment dates for the junior
subordinated debt. The firm has the right, from time to time,
to defer payment of interest on the junior subordinated debt,
and therefore cause payment on Goldman Sachs Capital I’s
preferred beneficial interests to be deferred, in each case up to
ten consecutive semi-annual periods. During any such
deferral period, the firm will not be permitted to, among
other things, pay dividends on or make certain repurchases of
its common stock. Goldman Sachs Capital I is not permitted
to pay any distributions on the common beneficial interests
held by Group Inc. unless all dividends payable on the
preferred beneficial interests have been paid in full.
Note 15.
Other Liabilities
The table below presents other liabilities by type.
| | As of |
$ in millions | March 2024 | December 2023 |
Compensation and benefits | $ 4,274 | $ 7,804 |
Income tax-related liabilities | 3,290 | 2,947 |
Operating lease liabilities | 2,160 | 2,232 |
Noncontrolling interests | 330 | 363 |
Employee interests in consolidated funds | 17 | 19 |
Accrued expenses and other | 10,043 | 10,438 |
Total | $ 20,114 | $ 23,803 |
THE GOLDMAN SACHS GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
(Unaudited)
- 61 Goldman Sachs March 2024 Form 10-Q
Operating Lease Liabilities
For leases longer than one year, the firm recognizes a right-
of-use asset representing the right to use the underlying asset
for the lease term, and a lease liability representing the
liability to make payments. See Note 12 for information
about operating lease right-of-use assets.
The table below presents information about operating lease
liabilities.
$ in millions | Operating lease liabilities |
As of March 2024 | |
Remainder of 2024 | $ 245 |
2025 | 323 |
2026 | 288 |
2027 | 254 |
2028 | 230 |
2029 - thereafter | 1,449 |
Total undiscounted lease payments | 2,789 |
Imputed interest | (629) |
Total operating lease liabilities | $ 2,160 |
Weighted average remaining lease term | 12 years |
Weighted average discount rate | 4.18% |
As of December 2023 | |
2024 | $ 325 |
2025 | 325 |
2026 | 288 |
2027 | 256 |
2028 | 231 |
2029 - thereafter | 1,462 |
Total undiscounted lease payments | 2,887 |
Imputed interest | (655) |
Total operating lease liabilities | $ 2,232 |
Weighted average remaining lease term | 12 years |
Weighted average discount rate | 4.13% |
In the table above, the weighted average discount rate
represents the firm’s incremental borrowing rate as of
January 2019 for operating leases existing on the date of
adoption of ASU No. 2016-02, “Leases (Topic 842),” and at
the lease inception date for leases entered into subsequent to
the adoption of this ASU.
Operating lease costs were $123 million for the three months
ended March 2024 and $119 million for the three months
ended March 2023. Variable lease costs, which are included
in operating lease costs, were not material for both the three
months ended March 2024 and March 2023. Total occupancy
expenses for space held in excess of the firm’s current
requirements were not material for both the three months
ended March 2024 and March 2023.
Lease payments relating to operating lease arrangements that
were signed but had not yet commenced were $1.17 billion as
of March 2024.
Accrued Expenses and Other
Accrued expenses and other included:
- • Liabilities classified as held for sale were not material as of
March 2024 and were approximately $257 million as of
December 2023, substantially all of which related to
GreenSky within Platform Solutions and consisted
primarily of customer and other payables. See Note 12 for
further information about assets held for sale.
- • Contract liabilities, which represent consideration received
by the firm in connection with its contracts with clients
prior to providing the service, were $100 million as of
March 2024 and $76 million as of December 2023.
- • Accrued unfunded commitments related to investments in
qualified affordable housing projects were $2.14 billion as
of March 2024 and $2.26 billion as of December 2023. See
Note 17 for further information about these investments.
Note 16.
Securitization Activities
The firm securitizes residential and commercial mortgages,
corporate bonds, loans and other types of financial assets by
selling these assets to securitization vehicles (e.g., trusts,
corporate entities and limited liability companies) or through
a resecuritization. The firm acts as underwriter of the
beneficial interests that are sold to investors. The firm’s
residential mortgage securitizations are primarily in
connection with government agency securitizations.
The firm accounts for a securitization as a sale when it has
relinquished control over the transferred financial assets.
Prior to securitization, the firm generally accounts for assets
pending transfer at fair value and therefore does not typically
recognize significant gains or losses upon the transfer of
assets. Net revenues from underwriting activities are
recognized in connection with the sales of the underlying
beneficial interests to investors.
THE GOLDMAN SACHS GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
(Unaudited)
Goldman Sachs March 2024 Form 10-Q 62
The firm generally receives cash in exchange for the
transferred assets but may also have continuing involvement
with the transferred financial assets, including ownership of
beneficial interests in securitized financial assets, primarily in
the form of debt instruments. The firm may also purchase
senior or subordinated securities issued by securitization
vehicles (which are typically VIEs) in connection with
secondary market-making activities.
The primary risks included in beneficial interests and other
interests from the firm’s continuing involvement with
securitization vehicles are the performance of the underlying
collateral, the position of the firm’s investment in the capital
structure of the securitization vehicle and the market yield for
the security. Interests accounted for at fair value are
primarily classified in level 2 of the fair value hierarchy.
Interests not accounted for at fair value are carried at
amounts that approximate fair value. See Note 4 for further
information about fair value measurements.
The table below presents the amount of financial assets
securitized and the cash flows received on retained interests
in securitization entities in which the firm had continuing
involvement as of the end of the period.
| | Three Months Ended March |
$ in millions | 2024 | 2023 |
Residential mortgages | $ 6,257 | $ 7,496 |
Commercial mortgages | 158 | 604 |
Other financial assets | – | 464 |
Total financial assets securitized | $ 6,415 | $ 8,564 |
Retained interests cash flows | $ 187 | $ 102 |
The firm securitized assets of $37 million during the three
months ended March 2024 and $44 million during the three
months ended March 2023, in a non-cash exchange for loans
and investments.
The table below presents information about nonconsolidated
securitization entities to which the firm sold assets and had
continuing involvement as of the end of the period.
$ in millions | Outstanding Principal Amount | Retained Interests | Purchased Interests |
As of March 2024 | | | |
U.S. government agency-issued CMOs | $ 29,527 | $ 1,772 | $ – |
Other residential mortgage-backed | 28,422 | 1,148 | 74 |
Other commercial mortgage-backed | 60,990 | 1,085 | 84 |
Corporate debt and other asset-backed | 11,265 | 614 | 52 |
Total | $ 130,204 | $ 4,619 | $ 210 |
As of December 2023 | | | |
U.S. government agency-issued CMOs | $ 31,140 | $ 2,260 | $ – |
Other residential mortgage-backed | 28,767 | 1,162 | 78 |
Other commercial mortgage-backed | 61,648 | 1,192 | 61 |
Corporate debt and other asset-backed | 12,501 | 685 | 56 |
Total | $ 134,056 | $ 5,299 | $ 195 |
In the table above:
- • CMOs represents collateralized mortgage obligations.
- • The outstanding principal amount is presented for the
purpose of providing information about the size of the
securitization entities and is not representative of the firm’s
risk of loss.
- • The firm’s risk of loss from retained or purchased interests
is limited to the carrying value of these interests.
- • Purchased interests represent senior and subordinated
interests, purchased in connection with secondary market-
making activities, in securitization entities in which the
firm also holds retained interests.
- • Substantially all of the total outstanding principal amount
and total retained interests relate to securitizations during
2019 and thereafter.
- • The fair value of retained interests was $4.53 billion as of
March 2024 and $5.26 billion as of December 2023.
In addition to the interests in the table above, the firm had
other continuing involvement in the form of derivative
transactions and commitments with certain nonconsolidated
VIEs. The carrying value of these derivatives and
commitments was a net asset of $219 million as of March
2024 and $120 million as of December 2023, and the notional
amount of these derivatives and commitments was $2.02
billion as of March 2024 and $1.95 billion as of December
2023. The notional amounts of these derivatives and
commitments are included in maximum exposure to loss in
the nonconsolidated VIE table in Note 17. Additionally, the
firm provided seller financing of approximately $1.50 billion
in connection with the sale of $3.69 billion of GreenSky loans
during the three months ended March 2024 and of
approximately $830 million in connection with the sale of
$1.0 billion of Marcus loans during the three months ended
March 2023. The principal and interest repayments received
from these financings were $381 million for the three months
ended March 2024 and were not material for the three
months ended March 2023. During 2023, the firm provided
an aggregate amount of seller financing of approximately
$2.7 billion in connection with the sale of $3.24 billion of
Marcus loans. The total outstanding principal amount of
these seller financings were $3.0 billion as of March 2024 and
$1.81 billion as of December 2023.
THE GOLDMAN SACHS GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
(Unaudited)
- 63 Goldman Sachs March 2024 Form 10-Q
The table below presents information about the weighted
average key economic assumptions used in measuring the fair
value of mortgage-backed retained interests.
| | As of |
$ in millions | March 2024 | December 2023 |
Fair value of retained interests | $ 3,943 | $ 4,590 |
Weighted average life (years) | 5.8 | 5.7 |
Constant prepayment rate | 10.2% | 12.2% |
Impact of 10% adverse change | $ (41) | $ (50) |
Impact of 20% adverse change | $ (77) | $ (94) |
Discount rate | 8.4% | 7.6% |
Impact of 10% adverse change | $ (115) | $ (117) |
Impact of 20% adverse change | $ (221) | $ (226) |
In the table above:
- • Amounts do not reflect the benefit of other financial
instruments that are held to mitigate risks inherent in these
retained interests.
- • Changes in fair value based on an adverse variation in
assumptions generally cannot be extrapolated because the
relationship of the change in assumptions to the change in
fair value is not usually linear.
- • The impact of a change in a particular assumption is
calculated independently of changes in any other
assumption. In practice, simultaneous changes in
assumptions might magnify or counteract the sensitivities
disclosed above.
- • The constant prepayment rate is included only for
positions for which it is a key assumption in the
determination of fair value.
- • The discount rate for retained interests that relate to U.S.
government agency-issued CMOs does not include any
credit loss. Expected credit loss assumptions are reflected in
the discount rate for the remainder of retained interests.
The firm has other retained interests not reflected in the table
above with a fair value of $588 million and a weighted
average life of 5.2 years as of March 2024, and a fair value of
$674 million and a weighted average life of 5.0 years as of
December 2023. Due to the nature and fair value of certain of
these retained interests, the weighted average assumptions for
constant prepayment and discount rates and the related
sensitivity to adverse changes are not meaningful as of both
March 2024 and December 2023. The firm’s maximum
exposure to adverse changes in the value of these interests is
the carrying value of $614 million as of March 2024 and $685
million as of December 2023.
Note 17.
Variable Interest Entities
A variable interest in a VIE is an investment (e.g., debt or
equity) or other interest (e.g., derivatives or loans and lending
commitments) that will absorb portions of the VIE’s expected
losses and/or receive portions of the VIE’s expected residual
returns.
The firm’s variable interests in VIEs include senior and
subordinated debt; loans and lending commitments; limited
and general partnership interests; preferred and common
equity; derivatives that may include foreign currency, equity
and/or credit risk; guarantees; and certain of the fees the firm
receives from investment funds. Certain interest rate, foreign
currency and credit derivatives the firm enters into with VIEs
are not variable interests because they create, rather than
absorb, risk.
VIEs generally finance the purchase of assets by issuing debt
and equity securities that are either collateralized by or
indexed to the assets held by the VIE. The debt and equity
securities issued by a VIE may include tranches of varying
levels of subordination. The firm’s involvement with VIEs
includes securitization of financial assets, as described in
Note 16, and investments in and loans to other types of VIEs,
as described below. See Note 3 for the firm’s consolidation
policies, including the definition of a VIE.
VIE Consolidation Analysis
The enterprise with a controlling financial interest in a VIE is
known as the primary beneficiary and consolidates the VIE.
The firm determines whether it is the primary beneficiary of a
VIE by performing an analysis that principally considers:
- • Which variable interest holder has the power to direct the
activities of the VIE that most significantly impact the
VIE’s economic performance;
- • Which variable interest holder has the obligation to absorb
losses or the right to receive benefits from the VIE that
could potentially be significant to the VIE;
- • The VIE’s purpose and design, including the risks the VIE
was designed to create and pass through to its variable
interest holders;
- • The VIE’s capital structure;
- • The terms between the VIE and its variable interest holders
and other parties involved with the VIE; and
- • Related-party relationships.
The firm reassesses its evaluation of whether an entity is a
VIE when certain reconsideration events occur. The firm
reassesses its determination of whether it is the primary
beneficiary of a VIE on an ongoing basis based on current
facts and circumstances.
THE GOLDMAN SACHS GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
(Unaudited)
Goldman Sachs March 2024 Form 10-Q 64
VIE Activities
The firm is principally involved with VIEs through the
following business activities:
Mortgage-Backed VIEs. The firm sells residential and
commercial mortgage loans and securities to mortgage-
backed VIEs and may retain beneficial interests in the assets
sold to these VIEs. The firm purchases and sells beneficial
interests issued by mortgage-backed VIEs in connection with
market-making activities. In addition, the firm may enter into
derivatives with certain of these VIEs, primarily interest rate
swaps, which are typically not variable interests. The firm
generally enters into derivatives with other counterparties to
mitigate its risk.
Real Estate, Credit- and Power-Related, Tax Credit and
Other Investing VIEs. The firm purchases equity and debt
securities issued by and makes loans to VIEs that hold real
estate, performing and nonperforming debt, distressed loans,
power-related assets and equity securities. The firm also
makes equity investments in VIEs that invest in qualified
affordable housing and renewable energy projects designed to
generate a return through the realization of tax credits and
related tax benefits. The firm generally does not sell assets to,
or enter into derivatives with, these VIEs.
Corporate Debt and Other Asset-Backed VIEs. The firm
structures VIEs that issue notes to clients, purchases and sells
beneficial interests issued by corporate debt and other asset-
backed VIEs in connection with market-making activities,
and makes loans to VIEs that warehouse corporate debt.
Certain of these VIEs synthetically create the exposure for the
beneficial interests they issue by entering into credit
derivatives with the firm, rather than purchasing the
underlying assets. In addition, the firm may enter into
derivatives, such as total return swaps, with certain corporate
debt and other asset-backed VIEs, under which the firm pays
the VIE a return due to the beneficial interest holders and
receives the return on the collateral owned by the VIE. The
collateral owned by these VIEs is primarily other asset-
backed loans and securities. The firm may be removed as the
total return swap counterparty and may enter into derivatives
with other counterparties to mitigate its risk related to these
swaps. The firm may sell assets to the corporate debt and
other asset-backed VIEs it structures.
Principal-Protected Note VIEs. The firm structures VIEs
that issue principal-protected notes to clients. These VIEs
own portfolios of assets, principally with exposure to hedge
funds. Substantially all of the principal protection on the
notes issued by these VIEs is provided by the asset portfolio
rebalancing that is required under the terms of the notes. The
firm enters into total return swaps with these VIEs under
which the firm pays the VIE the return due to the principal-
protected note holders and receives the return on the assets
owned by the VIE. The firm may enter into derivatives with
other counterparties to mitigate its risk. The firm also
obtains funding through these VIEs.
Investments in Funds. The firm makes equity investments
in certain investment fund VIEs it manages and is entitled to
receive fees from these VIEs. The firm has generally not sold
assets to, or entered into derivatives with, these VIEs.
Nonconsolidated VIEs
The table below presents a summary of the nonconsolidated
VIEs in which the firm holds variable interests.
| | As of |
$ in millions | March 2024 | December 2023 |
Total nonconsolidated VIEs | | |
Assets in VIEs | $ 194,161 | $ 193,934 |
Carrying value of variable interests — assets | $ 16,154 | $ 15,478 |
Carrying value of variable interests — liabilities | $ 2,646 | $ 2,750 |
Maximum exposure to loss: | | |
Retained interests | $ 4,619 | $ 5,299 |
Purchased interests | 1,007 | 902 |
Commitments and guarantees | 4,481 | 4,159 |
Derivatives | 8,648 | 8,636 |
Debt and equity | 7,889 | 6,927 |
Total | $ 26,644 | $ 25,923 |
In the table above:
- • The nature of the firm’s variable interests is described in
the rows under maximum exposure to loss.
- • The firm’s exposure to the obligations of VIEs is generally
limited to its interests in these entities. In certain instances,
the firm provides guarantees, including derivative
guarantees, to VIEs or holders of variable interests in VIEs.
- • The maximum exposure to loss excludes the benefit of
offsetting financial instruments that are held to mitigate the
risks associated with these variable interests.
- • The maximum exposure to loss from retained interests,
purchased interests, and debt and equity is the carrying
value of these interests.
- • The maximum exposure to loss from commitments and
guarantees, and derivatives is the notional amount, which
does not represent anticipated losses and has not been
reduced by unrealized losses. As a result, the maximum
exposure to loss exceeds liabilities recorded for
commitments and guarantees, and derivatives.
THE GOLDMAN SACHS GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
(Unaudited)
- 65 Goldman Sachs March 2024 Form 10-Q
The table below presents information, by principal business
activity, for nonconsolidated VIEs included in the summary
table above.
| | As of |
$ in millions | March 2024 | December 2023 |
Mortgage-backed | | |
Assets in VIEs | $ 120,691 | $ 123,108 |
Carrying value of variable interests — assets | $ 4,336 | $ 4,867 |
Maximum exposure to loss: | | |
Retained interests | $ 4,005 | $ 4,614 |
Purchased interests | 331 | 253 |
Commitments and guarantees | 33 | 35 |
Derivatives | 2 | 2 |
Total | $ 4,371 | $ 4,904 |
Real estate, credit- and power-related, tax credit and other investing |
Assets in VIEs | $ 44,891 | $ 43,035 |
Carrying value of variable interests — assets | $ 6,712 | $ 6,625 |
Carrying value of variable interests — liabilities | $ 2,148 | $ 2,220 |
Maximum exposure to loss: | | |
Commitments and guarantees | $ 3,823 | $ 3,891 |
Debt and equity | 4,572 | 4,733 |
Total | $ 8,395 | $ 8,624 |
Corporate debt and other asset-backed | | |
Assets in VIEs | $ 24,075 | $ 23,188 |
Carrying value of variable interests — assets | $ 5,016 | $ 3,895 |
Carrying value of variable interests — liabilities | $ 498 | $ 530 |
Maximum exposure to loss: | | |
Retained interests | $ 614 | $ 685 |
Purchased interests | 676 | 649 |
Commitments and guarantees | 623 | 231 |
Derivatives | 8,646 | 8,634 |
Debt and equity | 3,227 | 2,103 |
Total | $ 13,786 | $ 12,302 |
Investments in funds | | |
Assets in VIEs | $ 4,504 | $ 4,603 |
Carrying value of variable interests — assets | $ 90 | $ 91 |
Maximum exposure to loss: | | |
Commitments and guarantees | $ 2 | $ 2 |
Debt and equity | 90 | 91 |
Total | $ 92 | $ 93 |
As of both March 2024 and December 2023, the carrying
values of the firm’s variable interests in nonconsolidated VIEs
are included in the consolidated balance sheets as follows:
- • Mortgage-backed: Assets primarily included in trading
assets and loans.
- • Real estate, credit- and power-related, tax credit and other
investing: Assets primarily included in investments and
other assets, and liabilities included in trading liabilities
and other liabilities.
- • Corporate debt and other asset-backed: Assets included in
loans and trading assets, and liabilities included in trading
liabilities.
- • Investments in funds: Assets included in investments.
Tax Credit VIEs
The firm makes equity investments in nonconsolidated tax
credit VIEs that invest in qualified affordable housing and
renewable energy projects. These VIEs are generally
organized as limited partnerships or similar entities and a
third-party is typically the general partner or the managing
member. The firm invests in the entity as a limited partner
and receives income tax credits and other income tax benefits
for such investments. In connection with the adoption of ASU
No. 2023-02, as of January 1, 2024, the firm elected the
proportional amortization method for qualified affordable
housing and renewable energy projects that receive
production tax credits. The investments that meet the criteria
for the proportional amortization method of accounting are
amortized in proportion to the income tax credits and other
income tax benefits received on such investments. The
amortization of investments and the related income tax
credits and other income tax benefits are recorded as a
component of the provision for taxes, and are included in
other operating activities in the consolidated statements of
cash flows.
Investments in qualified affordable housing projects that met
the criteria of the proportional amortization method of
accounting were $3.28 billion as of March 2024 and
$3.39 billion as of December 2023. Such investments were
included in miscellaneous receivables and other within other
assets in the consolidated balance sheets. These investments
included $2.14 billion as of March 2024 and $2.26 billion as
of December 2023 of accrued unfunded commitments. As of
March 2024, a majority of such accrued unfunded
commitments were expected to be funded by year-end 2026.
During the three months ended March 2024, the firm
recognized amortization of $124 million and income tax
credits and other income tax benefits of $151 million, and
during the three months ended March 2023, the firm
recognized amortization of $63 million and income tax
credits and other income tax benefits of $66 million.
Investments in qualified affordable housing projects that did
not meet the criteria for the proportional amortization
method of accounting were not material.
The firm’s investments in renewable energy projects that
receive production tax credits were not eligible for transition
to the proportional amortization method of accounting. Such
investments were $1.54 billion as of March 2024 and
$1.40 billion as of December 2023, were included in
investments in the consolidated balance sheets and were
accounted for at fair value under the fair value option.
Revenues from such investments including income tax credits
and other income tax benefits are recorded in other principal
transactions on the consolidated statements of earnings and
were not material during both the three months ended March
2024 and March 2023.
THE GOLDMAN SACHS GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
(Unaudited)
Goldman Sachs March 2024 Form 10-Q 66
Consolidated VIEs
The table below presents a summary of the carrying value
and balance sheet classification of assets and liabilities in
consolidated VIEs.
| | As of |
$ in millions | March 2024 | December 2023 |
Total consolidated VIEs | | |
Assets | | |
Cash and cash equivalents | $ 685 | $ 439 |
Customer and other receivables | 339 | 347 |
Trading assets | 110 | 95 |
Investments | 80 | 80 |
Loans | 172 | 267 |
Other assets | 151 | 248 |
Total | $ 1,537 | $ 1,476 |
Liabilities | | |
Other secured financings | $ 708 | $ 850 |
Customer and other payables | 2 | 2 |
Unsecured short-term borrowings | 14 | 14 |
Unsecured long-term borrowings | 16 | 17 |
Other liabilities | 76 | 91 |
Total | $ 816 | $ 974 |
In the table above:
- • Assets and liabilities are presented net of intercompany
eliminations and exclude the benefit of offsetting financial
instruments that are held to mitigate the risks associated
with the firm’s variable interests.
- • VIEs in which the firm holds a majority voting interest are
excluded if (i) the VIE meets the definition of a business
and (ii) the VIE’s assets can be used for purposes other than
the settlement of its obligations.
- • Substantially all assets can only be used to settle
obligations of the VIE.
The table below presents information, by principal business
activity, for consolidated VIEs included in the summary table
above.
| | As of |
$ in millions | March 2024 | December 2023 |
Real estate, credit-related and other investing | | |
Assets | | |
Cash and cash equivalents | $ 508 | $ 417 |
Trading assets | 29 | 28 |
Investments | 80 | 80 |
Loans | 172 | 267 |
Other assets | 151 | 248 |
Total | $ 940 | $ 1,040 |
Liabilities | | |
Other secured financings | $ 67 | $ 143 |
Customer and other payables | 2 | 2 |
Other liabilities | 76 | 91 |
Total | $ 145 | $ 236 |
Corporate debt and other asset-backed | | |
Assets | | |
Cash and cash equivalents | $ 177 | $ 22 |
Total | $ 177 | $ 22 |
Liabilities | | |
Other secured financings | $ 316 | $ 374 |
Total | $ 316 | $ 374 |
Principal-protected notes | | |
Assets | | |
Customer and other receivables | $ 339 | $ 347 |
Trading assets | 81 | 67 |
Total | $ 420 | $ 414 |
Liabilities | | |
Other secured financings | $ 325 | $ 333 |
Unsecured short-term borrowings | 14 | 14 |
Unsecured long-term borrowings | 16 | 17 |
Total | $ 355 | $ 364 |
In the table above, creditors and beneficial interest holders of
real estate, credit-related and other investing VIEs do not
have recourse to the general credit of the firm.
THE GOLDMAN SACHS GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
(Unaudited)
- 67 Goldman Sachs March 2024 Form 10-Q
Note 18.
Commitments, Contingencies and Guarantees
Commitments
The table below presents commitments by type.
| | As of |
$ in millions | March 2024 | December 2023 |
Commitment Type | | |
Commercial lending: | | |
Investment-grade | $ 114,565 | $ 111,202 |
Non-investment-grade | 56,338 | 54,298 |
Warehouse financing | 11,717 | 9,184 |
Consumer | 73,622 | 73,074 |
Total lending | 256,242 | 247,758 |
Risk participations | 7,637 | 8,167 |
Collateralized agreement | 95,031 | 100,503 |
Collateralized financing | 66,715 | 84,276 |
Investment | 4,730 | 4,592 |
Other | 11,742 | 8,258 |
Total commitments | $ 442,097 | $ 453,554 |
The table below presents commitments by expiration.
| | As of March 2024 |
$ in millions | Remainder of 2024 | 2025 - 2026 | 2027 - 2028 | 2029 - Thereafter |
Commitment Type | | | | |
Commercial lending: Investment-grade | $ 14,011 | $ 39,259 | $ 51,191 | $ 10,104 |
Non-investment-grade | 2,966 | 22,356 | 22,447 | 8,569 |
Warehouse financing | 1,328 | 6,227 | 3,292 | 870 |
Consumer | 73,622 | – | – | – |
Total lending | 91,927 | 67,842 | 76,930 | 19,543 |
Risk participations | 1,552 | 3,172 | 2,828 | 85 |
Collateralized agreement | 92,860 | 2,171 | – | – |
Collateralized financing | 66,715 | – | – | – |
Investment | 1,090 | 438 | 978 | 2,224 |
Other | 11,221 | 310 | 40 | 171 |
Total commitments | $ 265,365 | $ 73,933 | $ 80,776 | $ 22,023 |
Lending Commitments
The firm’s commercial and warehouse financing lending
commitments are agreements to lend with fixed termination
dates and depend on the satisfaction of all contractual
conditions to borrowing. These commitments are presented
net of amounts syndicated to third parties. The total
commitment amount does not necessarily reflect actual future
cash flows because the firm may syndicate portions of these
commitments. In addition, commitments can expire unused
or be reduced or cancelled at the counterparty’s request. The
firm also provides credit to consumers by issuing credit card
lines and through commitments to provide unsecured
installment loans.
The table below presents information about lending
commitments.
| | As of |
| | March | December |
$ in millions | 2024 | 2023 |
Held for investment | $ 238,807 | $ 227,865 |
Held for sale | 16,499 | 19,129 |
At fair value | 936 | 764 |
Total | $ 256,242 | $ 247,758 |
In the table above:
- • Held for investment lending commitments are accounted
for at amortized cost. The carrying value of lending
commitments was a liability of $845 million (including
allowance for credit losses of $633 million) as of March
2024 and $845 million (including allowance for credit losses
of $620 million) as of December 2023. The estimated fair
value of such lending commitments was a liability of $4.97
billion as of March 2024 and $5.29 billion as of December
2023. Had these lending commitments been carried at fair
value and included in the fair value hierarchy, $2.88 billion
as of March 2024 and $3.10 billion as of December 2023
would have been classified in level 2, and $2.09 billion as of
March 2024 and $2.19 billion as of December 2023 would
have been classified in level 3.
- • Held for sale lending commitments are accounted for at the
lower of cost or fair value. The carrying value of lending
commitments held for sale was a liability of $43 million as
of March 2024 and $70 million as of December 2023. The
estimated fair value of such lending commitments
approximates the carrying value. Had these lending
commitments been included in the fair value hierarchy,
they would have been primarily classified in level 3 as of
both March 2024 and December 2023.
- • Gains or losses related to lending commitments at fair
value, if any, are generally recorded net of any fees in other
principal transactions.
THE GOLDMAN SACHS GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
(Unaudited)
Goldman Sachs March 2024 Form 10-Q 68
Commercial Lending. The firm’s commercial lending
commitments were primarily extended to investment-grade
corporate borrowers. Such commitments primarily included
$140.19 billion as of March 2024 and $137.11 billion as of
December 2023, related to relationship lending activities
(principally used for operating and general corporate
purposes), and $6.72 billion as of March 2024 and $4.21
billion as of December 2023, related to other investment
banking activities (generally extended for contingent
acquisition financing and are often intended to be short-term
in nature, as borrowers often seek to replace them with other
funding sources). The firm also extends lending commitments
in connection with other types of corporate lending,
commercial real estate financing and other collateralized
lending. See Note 9 for further information about funded
loans.
To mitigate the credit risk associated with the firm’s
commercial lending activities, the firm obtains credit
protection on certain loans and lending commitments
through credit default swaps, both single-name and index-
based contracts, and through the issuance of credit-linked
notes.
Warehouse Financing. The firm provides financing to
clients who warehouse financial assets. These arrangements
are collateralized by the warehoused assets, primarily
consisting of residential real estate, consumer and corporate
loans.
Consumer. The firm’s consumer lending commitments
includes:
- • Credit card lines issued by the firm to consumers were
$73.62 billion as of March 2024 and $70.82 billion as of
December 2023. Such credit card lines included $14.41
billion as of March 2024 and $14.35 billion as of December
2023 of commitments classified as held for sale in
connection with the planned sale of the GM co-branded
credit card portfolio. These credit card lines are cancellable
by the firm.
- • Commitments to provide unsecured installment loans to
consumers were $2.25 billion as of December 2023 and
such commitments were classified as held for sale in
connection with the planned sale of GreenSky. During the
first quarter of 2024, the firm completed the sale of
GreenSky.
Risk Participations
The firm also risk participates certain of its commercial
lending commitments to other financial institutions. In the
event of a risk participant’s default, the firm will be
responsible to fund the borrower.
Collateralized Agreement Commitments/
Collateralized Financing Commitments
Collateralized agreement commitments includes forward
starting resale and securities borrowing agreements, and
collateralized financing commitments includes forward
starting repurchase and secured lending agreements that
settle at a future date, generally within three business days.
Collateralized agreement commitments also includes
transactions where the firm has entered into commitments to
provide contingent financing to its clients and counterparties
through resale agreements. The firm’s funding of these
commitments depends on the satisfaction of all contractual
conditions to the resale agreement and these commitments
can expire unused.
Investment Commitments
Investment commitments includes commitments to invest in
private equity, real estate and other assets directly and
through funds that the firm raises and manages. Investment
commitments included $1.01 billion as of March 2024 and
$963 million as of December 2023, related to commitments to
invest in funds managed by the firm. If these commitments
are called, they would be funded at market value on the date
of investment.
Contingencies
Legal Proceedings. See Note 27 for information about legal
proceedings.
THE GOLDMAN SACHS GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
(Unaudited)
- 69 Goldman Sachs March 2024 Form 10-Q
Guarantees
The table below presents derivatives that meet the definition
of a guarantee, securities lending and clearing guarantees and
certain other financial guarantees.
$ in millions | Derivatives | Securities lending and clearing | Other financial guarantees |
As of March 2024 | | | |
Carrying Value of Net Liability | $ 4,931 | $ – | $ 462 |
Maximum Payout/Notional Amount by Period of Expiration |
Remainder of 2024 | $ 143,831 | $ 25,636 | $ 2,003 |
2025 - 2026 | 126,278 | – | 2,889 |
2027 - 2028 | 23,474 | – | 2,303 |
2029 - thereafter | 35,243 | – | 344 |
Total | $ 328,826 | $ 25,636 | $ 7,539 |
As of December 2023 | | | |
Carrying Value of Net Liability | $ 5,240 | $ – | $ 430 |
Maximum Payout/Notional Amount by Period of Expiration |
2024 | $ 177,895 | $ 28,787 | $ 2,325 |
2025 - 2026 | 98,843 | – | 3,108 |
2027 - 2028 | 19,282 | – | 2,109 |
2029 - thereafter | 29,030 | – | 231 |
Total | $ 325,050 | $ 28,787 | $ 7,773 |
In the table above:
- • The maximum payout is based on the notional amount of
the contract and does not represent anticipated losses.
- • Amounts exclude certain commitments to issue standby
letters of credit that are included in lending commitments.
See the tables in “Commitments” above for a summary of
the firm’s commitments.
- • The carrying value for derivatives included derivative
assets of $408 million as of March 2024 and $359 million as
of December 2023, and derivative liabilities of $5.34 billion
as of March 2024 and $5.60 billion as of December 2023.
Derivative Guarantees. The firm enters into various
derivatives that meet the definition of a guarantee under U.S.
GAAP, including written equity and commodity put options,
written currency contracts and interest rate caps, floors and
swaptions. These derivatives are risk managed together with
derivatives that do not meet the definition of a guarantee, and
therefore the amounts in the table above do not reflect the
firm’s overall risk related to derivative activities. Disclosures
about derivatives are not required if they may be cash settled
and the firm has no basis to conclude it is probable that the
counterparties held the underlying instruments at the
inception of the contract. The firm has concluded that these
conditions have been met for certain large, internationally
active commercial and investment bank counterparties,
central clearing counterparties, hedge funds and certain other
counterparties. Accordingly, the firm has not included such
contracts in the table above. See Note 7 for information
about credit derivatives that meet the definition of a
guarantee, which are not included in the table above.
Derivatives are accounted for at fair value and therefore the
carrying value is considered the best indication of payment/
performance risk for individual contracts. However, the
carrying values in the table above exclude the effect of
counterparty and cash collateral netting.
Securities Lending and Clearing Guarantees. Securities
lending and clearing guarantees include the indemnifications
and guarantees that the firm provides in its capacity as an
agency lender and in its capacity as a sponsoring member of
the Fixed Income Clearing Corporation.
As an agency lender, the firm indemnifies most of its
securities lending customers against losses incurred in the
event that borrowers do not return securities and the
collateral held is insufficient to cover the market value of the
securities borrowed. The maximum payout of such
indemnifications was $13.40 billion as of March 2024 and
$14.19 billion as of December 2023. Collateral held by the
lenders in connection with securities lending indemnifications
was $13.92 billion as of March 2024 and $14.63 billion as of
December 2023. Because the contractual nature of these
arrangements requires the firm to obtain collateral with a
market value that exceeds the value of the securities lent to
the borrower, there is minimal performance risk associated
with these indemnifications.
THE GOLDMAN SACHS GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
(Unaudited)
Goldman Sachs March 2024 Form 10-Q 70
As a sponsoring member of the Government Securities
Division of the Fixed Income Clearing Corporation, the firm
guarantees the performance of its sponsored member clients
to the Fixed Income Clearing Corporation in connection with
certain resale and repurchase agreements. To minimize
potential losses on such guarantees, the firm obtains a
security interest in the collateral that the sponsored client
placed with the Fixed Income Clearing Corporation.
Therefore, the risk of loss on such guarantees is minimal. The
maximum payout on this guarantee was $12.24 billion as of
March 2024 and $14.60 billion as of December 2023. The
related collateral held was $12.17 billion as of March 2024
and $14.69 billion as of December 2023.
Other Financial Guarantees. In the ordinary course of
business, the firm provides other financial guarantees of the
obligations of third parties (e.g., standby letters of credit and
other guarantees to enable clients to complete transactions
and fund-related guarantees). These guarantees represent
obligations to make payments to beneficiaries if the
guaranteed party fails to fulfill its obligation under a
contractual arrangement with that beneficiary. Other
financial guarantees also include a guarantee that the firm
has provided to the Government of Malaysia that it will
receive, by August 2025, at least $1.4 billion in assets and
proceeds from assets seized by governmental authorities
around the world related to 1Malaysia Development Berhad,
a sovereign wealth fund in Malaysia (1MDB). In connection
with this guarantee, the firm agreed to make a one-time
interim payment of $250 million towards the $1.4 billion if
the Government of Malaysia did not receive at least
$500 million in assets and proceeds by August 2022. The firm
does not believe that any interim payment is required. Any
amounts paid by the firm would, in any event, be subject to
reimbursement in the event the assets and proceeds received
by the Government of Malaysia through August 18, 2028
exceed $1.4 billion.
On October 11, 2023, the firm filed a demand for arbitration
alleging that the Government of Malaysia had, as of August
2022, recovered assets and proceeds well in excess of
$500 million; it had recovered substantial additional assets
and proceeds that should be credited against the guarantee;
and it had not used all reasonable efforts to recover other
assets and proceeds that could be credited against the
guarantee. On November 8, 2023, the Government of
Malaysia filed a response to the firm’s demand for arbitration
in which it stated that it intends to counterclaim for payment
of the interim payment (plus interest) on the basis that it had
recovered less than $500 million as of August 2022. The
arbitral process is ongoing. See Note 27 for further
information about matters related to 1MDB.
Guarantees of Securities Issued by Trusts. The firm has
established trusts, including Goldman Sachs Capital I,
Goldman Sachs Capital II and Goldman Sachs Capital III (the
Trusts), and other entities, for the limited purpose of issuing
securities to third parties, lending the proceeds to the firm
and entering into contractual arrangements with the firm and
third parties related to this purpose. The firm does not
consolidate these entities. See Notes 14 and 19 for further
information about the transactions involving the Trusts.
The firm effectively provides for the full and unconditional
guarantee of the securities issued by these entities. Timely
payment by the firm of amounts due to these entities under
the guarantee, borrowing, preferred stock and related
contractual arrangements will be sufficient to cover payments
due on the securities issued by these entities. No subsidiary of
Group Inc. guarantees the securities of the Trusts.
Management believes that it is unlikely that any
circumstances will occur, such as nonperformance on the part
of paying agents or other service providers, that would make
it necessary for the firm to make payments related to these
entities other than those required under the terms of the
guarantee, borrowing, preferred stock and related
contractual arrangements and in connection with certain
expenses incurred by these entities.
Indemnities and Guarantees of Service Providers. In
the ordinary course of business, the firm indemnifies and
guarantees certain service providers, such as clearing and
custody agents, trustees and administrators, against specified
potential losses in connection with their acting as an agent of,
or providing services to, the firm or its affiliates.
The firm may also be liable to some clients or other parties
for losses arising from its custodial role or caused by acts or
omissions of third-party service providers, including sub-
custodians and third-party brokers. In certain cases, the firm
has the right to seek indemnification from these third-party
service providers for certain relevant losses incurred by the
firm. In addition, the firm is a member of payment, clearing
and settlement networks, as well as securities exchanges
around the world that may require the firm to meet the
obligations of such networks and exchanges in the event of
member defaults and other loss scenarios.
In connection with the firm’s prime brokerage and clearing
businesses, the firm agrees to clear and settle transactions
entered into by clients with other brokerage firms. The firm’s
obligations in respect of such transactions are secured by the
assets in the client’s account and proceeds received from the
transactions cleared and settled by the firm on behalf of the
client. In connection with joint venture investments, the firm
may issue loan guarantees under which it may be liable in the
event of fraud, misappropriation, environmental liabilities
and other matters involving the borrower.
THE GOLDMAN SACHS GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
(Unaudited)
- 71 Goldman Sachs March 2024 Form 10-Q
The firm is unable to develop an estimate of the maximum
payout under these guarantees and indemnifications as this
depends upon the occurrence of future events, including an
assessment of claims that have not yet occurred. However,
management believes that it is unlikely the firm will have to
make any material payments under these arrangements, and
no material liabilities related to these guarantees and
indemnifications have been recognized in the consolidated
balance sheets as of both March 2024 and December 2023.
Other Representations, Warranties and
Indemnifications. The firm provides representations and
warranties to counterparties in connection with a variety of
commercial transactions and occasionally indemnifies them
against potential losses caused by the breach of those
representations and warranties. The firm may also provide
indemnifications protecting against changes in or adverse
application of certain U.S. tax laws in connection with
ordinary-course transactions, such as securities issuances,
borrowings or derivatives.
In addition, the firm may provide indemnifications to some
counterparties to protect them in the event additional taxes
are owed or payments are withheld, due either to a change in
or an adverse application of certain non-U.S. tax laws. These
indemnifications, as well as indemnifications provided by the
firm on other contractual or other obligations, generally are
standard contractual terms and are entered into in the
ordinary course of business. Generally, there are no stated or
notional amounts included in these indemnifications, and the
contingencies triggering the obligation to indemnify are not
expected to occur. Future changes in tax laws and how such
laws would apply to these indemnifications cannot be
determined. Therefore, the firm is unable to develop an
estimate of the maximum payout under these guarantees and
indemnifications. However, management believes that it is
unlikely the firm will have to make any material payments
under these arrangements, and no material liabilities related
to these arrangements have been recognized in the
consolidated balance sheets as of both March 2024 and
December 2023.
Guarantees of Subsidiaries. Group Inc. is the entity that
fully and unconditionally guarantees the securities issued by
GS Finance Corp., a wholly-owned finance subsidiary of the
firm. Group Inc. has guaranteed the payment obligations of
Goldman Sachs & Co. LLC (GS&Co.), GS Bank USA and
Goldman Sachs Paris Inc. et Cie, subject to certain
exceptions. In addition, Group Inc. has provided guarantees
to Goldman Sachs International (GSI) and GSBE related to
agreements that each entity has entered into with certain of
its counterparties. Group Inc. guarantees many of the
obligations of its other consolidated subsidiaries on a
transaction-by-transaction basis, as negotiated with
counterparties. Given these obligations of the consolidated
subsidiaries are recognized in the consolidated balance sheets
or reflected as commitments, Group Inc.’s liabilities as
guarantor are not separately disclosed.
Note 19.
Shareholders’ Equity
Common Equity
As of both March 2024 and December 2023, the firm had 4.00
billion authorized shares of common stock and 200 million
authorized shares of nonvoting common stock, each with a
par value of $0.01 per share.
The firm’s share repurchase program is intended to help
maintain the appropriate level of common equity. The share
repurchase program is effected primarily through regular
open-market purchases (which may include repurchase plans
designed to comply with Rule 10b5-1 and accelerated share
repurchases), the amounts and timing of which are
determined primarily by the firm’s current and projected
capital position, and capital deployment opportunities, but
which may also be influenced by general market conditions
and the prevailing price and trading volumes of the firm’s
common stock.
The table below presents information about common stock
repurchases.
| | Three Months Ended March |
in millions, except per share amounts | 2024 | 2023 |
Common share repurchases | 3.9 | 7.1 |
Average cost per share | $ 384.55 | $ 359.77 |
Total cost of common share repurchases | $ 1,500 | $ 2,546 |
Pursuant to the terms of certain share-based compensation
plans, employees may remit shares to the firm or the firm
may cancel share-based awards to satisfy statutory employee
tax withholding requirements. Under these plans, during the
three months ended March 2024, 1,024 shares were remitted
with a total value of $0.4 million and the firm cancelled
3.2 million share-based awards with a total value of $1.25
billion.
The table below presents common stock dividends declared.
| | Three Months Ended March |
| | 2024 | 2023 |
Dividends declared per common share | $ 2.75 | $ 2.50 |
On April 11, 2024, the Board of Directors of Group Inc.
declared a dividend of $2.75 per common share to be paid on
June 27, 2024 to common shareholders of record on May 30,
2024.
THE GOLDMAN SACHS GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
(Unaudited)
Goldman Sachs March 2024 Form 10-Q 72
Preferred Equity
The tables below present information about the perpetual
preferred stock issued and outstanding as of March 2024.
Series | Shares Authorized | Shares Issued | Shares Outstanding | Depositary Shares Per Share |
A | 50,000 | 30,000 | 29,999 | 1,000 |
C | 25,000 | 8,000 | 8,000 | 1,000 |
D | 60,000 | 54,000 | 53,999 | 1,000 |
E | 17,500 | 7,667 | 7,667 | N.A. |
F | 5,000 | 1,615 | 1,615 | N.A. |
K | 32,200 | 28,000 | 28,000 | 1,000 |
O | 26,000 | 26,000 | 26,000 | 25 |
P | 66,000 | 60,000 | 60,000 | 25 |
Q | 20,000 | 20,000 | 20,000 | 25 |
R | 24,000 | 24,000 | 24,000 | 25 |
S | 14,000 | 14,000 | 14,000 | 25 |
T | 27,000 | 27,000 | 27,000 | 25 |
U | 30,000 | 30,000 | 30,000 | 25 |
V | 30,000 | 30,000 | 30,000 | 25 |
W | 60,000 | 60,000 | 60,000 | 25 |
Total | 486,700 | 420,282 | 420,280 | |
Series | Earliest Redemption Date | Liquidation Preference | Redemption Value ($ in millions) |
A | Currently redeemable | $ 25,000 | 750 |
C | Currently redeemable | $ 25,000 | 200 |
D | Currently redeemable | $ 25,000 | 1,350 |
E | Currently redeemable | $ 100,000 | 767 |
F | Currently redeemable | $ 100,000 | 161 |
K | May 10, 2024 | $ 25,000 | 700 |
O | November 10, 2026 | $ 25,000 | 650 |
P | Currently redeemable | $ 25,000 | 1,500 |
Q | August 10, 2024 | $ 25,000 | 500 |
R | February 10, 2025 | $ 25,000 | 600 |
S | February 10, 2025 | $ 25,000 | 350 |
T | May 10, 2026 | $ 25,000 | 675 |
U | August 10, 2026 | $ 25,000 | 750 |
V | November 10, 2026 | $ 25,000 | 750 |
W | February 10, 2029 | $ 25,000 | 1,500 |
Total | | | 11,203 |
$
$
In the tables above:
- • All shares have a par value of $0.01 per share and, where
applicable, each share is represented by the specified
number of depositary shares.
- • The earliest redemption date represents the date on which
each share of non-cumulative preferred stock is redeemable
at the firm’s option.
- • Prior to redeeming preferred stock, the firm must receive
approval from the Board of Governors of the Federal
Reserve System (FRB).
- • The redemption price per share for Series A through F and
Series Q through W Preferred Stock is the liquidation
preference plus declared and unpaid dividends. The
redemption price per share for Series K through P Preferred
Stock is the liquidation preference plus accrued and unpaid
dividends.
- • All series of preferred stock are pari passu and have a
preference over the firm’s common stock on liquidation.
- • The firm’s ability to declare or pay dividends on, or
purchase, redeem or otherwise acquire, its common stock is
subject to certain restrictions in the event that the firm fails
to pay or set aside full dividends on the preferred stock for
the latest completed dividend period.
- • Series E and Series F Preferred Stock are held by Goldman
Sachs Capital II and Goldman Sachs Capital III,
respectively. These trusts are Delaware statutory trusts
sponsored by the firm and wholly-owned finance
subsidiaries of the firm for regulatory and legal purposes
but are not consolidated for accounting purposes.
In April 2024, the firm issued 90,000 shares of Series X 7.50%
Fixed-Rate Reset Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock (Series X
Preferred Stock). Each share of Series X Preferred Stock
issued and outstanding has a liquidation preference of
$25,000 per share, is represented by 25 depositary shares and
is redeemable at the firm's option beginning May 10, 2029 at
a redemption price equal to $25,000 per share plus declared
and unpaid dividends. Dividends on Series X Preferred Stock,
if declared, are payable semi-annually at (i) 7.50% per annum
from the issuance date to, but excluding May 10, 2029 and,
thereafter, (ii) 2.809% per annum plus the five-year treasury
rate.
The firm has announced that in May 2024 it will redeem all
outstanding shares of its Series K 6.375% Fixed-to-Floating
Rate Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock (Series K Preferred
Stock) with a redemption value of $700 million ($25,000 per
share), plus accrued and unpaid dividends.
THE GOLDMAN SACHS GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
(Unaudited)
- 73 Goldman Sachs March 2024 Form 10-Q
The table below presents the dividend rates of perpetual
preferred stock as of March 2024.
Series | Per Annum Dividend Rate |
A | 3 month term SOFR + 1.01161%, with floor of 3.75%, payable quarterly |
C | 3 month term SOFR + 1.01161%, with floor of 4.00%, payable quarterly |
D | 3 month term SOFR + 0.93161%, with floor of 4.00%, payable quarterly |
E | 3 month term SOFR + 1.02911%, with floor of 4.00%, payable quarterly |
F | 3 month term SOFR + 1.03161%, with floor of 4.00%, payable quarterly |
K | 6.375% to, but excluding, May 10, 2024; 3 month term SOFR + 3.81161% thereafter, payable quarterly |
O | 5.30%, payable semi-annually, from issuance date to, but excluding,November 10, 2026; 3 month term SOFR + 4.09561%, payable quarterly, thereafter |
P | 3 month term SOFR + 3.13561%, payable quarterly |
Q | 5.50%, payable semi-annually, from issuance date to, but excluding, August 10, 2024; 5 year treasury rate + 3.623%, payable semi-annually, thereafter |
R | 4.95%, payable semi-annually, from issuance date to, but excluding, February 10, 2025; 5 year treasury rate + 3.224%, payable semi-annually, thereafter |
S | 4.40%, payable semi-annually, from issuance date to, but excluding,February 10, 2025; 5 year treasury rate + 2.85%, payable semi-annually thereafter |
T | 3.80%, payable semi-annually, from issuance date to, but excluding, May 10, 2026; 5 year treasury rate + 2.969%, payable semi-annually, thereafter |
U | 3.65%, payable semi-annually, from issuance date to, but excluding, August 10, 2026; 5 year treasury rate + 2.915%, payable semi-annually, thereafter |
V | 4.125%, payable semi-annually, from issuance date to, but excluding, November 10, 2026; 5 year treasury rate + 2.949%, payable semi-annually, thereafter |
W | 7.50%, payable semi-annually, from issuance date to, but excluding, February 10, 2029; 5 year treasury rate + 3.156%, payable semi-annually, thereafter |
In the table above, dividends on each series of preferred stock
are payable in arrears for the periods specified.
The table below presents preferred stock dividends declared.
| | 2024 | 2023 |
Series | per share | $ in millions | per share | $ in millions |
Three Months Ended March | | | |
A | $ 416.52 | $ 12 | $ 341.29 | $ 10 |
C | $ 416.52 | 3 | $ 341.29 | 3 |
D | $ 411.30 | 22 | $ 336.18 | 18 |
E | $ 1,619.35 | 12 | $ 1,382.02 | 10 |
F | $ 1,619.98 | 3 | $ 1,382.64 | 2 |
J | $ – | – | $ 343.75 | 14 |
K | $ 398.44 | 11 | $ 398.44 | 11 |
P | $ 555.17 | 33 | $ 476.99 | 28 |
Q | $ 687.50 | 14 | $ 687.50 | 14 |
R | $ 618.75 | 15 | $ 618.75 | 15 |
S | $ 550.00 | 8 | $ 550.00 | 8 |
U | $ 456.25 | 14 | $ 456.25 | 14 |
W | $ 895.83 | 54 | $ – | – |
Total | | $ 201 | | $ 147 |
On April 8, 2024, Group Inc. declared dividends of $385.79
per share of Series A Preferred Stock, $385.79 per share of
Series C Preferred Stock, $380.90 per share of Series D
Preferred Stock, $398.44 per share of Series K Preferred
Stock, $662.50 per share of Series O Preferred Stock, $515.59
per share of Series P Preferred Stock, $475.00 per share of
Series T Preferred Stock and $515.63 per share of Series V
Preferred Stock that will be paid on May 10, 2024 to
preferred shareholders of record on April 25, 2024. In
addition, the firm declared dividends of $1,663.37 per share
of Series E Preferred Stock and $1,664.02 per share of Series F
Preferred Stock to be paid on June 3, 2024 to preferred
shareholders of record on May 19, 2024.
Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income/(Loss)
The table below presents changes in accumulated other
comprehensive income/(loss), net of tax, by type.
$ in millions | Beginning balance | Other comprehensive income/(loss) adjustments, net of tax | Ending balance |
Three Months Ended March 2024 | | | |
Currency translation | $ (847) | $ 26 | $ (821) |
Debt valuation adjustment | (123) | (556) | (679) |
Pension and postretirement liabilities | (575) | 16 | (559) |
Available-for-sale securities | (1,373) | 115 | (1,258) |
Total | $ (2,918) | $ (399) | $ (3,317) |
Three Months Ended March 2023 | | | |
Currency translation | $ (785) | $ (31) | $ (816) |
Debt valuation adjustment | 892 | (1) | 891 |
Pension and postretirement liabilities | (499) | 14 | (485) |
Available-for-sale securities | (2,618) | 427 | (2,191) |
Total | $ (3,010) | $ 409 | $ (2,601) |
THE GOLDMAN SACHS GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
(Unaudited)
Goldman Sachs March 2024 Form 10-Q 74
Note 20.
Regulation and Capital Adequacy
The FRB is the primary regulator of Group Inc., a bank
holding company under the U.S. Bank Holding Company Act
of 1956 and a financial holding company under amendments
to this Act. The firm is subject to consolidated regulatory
capital requirements which are calculated in accordance with
the regulations of the FRB (Capital Framework).
The capital requirements are expressed as risk-based capital
and leverage ratios that compare measures of regulatory
capital to risk-weighted assets (RWAs), average assets and
off-balance sheet exposures. Failure to comply with these
capital requirements would result in restrictions being
imposed by the firm’s regulators and could limit the firm’s
ability to repurchase shares, pay dividends and make certain
discretionary compensation payments. The firm’s capital
levels are also subject to qualitative judgments by the
regulators about components of capital, risk weightings and
other factors. Furthermore, certain of the firm’s subsidiaries
are subject to separate regulations and capital requirements.
Capital Framework
The regulations under the Capital Framework are largely
based on the Basel Committee on Banking Supervision’s
(Basel Committee) capital framework for strengthening
international capital standards (Basel III) and also implement
certain provisions of the U.S. Dodd-Frank Wall Street
Reform and Consumer Protection Act. Under the Capital
Framework, the firm is an “Advanced approaches” banking
organization and has been designated as a global systemically
important bank (G-SIB).
The Capital Framework includes the minimum risk-based
capital and the capital conservation buffer requirements. The
buffer must consist entirely of capital that qualifies as
Common Equity Tier 1 (CET1) capital.
The firm calculates its CET1 capital, Tier 1 capital and Total
capital ratios in accordance with both the Standardized and
Advanced Capital Rules. Each of the ratios calculated under
the Standardized and Advanced Capital Rules must meet its
respective capital requirements.
Under the Capital Framework, the firm is also subject to
leverage requirements which consist of a minimum Tier 1
leverage ratio and a minimum supplementary leverage ratio
(SLR), as well as the SLR buffer.
Consolidated Regulatory Capital Requirements
Risk-Based Capital Ratios. The table below presents the
risk-based capital requirements.
| | Standardized | Advanced |
As of March 2024 | | |
CET1 capital ratio | 13.0% | 10.0% |
Tier 1 capital ratio | 14.5% | 11.5% |
Total capital ratio | 16.5% | 13.5% |
As of December 2023 | | |
CET1 capital ratio | 13.0% | 10.0% |
Tier 1 capital ratio | 14.5% | 11.5% |
Total capital ratio | 16.5% | 13.5% |
In the table above:
- • Under both the Standardized and Advanced Capital Rules,
the CET1 capital ratio requirement includes a minimum of
4.5%, the Tier 1 capital ratio requirement includes a
minimum of 6.0% and the Total capital ratio requirement
includes a minimum of 8.0%. These requirements also
include the capital conservation buffer requirements,
consisting of the G-SIB surcharge (Method 2) of 3.0% and
the countercyclical capital buffer, which the FRB has set to
zero percent. In addition, the capital conservation buffer
requirements include the stress capital buffer of 5.5%
under the Standardized Capital Rules and a buffer of 2.5%
under the Advanced Capital Rules.
- • The G-SIB surcharge is updated annually based on
financial data from the prior year and is generally
applicable for the following year. The G-SIB surcharge is
calculated using two methodologies, the higher of which is
reflected in the firm’s risk-based capital requirements. The
first calculation (Method 1) is based on the Basel
Committee’s methodology which, among other factors,
relies upon measures of the size, activity and complexity of
each G-SIB. The second calculation (Method 2) uses similar
inputs but includes a measure of reliance on short-term
wholesale funding.
THE GOLDMAN SACHS GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
(Unaudited)
- 75 Goldman Sachs March 2024 Form 10-Q
The table below presents information about risk-based
capital ratios.
$ in millions | Standardized | Advanced |
As of March 2024 | | |
CET1 capital | $ 101,650 | $ 101,650 |
Tier 1 capital | $ 112,462 | $ 112,462 |
Tier 2 capital | $ 14,829 | $ 10,847 |
Total capital | $ 127,291 | $ 123,309 |
RWAs | $ 695,174 | $ 639,811 |
CET1 capital ratio | 14.6% | 15.9% |
Tier 1 capital ratio | 16.2% | 17.6% |
Total capital ratio | 18.3% | 19.3% |
As of December 2023 | | |
CET1 capital | $ 99,442 | $ 99,442 |
Tier 1 capital | $ 110,288 | $ 110,288 |
Tier 2 capital | $ 14,874 | $ 10,684 |
Total capital | $ 125,162 | $ 120,972 |
RWAs | $ 692,737 | $ 665,348 |
CET1 capital ratio | 14.4% | 14.9% |
Tier 1 capital ratio | 15.9% | 16.6% |
Total capital ratio | 18.1% | 18.2% |
Leverage Ratios. The table below presents the leverage
requirements.
| | As of |
| | March 2024 | December 2023 |
Tier 1 leverage ratio | 4.0% | 4.0% |
SLR | 5.0% | 5.0% |
In the table above, the SLR requirement of 5% includes a
minimum of 3% and a 2% buffer applicable to G-SIBs.
The table below presents information about leverage ratios.
| | For the Three Months Ended or as of |
| | March | December |
$ in millions | 2024 | 2023 |
Tier 1 capital | $ 112,462 | $ 110,288 |
Average total assets | $ 1,643,169 | $ 1,579,237 |
Deductions from Tier 1 capital | (6,964) | (7,167) |
Average adjusted total assets | 1,636,205 | 1,572,070 |
Off-balance sheet and other exposures | 433,498 | 423,686 |
Total leverage exposure | $ 2,069,703 | $ 1,995,756 |
Tier 1 leverage ratio | 6.9% | 7.0% |
SLR | 5.4% | 5.5% |
In the table above:
- • Average total assets represents the average daily assets for
the quarter adjusted for the impact of Current Expected
Credit Losses (CECL) transition.
- • Off-balance sheet and other exposures primarily includes
the monthly average of off-balance sheet exposures,
consisting of derivatives, securities financing transactions,
commitments and guarantees.
- • Tier 1 leverage ratio is calculated as Tier 1 capital divided
by average adjusted total assets.
- • SLR is calculated as Tier 1 capital divided by total leverage
exposure.
Risk-Based Capital. The table below presents information
about risk-based capital.
| | As of |
$ in millions | March 2024 | December 2023 |
Common shareholders’ equity | $ 107,343 | $ 105,702 |
Impact of CECL transition | 276 | 553 |
Deduction for goodwill | (5,205) | (5,224) |
Deduction for identifiable intangible assets | (797) | (950) |
Other adjustments | 33 | (639) |
CET1 capital | 101,650 | 99,442 |
Preferred stock | 11,203 | 11,203 |
Deduction for investments in covered funds | (388) | (354) |
Other adjustments | (3) | (3) |
Tier 1 capital | $ 112,462 | $ 110,288 |
Standardized Tier 2 and Total Tier 1 capital | capital $ 112,462 | $ 110,288 |
Qualifying subordinated debt | 9,626 | 9,886 |
Allowance for credit losses | 5,206 | 5,012 |
Other adjustments | (3) | (24) |
Standardized Tier 2 capital | 14,829 | 14,874 |
Standardized Total capital | $ 127,291 | $ 125,162 |
Advanced Tier 2 and Total capital Tier 1 capital | $ 112,462 | $ 110,288 |
Standardized Tier 2 capital | 14,829 | 14,874 |
Allowance for credit losses | (5,206) | (5,012) |
Other adjustments | 1,224 | 822 |
Advanced Tier 2 capital | 10,847 | 10,684 |
Advanced Total capital | $ 123,309 | $ 120,972 |
In the table above:
- • Beginning in January 2022, the firm started to phase in the
estimated reduction to regulatory capital as a result of
adopting the CECL model. The total amount of reduction
to be phased in from January 1, 2022 through January 1,
2025 (at 25% per year) was $1.11 billion, of which $829
million had been phased in as of March 2024. The total
amount to be phased in includes the impact of adopting
CECL as of January 1, 2020, as well as 25% of the increase
in the allowance for credit losses from January 1, 2020
through December 31, 2021. The impact of CECL
transition reflects the remaining amount of reduction to be
phased in as of both March 2024 and December 2023.
- • Deduction for goodwill was net of deferred tax liabilities of
$692 million as of both March 2024 and December 2023.
- • Deduction for identifiable intangible assets was net of
deferred tax liabilities of $224 million as of March 2024
and $227 million as of December 2023.
- • Deduction for investments in covered funds represents the
firm’s aggregate investments in applicable covered funds as
defined in the Volcker Rule.
THE GOLDMAN SACHS GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
(Unaudited)
Goldman Sachs March 2024 Form 10-Q 76
- • Other adjustments within CET1 capital and Tier 1 capital
primarily include CVAs on derivative liabilities, the
overfunded portion of the firm’s defined benefit pension
plan obligation net of associated deferred tax liabilities,
disallowed deferred tax assets, debt valuation adjustments
and other required credit risk-based deductions. Other
adjustments within Advanced Tier 2 capital include eligible
credit reserves.
- • Qualifying subordinated debt is subordinated debt issued
by Group Inc. with an original maturity of five years or
greater. The outstanding amount of subordinated debt
qualifying for Tier 2 capital is reduced upon reaching a
remaining maturity of five years. See Note 14 for further
information about the firm’s subordinated debt.
The table below presents changes in CET1 capital, Tier 1
capital and Tier 2 capital.
$ in millions | Standardized | Advanced |
Three Months Ended March 2024 | | |
CET1 capital | | |
Beginning balance | $ 99,442 | $ 99,442 |
Change in: | | |
Common shareholders’ equity | 1,641 | 1,641 |
Impact of CECL transition | (277) | (277) |
Deduction for goodwill | 19 | 19 |
Deduction for identifiable intangible assets | 153 | 153 |
Other adjustments | 672 | 672 |
Ending balance | $ 101,650 | $ 101,650 |
Tier 1 capital | | |
Beginning balance | $ 110,288 | $ 110,288 |
Change in: | | |
CET1 capital | 2,208 | 2,208 |
Deduction for investments in covered funds | (34) | (34) |
Ending balance | 112,462 | 112,462 |
Tier 2 capital | | |
Beginning balance | 14,874 | 10,684 |
Change in: | | |
Qualifying subordinated debt | (260) | (260) |
Allowance for credit losses | 194 | – |
Other adjustments | 21 | 423 |
Ending balance | 14,829 | 10,847 |
Total capital | $ 127,291 | $ 123,309 |
RWAs. RWAs are calculated in accordance with both the
Standardized and Advanced Capital Rules.
Credit Risk
Credit RWAs are calculated based on measures of exposure,
which are then risk weighted under the Standardized and
Advanced Capital Rules:
- • The Standardized Capital Rules apply prescribed risk-
weights, which depend largely on the type of counterparty.
The exposure measures for derivatives and securities
financing transactions are based on specific formulas which
take certain factors into consideration.
- • Under the Advanced Capital Rules, the firm computes risk-
weights for wholesale and retail credit exposures in
accordance with the Advanced Internal Ratings-Based
approach. The exposure measures for derivatives and
securities financing transactions are computed utilizing
internal models.
- • For both Standardized and Advanced credit RWAs, the
risk-weights for securitizations and equities are based on
specific required formulaic approaches.
Market Risk
RWAs for market risk in accordance with the Standardized
and Advanced Capital Rules are generally consistent. Market
RWAs are calculated based on measures of exposure which
include the following:
- • Value-at-Risk (VaR) is the potential loss in value of trading
assets and liabilities, as well as certain investments, loans,
and other financial assets and liabilities accounted for at
fair value, due to adverse market movements over a defined
time horizon with a specified confidence level.
THE GOLDMAN SACHS GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
(Unaudited)
- 77 Goldman Sachs March 2024 Form 10-Q
For both risk management purposes and regulatory capital
calculations, the firm uses a single VaR model which captures
risks, including those related to interest rates, equity prices,
currency rates and commodity prices. However, VaR used
for risk management purposes differs from VaR used for
regulatory capital requirements (regulatory VaR) due to
differences in time horizons, confidence levels and the scope
of positions on which VaR is calculated. For risk
management purposes, a 95% one-day VaR is used, whereas
for regulatory capital requirements, a 99% 10-day VaR is
used to determine Market RWAs and a 99% one-day VaR is
used to determine regulatory VaR exceptions. In addition,
the daily net revenues used to determine risk management
VaR exceptions (i.e., comparing the daily net revenues to the
VaR measure calculated as of the end of the prior business
day) include intraday activity, whereas the Capital
Framework requires that intraday activity be excluded from
daily net revenues when calculating regulatory VaR
exceptions. Intraday activity includes bid/offer net revenues,
which are more likely than not to be positive by their nature.
As a result, there may be differences in the number of VaR
exceptions and the amount of daily net revenues calculated
for regulatory VaR compared to the amounts calculated for
risk management VaR.
The firm’s positional losses observed on a single day did not
exceed its 99% one-day regulatory VaR during the three
months ended March 2024 and exceeded its 99% one-day
regulatory VaR on one occasion during 2023. There was no
change in the firm’s VaR multiplier used to calculate Market
RWAs;
- • Stressed VaR is the potential loss in value of trading assets
and liabilities, as well as certain investments, loans, and
other financial assets and liabilities accounted for at fair
value, during a period of significant market stress;
- • Incremental risk is the potential loss in value of non-
securitized positions due to the default or credit migration
of issuers of financial instruments over a one-year time
horizon;
- • Comprehensive risk is the potential loss in value, due to
price risk and defaults, within the firm’s credit correlation
positions; and
- • Specific risk is the risk of loss on a position that could
result from factors other than broad market movements,
including event risk, default risk and idiosyncratic risk. The
standardized measurement method is used to determine
specific risk RWAs, by applying supervisory defined risk-
weighting factors after applicable netting is performed.
Operational Risk
Operational RWAs are only required to be included under
the Advanced Capital Rules. The firm utilizes an internal
risk-based model to quantify Operational RWAs.
The table below presents information about RWAs.
$ in millions | Standardized | Advanced |
As of March 2024 | | |
Credit RWAs | | |
Derivatives | $ 151,505 | $ 90,832 |
Commitments, guarantees and loans | 239,057 | 184,162 |
Securities financing transactions | 111,851 | 21,741 |
Equity investments | 34,206 | 36,134 |
Other | 72,239 | 93,926 |
Total Credit RWAs | 608,858 | 426,795 |
Market RWAs | | |
Regulatory VaR | 15,511 | 15,511 |
Stressed VaR | 44,586 | 44,586 |
Incremental risk | 6,088 | 6,088 |
Comprehensive risk | 1,609 | 1,609 |
Specific risk | 18,522 | 18,522 |
Total Market RWAs | 86,316 | 86,316 |
Total Operational RWAs | – | 126,700 |
Total RWAs | $ 695,174 | $ 639,811 |
As of December 2023 | | |
Credit RWAs | | |
Derivatives | $ 146,357 | $ 96,322 |
Commitments, guarantees and loans | 243,094 | 194,236 |
Securities financing transactions | 103,704 | 23,637 |
Equity investments | 34,223 | 36,920 |
Other | 76,481 | 96,755 |
Total Credit RWAs | 603,859 | 447,870 |
Market RWAs | | |
Regulatory VaR | 16,457 | 16,457 |
Stressed VaR | 48,496 | 48,496 |
Incremental risk | 5,032 | 5,032 |
Comprehensive risk | 2,718 | 2,718 |
Specific risk | 16,175 | 16,175 |
Total Market RWAs | 88,878 | 88,878 |
Total Operational RWAs | – | 128,600 |
Total RWAs | $ 692,737 | $ 665,348 |
In the table above:
THE GOLDMAN SACHS GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
(Unaudited)
Goldman Sachs March 2024 Form 10-Q 78
The table below presents changes in RWAs.
$ in millions | Standardized | Advanced |
Three Months Ended March 2024 | | |
RWAs | | |
Beginning balance | $ 692,737 | $ 665,348 |
Credit RWAs | | |
Change in: | | |
Derivatives | 5,148 | (5,490) |
Commitments, guarantees and loans | (4,037) | (10,074) |
Securities financing transactions | 8,147 | (1,896) |
Equity investments | (17) | (786) |
Other | (4,242) | (2,829) |
Change in Credit RWAs | 4,999 | (21,075) |
Market RWAs | | |
Change in: | | |
Regulatory VaR | (946) | (946) |
Stressed VaR | (3,910) | (3,910) |
Incremental risk | 1,056 | 1,056 |
Comprehensive risk | (1,109) | (1,109) |
Specific risk | 2,347 | 2,347 |
Change in Market RWAs | (2,562) | (2,562) |
Change in Operational RWAs | – | (1,900) |
Ending balance | $ 695,174 | $ 639,811 |
RWAs Rollforward Commentary
Three Months Ended March 2024. Standardized Credit
RWAs as of March 2024 increased by $5.00 billion compared
with December 2023, primarily reflecting an increase in
securities financing transactions (principally due to increased
funding exposures) and an increase in derivatives (principally
due to increased exposures). These increases were partially
offset by a decrease in other credit RWAs (principally due to
reduced customer and other receivables exposures) and a
decrease in commitments, guarantees and loans (principally
due to reduced lending exposures). Standardized Market
RWAs as of March 2024 decreased by $2.56 billion compared
with December 2023, reflecting a decrease in stressed VaR
(principally due to lower levels of market volatility).
Advanced Credit RWAs as of March 2024 decreased by
$21.08 billion compared with December 2023, primarily
reflecting a decrease in commitments, guarantees and loans
(principally due to reduced lending exposures) and a decrease
in derivatives (principally due to reduced counterparty credit
risk). Advanced Market RWAs as of March 2024 decreased
by $2.56 billion compared with December 2023, primarily
reflecting a decrease in stressed VaR (principally due to lower
levels of market volatility).
GS Bank USA
GS Bank USA is the firm’s primary U.S. bank subsidiary. GS
Bank USA is a New York State-chartered bank and a member
of the Federal Reserve System, is supervised and regulated by
the FRB, the FDIC, the New York State Department of
Financial Services (NYDFS) and the Consumer Financial
Protection Bureau (CFPB), and is subject to regulatory capital
requirements that are calculated under the Capital
Framework. GS Bank USA is an “Advanced approaches”
banking organization under the Capital Framework. The
deposits of GS Bank USA are insured by the FDIC to the
extent provided by law.
The Capital Framework includes the minimum risk-based
capital and the capital conservation buffer requirements
(consisting of a 2.5% buffer and the countercyclical capital
buffer). The buffer must consist entirely of capital that
qualifies as CET1 capital. In addition, the Capital
Framework includes the leverage ratio requirement.
GS Bank USA is required to calculate the CET1 capital, Tier
1 capital and Total capital ratios in accordance with both the
Standardized and Advanced Capital Rules. The lower of each
risk-based capital ratio under the Standardized and Advanced
Capital Rules is the ratio against which GS Bank USA’s
compliance with its risk-based capital requirements is
assessed. In addition, under the regulatory framework for
prompt corrective action applicable to GS Bank USA, in
order to meet the quantitative requirements for a “well-
capitalized” depository institution, GS Bank USA must also
meet the “well-capitalized” requirements in the table below.
GS Bank USA’s capital levels and prompt corrective action
classification are also subject to qualitative judgments by the
regulators about components of capital, risk weightings and
other factors. Failure to comply with the capital
requirements, including a breach of the buffers described
below, would result in restrictions being imposed by the
regulators.
The table below presents GS Bank USA’s risk-based capital,
leverage and “well-capitalized” requirements.
| | Requirements | “Well-capitalized” Requirements |
Risk-based capital requirements | | |
CET1 capital ratio | 7.0% | 6.5% |
Tier 1 capital ratio | 8.5% | 8.0% |
Total capital ratio | 10.5% | 10.0% |
Leverage requirements | | |
Tier 1 leverage ratio | 4.0% | 5.0% |
SLR | 3.0% | 6.0% |
In the table above:
- • The CET1 capital ratio requirement includes a minimum of
4.5%, the Tier 1 capital ratio requirement includes a
minimum of 6.0% and the Total capital ratio requirement
includes a minimum of 8.0%. These requirements also
include the capital conservation buffer requirements
consisting of a 2.5% buffer and the countercyclical capital
buffer, which the FRB has set to zero percent.
- • The “well-capitalized” requirements are the binding
requirements for leverage ratios.
THE GOLDMAN SACHS GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
(Unaudited)
- 79 Goldman Sachs March 2024 Form 10-Q
The table below presents information about GS Bank USA’s
risk-based capital ratios.
$ in millions | Standardized | Advanced |
As of March 2024 | | |
CET1 capital | $ 56,176 | $ 56,176 |
Tier 1 capital | $ 56,176 | $ 56,176 |
Tier 2 capital | $ 6,265 | $ 3,065 |
Total capital | $ 62,441 | $ 59,241 |
RWAs | $ 372,640 | $ 275,945 |
CET1 capital ratio | 15.1% | 20.4% |
Tier 1 capital ratio | 15.1% | 20.4% |
Total capital ratio | 16.8% | 21.5% |
As of December 2023 | | |
CET1 capital | $ 53,781 | $ 53,781 |
Tier 1 capital | $ 53,781 | $ 53,781 |
Tier 2 capital | $ 6,314 | $ 2,951 |
Total capital | $ 60,095 | $ 56,732 |
RWAs | $ 380,774 | $ 288,938 |
CET1 capital ratio | 14.1% | 18.6% |
Tier 1 capital ratio | 14.1% | 18.6% |
Total capital ratio | 15.8% | 19.6% |
In the table above:
- • The lower of the Standardized or Advanced ratio is the
ratio against which GS Bank USA’s compliance with the
capital requirements is assessed under the risk-based
Capital Rules, and therefore, the Standardized ratios
applied to GS Bank USA as of both March 2024 and
December 2023.
- • Beginning in January 2022, GS Bank USA started to phase
in the estimated reduction to regulatory capital as a result
of adopting the CECL model at 25% per year through
January 2025. The total amount to be phased in includes
the impact of adopting CECL as of January 1, 2020, as well
as 25% of the increase in the allowance for credit losses
from January 1, 2020 through December 31, 2021.
- • The Standardized and Advanced risk-based capital ratios
increased from December 2023 to March 2024, reflecting
an increase in capital, principally due to net earnings, and a
decrease in both Market and Credit RWAs.
The table below presents information about GS Bank USA’s
leverage ratios.
| | For the Three Months Ended or as of |
| | March | December |
$ in millions | 2024 | 2023 |
Tier 1 capital | $ 56,176 | $ 53,781 |
Average adjusted total assets | $ 550,034 | $ 523,546 |
Total leverage exposure | $ 748,582 | $ 722,465 |
Tier 1 leverage ratio | 10.2% | 10.3% |
SLR | 7.5% | 7.4% |
In the table above:
- • Average adjusted total assets represents the average daily
assets for the quarter adjusted for deductions from Tier 1
capital and the impact of CECL transition.
- • Tier 1 leverage ratio is calculated as Tier 1 capital divided
by average adjusted total assets.
- • SLR is calculated as Tier 1 capital divided by total leverage
exposure.
The FRB requires that GS Bank USA maintain cash reserves
with the Federal Reserve. As of both March 2024 and
December 2023, the reserve requirement ratio was zero
percent. See Note 26 for further information about cash
deposits held by the firm at the Federal Reserve.
GS Bank USA is a registered swap dealer with the CFTC and
a registered security-based swap dealer with the SEC. As of
both March 2024 and December 2023, GS Bank USA was
subject to and in compliance with applicable capital
requirements for swap dealers and security-based swap
dealers.
Restrictions on Payments
Group Inc. may be limited in its ability to access capital held
at certain subsidiaries as a result of regulatory, tax or other
constraints. These limitations include provisions of
applicable law and regulations and other regulatory
restrictions that limit the ability of those subsidiaries to
declare and pay dividends without prior regulatory approval.
For example, the amount of dividends that may be paid by
GS Bank USA are limited to the lesser of the amounts
calculated under a recent earnings test and an undivided
profits test.
In addition, subsidiaries not subject to separate regulatory
capital requirements may hold capital to satisfy local tax and
legal guidelines, rating agency requirements (for entities with
assigned credit ratings) or internal policies, including policies
concerning the minimum amount of capital a subsidiary
should hold based on its underlying level of risk.
Group Inc.’s equity investment in subsidiaries was $136.89
billion as of March 2024 and $133.75 billion as of December
2023, of which Group Inc. was required to maintain $97.02
billion as of March 2024 and $95.80 billion as of December
2023, of minimum equity capital in its regulated subsidiaries
in order to satisfy the regulatory requirements of such
subsidiaries.
Group Inc.’s capital invested in certain non-U.S. dollar
functional currency subsidiaries is exposed to foreign
exchange risk, substantially all of which is managed through
a combination of non-U.S. dollar-denominated debt and
derivatives. See Note 7 for information about the firm’s net
investment hedges used to hedge this risk.
THE GOLDMAN SACHS GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
(Unaudited)
Goldman Sachs March 2024 Form 10-Q 80
Note 21.
Earnings Per Common Share
Basic earnings per common share (EPS) is calculated by
dividing net earnings to common by the weighted average
number of common shares outstanding and RSUs for which
the delivery of the underlying common stock is not subject to
satisfaction of future service, performance or market
conditions (collectively, basic shares). Diluted EPS includes
the determinants of basic EPS and, in addition, reflects the
dilutive effect of the common stock deliverable for RSUs for
which the delivery of the underlying common stock is subject
to satisfaction of future service, performance or market
conditions.
The table below presents information about basic and diluted
EPS.
| | Three Months Ended March |
in millions, except per share amounts | 2024 | 2023 |
Net earnings to common | $ 3,931 | $ 3,087 |
Weighted average basic shares | 335.6 | 346.6 |
Effect of dilutive RSUs | 3.9 | 4.7 |
Weighted average diluted shares | 339.5 | 351.3 |
Basic EPS | $ 11.67 | $ 8.87 |
Diluted EPS | $ 11.58 | $ 8.79 |
In the table above:
- • Net earnings to common represents net earnings applicable
to common shareholders, which is calculated as net
earnings less preferred stock dividends.
- • Unvested share-based awards that have non-forfeitable
rights to dividends or dividend equivalents are treated as a
separate class of securities under the two-class method.
Distributed earnings allocated to these securities reduce net
earnings to common to calculate EPS under this method.
The impact of applying this methodology was a reduction
in basic EPS of $0.04 for both the three months ended
March 2024 and March 2023.
- • Diluted EPS does not include antidilutive RSUs, including
those that are subject to market or performance conditions,
of 0.3 million for the three months ended March 2024 and
0.5 million for the three months ended March 2023.
Note 22.
Transactions with Affiliated Funds
The firm has formed nonconsolidated investment funds with
third-party investors. As the firm generally acts as the
investment manager for these funds, it is entitled to receive
management fees and, in certain cases, advisory fees or
incentive fees from these funds. Additionally, the firm invests
alongside the third-party investors in certain funds.
The tables below present information about affiliated funds.
| | Three Months Ended March |
$ in millions | 2024 | 2023 |
Fees earned from funds | $ 1,244 | $ 1,165 |
| | As of |
$ in millions | March 2024 | December 2023 |
Fees receivable from funds | $ 1,674 | $ 1,536 |
Aggregate carrying value of interests in funds | $ 4,097 | $ 4,042 |
The firm has waived, and may waive in the future, certain
management fees on select funds. Management fees waived
were not material for both the three months ended March
2024 and March 2023.
In accordance with the Volcker Rule, the firm does not
provide financial support to covered funds. However, in the
ordinary course of business, the firm may choose to provide
voluntary financial support to funds that are not subject to
the Volcker Rule, although any such support is not expected
to be material to the results of operations of the firm. Except
for the fee waivers noted above, the firm did not provide any
additional financial support to its affiliated funds during
either the three months ended March 2024 or March 2023.
In addition, in the ordinary course of business, the firm may
also engage in other activities with its affiliated funds,
including, among others, securities lending, trade execution,
market-making, custody, and acquisition and bridge
financing. See Note 18 for information about the firm’s
investment commitments related to these funds.
THE GOLDMAN SACHS GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
(Unaudited)
- 81 Goldman Sachs March 2024 Form 10-Q
Note 23.
Interest Income and Interest Expense
Interest is recorded over the life of the instrument on an
accrual basis based on contractual interest rates.
The table below presents sources of interest income and
interest expense.
| | Three Months Ended March |
$ in millions | 2024 | 2023 |
Deposits with banks | $ 2,787 | $ 2,470 |
Collateralized agreements | 4,789 | 3,389 |
Trading assets | 2,913 | 1,824 |
Investments | 1,193 | 817 |
Loans | 3,941 | 3,458 |
Other interest | 3,932 | 2,980 |
Total interest income | 19,555 | 14,938 |
Deposits | 5,147 | 3,495 |
Collateralized financings | 4,206 | 2,360 |
Trading liabilities | 688 | 598 |
Short-term borrowings | 456 | 216 |
Long-term borrowings | 2,777 | 2,650 |
Other interest | 4,673 | 3,838 |
Total interest expense | 17,947 | 13,157 |
Net interest income | $ 1,608 | $ 1,781 |
In the table above:
- • Collateralized agreements includes rebates paid and
interest income on securities borrowed.
- • Loans excludes interest on loans held for sale that are
accounted for at the lower of cost or fair value. Such
interest is included within other interest.
- • Other interest income includes interest income on customer
debit balances, other interest-earning assets and loans held
for sale that are accounted for at the lower of cost or fair
value.
- • Collateralized financings consists of repurchase agreements
and securities loaned.
- • Short- and long-term borrowings include both secured and
unsecured borrowings.
- • Other interest expense includes rebates received on other
interest-bearing liabilities and interest expense on customer
credit balances.
Note 24.
Income Taxes
Provision for Income Taxes
Income taxes are provided for using the asset and liability
method under which deferred tax assets and liabilities are
recognized for temporary differences between the financial
reporting and tax bases of assets and liabilities. The firm
reports interest expense related to income tax matters in
provision for taxes and income tax penalties in other
expenses.
Deferred Income Taxes
Deferred income taxes reflect the net tax effects of temporary
differences between the financial reporting and tax bases of
assets and liabilities. These temporary differences result in
taxable or deductible amounts in future years and are
measured using the tax rates and laws that will be in effect
when such differences are expected to reverse. Valuation
allowances are established to reduce deferred tax assets to the
amount that more likely than not will be realized and
primarily relate to the ability to utilize losses and tax credits
in various tax jurisdictions. Tax assets are included in other
assets and tax liabilities are included in other liabilities.
Unrecognized Tax Benefits
The firm recognizes tax positions in the consolidated
financial statements only when it is more likely than not that
the position will be sustained on examination by the relevant
taxing authority based on the technical merits of the position.
A position that meets this standard is measured at the largest
amount of benefit that will more likely than not be realized
on settlement. A liability is established for differences
between positions taken in a tax return and amounts
recognized in the consolidated financial statements.
Regulatory Tax Examinations
The firm is subject to examination by the U.S. Internal
Revenue Service (IRS) and other taxing authorities in
jurisdictions where the firm has significant business
operations, such as the United Kingdom, Japan, Hong Kong
and various states, such as New York. The tax years under
examination vary by jurisdiction. The firm does not expect
completion of these audits to have a material impact on the
firm’s financial condition, but it may be material to operating
results for a particular period, depending, in part, on the
operating results for that period.
THE GOLDMAN SACHS GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
(Unaudited)
Goldman Sachs March 2024 Form 10-Q 82
The table below presents the earliest tax years that remain
subject to examination by major jurisdiction.
Jurisdiction | As of March 2024 |
U.S. Federal | 2011 |
New York State and City | 2015 |
United Kingdom | 2017 |
Japan | 2017 |
Hong Kong | 2017 |
The firm has been accepted into the Compliance Assurance
Process program by the IRS for each of the tax years from
2013 through 2024. This program allows the firm to work
with the IRS to identify and resolve potential U.S. Federal tax
issues before the filing of tax returns. All issues for the 2011
through 2018 tax years have been resolved and completion is
pending final review by the Joint Committee on Taxation.
All issues for the 2019 through 2021 tax years have been
resolved and will be effectively settled pending administrative
completion by the IRS. Final completion of tax years 2011
through 2021 will not have a material impact on the effective
tax rate. The 2022 tax year remains subject to post-filing
review. New York State and City examinations of tax years
2015 through 2018 commenced during 2021.
All years, including and subsequent to the years in the table
above, remain open to examination by the taxing authorities.
The firm believes that the liability for unrecognized tax
benefits it has established is adequate in relation to the
potential for additional assessments.
Note 25.
Business Segments
The firm manages and reports its activities in three business
segments: Global Banking & Markets, Asset & Wealth
Management and Platform Solutions. See Note 1 for
information about the firm’s business segments.
Compensation and benefits expenses in the firm’s segments
reflect, among other factors, the overall performance of the
firm, as well as the performance of individual businesses.
Consequently, pre-tax margins in one segment of the firm’s
business may be significantly affected by the performance of
the firm’s other business segments.
The firm allocates assets (including allocations of global core
liquid assets and cash, secured client financing and other
assets), revenues and expenses among the three business
segments. Due to the integrated nature of these segments,
estimates and judgments are made in allocating certain assets,
revenues and expenses. The allocation process is based on the
manner in which management currently views the
performance of the segments.
The allocation of common shareholders’ equity and preferred
stock dividends to each segment is based on the estimated
amount of equity required to support the activities of the
segment under relevant regulatory capital requirements.
Net earnings for each segment is calculated by applying the
firmwide tax rate to each segment’s pre-tax earnings.
Management believes that this allocation provides a
reasonable representation of each segment’s contribution to
consolidated net earnings to common, return on average
common equity and total assets. Transactions between
segments are based on specific criteria or approximate third-
party rates.
THE GOLDMAN SACHS GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
(Unaudited)
- 83 Goldman Sachs March 2024 Form 10-Q
Segment Results
The table below presents a summary of the firm’s segment
results.
| | Three Months Ended March |
$ in millions | 2024 | 2023 |
Global Banking & Markets | | |
Non-interest revenues | $ 9,483 | $ 8,097 |
Net interest income | 243 | 347 |
Total net revenues | 9,726 | 8,444 |
Provision for credit losses | 96 | 129 |
Operating expenses | 5,153 | 4,629 |
Pre-tax earnings | $ 4,477 | $ 3,686 |
Net earnings | $ 3,532 | $ 2,986 |
Net earnings to common | $ 3,377 | $ 2,876 |
Average common equity | $ 75,000 | $ 69,497 |
Return on average common equity | 18.0% | 16.6% |
Asset & Wealth Management | | |
Non-interest revenues | $ 3,098 | $ 2,330 |
Net interest income | 691 | 886 |
Total net revenues | 3,789 | 3,216 |
Provision for credit losses | (22) | (565) |
Operating expenses | 2,934 | 3,168 |
Pre-tax earnings | $ 877 | $ 613 |
Net earnings | $ 692 | $ 496 |
Net earnings to common | $ 653 | $ 464 |
Average common equity | $ 26,456 | $ 32,684 |
Return on average common equity | 9.9% | 5.7% |
Platform Solutions | | |
Non-interest revenues | $ 24 | $ 16 |
Net interest income | 674 | 548 |
Total net revenues | 698 | 564 |
Provision for credit losses | 244 | 265 |
Operating expenses | 571 | 605 |
Pre-tax earnings/(loss) | $ (117) | $ (306) |
Net earnings/(loss) | $ (92) | $ (248) |
Net earnings/(loss) to common | $ (99) | $ (253) |
Average common equity | $ 4,734 | $ 3,935 |
Return on average common equity | (8.4) % | (25.7) % |
Total | | |
Non-interest revenues | $ 12,605 | $ 10,443 |
Net interest income | 1,608 | 1,781 |
Total net revenues | 14,213 | 12,224 |
Provision for credit losses | 318 | (171) |
Operating expenses | 8,658 | 8,402 |
Pre-tax earnings | $ 5,237 | $ 3,993 |
Net earnings | $ 4,132 | $ 3,234 |
Net earnings to common | $ 3,931 | $ 3,087 |
Average common equity | $ 106,190 | $ 106,116 |
Return on average common equity | 14.8% | 11.6% |
In the table above:
- • Revenues and expenses directly associated with each
segment are included in determining pre-tax earnings.
- • Net revenues in the firm’s segments include allocations of
interest income and expense to specific positions in relation
to the cash generated by, or funding requirements of, such
positions. Net interest is included in segment net revenues
as it is consistent with how management assesses segment
performance.
- • Expenses not directly associated with specific segments are
allocated based on an estimate of support provided to each
segment.
The table below presents depreciation and amortization
expense by segment.
| | Three Months Ended March |
$ in millions | 2024 | 2023 |
Global Banking & Markets | $ 295 | $ 277 |
Asset & Wealth Management | 289 | 618 |
Platform Solutions | 43 | 75 |
Total | $ 627 | $ 970 |
In the table above, the decrease in Asset & Wealth
Management was due to significantly lower impairments
related to commercial real estate included within CIEs.
Segment Assets
The table below presents assets by segment.
| | As of |
$ in millions | March 2024 | December 2023 |
Global Banking & Markets | $ 1,449,017 | $ 1,381,247 |
Asset & Wealth Management | 190,451 | 191,863 |
Platform Solutions | 58,972 | 68,484 |
Total | $ 1,698,440 | $ 1,641,594 |
Geographic Information
Due to the highly integrated nature of international financial
markets, the firm manages its businesses based on the
profitability of the enterprise as a whole. The methodology
for allocating profitability to geographic regions is dependent
on estimates and management judgment because a significant
portion of the firm’s activities require cross-border
coordination in order to facilitate the needs of the firm’s
clients. Geographic results are generally allocated as follows:
- • Global Banking & Markets: Investment banking fees and
Other: location of the client and investment banking team;
FICC intermediation and Equities intermediation: location
of the market-making desk; FICC financing and Equities
financing: location of the desk.
- • Asset & Wealth Management (excluding direct-to-
consumer business, Equity investments and Debt
investments): location of the sales team; Direct-to-
consumer business: location of the client; Equity
investments and Debt investments: location of the
investment or investment professional.
- • Platform Solutions: location of the client.
THE GOLDMAN SACHS GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
(Unaudited)
Goldman Sachs March 2024 Form 10-Q 84
The table below presents total net revenues and pre-tax
earnings by geographic region.
$ in millions | 2024 | 2023 |
Three Months Ended March | | | | |
Americas | $ 9,181 | 65% | $ 7,194 | 59% |
EMEA | 3,470 | 24% | 3,584 | 29% |
Asia | 1,562 | 11% | 1,446 | 12% |
Total net revenues | $ 14,213 | 100% | $ 12,224 | 100% |
Americas | $ 3,276 | 62% | $ 2,019 | 51% |
EMEA | 1,503 | 29% | 1,560 | 39% |
Asia | 458 | 9% | 414 | 10% |
Total pre-tax earnings | $ 5,237 | 100% | $ 3,993 | 100% |
In the table above:
- • Substantially all of the amounts in Americas were
attributable to the U.S.
- • Asia includes Australia and New Zealand.
Note 26.
Credit Concentrations
The firm’s concentrations of credit risk arise from its market-
making, client facilitation, investing, underwriting, lending
and collateralized transactions, and cash management
activities, and may be impacted by changes in economic,
industry or political factors. These activities expose the firm
to many different industries and counterparties, and may also
subject the firm to a concentration of credit risk to a
particular central bank, counterparty, borrower or issuer,
including sovereign issuers, or to a particular clearinghouse
or exchange. The firm seeks to mitigate credit risk by actively
monitoring exposures and obtaining collateral from
counterparties as deemed appropriate.
The firm measures and monitors its credit exposure based on
amounts owed to the firm after taking into account risk
mitigants that the firm considers when determining credit
risk. Such risk mitigants include netting and collateral
arrangements and economic hedges, such as credit
derivatives, futures and forward contracts. Netting and
collateral agreements permit the firm to offset receivables and
payables with such counterparties and/or enable the firm to
obtain collateral on an upfront or contingent basis.
The table below presents the credit concentrations included
in trading cash instruments and investments.
| | As of |
$ in millions | March 2024 | December 2023 |
U.S. government and agency obligations | $ 310,816 | $ 260,531 |
Percentage of total assets | 18.3% | 15.9% |
Non-U.S. government and agency obligations | $ 77,339 | $ 90,681 |
Percentage of total assets | 4.6% | 5.5% |
In addition, the firm had $177.56 billion as of March 2024
and $206.07 billion as of December 2023 of cash deposits held
at central banks (included in cash and cash equivalents), of
which $91.11 billion as of March 2024 and $105.66 billion as
of December 2023 was held at the Federal Reserve.
As of both March 2024 and December 2023, the firm did not
have credit exposure to any other counterparty that exceeded
2% of total assets.
Collateral obtained by the firm related to derivative assets is
principally cash and is held by the firm or a third-party
custodian. Collateral obtained by the firm related to resale
agreements and securities borrowed transactions is primarily
U.S. government and agency obligations, and non-U.S.
government and agency obligations. See Note 11 for further
information about collateralized agreements and financings.
The table below presents U.S. government and agency
obligations, and non-U.S. government and agency obligations
that collateralize resale agreements and securities borrowed
transactions.
| | As of |
$ in millions | March 2024 | December 2023 |
U.S. government and agency obligations | $ 172,932 | $ 154,056 |
Non-U.S. government and agency obligations | $ 83,609 | $ 92,833 |
In the table above:
- • Non-U.S. government and agency obligations primarily
consists of securities issued by the governments of the U.K.,
Japan, Germany, France and Italy.
- • Given that the firm’s primary credit exposure on such
transactions is to the counterparty to the transaction, the
firm would be exposed to the collateral issuer only in the
event of counterparty default.
Note 27.
Legal Proceedings
The firm is involved in a number of judicial, regulatory and
arbitration proceedings (including those described below)
concerning matters arising in connection with the conduct of
the firm’s businesses. Many of these proceedings are in early
stages, and many of these cases seek an indeterminate
amount of damages.
Under ASC 450, an event is “reasonably possible” if “the
chance of the future event or events occurring is more than
remote but less than likely” and an event is “remote” if “the
chance of the future event or events occurring is slight.”
Thus, references to the upper end of the range of reasonably
possible loss for cases in which the firm is able to estimate a
range of reasonably possible loss mean the upper end of the
range of loss for cases for which the firm believes the risk of
loss is more than slight.
THE GOLDMAN SACHS GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
(Unaudited)
- 85 Goldman Sachs March 2024 Form 10-Q
With respect to matters described below for which
management has been able to estimate a range of reasonably
possible loss where (i) actual or potential plaintiffs have
claimed an amount of money damages, (ii) the firm is being,
or threatened to be, sued by purchasers in a securities offering
and is not being indemnified by a party that the firm believes
will pay the full amount of any judgment, or (iii) the
purchasers are demanding that the firm repurchase securities,
management has estimated the upper end of the range of
reasonably possible loss based on (a) in the case of (i), the
amount of money damages claimed, (b) in the case of (ii), the
difference between the initial sales price of the securities that
the firm sold in such offering and the estimated lowest
subsequent price of such securities prior to the action being
commenced and (c) in the case of (iii), the price that
purchasers paid for the securities less the estimated value, if
any, as of March 2024 of the relevant securities, in each of
cases (i), (ii) and (iii), taking into account any other factors
believed to be relevant to the particular matter or matters of
that type. As of the date hereof, the firm has estimated the
upper end of the range of reasonably possible aggregate loss
for such matters and for any other matters described below
where management has been able to estimate a range of
reasonably possible aggregate loss to be approximately
$2.1 billion in excess of the aggregate reserves for such
matters.
Management is generally unable to estimate a range of
reasonably possible loss for matters other than those included
in the estimate above, including where (i) actual or potential
plaintiffs have not claimed an amount of money damages,
except in those instances where management can otherwise
determine an appropriate amount, (ii) matters are in early
stages, (iii) matters relate to regulatory investigations or
reviews, except in those instances where management can
otherwise determine an appropriate amount, (iv) there is
uncertainty as to the likelihood of a class being certified or
the ultimate size of the class, (v) there is uncertainty as to the
outcome of pending appeals or motions, (vi) there are
significant factual issues to be resolved, and/or (vii) there are
novel legal issues presented. For example, the firm’s potential
liabilities with respect to the investigations and reviews
described below in “Regulatory Investigations and Reviews
and Related Litigation” generally are not included in
management’s estimate of reasonably possible loss. However,
management does not believe, based on currently available
information, that the outcomes of such other matters will
have a material adverse effect on the firm’s financial
condition, though the outcomes could be material to the
firm’s operating results for any particular period, depending,
in part, upon the operating results for such period.
1MDB-Related Matters
Between 2012 and 2013, subsidiaries of the firm acted as
arrangers or purchasers of approximately $6.5 billion of debt
securities of 1MDB.
On November 1, 2018, the U.S. Department of Justice (DOJ)
unsealed a criminal information and guilty plea by Tim
Leissner, a former participating managing director of the
firm, and an indictment against Ng Chong Hwa, a former
managing director of the firm. On August 28, 2018, Leissner
was adjudicated guilty by the U.S. District Court for the
Eastern District of New York of conspiring to launder money
and to violate the U.S. Foreign Corrupt Practices Act’s
(FCPA) anti-bribery and internal accounting controls
provisions. Ng was charged with conspiring to launder
money and to violate the FCPA’s anti-bribery and internal
accounting controls provisions, and on April 8, 2022, Ng was
found guilty on all counts following a trial.
On August 18, 2020, the firm announced that it entered into a
settlement agreement with the Government of Malaysia to
resolve the criminal and regulatory proceedings in Malaysia
involving the firm, which includes a guarantee that the
Government of Malaysia receives at least $1.4 billion in
assets and proceeds from assets seized by governmental
authorities around the world related to 1MDB. See Note 18
for further information about this guarantee, including
related arbitration proceedings.
On October 22, 2020, the firm announced that it reached
settlements of governmental and regulatory investigations
relating to 1MDB with the DOJ, the SEC, the FRB, the
NYDFS, the Financial Conduct Authority, the Prudential
Regulation Authority, the Singapore Attorney General’s
Chambers, the Singapore Commercial Affairs Department,
the Monetary Authority of Singapore and the Hong Kong
Securities and Futures Commission. Group Inc. entered into a
three-year deferred prosecution agreement with the DOJ, in
which a charge against the firm, one count of conspiracy to
violate the FCPA, was filed and was later moved to be
dismissed in April 2024 in accordance with the agreement. In
addition, GS Malaysia pleaded guilty to one count of
conspiracy to violate the FCPA, and was sentenced on June 9,
2021. In May 2021, the U.S. Department of Labor granted the
firm a five-year exemption to maintain its status as a
qualified professional asset manager (QPAM).
THE GOLDMAN SACHS GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
(Unaudited)
Goldman Sachs March 2024 Form 10-Q 86
On December 20, 2018, a putative securities class action
lawsuit was filed in the U.S. District Court for the Southern
District of New York against Group Inc. and certain former
officers of the firm alleging violations of the anti-fraud
provisions of the Exchange Act with respect to Group Inc.’s
disclosures and public statements concerning 1MDB and
seeking unspecified damages. The plaintiff filed the second
amended complaint on October 28, 2019. On June 28, 2021,
the court dismissed the claims against one of the individual
defendants but denied the defendants’ motion to dismiss with
respect to the firm and the remaining individual defendants.
On August 4, 2023, the plaintiff filed a third amended
complaint. On September 29, 2023, the plaintiff moved for
class certification. On April 5, 2024, the Magistrate Judge
recommended that the plaintiff’s motion for class
certification be granted in part and denied in part.
Mortgage-Related Matters
Complaints were filed in the U.S. District Court for the
Southern District of New York on July 25, 2019 and May 29,
2020 against Goldman Sachs Mortgage Company and GS
Mortgage Securities Corp. by U.S. Bank National
Association, as trustee for two residential mortgage-backed
securitization trusts that issued $1.7 billion of securities. The
complaints generally allege that mortgage loans in the trusts
failed to conform to applicable representations and
warranties and seek specific performance or, alternatively,
compensatory damages and other relief. On November 23,
2020, the court granted in part and denied in part defendants’
motion to dismiss the complaint in the first action and denied
defendants’ motion to dismiss the complaint in the second
action. On January 14, 2021, amended complaints were filed
in both actions.
Currencies-Related Litigation
GS&Co. is among the defendants named in a putative class
action filed in the U.S. District Court for the Southern
District of New York on August 4, 2021. The amended
complaint, filed on January 6, 2022, generally asserts claims
under federal antitrust law and state common law in
connection with an alleged conspiracy among the defendants
to manipulate auctions for foreign exchange transactions on
an electronic trading platform, as well as claims under the
Racketeer Influenced and Corrupt Organizations Act. The
complaint seeks declaratory and injunctive relief, as well as
unspecified amounts of treble and other damages. On May
18, 2023, the court dismissed certain state common law
claims, but denied dismissal of the remaining claims. On July
7, 2023, the plaintiffs filed a second amended complaint.
Banco Espirito Santo S.A. and Oak Finance
In December 2014, September 2015 and December 2015, the
Bank of Portugal (BoP) rendered decisions to reverse an
earlier transfer to Novo Banco of an $835 million facility
agreement (the Facility), structured by GSI, between Oak
Finance Luxembourg S.A. (Oak Finance), a special purpose
vehicle formed in connection with the Facility, and Banco
Espirito Santo S.A. (BES) prior to the failure of BES. In
response, GSI and, with respect to the BoP’s December 2015
decision, GSIB commenced actions beginning in February
2015 against Novo Banco S.A. (Novo Banco) in the English
Commercial Court and the BoP in the Portuguese
Administrative Court. In July 2018, the English Supreme
Court found that the English courts will not have jurisdiction
over GSI’s action unless and until the Portuguese
Administrative Court finds against BoP in GSI’s parallel
action. In July 2018, the Liquidation Committee for BES
issued a decision seeking to claw back from GSI $54 million
paid to GSI and $50 million allegedly paid to Oak Finance in
connection with the Facility, alleging that GSI acted in bad
faith in extending the Facility, including because GSI
allegedly knew that BES was at risk of imminent failure. In
October 2018, GSI commenced an action in the Lisbon
Commercial Court challenging the Liquidation Committee’s
decision and has since also issued a claim against the
Portuguese State seeking compensation for losses of
approximately $222 million related to the failure of BES,
together with a contingent claim for the $104 million sought
by the Liquidation Committee. On April 11, 2023, GSI
commenced administrative proceedings against the BoP,
seeking the nullification of the BoP’s September 2015 and
December 2015 decisions on new grounds.
Financial Advisory Services
Group Inc. and certain of its affiliates are from time to time
parties to various civil litigation and arbitration proceedings
and other disputes with clients and third parties relating to
the firm’s financial advisory activities. These claims generally
seek, among other things, compensatory damages and, in
some cases, punitive damages, and in certain cases allege that
the firm did not appropriately disclose or deal with conflicts
of interest.
THE GOLDMAN SACHS GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
(Unaudited)
- 87 Goldman Sachs March 2024 Form 10-Q
Archegos-Related Matters
GS&Co. is among the underwriters named as defendants in a
putative securities class action filed on August 13, 2021 in
New York Supreme Court, County of New York, relating to
ViacomCBS Inc.’s (ViacomCBS) March 2021 public offerings
of $1.7 billion of common stock and $1.0 billion of preferred
stock. In addition to the underwriters, the defendants include
ViacomCBS and certain of its officers and directors. GS&Co.
underwrote 646,154 shares of common stock representing an
aggregate offering price of approximately $55 million and
323,077 shares of preferred stock representing an aggregate
offering price of approximately $32 million. The complaint
asserts claims under the federal securities laws and alleges
that the offering documents contained material
misstatements and omissions, including, among other things,
that the offering documents failed to disclose that Archegos
Capital Management, LP (Archegos) had substantial
exposure to ViacomCBS, including through total return
swaps to which certain of the underwriters (the trading
underwriters), including GS&Co., were allegedly
counterparties, and that such underwriters failed to disclose
their exposure to Archegos. On December 21, 2021, the
plaintiffs filed a corrected amended complaint. The
complaint seeks rescission and compensatory damages in
unspecified amounts. On February 6, 2023, the trial court
dismissed the claims against ViacomCBS and the individual
defendants, but denied the defendants’ motions to dismiss
with respect to GS&Co. and the other underwriter
defendants. On January 4, 2024, the trial court granted the
plaintiffs’ motion for class certification, and on February 14,
2024, the underwriter defendants appealed. On April 4, 2024,
the Appellate Division for the First Department affirmed the
trial court’s dismissal of the claims against ViacomCBS and
the individual defendants, reversed the trial court’s failure to
dismiss the claims against the non-trading underwriter
defendants, and affirmed the trial court’s denial of the
motion to dismiss claims against the trading underwriter
defendants, including GS&Co.
Group Inc. is also a defendant in putative securities class
actions filed beginning in October 2021 and consolidated in
the U.S. District Court for the Southern District of New
York. The complaints allege that Group Inc., along with
another financial institution, sold shares in Baidu Inc.
(Baidu), Discovery Inc. (Discovery), GSX Techedu Inc.
(Gaotu), iQIYI Inc. (iQIYI), Tencent Music Entertainment
Group (Tencent), ViacomCBS, and Vipshop Holdings Ltd.
(Vipshop) based on material nonpublic information
regarding the liquidation of Archegos’ position in Baidu,
Discovery, Gaotu, iQIYI, Tencent, ViacomCBS and Vipshop,
respectively. The complaints generally assert violations of
Sections 10(b), 20A and 20(a) of the Exchange Act and seek
unspecified damages. In May 2023, the plaintiffs in the class
actions filed second amended complaints, and on March 28,
2024, the court granted the defendants’ motion to dismiss the
second amended complaints with prejudice. On April 26,
2024, the plaintiffs appealed to the U.S. Court of Appeals for
the Second Circuit.
On January 24, 2022, the firm received a demand from an
alleged shareholder under Section 220 of the Delaware
General Corporation Law for books and records relating to,
among other things, the firm’s involvement with Archegos
and the firm’s controls with respect to insider trading.
Silicon Valley Bank Matters
GS&Co. is among the underwriters named as defendants in a
putative securities class action filed on April 7, 2023 and
consolidated in the U.S. District Court for the Northern
District of California and an individual action filed on
January 25, 2024 in the same court relating to SVB Financial
Group’s (SVBFG) January 2021 public offerings of
$500 million principal amount of senior notes and
$750 million of depositary shares representing interests in
preferred stock, March 2021 public offering of approximately
$1.2 billion of common stock, May 2021 public offerings of
$1.0 billion of depositary shares representing interests in
preferred stock and $500 million principal amount of senior
notes, August 2021 public offering of approximately
$1.3 billion of common stock, and April 2022 public offering
of $800 million aggregate principal amount of senior notes,
among other public offerings of securities. In addition to the
underwriters, the defendants include certain of SVBFG’s
officers and directors and its auditor. GS&Co. underwrote
an aggregate of 831,250 depositary shares representing an
aggregate offering price of approximately $831 million, an
aggregate of 3,266,108 shares of common stock representing
an aggregate offering price of approximately $1.8 billion and
senior notes representing an aggregate price to the public of
approximately $727 million. The complaints generally assert
claims under the federal securities laws and allege that the
offering documents contained material misstatements and
omissions. The complaints seek compensatory damages in
unspecified amounts. On March 17, 2023, SVBFG filed for
Chapter 11 bankruptcy in the U.S. Bankruptcy Court for the
Southern District of New York. On January 16, 2024, the
plaintiffs filed a consolidated amended complaint in the
putative class action, and on April 3, 2024, the defendants
moved to dismiss the consolidated amended complaint.
The firm is also cooperating with and providing information
to various governmental bodies in connection with their
investigations and inquiries regarding SVBFG and its
affiliates (collectively SVB), including the firm’s business with
SVB in or around March 2023, when SVB engaged the firm to
assist with a proposed capital raise and SVB sold the firm a
portfolio of securities.
THE GOLDMAN SACHS GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
(Unaudited)
Goldman Sachs March 2024 Form 10-Q 88
Underwriting Litigation
Firm affiliates are among the defendants in a number of
proceedings in connection with securities offerings. In these
proceedings, including those described below, the plaintiffs
assert class action or individual claims under federal and state
securities laws and in some cases other applicable laws, allege
that the offering documents for the securities that they
purchased contained material misstatements and omissions,
and generally seek compensatory and rescissory damages in
unspecified amounts, as well as rescission. Certain of these
proceedings involve additional allegations.
Uber Technologies, Inc. GS&Co. is among the
underwriters named as defendants in several putative
securities class actions filed beginning in September 2019 in
California Superior Court, County of San Francisco and the
U.S. District Court for the Northern District of California,
relating to Uber Technologies, Inc.’s (Uber) $8.1 billion May
2019 initial public offering. In addition to the underwriters,
the defendants include Uber and certain of its officers and
directors. GS&Co. underwrote 35,864,408 shares of common
stock representing an aggregate offering price of
approximately $1.6 billion. On November 16, 2020, the court
in the state court action granted defendants’ motion to
dismiss the consolidated amended complaint filed on
February 11, 2020, and on December 16, 2020, plaintiffs
appealed. On August 7, 2020, defendants’ motion to dismiss
the district court action was denied. On September 25, 2020,
the plaintiffs in the district court action moved for class
certification. On December 5, 2020, the plaintiffs in the state
court action filed a complaint in the district court, which was
consolidated with the existing district court action on
January 25, 2021. On May 14, 2021, the plaintiffs filed a
second amended complaint in the district court, purporting to
add the plaintiffs from the state court action as additional
class representatives. On October 1, 2021, defendants’
motion to dismiss the additional class representatives from
the second amended complaint was denied, and on July 26,
2022, the district court granted the plaintiffs’ motion for class
certification. On February 27, 2023, the U.S. Court of
Appeals for the Ninth Circuit denied the defendants’ petition
seeking interlocutory review of the district court’s grant of
class certification.
GoHealth, Inc. GS&Co. is among the underwriters named
as defendants in putative securities class actions filed
beginning on September 21, 2020 and consolidated in the U.S.
District Court for the Northern District of Illinois relating to
GoHealth, Inc.’s (GoHealth) $914 million July 2020 initial
public offering. In addition to the underwriters, the
defendants include GoHealth, certain of its officers and
directors and certain of its shareholders. GS&Co.
underwrote 11,540,550 shares of common stock representing
an aggregate offering price of approximately $242 million.
On February 25, 2021, the plaintiffs filed a consolidated
complaint. On April 5, 2022, the defendants’ motion to
dismiss the consolidated complaint was denied. On
September 23, 2022, the plaintiffs moved for class
certification. On February 21, 2024, the court preliminarily
approved a settlement. Under the terms of the settlement,
GS&Co. will not be required to contribute to the settlement.
Array Technologies, Inc. GS&Co. is among the
underwriters named as defendants in a putative securities
class action filed on May 14, 2021 in the U.S. District Court
for the Southern District of New York relating to Array
Technologies, Inc.’s (Array) $1.2 billion October 2020 initial
public offering of common stock, $1.3 billion December 2020
offering of common stock and $993 million March 2021
offering of common stock. In addition to the underwriters,
the defendants include Array and certain of its officers and
directors. GS&Co. underwrote an aggregate of 31,912,213
shares of common stock in the three offerings representing an
aggregate offering price of approximately $877 million. On
December 7, 2021, the plaintiffs filed an amended
consolidated complaint, and on May 19, 2023, the court
granted the defendants’ motion to dismiss the amended
consolidated complaint. On July 5, 2023, the court denied the
plaintiffs’ request for leave to amend the amended
consolidated complaint and dismissed the case with
prejudice. On August 4, 2023, plaintiffs appealed to the U.S.
Court of Appeals for the Second Circuit.
THE GOLDMAN SACHS GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
(Unaudited)
- 89 Goldman Sachs March 2024 Form 10-Q
ContextLogic Inc. GS&Co. is among the underwriters
named as defendants in putative securities class actions filed
beginning on May 17, 2021 and consolidated in the U.S.
District Court for the Northern District of California,
relating to ContextLogic Inc.’s (ContextLogic) $1.1 billion
December 2020 initial public offering of common stock. In
addition to the underwriters, the defendants include
ContextLogic and certain of its officers and directors.
GS&Co. underwrote 16,169,000 shares of common stock
representing an aggregate offering price of approximately
$388 million. On July 15, 2022, the plaintiffs filed a
consolidated amended complaint, and on March 10, 2023, the
court granted the defendants’ motion to dismiss the
consolidated amended complaint with leave to amend. On
April 10, 2023, the plaintiffs filed a second consolidated
amended complaint, and on December 22, 2023, the court
granted in part and denied in part the defendants’ motion to
dismiss the second consolidated amended complaint with
leave to amend. On February 15, 2024, the plaintiffs filed a
third consolidated amended complaint, and on April 5, 2024,
the defendants moved to dismiss the third consolidated
amended complaint.
DiDi Global Inc. Goldman Sachs (Asia) L.L.C. (GS Asia) is
among the underwriters named as defendants in putative
securities class actions filed beginning on July 6, 2021 in the
U.S. District Courts for the Southern District of New York
and the Central District of California and New York
Supreme Court, County of New York, relating to DiDi
Global Inc.’s (DiDi) $4.4 billion June 2021 initial public
offering of American Depositary Shares (ADS). In addition to
the underwriters, the defendants include DiDi and certain of
its officers and directors. GS Asia underwrote 104,554,000
ADS representing an aggregate offering price of
approximately $1.5 billion. On September 22, 2021, plaintiffs
in the California action voluntarily dismissed their claims
without prejudice. On May 5, 2022, plaintiffs in the
consolidated federal action filed a second consolidated
amended complaint, which includes allegations of violations
of Sections 10(b) and 20A of the Exchange Act against the
underwriter defendants. On March 14, 2024, the court denied
the defendants’ motions to dismiss the second consolidated
amended complaint.
Vroom Inc. GS&Co. is among the underwriters named as
defendants in an amended complaint for a putative securities
class action filed on October 4, 2021 in the U.S. District
Court for the Southern District of New York relating to
Vroom Inc.’s (Vroom) approximately $589 million September
2020 public offering of common stock. In addition to the
underwriters, the defendants include Vroom and certain of its
officers and directors. GS&Co. underwrote 3,886,819 shares
of common stock representing an aggregate offering price of
approximately $212 million. On December 20, 2021, the
defendants served a motion to dismiss the consolidated
complaint.
Zymergen Inc. GS&Co. is among the underwriters named
as defendants in a putative securities class action filed on
August 4, 2021 in the U.S. District Court for the Northern
District of California relating to Zymergen Inc.’s (Zymergen)
$575 million April 2021 initial public offering of common
stock. In addition to the underwriters, the defendants include
Zymergen, certain of its officers and directors and certain of
its shareholders. GS&Co. underwrote 5,750,345 shares of
common stock representing an aggregate offering price of
approximately $178 million. On February 24, 2022, the
plaintiffs filed an amended complaint, and on November 29,
2022, the court granted in part and denied in part the
defendants’ motion to dismiss the amended complaint,
denying dismissal of the claims for violations of Section 11 of
the Securities Act. On August 11, 2023, the court granted the
plaintiffs’ motion for class certification. On October 3, 2023,
Zymergen and three affiliates filed Chapter 11 bankruptcy
petitions in the U.S. Bankruptcy Court for the District of
Delaware. On March 4, 2024, the plaintiffs filed a second
amended complaint.
Waterdrop Inc. GS Asia is among the underwriters named
as defendants in a putative securities class action filed on
September 14, 2021 in the U.S. District Court for the
Southern District of New York relating to Waterdrop Inc.’s
(Waterdrop) $360 million May 2021 initial public offering of
ADS. In addition to the underwriters, the defendants include
Waterdrop and certain of its officers and directors. GS Asia
underwrote 15,300,000 ADS representing an aggregate
offering price of approximately $184 million. On February
21, 2022, the plaintiffs filed an amended complaint, and on
February 3, 2023, the court granted the defendants’ motion to
dismiss the amended complaint. On January 16, 2024, the
U.S. Court of Appeals for the Second Circuit affirmed the
dismissal.
THE GOLDMAN SACHS GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
(Unaudited)
Goldman Sachs March 2024 Form 10-Q 90
Sea Limited. GS Asia is among the underwriters named as
defendants in putative securities class actions filed on
February 11, 2022 and June 17, 2022, respectively, in New
York Supreme Court, County of New York, relating to Sea
Limited’s approximately $4.0 billion September 2021 public
offering of ADS and approximately $2.9 billion September
2021 public offering of convertible senior notes, respectively.
In addition to the underwriters, the defendants include Sea
Limited, certain of its officers and directors and certain of its
shareholders. GS Asia underwrote 8,222,500 ADS
representing an aggregate offering price of approximately
$2.6 billion and convertible senior notes representing an
aggregate offering price of approximately $1.9 billion. On
August 3, 2022, the actions were consolidated, and on August
9, 2022, the plaintiffs filed a consolidated amended
complaint. The defendants had previously moved to dismiss
the action on July 15, 2022, with the parties stipulating that
the motion would apply to the consolidated amended
complaint. On May 15, 2023, the court granted the
defendants’ motion to dismiss the consolidated amended
complaint with prejudice, and on June 15, 2023, the plaintiffs
moved for a rehearing or for leave to amend the consolidated
amended complaint and also appealed. On November 20,
2023, the court denied the plaintiffs’ motion for a rehearing
or for leave to amend.
Rivian Automotive Inc. GS&Co. is among the
underwriters named as defendants in putative securities class
actions filed on March 7, 2022 and February 28, 2023 in the
U.S. District Court for the Central District of California and
in the Superior Court of the State of California, County of
Orange, respectively, relating to Rivian Automotive Inc.’s
(Rivian) approximately $13.7 billion November 2021 initial
public offering. In addition to the underwriters, the
defendants include Rivian and certain of its officers and
directors. GS&Co. underwrote 44,733,050 shares of common
stock representing an aggregate offering price of
approximately $3.5 billion. On March 2, 2023, the plaintiffs
in the federal court action filed an amended consolidated
complaint, and on July 3, 2023, the court denied the
defendants’ motion to dismiss the amended consolidated
complaint. On June 30, 2023, the court in the state court
action granted the defendants’ motion to dismiss the
complaint, and on September 1, 2023, the plaintiffs appealed.
On December 1, 2023, the plaintiffs in the federal court
action moved for class certification.
Natera Inc. GS&Co. is among the underwriters named as
defendants in putative securities class actions in New York
Supreme Court, County of New York and the U.S. District
Court for the Western District of Texas filed on March 10,
2022 and October 7, 2022, respectively, relating to Natera
Inc.’s (Natera) approximately $585 million July 2021 public
offering of common stock. In addition to the underwriters,
the defendants include Natera and certain of its officers and
directors. GS&Co. underwrote 1,449,000 shares of common
stock representing an aggregate offering price of
approximately $164 million. On July 15, 2022, the parties in
the state court action filed a stipulation and proposed order
approving the discontinuance of the action without prejudice.
On September 11, 2023, the federal court granted in part and
denied in part the defendants’ motion to dismiss.
Robinhood Markets, Inc. GS&Co. is among the
underwriters named as defendants in a putative securities
class action filed on December 17, 2021 in the U.S. District
Court for the Northern District of California relating to
Robinhood Markets, Inc.’s (Robinhood) approximately $2.2
billion July 2021 initial public offering. In addition to the
underwriters, the defendants include Robinhood and certain
of its officers and directors. GS&Co. underwrote 18,039,706
shares of common stock representing an aggregate offering
price of approximately $686 million. On February 10, 2023,
the court granted the defendants’ motion to dismiss the
complaint with leave to amend, and on March 13, 2023, the
plaintiffs filed a second amended complaint. On January 24,
2024, the court granted the defendants’ motion to dismiss the
second amended complaint without leave to amend. On
February 21, 2024, the plaintiffs appealed to the U.S. Court of
Appeals for the Ninth Circuit.
ON24, Inc. GS&Co. is among the underwriters named as
defendants in a putative securities class action filed on
November 3, 2021 in the U.S. District Court for the Northern
District of California relating to ON24, Inc.’s (ON24)
approximately $492 million February 2021 initial public
offering of common stock. In addition to the underwriters,
the defendants include ON24 and certain of its officers and
directors, including a director who was a Managing Director
of GS&Co. at the time of the initial public offering. GS&Co.
underwrote 3,616,785 shares of common stock representing
an aggregate offering price of approximately $181 million.
On March 18, 2022, the plaintiffs filed a consolidated
complaint, and on July 7, 2023, the court granted the
defendants’ motion to dismiss the consolidated complaint
with leave to amend. On September 1, 2023, the plaintiffs
filed an amended consolidated complaint, and on March 5,
2024, the court granted the defendants’ motion to dismiss the
amended consolidated complaint with prejudice. On April 4,
2024, the plaintiffs appealed to the U.S. Court of Appeals for
the Ninth Circuit.
THE GOLDMAN SACHS GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
(Unaudited)
- 91 Goldman Sachs March 2024 Form 10-Q
Oscar Health, Inc. GS&Co. is among the underwriters
named as defendants in a putative securities class action filed
on May 12, 2022 in the U.S. District Court for the Southern
District of New York relating to Oscar Health, Inc.’s (Oscar
Health) approximately $1.4 billion March 2021 initial public
offering. In addition to the underwriters, the defendants
include Oscar Health and certain of its officers and directors.
GS&Co. underwrote 12,760,633 shares of common stock
representing an aggregate offering price of approximately
$498 million. On December 5, 2022, the plaintiffs filed an
amended complaint. On April 4, 2023, the defendants moved
to dismiss the amended complaint.
Oak Street Health, Inc. GS&Co. is among the underwriters
named as defendants in an amended complaint for a putative
securities class action filed on May 25, 2022 in the U.S.
District Court for the Northern District of Illinois relating to
Oak Street Health, Inc.’s (Oak Street) $377 million August
2020 initial public offering, $298 million December 2020
secondary equity offering, $691 million February 2021
secondary equity offering and $747 million May 2021
secondary equity offering. In addition to the underwriters,
the defendants include Oak Street, certain of its officers and
directors and certain of its shareholders. GS&Co.
underwrote 4,157,103 shares of common stock in the August
2020 initial public offering representing an aggregate offering
price of approximately $87 million, 1,503,944 shares of
common stock in the December 2020 secondary equity
offering representing an aggregate offering price of
approximately $69 million, 3,083,098 shares of common
stock in the February 2021 secondary equity offering
representing an aggregate offering price of approximately
$173 million and 3,013,065 shares of common stock in the
May 2021 secondary equity offering representing an
aggregate offering price of approximately $187 million. On
February 10, 2023, the court granted in part and denied in
part the defendants’ motion to dismiss, dismissing the claim
alleging a violation of Section 12(a)(2) of the Securities Act
and, with respect to the May 2021 secondary equity offering
only, the claim alleging a violation of Section 11 of the
Securities Act, but declining to dismiss the remaining claims.
On December 15, 2023, the plaintiffs moved for class
certification.
Reata Pharmaceuticals, Inc. GS&Co. is among the
underwriters named as defendants in a consolidated amended
complaint for a putative securities class action filed on June
21, 2022 in the U.S. District Court for the Eastern District of
Texas relating to Reata Pharmaceuticals, Inc.’s (Reata)
approximately $282 million December 2020 public offering of
common stock. In addition to the underwriters, the
defendants include Reata and certain of its officers and
directors. GS&Co. underwrote 1,000,000 shares of common
stock representing an aggregate offering price of
approximately $141 million. On September 7, 2022, the
defendants moved to dismiss the consolidated amended
complaint. On March 29, 2024, the court approved a
settlement, which does not require a contribution from
GS&Co.
Bright Health Group, Inc. GS&Co. is among the
underwriters named as defendants in an amended complaint
for a putative securities class action filed on June 24, 2022 in
the U.S. District Court for the Eastern District of New York
relating to Bright Health Group, Inc.’s (Bright Health)
approximately $924 million June 2021 initial public offering
of common stock. In addition to the underwriters, the
defendants include Bright Health and certain of its officers
and directors. GS&Co. underwrote 11,297,000 shares of
common stock representing an aggregate offering price of
approximately $203 million. On October 12, 2022, the
defendants moved to dismiss the amended complaint.
MINISO Group Holding Limited. GS Asia is among the
underwriters named as defendants in a putative securities
class action filed on August 17, 2022 in the U.S. District
Court for the Central District of California and transferred to
the U.S. District Court for the Southern District of New York
on November 18, 2022 relating to MINISO Group Holding
Limited’s (MINISO) approximately $656 million October
2020 initial public offering of ADS. In addition to the
underwriters, the defendants include MINISO and certain of
its officers and directors. GS Asia underwrote 16,408,093
ADS representing an aggregate offering price of
approximately $328 million. On April 24, 2023, the plaintiffs
filed a second amended complaint, and on February 23, 2024,
the court granted the defendants’ motion to dismiss the
second amended complaint with leave to amend.
THE GOLDMAN SACHS GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
(Unaudited)
Goldman Sachs March 2024 Form 10-Q 92
Coupang, Inc. GS&Co. is among the underwriters named as
defendants in a putative securities class action filed on August
26, 2022 in the U.S. District Court for the Southern District of
New York relating to Coupang, Inc.’s (Coupang)
approximately $4.6 billion March 2021 initial public offering
of common stock. In addition to the underwriters, the
defendants include Coupang and certain of its officers and
directors. GS&Co. underwrote 42,900,000 shares of common
stock representing an aggregate offering price of
approximately $1.5 billion. On May 24, 2023, the plaintiffs
filed an amended complaint, and on July 28, 2023, the
defendants moved to dismiss the amended complaint.
Yatsen Holding Limited. GS Asia is among the
underwriters named as defendants in a putative securities
class action filed on September 23, 2022 in the U.S. District
Court for the Southern District of New York relating to
Yatsen Holding Limited’s (Yatsen) approximately
$617 million November 2020 initial public offering of ADS.
In addition to the underwriters, the defendants include
Yatsen and certain of its officers and directors. GS Asia
underwrote 22,912,500 ADS representing an aggregate
offering price of approximately $241 million. On October 4,
2023, the plaintiffs filed an amended complaint, and on
December 4, 2023, the defendants moved to dismiss the
amended complaint.
Rent the Runway, Inc. GS&Co. is among the underwriters
named as defendants in a putative securities class action filed
on November 14, 2022 in the U.S. District Court for the
Eastern District of New York relating to Rent the Runway,
Inc.’s (Rent the Runway) $357 million October 2021 initial
public offering of common stock. In addition to the
underwriters, the defendants include Rent the Runway and
certain of its officers and directors. GS&Co. underwrote
5,254,304 shares of common stock representing an aggregate
offering price of approximately $110 million. On September
5, 2023, the plaintiffs filed an amended complaint, and on
October 20, 2023, the defendants served a motion to dismiss
the amended complaint.
Opendoor Technologies Inc. GS&Co. is among the
underwriters named as defendants in a putative securities
class action filed on November 22, 2022 in the U.S. District
Court for the District of Arizona relating to, among other
things, Opendoor Technologies Inc.’s (Opendoor)
approximately $886 million February 2021 public offering of
common stock. In addition to the underwriters, the
defendants include Opendoor and certain of its officers and
directors. GS&Co. underwrote 10,173,401 shares of common
stock representing an aggregate offering price of
approximately $275 million. On April 17, 2023, the plaintiffs
filed a consolidated amended complaint, and on February 28,
2024, the court granted the defendants’ motion to dismiss the
consolidated amended complaint with leave to amend.
FIGS, Inc. GS&Co. is among the underwriters named as
defendants in a putative securities class action filed on
December 8, 2022 in the U.S. District Court for the Central
District of California relating to FIGS, Inc.’s (FIGS)
approximately $668 million May 2021 initial public offering
and approximately $413 million September 2021 secondary
equity offering. In addition to the underwriters, the
defendants include FIGS, certain of its officers and directors
and certain of its shareholders. GS&Co. underwrote
9,545,073 shares of common stock in the May 2021 initial
public offering representing an aggregate offering price of
approximately $210 million and 3,179,047 shares of common
stock in the September 2021 secondary equity offering
representing an aggregate offering price of approximately
$128 million. On April 10, 2023, the plaintiffs filed a
consolidated complaint, and on January 17, 2024, the court
granted the defendants’ motions to dismiss the consolidated
complaint with leave to amend. On March 19, 2024, the
plaintiffs filed a first amended complaint.
Silvergate Capital Corporation. GS&Co. is among the
underwriters and sales agents named as defendants in a
putative securities class action filed on January 19, 2023 in
the U.S. District Court for the Southern District of
California, as amended on May 11, 2023, relating to
Silvergate Capital Corporation’s (Silvergate) approximately
$288 million January 2021 public offering of common stock,
approximately $300 million “at-the-market” offering of
common stock conducted from March through May 2021,
approximately $200 million July 2021 public offering of
depositary shares representing interests in preferred stock,
and approximately $552 million December 2021 public
offering of common stock. In addition to the underwriters
and sales agents, the defendants include Silvergate and certain
of its officers and directors. GS&Co. underwrote 1,711,313
shares of common stock in the January 2021 public offering
of common stock representing an aggregate offering price of
approximately $108 million, acted as a sales agent with
respect to up to a $300 million aggregate offering price of
shares of common stock in the March through May 2021 “at-
the-market” offering, underwrote 1,600,000 depositary shares
in the July 2021 public offering representing an aggregate
offering price of approximately $40 million, and underwrote
1,375,397 shares of common stock in the December 2021
public offering of common stock representing an aggregate
offering price of approximately $199 million. On July 10,
2023, the defendants moved to dismiss the consolidated
amended complaint.
THE GOLDMAN SACHS GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
(Unaudited)
- 93 Goldman Sachs March 2024 Form 10-Q
Centessa Pharmaceuticals plc. GS&Co. is among the
underwriters named as defendants in an amended complaint
for a putative securities class action filed on February 10,
2023 in the U.S. District Court for the Southern District of
New York relating to Centessa Pharmaceuticals plc’s
(Centessa) approximately $380 million May 2021 initial
public offering of ADS. In addition to the underwriters, the
defendants include Centessa and certain of its officers and
directors. GS&Co. underwrote 6,072,000 ADS representing
an aggregate offering price of approximately $121 million.
On June 7, 2023, the defendants moved to dismiss the
amended complaint.
iQIYI, Inc. GS Asia is among the underwriters named as
defendants in a putative securities class action filed on June 1,
2021 in the U.S. District Court for the Eastern District of
New York relating to iQIYI’s approximately $2.4 billion
March 2018 initial public offering of ADS. In addition to the
underwriters, the defendants include iQIYI, certain of its
officers and directors and its controlling shareholder. GS Asia
underwrote 69,751,212 ADS representing an aggregate
offering price of approximately $1.3 billion. On November
30, 2022, the defendants served a motion to dismiss the
amended complaint. On March 11, 2024, the plaintiffs filed a
second amended complaint.
F45 Training Holdings Inc. GS&Co. is among the
underwriters named as defendants in an amended complaint
for a putative securities class action filed on May 19, 2023 in
the U.S. District Court for the Western District of Texas
relating to F45 Training Holdings Inc.’s (F45) approximately
$350 million July 2021 initial public offering of common
stock. In addition to the underwriters, the defendants include
F45, certain of its officers and directors and certain of its
shareholders. GS&Co. acted as a qualified independent
underwriter for the offering and underwrote 8,303,744 shares
of common stock representing an aggregate offering price of
approximately $133 million. On August 7, 2023, the
defendants filed a motion to dismiss the amended complaint.
On January 25, 2024, the plaintiffs filed a second amended
complaint, and on March 11, 2024, the defendants moved to
dismiss the second amended complaint.
Olaplex Holdings, Inc. GS&Co. is among the underwriters
named as defendants in a putative securities class action filed
on April 28, 2023 in the U.S. District Court for the Central
District of California relating to Olaplex Holdings, Inc.’s
(Olaplex) approximately $1.8 billion September 2021 initial
public offering of common stock. In addition to the
underwriters, the defendants include Olaplex, certain of its
officers and directors and selling shareholders. GS&Co.
underwrote 19,419,420 shares of common stock representing
an aggregate offering price of approximately $408 million.
On June 22, 2023, the plaintiffs filed a revised consolidated
complaint. On July 19, 2023, the defendants moved to
dismiss the revised consolidated complaint.
agilon health, inc. GS&Co. is among the underwriters
named as defendants in putative securities class actions filed
on March 19, 2024 and April 2, 2024 in the U.S. District
Court for the Western District of Texas and the U.S. District
Court for the Southern District of New York, respectively,
relating to agilon health, inc.’s (agilon) approximately
$1.2 billion April 2021 initial public offering and
approximately $1.8 billion May 2023 secondary equity
offering. In addition to the underwriters, the defendants
include agilon, certain of its officers and directors and certain
of its shareholders. GS&Co. underwrote 10,631,949 shares of
common stock in the April 2021 initial public offering
representing an aggregate offering price of approximately
$245 million and 26,879,772 shares of common stock in the
May 2023 secondary equity offering, of which 2,731,638
shares were purchased by agilon, representing an aggregate
offering price of approximately $519 million sold to third
parties.
Investment Management Services
Group Inc. and certain of its affiliates are parties to various
civil litigation and arbitration proceedings and other disputes
with clients relating to losses allegedly sustained as a result of
the firm’s investment management services. These claims
generally seek, among other things, restitution or other
compensatory damages and, in some cases, punitive damages.
THE GOLDMAN SACHS GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
(Unaudited)
Goldman Sachs March 2024 Form 10-Q 94
Securities Lending Antitrust Litigation
Group Inc. and GS&Co. were among the defendants named
in a putative antitrust class action and three individual
actions relating to securities lending practices filed in the U.S.
District Court for the Southern District of New York
beginning in August 2017. The complaints generally assert
claims under federal and state antitrust law and state
common law in connection with an alleged conspiracy among
the defendants to preclude the development of electronic
platforms for securities lending transactions. The individual
complaints also assert claims for tortious interference with
business relations and under state trade practices law and, in
the second and third individual actions, unjust enrichment
under state common law. The complaints seek declaratory
and injunctive relief, as well as unspecified amounts of
compensatory, treble, punitive and other damages. Group
Inc. was voluntarily dismissed from the putative class action
on January 26, 2018. Defendants’ motion to dismiss the class
action complaint was denied on September 27, 2018.
Defendants’ motion to dismiss the first individual action was
granted on August 7, 2019. On September 30, 2021, the
defendants’ motion to dismiss the second and third individual
actions, which were consolidated in June 2019, was granted,
and on March 24, 2023, the U.S. Court of Appeals for the
Second Circuit affirmed the dismissal. On June 30, 2022, the
Magistrate Judge recommended that the plaintiffs’ motion
for class certification in the putative class action be granted in
part and denied in part. On August 15, 2022, the plaintiffs
and defendants filed objections to the Magistrate Judge’s
report and recommendation with the district court. On
September 1, 2023, the court preliminarily approved a
settlement among the plaintiffs and certain defendants,
including the firm, to resolve this action. The firm had
reserved the full amount of its proposed contribution to the
settlement.
Variable Rate Demand Obligations Antitrust Litigation
Group Inc. and GS&Co. were among the defendants named
in a putative class action relating to variable rate demand
obligations (VRDOs), filed beginning in February 2019 under
separate complaints and consolidated in the U.S. District
Court for the Southern District of New York. The
consolidated amended complaint, filed on May 31, 2019,
generally asserts claims under federal antitrust law and state
common law in connection with an alleged conspiracy among
the defendants to manipulate the market for VRDOs. The
complaint seeks declaratory and injunctive relief, as well as
unspecified amounts of compensatory, treble and other
damages. Group Inc. was voluntarily dismissed from the
putative class action on June 3, 2019. On November 2, 2020,
the court granted in part and denied in part the defendants’
motion to dismiss, dismissing the state common law claims
against GS&Co., but denying dismissal of the federal
antitrust law claims.
GS&Co. is also among the defendants named in a related
putative class action filed on June 2, 2021 in the U.S. District
Court for the Southern District of New York. The complaint
alleges the same conspiracy in the market for VRDOs as that
alleged in the consolidated amended complaint filed on May
31, 2019, and asserts federal antitrust law, state law and state
common law claims against the defendants. The complaint
seeks declaratory and injunctive relief, as well as unspecified
amounts of compensatory, treble and other damages. On
August 6, 2021, plaintiffs in the May 31, 2019 action filed an
amended complaint consolidating the June 2, 2021 action
with the May 31, 2019 action. On September 14, 2021,
defendants filed a joint partial motion to dismiss the August
6, 2021 amended consolidated complaint. On June 28, 2022,
the court granted in part and denied in part the defendants’
motion to dismiss, dismissing the state breach of fiduciary
duty claim against GS&Co., but declining to dismiss any
portion of the federal antitrust law claims. On September 21,
2023, the court granted the plaintiffs’ motion for class
certification. On February 5, 2024, the U.S. Court of Appeals
for the Second Circuit granted the defendants’ petition
seeking interlocutory review of the district court’s grant of
class certification. On February 15, 2024, the district court
granted the defendants’ request to stay the proceedings
pending their appeal of the district court’s grant of class
certification.
THE GOLDMAN SACHS GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
(Unaudited)
- 95 Goldman Sachs March 2024 Form 10-Q
Interest Rate Swap Antitrust Litigation
Group Inc., GS&Co., GSI, GS Bank USA and Goldman Sachs
Financial Markets, L.P. are among the defendants named in a
putative antitrust class action relating to the trading of
interest rate swaps, filed in November 2015 and consolidated
in the U.S. District Court for the Southern District of New
York. The same Goldman Sachs entities are also among the
defendants named in two antitrust actions relating to the
trading of interest rate swaps, commenced in April 2016 and
June 2018, respectively, in the U.S. District Court for the
Southern District of New York by three operators of swap
execution facilities and certain of their affiliates. These
actions have been consolidated for pretrial proceedings. The
complaints generally assert claims under federal antitrust law
and state common law in connection with an alleged
conspiracy among the defendants to preclude exchange
trading of interest rate swaps. The complaints in the
individual actions also assert claims under state antitrust law.
The complaints seek declaratory and injunctive relief, as well
as treble damages in an unspecified amount. Defendants
moved to dismiss the class and the first individual action and
the district court dismissed the state common law claims
asserted by the plaintiffs in the first individual action and
otherwise limited the state common law claim in the putative
class action and the antitrust claims in both actions to the
period from 2013 to 2016. On November 20, 2018, the court
granted in part and denied in part the defendants’ motion to
dismiss the second individual action, dismissing the state
common law claims for unjust enrichment and tortious
interference, but denying dismissal of the federal and state
antitrust claims. On March 13, 2019, the court denied the
plaintiffs’ motion in the putative class action to amend their
complaint to add allegations related to conduct from 2008 to
2012, but granted the motion to add limited allegations from
2013 to 2016, which the plaintiffs added in a fourth
consolidated amended complaint filed on March 22, 2019.
On December 15, 2023, the court denied the plaintiffs’
motion for class certification, and on December 28, 2023, the
plaintiffs filed a petition with the U.S. Court of Appeals for
the Second Circuit seeking interlocutory review of the district
court’s denial of class certification. On February 29, 2024, the
parties reached a settlement in principle, subject to final
documentation and court approval, to resolve the class
action. The firm has reserved the full amount of its proposed
contribution to the settlement. The individual actions remain
pending.
Commodities-Related Litigation
GSI is among the defendants named in putative class actions
relating to trading in platinum and palladium, filed beginning
on November 25, 2014 and most recently amended on May
15, 2017, in the U.S. District Court for the Southern District
of New York. The amended complaint generally alleges that
the defendants violated federal antitrust laws and the
Commodity Exchange Act in connection with an alleged
conspiracy to manipulate a benchmark for physical platinum
and palladium prices and seek declaratory and injunctive
relief, as well as treble damages in an unspecified amount. On
March 29, 2020, the court granted the defendants’ motions to
dismiss and for reconsideration, resulting in the dismissal of
all claims, and on February 27, 2023, the U.S. Court of
Appeals for the Second Circuit reversed the district court’s
dismissal of certain plaintiffs’ antitrust claims and vacated
the district court’s dismissal of the plaintiffs’ Commodity
Exchange Act claim. On April 12, 2023, the defendants’
petition for rehearing or rehearing en banc with the U.S.
Court of Appeals for the Second Circuit was denied. On July
21, 2023, the defendants filed a motion for judgment on the
pleadings. On April 19, 2024, the parties reached a settlement
in principle, subject to final documentation and court
approval, to resolve the class action. The firm has reserved
the full amount of its proposed contribution to the
settlement.
Corporate Bonds Antitrust Litigation
Group Inc. and GS&Co. are among the dealers named as
defendants in a putative class action relating to the secondary
market for odd-lot corporate bonds, filed on April 21, 2020 in
the U.S. District Court for the Southern District of New
York. The amended consolidated complaint, filed on
October 29, 2020, asserts claims under federal antitrust law
in connection with alleged anti-competitive conduct by the
defendants in the secondary market for odd-lots of corporate
bonds, and seeks declaratory and injunctive relief, as well as
unspecified monetary damages, including treble and punitive
damages and restitution. On October 25, 2021, the court
granted defendants’ motion to dismiss with prejudice. On
November 23, 2021, plaintiffs appealed to the U.S. Court of
Appeals for the Second Circuit. On November 10, 2022, the
district court denied the plaintiffs’ motion for an indicative
ruling that the judgment should be vacated because the wife
of the district judge owned stock in one of the defendants and
the district judge did not recuse himself.
THE GOLDMAN SACHS GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
(Unaudited)
Goldman Sachs March 2024 Form 10-Q 96
Credit Default Swap Antitrust Litigation
Group Inc., GS&Co. and GSI were among the defendants
named in a putative antitrust class action relating to the
settlement of credit default swaps, filed on June 30, 2021 in
the U.S. District Court for the District of New Mexico. The
complaint generally asserts claims under federal antitrust law
and the Commodity Exchange Act in connection with an
alleged conspiracy among the defendants to manipulate the
benchmark price used to value credit default swaps for
settlement. The complaint also asserts a claim for unjust
enrichment under state common law. The complaint seeks
declaratory and injunctive relief, as well as unspecified
amounts of treble and other damages. On November 15,
2021, the defendants filed a motion to dismiss the complaint.
On February 4, 2022, the plaintiffs filed an amended
complaint and voluntarily dismissed Group Inc. from the
action. On June 5, 2023, the court dismissed the claims
against certain foreign defendants for lack of personal
jurisdiction but denied the defendants’ motion to dismiss
with respect to GS&Co., GSI and the remaining defendants.
On January 24, 2024, the court granted the defendants’
motion to stay the proceedings pending the resolution of the
motion filed by the defendants on November 3, 2023 in the
U.S. District Court for the Southern District of New York to
enforce a 2015 settlement and release among the parties. On
January 26, 2024, the U.S. District Court for the Southern
District of New York granted the defendants’ motion to
enforce the settlement and release and enjoined the plaintiffs
from pursuing any claims against the defendants in the New
Mexico action for any alleged violation of law based on
conduct before June 30, 2014, and on February 23, 2024, the
plaintiffs appealed to the U.S. Court of Appeals for the
Second Circuit.
Consumer Investigation and Review
The firm is cooperating with the CFPB and other
governmental bodies relating to investigations and/or
inquiries concerning GS Bank USA’s credit card account
management practices and is providing information
regarding the application of refunds, crediting of
nonconforming payments, billing error resolution,
advertisements, reporting to credit bureaus, and any other
consumer-related information requested by them.
Regulatory Investigations and Reviews and Related
Litigation
Group Inc. and certain of its affiliates are subject to a number
of other investigations and reviews by, and in some cases
have received subpoenas and requests for documents and
information from, various governmental and regulatory
bodies and self-regulatory organizations and litigation and
shareholder requests relating to various matters relating to
the firm’s businesses and operations, including:
- • The securities offering process and underwriting practices;
- • The firm’s investment management and financial advisory
services;
- • Conflicts of interest;
- • Research practices, including research independence and
interactions between research analysts and other firm
personnel, including investment banking personnel, as well
as third parties;
- • Transactions involving government-related financings and
other matters, municipal securities, including wall-cross
procedures and conflict of interest disclosure with respect
to state and municipal clients, the trading and structuring
of municipal derivative instruments in connection with
municipal offerings, political contribution rules, municipal
advisory services and the possible impact of credit default
swap transactions on municipal issuers;
- • Consumer lending, as well as residential mortgage lending,
servicing and securitization, and compliance with related
consumer laws;
- • The offering, auction, sales, trading and clearance of
corporate and government securities, currencies,
commodities and other financial products and related sales
and other communications and activities, as well as the
firm’s supervision and controls relating to such activities,
including compliance with applicable short sale rules,
algorithmic, high-frequency and quantitative trading, the
firm’s U.S. alternative trading system (dark pool), futures
trading, options trading, when-issued trading, transaction
and regulatory reporting, technology systems and controls,
communications recordkeeping and recording, securities
lending practices, prime brokerage activities, trading and
clearance of credit derivative instruments and interest rate
swaps, commodities activities and metals storage, private
placement practices, allocations of and trading in
securities, and trading activities and communications in
connection with the establishment of benchmark rates,
such as currency rates;
- • Compliance with the FCPA;
- • The firm’s hiring and compensation practices;
- • The firm’s system of risk management and controls; and
- • Insider trading, the potential misuse and dissemination of
material nonpublic information regarding corporate and
governmental developments and the effectiveness of the
firm’s insider trading controls and information barriers.
The firm is cooperating with all such governmental and
regulatory investigations and reviews.
THE GOLDMAN SACHS GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
(Unaudited)
- 97 Goldman Sachs March 2024 Form 10-Q
To the Board of Directors and Shareholders of The Goldman
Sachs Group, Inc.
Results of Review of Interim Financial Statements
We have reviewed the accompanying consolidated balance
sheet of The Goldman Sachs Group, Inc. and its subsidiaries
(the Company) as of March 31, 2024, and the related
consolidated statements of earnings, comprehensive income,
changes in shareholders’ equity, and cash flows for the three
month periods ended March 31, 2024 and 2023, including the
related notes (collectively referred to as the “interim financial
statements”). Based on our reviews, we are not aware of any
material modifications that should be made to the
accompanying interim financial statements for them to be in
conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in
the United States of America.
We have previously audited, in accordance with the
standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight
Board (United States) (PCAOB), the consolidated balance
sheet of the Company as of December 31, 2023, and the
related consolidated statements of earnings, comprehensive
income, changes in shareholders’ equity and cash flows for
the year then ended (not presented herein), and in our report
dated February 22, 2024, we expressed an unqualified
opinion on those consolidated financial statements. In our
opinion, the information set forth in the accompanying
consolidated balance sheet as of December 31, 2023, is fairly
stated, in all material respects, in relation to the consolidated
balance sheet from which it has been derived.
Basis for Review Results
These interim financial statements are the responsibility of
the Company’s management. We are a public accounting
firm registered with the PCAOB and are required to be
independent with respect to the Company in accordance with
the U.S. federal securities laws and the applicable rules and
regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission and
the PCAOB. We conducted our review in accordance with
the standards of the PCAOB. A review of interim financial
information consists principally of applying analytical
procedures and making inquiries of persons responsible for
financial and accounting matters. It is substantially less in
scope than an audit conducted in accordance with the
standards of the PCAOB, the objective of which is the
expression of an opinion regarding the financial statements
taken as a whole. Accordingly, we do not express such an
opinion.
/s/ PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP
New York, New York
May 2, 2024
Report of Independent Registered Public
Accounting Firm
Goldman Sachs March 2024 Form 10-Q 98
Distribution of Assets, Liabilities and Shareholders’
Equity
The tables below present information about average
balances, interest and average interest rates.
| | Average Balance for the Three Months Ended March |
$ in millions | 2024 | 2023 |
Assets | | |
U.S. | $ 122,411 | $ 138,678 |
Non-U.S. | 124,040 | 125,846 |
Deposits with banks | 246,451 | 264,524 |
U.S. | 249,514 | 197,735 |
Non-U.S. | 134,339 | 164,904 |
Collateralized agreements | 383,853 | 362,639 |
U.S. | 259,181 | 183,436 |
Non-U.S. | 177,245 | 124,071 |
Trading assets | 436,426 | 307,507 |
U.S. | 133,946 | 115,308 |
Non-U.S. | 14,120 | 15,215 |
Investments | 148,066 | 130,523 |
U.S. | 163,413 | 155,555 |
Non-U.S. | 16,801 | 20,138 |
Loans | 180,214 | 175,693 |
U.S. | 81,619 | 85,962 |
Non-U.S. | 57,240 | 60,066 |
Other interest-earning assets | 138,859 | 146,028 |
Interest-earning assets | 1,533,869 | 1,386,914 |
Cash and due from banks | 6,378 | 6,582 |
Other non-interest-earning assets | 102,646 | 116,570 |
Assets | $ 1,642,893 | $ 1,510,066 |
Liabilities | | |
U.S. | $ 334,016 | $ 301,304 |
Non-U.S. | 95,178 | 74,805 |
Interest-bearing deposits | 429,194 | 376,109 |
U.S. | 193,773 | 128,316 |
Non-U.S. | 115,325 | 79,103 |
Collateralized financings | 309,098 | 207,419 |
U.S. | 57,847 | 66,002 |
Non-U.S. | 74,287 | 72,211 |
Trading liabilities | 132,134 | 138,213 |
U.S. | 49,353 | 40,513 |
Non-U.S. | 34,382 | 25,721 |
Short-term borrowings | 83,735 | 66,234 |
U.S. | 189,922 | 210,799 |
Non-U.S. | 51,418 | 44,513 |
Long-term borrowings | 241,340 | 255,312 |
U.S. | 141,939 | 156,098 |
Non-U.S. Other interest-bearing liabilities | 87,668 229,607 | 95,910 |
Interest-bearing liabilities | 1,425,108 | 252,008 |
Non-interest-bearing deposits | | 1,295,295 |
Other non-interest-bearing liabilities | 4,859 | 4,742 |
Liabilities | 95,533 | 93,210 |
Shareholders’ equity | 1,525,500 | 1,393,247 |
| | | |
Preferred stock | 11,203 | 10,703 |
Common stock | 106,190 | 106,116 |
Shareholders’ equity | 117,393 | 116,819 |
Liabilities and shareholders’ equity | $ 1,642,893 | $ 1,510,066 |
Percentage attributable to non-U.S. | | |
Interest-earning assets | 34.15% | 36.79% |
Interest-bearing liabilities | 32.16% | 30.28% |
operations
| | Interest for the Three Months Ended March |
$ in millions | 2024 | 2023 |
Assets | | |
U.S. | $ 1,748 | $ 1,767 |
Non-U.S. | 1,039 | 703 |
Deposits with banks | 2,787 | 2,470 |
U.S. | 3,412 | 2,352 |
Non-U.S. | 1,377 | 1,037 |
Collateralized agreements | 4,789 | 3,389 |
U.S. | 2,058 | 1,208 |
Non-U.S. | 855 | 616 |
Trading assets | 2,913 | 1,824 |
U.S. | 1,013 | 629 |
Non-U.S. | 180 | 188 |
Investments | 1,193 | 817 |
U.S. | 3,584 | 3,104 |
Non-U.S. | 357 | 354 |
Loans | 3,941 | 3,458 |
U.S. | 2,313 | 1,761 |
Non-U.S. | 1,619 | 1,219 |
Other interest-earning assets | 3,932 | 2,980 |
Interest-earning assets | $ 19,555 | $ 14,938 |
Liabilities | | |
U.S. | $ 4,020 | $ 2,966 |
Non-U.S. | 1,127 | 529 |
Interest-bearing deposits | 5,147 | 3,495 |
U.S. | 2,881 | 1,681 |
Non-U.S. | 1,325 | 679 |
Collateralized financings | 4,206 | 2,360 |
U.S. | 322 | 260 |
Non-U.S. | 366 | 338 |
Trading liabilities | 688 | 598 |
U.S. | 390 | 187 |
Non-U.S. | 66 | 29 |
Short-term borrowings | 456 | 216 |
U.S. | 2,709 | 2,584 |
Long-term borrowings | 2,777 | 2,650 |
U.S. | 3,102 | 2,411 |
Non-U.S. | 1,571 | 1,427 |
Other interest-bearing liabilities | 4,673 | 3,838 |
Interest-bearing liabilities | $ 17,947 | $ 13,157 |
Net interest income | | |
U.S. | $ 704 | $ 732 |
Non-U.S. | 904 | 1,049 |
Net interest income | $ 1,608 | $ 1,781 |
Non-U.S. 68 66
THE GOLDMAN SACHS GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
Statistical Disclosures
- 99 Goldman Sachs March 2024 Form 10-Q
| | Annualized Average Rate for the Three Months Ended March |
| | 2024 | 2023 |
Assets | | |
U.S. | 5.77% | 5.10% |
Non-U.S. | 3.39% | 2.23% |
Deposits with banks | 4.57% | 3.74% |
U.S. | 5.53% | 4.76% |
Non-U.S. | 4.15% | 2.52% |
Collateralized agreements | 5.05% | 3.74% |
U.S. | 3.21% | 2.63% |
Non-U.S. | 1.95% | 1.99% |
Trading assets | 2.70% | 2.37% |
U.S. | 3.06% | 2.18% |
Non-U.S. | 5.16% | 4.94% |
Investments | 3.26% | 2.50% |
U.S. | 8.87% | 7.98% |
Non-U.S. | 8.59% | 7.03% |
Loans | 8.84% | 7.87% |
U.S. | 11.46% | 8.19% |
Non-U.S. | 11.44% | 8.12% |
Other interest-earning assets | 11.45% | 8.16% |
Interest-earning assets | 5.16% | 4.31% |
Liabilities | | |
U.S. | 4.87% | 3.94% |
Non-U.S. | 4.79% | 2.83% |
Interest-bearing deposits | 4.85% | 3.72% |
U.S. | 6.01% | 5.24% |
Non-U.S. | 4.65% | 3.43% |
Collateralized financings | 5.50% | 4.55% |
U.S. | 2.25% | 1.58% |
Non-U.S. | 1.99% | 1.87% |
Trading liabilities | 2.11% | 1.73% |
U.S. | 3.20% | 1.85% |
Non-U.S. | 0.78% | 0.45% |
Short-term borrowings | 2.20% | 1.30% |
U.S. | 5.77% | 4.90% |
Non-U.S. | 0.53% | 0.59% |
Long-term borrowings | 4.65% 8.84% | 4.15% |
U.S. Non-U.S. | 7.25% | 6.18% 5.95% |
Other interest-bearing liabilities | 8.23% | 6.09% |
Interest-bearing liabilities | 5.09% | 4.06% |
Interest rate spread | 0.07% | 0.25% |
| | | |
U.S. | 0.28% | 0.33% |
Non-U.S. | 0.70% | 0.82% |
Net yield on interest-earning assets 0.42% 0.51%
In the tables above:
- • Assets, liabilities and interest are classified as U.S. and non-
U.S. based on the location of the legal entity in which the
assets and liabilities are held.
- • Derivative instruments and commodities are included in
other non-interest-earning assets and other non-interest-
bearing liabilities.
- • Average collateralized agreements included $183.53 billion
of resale agreements and $200.32 billion of securities
borrowed for the three months ended March 2024, and
$167.64 billion of resale agreements and $195.00 billion of
securities borrowed for the three months ended March
2023.
- • Other interest-earning assets primarily consists of certain
receivables from customers and counterparties.
- • Collateralized financings included $245.73 billion of
repurchase agreements and $63.37 billion of securities
loaned for the three months ended March 2024, and
$168.02 billion of repurchase agreements and $39.40 billion
of securities loaned for the three months ended March
2023.
- • Substantially all other interest-bearing liabilities consists of
certain payables to customers and counterparties.
- • Interest rates for borrowings include the effects of interest
rate swaps accounted for as hedges.
- • Loans exclude loans held for sale that are accounted for at
the lower of cost or fair value. Such loans are included
within other interest-earning assets.
- • Short- and long-term borrowings include both secured and
unsecured borrowings.
THE GOLDMAN SACHS GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
Statistical Disclosures
Goldman Sachs March 2024 Form 10-Q 100
Results of Operations
Introduction
The Goldman Sachs Group, Inc. (Group Inc. or parent
company), a Delaware corporation, together with its
consolidated subsidiaries, is a leading global financial
institution that delivers a broad range of financial services to
a large and diversified client base that includes corporations,
financial institutions, governments and individuals. Founded
in 1869, we are headquartered in New York and maintain
offices in all major financial centers around the world. We
manage and report our activities in three business segments:
Global Banking & Markets, Asset & Wealth Management
and Platform Solutions. See “Results of Operations” for
further information about our business segments.
When we use the terms “we,” “us” and “our,” we mean
Group Inc. and its consolidated subsidiaries. When we use
the term “our subsidiaries,” we mean the consolidated
subsidiaries of Group Inc.
Group Inc. is a bank holding company and a financial
holding company regulated by the Board of Governors of the
Federal Reserve System (FRB).
This Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial
Condition and Results of Operations should be read in
conjunction with our Annual Report on Form 10-K for the
year ended December 31, 2023. References to “the 2023 Form
- 10-K” are to our Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year
ended December 31, 2023. References to “this Form 10-Q”
are to our Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarterly
period ended March 31, 2024. All references to “the
consolidated financial statements” or “Statistical
Disclosures” are to Part I, Item 1 of this Form 10-Q. The
consolidated financial statements are unaudited. All
references to March 2024 and March 2023 refer to our
periods ended, or the dates, as the context requires,
March 31, 2024 and March 31, 2023, respectively. All
references to December 2023 refer to the date December 31,
2023. Any reference to a future year refers to a year ending on
December 31 of that year. Certain reclassifications have been
made to previously reported amounts to conform to the
current presentation.
Executive Overview
We generated net earnings of $4.13 billion for the first
quarter of 2024, compared with $3.23 billion for the first
quarter of 2023. Diluted earnings per common share (EPS)
was $11.58 for the first quarter of 2024, compared with $8.79
for the first quarter of 2023. Annualized return on average
common shareholders’ equity (ROE) was 14.8% for the first
quarter of 2024, compared with 11.6% for the first quarter of
2023. Book value per common share was $321.10 as of March
2024, 2.4% higher compared with December 2023.
Net revenues were $14.21 billion for the first quarter of 2024,
16% higher than the first quarter of 2023, reflecting higher
net revenues across all segments. The increase in net revenues
in Global Banking & Markets reflected significantly higher
net revenues in Investment banking fees and higher net
revenues in Fixed Income, Currency and Commodities
(FICC) and Equities. The increase in net revenues in Asset &
Wealth Management primarily reflected significantly higher
net revenues in both Private banking and lending (the first
quarter of 2023 included net revenues of approximately
$(470) million related to a partial sale of the Marcus by
Goldman Sachs (Marcus) loans portfolio and the transfer of
the remainder of the portfolio to held for sale) and Equity
investments, and higher Management and other fees. The
increase in net revenues in Platform Solutions reflected
significantly higher net revenues in Consumer platforms.
Provision for credit losses was $318 million for the first
quarter of 2024, compared with a net benefit of $171 million
for the first quarter of 2023. Provisions for the first quarter of
2024 reflected net provisions related to both the credit card
portfolio (driven by net charge-offs) and wholesale loans
(driven by impairments). The net benefit for the first quarter
of 2023 reflected a reserve reduction of approximately $440
million related to a partial sale of the Marcus loans portfolio
and the transfer of the remainder of the portfolio to held for
sale, partially offset by net provisions related to the credit
card and point-of-sale loan portfolios (driven by net charge-
offs and growth) and a provision related to a term deposit
with First Republic Bank (First Republic).
Operating expenses were $8.66 billion for the first quarter of
2024, 3% higher than the first quarter of 2023, primarily
reflecting higher compensation and benefits expenses
(reflecting improved operating performance), higher
transaction based expenses and an incremental expense for
the FDIC special assessment fee, partially offset by
significantly lower impairments related to commercial real
estate included in consolidated investment entities (CIEs).
Our efficiency ratio (total operating expenses divided by total
net revenues) was 60.9% for the first quarter of 2024,
compared with 68.7% for the first quarter of 2023.
THE GOLDMAN SACHS GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
Management’s Discussion and Analysis
101 Goldman Sachs March 2024 Form 10-Q
During the first quarter of 2024, we returned a total of $2.43
billion of capital to common shareholders, including $1.50
billion of common share repurchases and $929 million of
common stock dividends. As of March 2024, our Common
Equity Tier 1 (CET1) capital ratio was 14.6% under the
Standardized Capital Rules and 15.9% under the Advanced
Capital Rules. See Note 20 to the consolidated financial
statements for further information about our capital ratios.
Business Environment
During the first quarter of 2024, the global economy grew,
but economic activity continued to be impacted by concerns
about inflation and ongoing geopolitical stresses, including
tensions with China and the conflicts in Ukraine and the
Middle East. Additionally, markets were focused on the
potential timing and amount of policy interest rate cuts by
central banks globally, as well as persistent concerns about
commercial real estate. However, the U.S. economy has
proven to be resilient, supported by a number of factors,
including government spending, as well as labor force growth
driven by above-trend levels of immigration.
There remains uncertainty and concerns about geopolitical
risks, central bank policy, inflation, the commercial real
estate sector and potential increases in regulatory capital
requirements. See “Results of Operations — Segment Assets
and Operating Results — Segment Operating Results” for
further information about the operating environment for
each of our business segments.
Critical Accounting Policies
Fair Value
Fair Value Hierarchy. Trading assets and liabilities, certain
investments and loans, and certain other financial assets and
liabilities, are included in our consolidated balance sheets at
fair value (i.e., marked-to-market), with related gains or
losses generally recognized in our consolidated statements of
earnings. The use of fair value to measure financial
instruments is fundamental to our risk management practices
and is our most critical accounting policy.
The fair value of a financial instrument is the amount that
would be received to sell an asset or paid to transfer a
liability in an orderly transaction between market
participants at the measurement date. We measure certain
financial assets and liabilities as a portfolio (i.e., based on its
net exposure to market and/or credit risks). In determining
fair value, the hierarchy under U.S. generally accepted
accounting principles (U.S. GAAP) gives (i) the highest
priority to unadjusted quoted prices in active markets for
identical, unrestricted assets or liabilities (level 1 inputs), (ii)
the next priority to inputs other than level 1 inputs that are
observable, either directly or indirectly (level 2 inputs), and
- (iii) the lowest priority to inputs that cannot be observed in
market activity (level 3 inputs). In evaluating the significance
of a valuation input, we consider, among other factors, a
portfolio’s net risk exposure to that input. Assets and
liabilities are classified in their entirety based on the lowest
level of input that is significant to their fair value
measurement.
The fair values for substantially all of our financial assets and
liabilities are based on observable prices and inputs and are
classified in levels 1 and 2 of the fair value hierarchy. Certain
level 2 and level 3 financial assets and liabilities may require
appropriate valuation adjustments that a market participant
would require to arrive at fair value for factors, such as
counterparty and our credit quality, funding risk, transfer
restrictions, liquidity and bid/offer spreads.
Instruments classified in level 3 of the fair value hierarchy are
those which require one or more significant inputs that are
not observable. Level 3 financial assets represented 1.4% as
of March 2024 and 1.5% as of December 2023 of our total
assets. See Notes 4 and 5 to the consolidated financial
statements for further information about level 3 financial
assets, including changes in level 3 financial assets and related
fair value measurements. Absent evidence to the contrary,
instruments classified in level 3 of the fair value hierarchy are
initially valued at transaction price, which is considered to be
the best initial estimate of fair value. Subsequent to the
transaction date, we use other methodologies to determine
fair value, which vary based on the type of instrument.
Estimating the fair value of level 3 financial instruments
requires judgments to be made. These judgments include:
- • Determining the appropriate valuation methodology and/
or model for each type of level 3 financial instrument;
- • Determining model inputs based on an evaluation of all
relevant empirical market data, including prices evidenced
by market transactions, interest rates, credit spreads,
volatilities and correlations; and
- • Determining appropriate valuation adjustments, including
those related to illiquidity or counterparty credit quality.
Regardless of the methodology, valuation inputs and
assumptions are only changed when corroborated by
substantive evidence.
THE GOLDMAN SACHS GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
Management’s Discussion and Analysis
Goldman Sachs March 2024 Form 10-Q 102
Controls Over Valuation of Financial Instruments.
Market makers and investment professionals in our revenue-
producing units are responsible for pricing our financial
instruments. Our control infrastructure is independent of the
revenue-producing units and is fundamental to ensuring that
all of our financial instruments are appropriately valued at
market-clearing levels. In the event that there is a difference
of opinion in situations where estimating the fair value of
financial instruments requires judgment (e.g., calibration to
market comparables or trade comparison, as described
below), the final valuation decision is made by senior
managers in independent risk oversight and control
functions. This independent price verification is critical to
ensuring that our financial instruments are properly valued.
Price Verification. All financial instruments at fair value
classified in levels 1, 2 and 3 of the fair value hierarchy are
subject to our independent price verification process. The
objective of price verification is to have an informed and
independent opinion with regard to the valuation of financial
instruments under review. Instruments that have one or more
significant inputs which cannot be corroborated by external
market data are classified in level 3 of the fair value
hierarchy. Price verification strategies utilized by our
independent risk oversight and control functions include:
- • Trade Comparison. Analysis of trade data (both internal
and external, where available) is used to determine the
most relevant pricing inputs and valuations.
- • External Price Comparison. Valuations and prices are
compared to pricing data obtained from third parties (e.g.,
brokers or dealers, S&P Global Services, Bloomberg, ICE
Data Services, Pricing Direct, TRACE). Data obtained
from various sources is compared to ensure consistency
and validity. When broker or dealer quotations or third-
party pricing vendors are used for valuation or price
verification, greater priority is generally given to executable
quotations.
- • Calibration to Market Comparables. Market-based
transactions are used to corroborate the valuation of
positions with similar characteristics, risks and
components.
- • Relative Value Analyses. Market-based transactions are
analyzed to determine the similarity, measured in terms of
risk, liquidity and return, of one instrument relative to
another or, for a given instrument, of one maturity relative
to another.
- • Collateral Analyses. Margin calls on derivatives are
analyzed to determine implied values, which are used to
corroborate our valuations.
- • Execution of Trades. Where appropriate, market-making
desks are instructed to execute trades in order to provide
evidence of market-clearing levels.
- • Backtesting. Valuations are corroborated by comparison
to values realized upon sales.
See Note 4 to the consolidated financial statements for
further information about fair value measurements.
Review of Net Revenues. Independent risk oversight and
control functions ensure adherence to our pricing policy
through a combination of daily procedures, including the
explanation and attribution of net revenues based on the
underlying factors. Through this process, we independently
validate net revenues, identify and resolve potential fair value
or trade booking issues on a timely basis and seek to ensure
that risks are being properly categorized and quantified.
Review of Valuation Models. Our independent model risk
management group (Model Risk), consisting of quantitative
professionals who are separate from model developers,
performs an independent model review and validation
process of our valuation models. New or changed models are
reviewed and approved prior to implementation. Models are
reviewed annually to assess the impact of any changes in the
product or market and any market developments in pricing
theories. See “Risk Management — Model Risk
Management” for further information about the review and
validation of our valuation models.
Allowance for Credit Losses
We estimate and record an allowance for credit losses related
to our loans held for investment that are accounted for at
amortized cost. To determine the allowance for credit losses,
we classify our loans accounted for at amortized cost into
wholesale and consumer portfolios. These portfolios
represent the level at which we have developed and
documented our methodology to determine the allowance for
credit losses. The allowance for credit losses is measured on a
collective basis for loans that exhibit similar risk
characteristics using a modeled approach and on an asset-
specific basis for loans that do not share similar risk
characteristics.
THE GOLDMAN SACHS GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
Management’s Discussion and Analysis
103 Goldman Sachs March 2024 Form 10-Q
The allowance for credit losses takes into account the
weighted average of a range of forecasts of future economic
conditions over the expected life of the loans and lending
commitments. The expected life of each loan or lending
commitment is determined based on the contractual term
adjusted for extension options or demand features, or is
modeled in the case of revolving credit card loans. The
forecasts include baseline, favorable and adverse economic
scenarios over a three-year period. For loans with expected
lives beyond three years, the model reverts to historical loss
information based on a non-linear modeled approach. We
apply judgment in weighting individual scenarios each
quarter based on a variety of factors, including our internally
derived economic outlook, market consensus, recent
macroeconomic conditions and industry trends. The
forecasted economic scenarios consider a number of risk
factors relevant to the wholesale and consumer portfolios.
Risk factors for wholesale loans include internal credit
ratings, industry default and loss data, expected life,
macroeconomic indicators (e.g., unemployment rates and
GDP), the borrower’s capacity to meet its financial
obligations, the borrower’s country of risk and industry, loan
seniority and collateral type. In addition, for loans backed by
real estate, risk factors include the loan-to-value ratio, debt
service ratio and home price index. The allowance for loan
losses for wholesale loans that do not share similar risk
characteristics, such as nonaccrual loans, is calculated using
the present value of expected future cash flows discounted at
the loan’s effective rate, the observable market price of the
loan, or, in the case of collateral dependent loans, the fair
value of the collateral less estimated costs to sell, if
applicable. Risk factors for installment and credit card loans
include Fair Isaac Corporation (FICO) credit scores,
delinquency status, loan vintage and macroeconomic
indicators.
The allowance for credit losses also includes qualitative
components which allow management to reflect the uncertain
nature of economic forecasting, capture uncertainty
regarding model inputs, and account for model imprecision
and concentration risk.
Our estimate of credit losses entails judgment about
collectability at the reporting dates, and there are
uncertainties inherent in those judgments. The allowance for
credit losses is subject to a governance process that involves
review and approval by senior management within our
independent risk oversight and control functions. Personnel
within our independent risk oversight and control functions
are responsible for forecasting the economic variables that
underlie the economic scenarios that are used in the modeling
of expected credit losses. While we use the best information
available to determine this estimate, future adjustments to the
allowance may be necessary based on, among other things,
changes in the economic environment or variances between
actual results and the original assumptions used. Loans are
charged off against the allowance for loan losses when
deemed to be uncollectible.
We also record an allowance for credit losses on lending
commitments which are held for investment that are
accounted for at amortized cost. Such allowance is
determined using the same methodology as the allowance for
loan losses, while also taking into consideration the
probability of drawdowns or funding, and whether such
commitments are cancellable by us.
To estimate the potential impact of an adverse
macroeconomic environment on our allowance for credit
losses, we, among other things, compared the expected credit
losses under the weighted average forecast used in the
calculation of allowance for credit losses as of March 2024
(which was weighted towards the baseline and adverse
economic scenarios) to the expected credit losses under a
100% weighted adverse economic scenario. The adverse
economic scenario of the forecast model reflects a global
recession in the second quarter of 2024 through the second
quarter of 2025, resulting in an economic contraction and
rising unemployment rates. A 100% weighting to the adverse
economic scenario would have resulted in an approximate
$0.7 billion increase in our allowance for credit losses as of
March 2024. This hypothetical increase does not take into
consideration any potential adjustments to qualitative
reserves. The forecasts of macroeconomic conditions are
inherently uncertain and do not take into account any other
offsetting or correlated effects. The actual credit loss in an
adverse macroeconomic environment may differ significantly
from this estimate. See Note 9 to the consolidated financial
statements for further information about the allowance for
credit losses.
Use of Estimates
U.S. GAAP requires us to make certain estimates and
assumptions. In addition to the estimates we make in
connection with fair value measurements and the allowance
for credit losses on loans and lending commitments held for
investment and accounted for at amortized cost, the use of
estimates and assumptions is also important in determining
discretionary compensation accruals, the accounting for
goodwill and identifiable intangible assets, provisions for
losses that may arise from litigation and regulatory
proceedings (including governmental investigations), and
accounting for income taxes.
THE GOLDMAN SACHS GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
Management’s Discussion and Analysis
Goldman Sachs March 2024 Form 10-Q 104
A substantial portion of our compensation and benefits
represents discretionary compensation, which is finalized at
year-end. We believe the most appropriate way to allocate
estimated year-end discretionary compensation among
interim periods is in proportion to the net revenues net of
provision for credit losses earned in such periods. In addition
to the level of net revenues net of provision for credit losses,
our overall compensation expense in any given year is also
influenced by, among other factors, overall financial
performance, prevailing labor markets, business mix, the
structure of our share-based compensation programs and the
external environment.
Goodwill is assessed for impairment annually in the fourth
quarter or more frequently if events occur or circumstances
change that indicate an impairment may exist. When
assessing goodwill for impairment, first, a qualitative
assessment can be made to determine whether it is more
likely than not that the estimated fair value of a reporting
unit is less than its carrying value. If the results of the
qualitative assessment are not conclusive, a quantitative
goodwill test is performed. Alternatively, a quantitative
goodwill test can be performed without performing a
qualitative assessment. Estimating the fair value of our
reporting units requires judgment. Critical inputs to the fair
value estimates include projected earnings, allocated equity,
price-to-earnings multiples and price-to-book multiples.
There is inherent uncertainty in the projected earnings. The
carrying value of each reporting unit reflects an allocation of
total shareholders’ equity and represents the estimated
amount of total shareholders’ equity required to support the
activities of the reporting unit under currently applicable
regulatory capital requirements. See Note 12 to the
consolidated financial statements for further information
about our annual assessment of goodwill for impairment. If
we experience a prolonged or severe period of weakness in
the business environment, financial markets, the performance
of one or more of our reporting units or our common stock
price, or additional increases in capital requirements, our
goodwill could be impaired in the future.
Identifiable intangible assets are tested for impairment when
events or changes in circumstances suggest that an asset’s or
asset group’s carrying value may not be fully recoverable.
Judgment is required to evaluate whether indications of
potential impairment have occurred, and to test identifiable
intangible assets for impairment, if required. An impairment
is recognized if the estimated undiscounted cash flows
relating to the asset or asset group is less than the
corresponding carrying value. See Note 12 to the
consolidated financial statements for further information
about identifiable intangible assets.
We also estimate and provide for potential losses that may
arise out of litigation and regulatory proceedings to the
extent that such losses are probable and can be reasonably
estimated. In addition, we estimate the upper end of the
range of reasonably possible aggregate loss in excess of the
related reserves for litigation and regulatory proceedings
where we believe the risk of loss is more than slight. See
Notes 18 and 27 to the consolidated financial statements for
information about certain judicial, litigation and regulatory
proceedings. Significant judgment is required in making these
estimates and our final liabilities may ultimately be
materially different. Our total estimated liability in respect of
litigation and regulatory proceedings is determined on a case-
by-case basis and represents an estimate of probable losses
after considering, among other factors, the progress of each
case, proceeding or investigation, our experience and the
experience of others in similar cases, proceedings or
investigations, and the opinions and views of legal counsel.
In accounting for income taxes, we recognize tax positions in
the financial statements only when it is more likely than not
that the position will be sustained on examination by the
relevant taxing authority based on the technical merits of the
position. We use estimates to recognize current and deferred
income taxes in the U.S. federal, state and local and non-U.S.
jurisdictions in which we operate. The income tax laws in
these jurisdictions are complex and can be subject to different
interpretations between taxpayers and taxing authorities.
Disputes may arise over these interpretations and can be
settled by audit, administrative appeals or judicial
proceedings. Our interpretations are reevaluated quarterly
based on guidance currently available, tax examination
experience and the opinions of legal counsel, among other
factors. We recognize deferred taxes based on the amount
that will more likely than not be realized in the future based
on enacted income tax laws. Our estimate for deferred taxes
includes estimates for future taxable earnings, including the
level and character of those earnings, and various tax
planning strategies. See Note 24 to the consolidated financial
statements in Part II, Item 8 of the 2023 Form 10-K for
further information about income taxes.
Recent Accounting Developments
See Note 3 to the consolidated financial statements for
information about Recent Accounting Developments.
THE GOLDMAN SACHS GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
Management’s Discussion and Analysis
105 Goldman Sachs March 2024 Form 10-Q
Results of Operations
The composition of our net revenues has varied over time as
financial markets and the scope of our operations have
changed. The composition of net revenues can also vary over
the shorter term due to fluctuations in U.S. and global
economic and market conditions. See “Risk Factors” in Part
I, Item 1A of the 2023 Form 10-K for further information
about the impact of economic and market conditions on our
results of operations.
Financial Overview
The table below presents an overview of our financial results
and selected financial ratios.
Three Months
| | Ended March |
$ in millions, except per share amounts | 2024 | 2023 |
Net revenues | $ 14,213 | $ 12,224 |
Pre-tax earnings | $ 5,237 | $ 3,993 |
Net earnings | $ 4,132 | $ 3,234 |
Net earnings to common | $ 3,931 | $ 3,087 |
Diluted EPS | $ 11.58 | $ 8.79 |
ROE | 14.8% | 11.6% |
ROTE | 15.9% | 12.6% |
Net earnings to average assets | 1.0% | 0.9% |
Return on shareholders’ equity | 14.1% | 11.1% |
Average equity to average assets | 7.1% | 7.7% |
Dividend payout ratio | 23.7% | 28.4% |
Our target (through-the-cycle) is to achieve ROE within a
range of 14% to 16% and return on average tangible
common shareholders’ equity (ROTE) within a range of 15%
to 17%.
In the table above:
- • Net earnings to common represents net earnings applicable
to common shareholders, which is calculated as net
earnings less preferred stock dividends.
- • ROE, ROTE, net earnings to average total assets and
return on average shareholders’ equity are annualized
amounts.
- • ROE is calculated by dividing annualized net earnings to
common by average monthly common shareholders’
equity.
- • ROTE is calculated by dividing annualized net earnings to
common by average monthly tangible common
shareholders’ equity. Tangible common shareholders’
equity is calculated as total shareholders’ equity less
preferred stock, goodwill and identifiable intangible assets.
We believe that tangible common shareholders’ equity is
meaningful because it is a measure that we and investors
use to assess capital adequacy and that ROTE is
meaningful because it measures the performance of
businesses consistently, whether they were acquired or
developed internally. Tangible common shareholders’
equity and ROTE are non-GAAP measures and may not be
comparable to similar non-GAAP measures used by other
companies.
The table below presents our average equity and the
reconciliation of average common shareholders’ equity to
average tangible common shareholders’ equity.
| | Average for the Three Months Ended March |
$ in millions | 2024 | 2023 |
Total shareholders’ equity | $ 117,393 | $ 116,819 |
Preferred stock | (11,203) | (10,703) |
Common shareholders’ equity | 106,190 | 106,116 |
Goodwill | (5,903) | (6,392) |
Identifiable intangible assets | (1,124) | (1,985) |
Tangible common shareholders’ equity | $ 99,163 | $ 97,739 |
- • Net earnings to average assets is calculated by dividing
annualized net earnings by average total assets.
- • Return on shareholders’ equity is calculated by dividing
annualized net earnings by average monthly shareholders’
equity.
- • Average equity to average assets is calculated by dividing
average total shareholders’ equity by average total assets.
- • Dividend payout ratio is calculated by dividing dividends
declared per common share by diluted EPS.
Net Revenues
The table below presents our net revenues by line item.
Three Months
| | Ended March |
$ in millions | 2024 | 2023 |
Investment banking | $ 2,085 | $ 1,578 |
Investment management | 2,491 | 2,289 |
Commissions and fees | 1,077 | 1,088 |
Market making | 5,992 | 5,433 |
Other principal transactions | 960 | 55 |
Total non-interest revenues | 12,605 | 10,443 |
Interest income | 19,555 | 14,938 |
Interest expense | 17,947 | 13,157 |
Net interest income | 1,608 | 1,781 |
Total net revenues | $ 14,213 | $ 12,224 |
In the table above:
- • Investment banking consists of revenues (excluding net
interest) from financial advisory and underwriting
assignments. These activities are included in Global
Banking & Markets.
- • Investment management consists of revenues (excluding net
interest) from providing asset management and wealth
advisory services across all major asset classes to a diverse
set of clients. These activities are included in Asset &
Wealth Management.
- • Commissions and fees consists of revenues from executing
and clearing client transactions on major stock, options
and futures exchanges worldwide, as well as over-the-
counter (OTC) transactions. Substantially all of these
activities are included in Global Banking & Markets.
THE GOLDMAN SACHS GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
Management’s Discussion and Analysis
Goldman Sachs March 2024 Form 10-Q 106
- • Market making consists of revenues (excluding net interest)
from client execution activities related to making markets
in interest rate products, credit products, mortgages,
currencies, commodities and equity products. These
activities are included in Global Banking & Markets.
- • Other principal transactions consists of revenues
(excluding net interest) from our equity investing activities,
including revenues related to our consolidated investments
(included in Asset & Wealth Management), and debt
investing and lending activities (included across our three
segments).
Operating Environment. During the first quarter of 2024,
the operating environment was generally characterized by
continued broad macroeconomic concerns, including
concerns and uncertainty about inflation, ongoing
geopolitical tensions and central bank policy. Industry-wide
investment banking activity levels experienced a decline in
completed mergers and acquisitions transactions compared
with the fourth quarter of 2023, while underwriting volumes
increased, particularly for debt offerings. Market-making
activity levels were relatively steady compared with the prior
quarter. Improvements in the outlook for economic
conditions contributed to generally higher global equity
prices compared with the end of 2023, and concerns about
the commercial real estate market persisted. In the U.S., the
rate of unemployment remained low and the pace of growth
in consumer spending declined compared with the fourth
quarter of 2023.
If uncertainty and concerns about geopolitical tensions and
the economic outlook remain elevated or grow, including
those about central bank policy, inflation, the commercial
real estate sector, and potential increases in regulatory capital
requirements, it may lead to a decline in asset prices, a
decline in market-making activity levels, or a decline in
investment banking activity levels, and net revenues and
provision for credit losses would likely be negatively
impacted. See “Segment Assets and Operating Results —
Segment Operating Results” for information about the
operating environment and material trends and uncertainties
that may impact our results of operations.
Three Months Ended March 2024 versus March 2023
Net revenues in the consolidated statements of earnings were
$14.21 billion for the first quarter of 2024, 16% higher than
the first quarter of 2023, primarily reflecting significantly
higher other principal transactions revenues and investment
banking revenues and higher market making revenues and
investment management revenues, partially offset by lower
net interest income.
Non-Interest Revenues. Investment banking revenues in
the consolidated statements of earnings were $2.09 billion for
the first quarter of 2024, 32% higher than the first quarter of
2023, reflecting significantly higher revenues in debt
underwriting, primarily driven by leveraged finance activity,
in advisory, reflecting an increase in completed mergers and
acquisitions transactions, and in equity underwriting,
primarily from initial public and secondary offerings.
Investment management revenues in the consolidated
statements of earnings were $2.49 billion for the first quarter
of 2024, 9% higher than the first quarter of 2023, due to
higher management and other fees, primarily reflecting the
impact of higher average assets under supervision (AUS).
Commissions and fees in the consolidated statements of
earnings were $1.08 billion for the first quarter of 2024,
essentially unchanged compared with the first quarter of
2023.
Market making revenues in the consolidated statements of
earnings were $5.99 billion for the first quarter of 2024, 10%
higher than the first quarter of 2023, reflecting higher
revenues in financing and intermediation. The increase from
financing activities reflected significantly higher revenues
from equity financing, partially offset by significantly lower
revenues from FICC financing. The increase from
intermediation activities primarily reflected significantly
higher revenues in mortgages and currencies, partially offset
by significantly lower revenues in commodities.
Other principal transactions revenues in the consolidated
statements of earnings were $960 million for the first quarter
of 2024, compared with $55 million for the first quarter of
2023, with the increase primarily reflecting the impact of the
sale of the Marcus loans portfolio in 2023 (including the
significant mark-down of the portfolio in the first quarter of
2023 of approximately $470 million), higher net gains from
derivatives related to our borrowings and lower net losses on
hedges related to relationship lending.
Net Interest Income. Net interest income in the
consolidated statements of earnings was $1.61 billion for the
first quarter of 2024, 10% lower than the first quarter of
2023, reflecting a significant increase in interest expense,
partially offset by a significant increase in interest income.
The increase in interest expense primarily related to
collateralized financings, reflecting the impact of higher
average balances, and deposits and other interest-bearing
liabilities, both reflecting the impact of higher average
interest rates. The increase in interest income primarily
related to collateralized agreements, other interest income,
and loans, each reflecting the impact of higher average
interest rates, and trading assets, reflecting the impact of
higher average balances. See “Statistical Disclosures —
Distribution of Assets, Liabilities and Shareholders’ Equity”
for further information about our sources of net interest
income.
THE GOLDMAN SACHS GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
Management’s Discussion and Analysis
107 Goldman Sachs March 2024 Form 10-Q
Provision for Credit Losses
Provision for credit losses consists of provision for credit
losses on financial assets and commitments accounted for at
amortized cost, including loans and lending commitments
held for investment. See Note 9 to the consolidated financial
statements for further information about the provision for
credit losses on loans and lending commitments.
The table below presents our provision for credit losses.
| | Three Months Ended March |
$ in millions | 2024 | 2023 |
Provision for credit losses | $ 318 | $ (171) |
Three Months Ended March 2024 versus March 2023.
Provision for credit losses in the consolidated statements of
earnings was $318 million for the first quarter of 2024,
compared with a net benefit of $171 million for the first
quarter of 2023. Provisions for the first quarter of 2024
reflected net provisions related to both the credit card
portfolio (driven by net charge-offs) and wholesale loans
(driven by impairments). The net benefit for the first quarter
of 2023 reflected a reserve reduction of approximately $440
million related to a partial sale of the Marcus loans portfolio
and the transfer of the remainder of the portfolio to held for
sale, partially offset by net provisions related to the credit
card and point-of-sale loan portfolios (driven by net charge-
offs and growth) and a provision related to a term deposit
with First Republic.
Operating Expenses
Our operating expenses are primarily influenced by
compensation, headcount and levels of business activity.
Compensation and benefits includes salaries, estimated year-
end discretionary compensation, amortization of equity
awards and other items such as benefits. Discretionary
compensation is significantly impacted by, among other
factors, the level of net revenues, net of provision for credit
losses, overall financial performance, prevailing labor
markets, business mix, the structure of our share-based
compensation programs and the external environment.
The table below presents our operating expenses by line item
and headcount.
| | Three Months Ended March |
$ in millions | 2024 | 2023 |
Compensation and benefits | $ 4,585 | $ 4,090 |
Transaction based | 1,497 | 1,405 |
Market development | 153 | 172 |
Communications and technology | 470 | 466 |
Depreciation and amortization | 627 | 970 |
Occupancy | 247 | 265 |
Professional fees | 384 | 383 |
Other expenses | 695 | 651 |
Total operating expenses | $ 8,658 | $ 8,402 |
Headcount at period-end | 44,400 | 45,400 |
Three Months Ended March 2024 versus March 2023.
Operating expenses in the consolidated statements of
earnings were $8.66 billion for the first quarter of 2024, 3%
higher than the first quarter of 2023. Our efficiency ratio was
60.9% for the first quarter of 2024, compared with 68.7% for
the first quarter of 2023.
The increase in operating expenses compared with the first
quarter of 2023 primarily reflected higher compensation and
benefits expenses (reflecting improved operating
performance), higher transaction based expenses and an
incremental expense for the FDIC special assessment fee (in
other expenses), partially offset by significantly lower
impairments related to commercial real estate included in
CIEs (in depreciation and amortization). The incremental
expense for the FDIC special assessment fee was $78 million
(pre-tax) and was recognized in the first quarter of 2024 when
the FDIC notified banks subject to the special assessment fee
that the estimated cost to the Deposit Insurance Fund
resulting from the closures in 2023 of Silicon Valley Bank and
Signature Bank had increased. Net provisions for litigation
and regulatory proceedings were $23 million for the first
quarter of 2024 compared with $72 million for the first
quarter of 2023.
As of March 2024, headcount decreased 2% compared with
December 2023, primarily reflecting the impact of the sale of
GreenSky Holdings, LLC (GreenSky).
Provision for Taxes
The effective income tax rate for the first quarter of 2024 was
21.1%, up from the full year income tax rate of 20.7% for
2023, primarily due to a decrease in permanent tax benefits,
partially offset by changes in the geographic mix of earnings.
The Organisation for Economic Co-operation and
Development (OECD) Global Anti-Base Erosion Model
Rules (Pillar II) aim to ensure that multinationals with
revenues in excess of EUR 750 million pay a minimum
effective corporate tax rate of 15% (minimum tax) in each
jurisdiction in which they operate. The U.K. and other
jurisdictions in which we operate have adopted certain
portions of the OECD directive (Pillar II legislation) effective
beginning in calendar year 2024. The Pillar II legislation did
not have a material impact on our first quarter effective tax
rate and we do not expect a material impact on our 2024
annual effective tax rate based on our current interpretation
of the guidance published by the OECD and enacted
legislation. We expect additional guidance or legislation to be
issued by the OECD and various jurisdictions during 2024
which could impact any minimum tax we owe in future
periods, possibly materially, and our effective tax rate could
increase in 2025 and thereafter. This minimum tax, if any,
will be recognized in the period in which it is incurred.
We expect our 2024 annual effective tax rate to be
approximately 22%.
THE GOLDMAN SACHS GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
Management’s Discussion and Analysis
Goldman Sachs March 2024 Form 10-Q 108
Segment Assets and Operating Results
Segment Assets. The table below presents assets by
segment.
| | As of |
$ in millions | March 2024 | December 2023 |
Global Banking & Markets | $ 1,449,017 | $ 1,381,247 |
Asset & Wealth Management | 190,451 | 191,863 |
Platform Solutions | 58,972 | 68,484 |
Total | $ 1,698,440 | $ 1,641,594 |
The allocation process for segment assets is based on the
activities of these segments. The allocation of assets includes
allocation of global core liquid assets (GCLA) (which consists
of unencumbered, highly liquid securities and cash), which is
generally included within cash and cash equivalents,
collateralized agreements and trading assets on our balance
sheet. Due to the integrated nature of these segments,
estimates and judgments are made in allocating these assets.
See “Risk Management — Liquidity Risk Management” for
further information about our GCLA.
Segment Operating Results. The table below presents our
segment operating results.
| | Three Months Ended March |
$ in millions | 2024 | 2023 |
Global Banking & Markets | | |
Net revenues | $ 9,726 | $ 8,444 |
Provision for credit losses | 96 | 129 |
Operating expenses | 5,153 | 4,629 |
Pre-tax earnings | $ 4,477 | $ 3,686 |
Net earnings to common | $ 3,377 | $ 2,876 |
Average common equity | $ 75,000 | $ 69,497 |
Return on average common equity | 18.0% | 16.6% |
Asset & Wealth Management | | |
Net revenues | $ 3,789 | $ 3,216 |
Provision for credit losses | (22) | (565) |
Operating expenses | 2,934 | 3,168 |
Pre-tax earnings | $ 877 | $ 613 |
Net earnings to common | $ 653 | $ 464 |
Average common equity | $ 26,456 | $ 32,684 |
Return on average common equity | 9.9% | 5.7% |
Platform Solutions | | |
Net revenues | $ 698 | $ 564 |
Provision for credit losses | 244 | 265 |
Operating expenses | 571 | 605 |
Pre-tax earnings/(loss) | $ (117) | $ (306) |
Net earnings/(loss) to common | $ (99) | $ (253) |
Average common equity | $ 4,734 | $ 3,935 |
Return on average common equity | (8.4) % | (25.7) % |
Total | | |
Net revenues | $ 14,213 | $ 12,224 |
Provision for credit losses | 318 | (171) |
Operating expenses | 8,658 | 8,402 |
Pre-tax earnings | $ 5,237 | $ 3,993 |
Net earnings to common | $ 3,931 | $ 3,087 |
Average common equity | $ 106,190 | $ 106,116 |
Return on average common equity | 14.8% | 11.6% |
Net revenues in our segments include allocations of interest
income and expense to specific positions in relation to the
cash generated by, or funding requirements of, such
positions. See Note 25 to the consolidated financial
statements for further information about our business
segments.
The allocation of common shareholders’ equity and preferred
stock dividends to each segment is based on the estimated
amount of equity required to support the activities of the
segment under relevant regulatory capital requirements. Net
earnings for each segment is calculated by applying the
firmwide tax rate to each segment’s pre-tax earnings.
Compensation and benefits expenses within our segments
reflect, among other factors, our overall performance, as well
as the performance of individual businesses. Consequently,
pre-tax margins in one segment of our business may be
significantly affected by the performance of our other
business segments. A description of segment operating results
follows.
THE GOLDMAN SACHS GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
Management’s Discussion and Analysis
109 Goldman Sachs March 2024 Form 10-Q
Global Banking & Markets
Global Banking & Markets generates revenues from the
following:
Investment banking fees. We provide advisory and
underwriting services and help companies raise capital to
strengthen and grow their businesses. Investment banking
fees includes the following:
- • Advisory. Includes strategic advisory assignments with
respect to mergers and acquisitions, divestitures, corporate
defense activities, restructurings and spin-offs.
- • Underwriting. Includes public offerings and private
placements in both local and cross-border transactions of a
wide range of securities and other financial instruments,
including acquisition financing.
FICC. FICC generates revenues from intermediation and
financing activities.
- • FICC intermediation. Includes client execution activities
related to making markets in both cash and derivative
instruments, as detailed below.
Interest Rate Products. Government bonds (including
inflation-linked securities) across maturities, other
government-backed securities, and interest rate swaps,
options and other derivatives.
Credit Products. Investment-grade and high-yield
corporate securities, credit derivatives, exchange-traded
funds (ETFs), bank and bridge loans, municipal securities,
distressed debt and trade claims.
Mortgages. Commercial mortgage-related securities,
loans and derivatives, residential mortgage-related
securities, loans and derivatives (including U.S. government
agency-issued collateralized mortgage obligations and
other securities and loans), and other asset-backed
securities, loans and derivatives.
Currencies. Currency options, spot/forwards and other
derivatives on G-10 currencies and emerging-market
products.
Commodities. Commodity derivatives and, to a lesser
extent, physical commodities, involving crude oil and
petroleum products, natural gas, agricultural, base,
precious and other metals, electricity, including renewable
power, environmental products and other commodity
products.
- • FICC financing. Includes (i) secured lending to our clients
through structured credit and asset-backed lending,
including warehouse loans backed by mortgages (including
residential and commercial mortgage loans), corporate
loans and consumer loans (including auto loans and private
student loans), (ii) financing through securities purchased
under agreements to resell (resale agreements) and (iii)
commodity financing to clients through structured
transactions.
Equities. Equities generates revenues from intermediation
and financing activities.
- • Equities intermediation. We make markets in equity
securities and equity-related products, including ETFs,
convertible securities, options, futures and OTC derivative
instruments. We also structure and make markets in
derivatives on indices, industry sectors, financial measures
and individual company stocks. Our exchange-based
market-making activities include making markets in stocks
and ETFs, futures and options on major exchanges
worldwide. In addition, we generate commissions and fees
from executing and clearing institutional client transactions
on major stock, options and futures exchanges worldwide,
as well as OTC transactions.
- • Equities financing. Includes prime financing, which
provides financing to our clients for their securities trading
activities through margin loans that are collateralized by
securities, cash or other collateral. Prime financing also
includes services which involve lending securities to cover
institutional clients’ short sales and borrowing securities to
cover our short sales and to make deliveries into the
market. We are also an active participant in broker-to-
broker securities lending and third-party agency lending
activities. In addition, we execute swap transactions to
provide our clients with exposure to securities and indices.
Financing activities also include portfolio financing, which
clients can utilize to manage their investment portfolios,
and other equity financing activities, including securities-
based loans to individuals.
Market-Making Activities
As a market maker, we facilitate transactions in both liquid
and less liquid markets, primarily for institutional clients,
such as corporations, financial institutions, investment funds
and governments, to assist clients in meeting their investment
objectives and in managing their risks. In this role, we seek to
earn the difference between the price at which a market
participant is willing to sell an instrument to us and the price
at which another market participant is willing to buy it from
us, and vice versa (i.e., bid/offer spread). In addition, we
maintain (i) market-making positions, typically for a short
period of time, in response to, or in anticipation of, client
demand, and (ii) positions to actively manage our risk
exposures that arise from these market-making activities
(collectively, inventory). Our inventory is recorded in trading
assets (long positions) or trading liabilities (short positions)
in our consolidated balance sheets.
THE GOLDMAN SACHS GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
Management’s Discussion and Analysis
Goldman Sachs March 2024 Form 10-Q 110
Our results are influenced by a combination of
interconnected drivers, including (i) client activity levels and
transactional bid/offer spreads (collectively, client activity),
and (ii) changes in the fair value of our inventory and interest
income and interest expense related to the holding, hedging
and funding of our inventory (collectively, market-making
inventory changes). Due to the integrated nature of our
market-making activities, disaggregation of net revenues into
client activity and market-making inventory changes is
judgmental and has inherent complexities and limitations.
The amount and composition of our net revenues vary over
time as these drivers are impacted by multiple interrelated
factors affecting economic and market conditions, including
volatility and liquidity in the market, changes in interest
rates, currency exchange rates, credit spreads, equity prices
and commodity prices, investor confidence, and other
macroeconomic concerns and uncertainties.
In general, assuming all other market-making conditions
remain constant, increases in client activity levels or bid/offer
spreads tend to result in increases in net revenues, and
decreases tend to have the opposite effect. However, changes
in market-making conditions can materially impact client
activity levels and bid/offer spreads, as well as the fair value
of our inventory. For example, a decrease in liquidity in the
market could have the impact of (i) increasing our bid/offer
spread, (ii) decreasing investor confidence and thereby
decreasing client activity levels, and (iii) widening of credit
spreads on our inventory positions.
Other. We lend to corporate clients, including through
relationship lending and acquisition financing. The hedges
related to this lending and financing activity are also reported
as part of Other. Other also includes equity and debt
investing activities related to our Global Banking & Markets
activities.
The table below presents our Global Banking & Markets
assets.
| | As of |
$ in millions | March 2024 | December 2023 |
Cash and cash equivalents | $ 146,543 | $ 168,857 |
Collateralized agreements | 426,173 | 401,554 |
Customer and other receivables | 144,608 | 117,633 |
Trading assets | 460,301 | 435,275 |
Investments | 130,677 | 122,350 |
Loans | 122,441 | 117,464 |
Other assets | 18,274 | 18,114 |
Total | $ 1,449,017 | $ 1,381,247 |
The table below presents details about our Global Banking &
Markets loans.
| | As of |
$ in millions | March 2024 | December 2023 |
Corporate | $ 24,812 | $ 24,159 |
Real estate | 34,091 | 34,813 |
Securities-based | 3,782 | 3,758 |
Other collateralized | 60,626 | 55,527 |
Installment | 141 | 173 |
Other | 451 | 475 |
Loans, gross | 123,903 | 118,905 |
Allowance for loan losses | (1,462) | (1,441) |
Total loans | $ 122,441 | $ 117,464 |
Our average Global Banking & Markets gross loans were
$121.55 billion for the first quarter of 2024 and
$109.53 billion for the first quarter of 2023.
The table below presents our Global Banking & Markets
operating results.
| | Three Months Ended March |
$ in millions | 2024 | 2023 |
Advisory | $ 1,011 | $ 818 |
Equity underwriting | 370 | 255 |
Debt underwriting | 699 | 506 |
Investment banking fees | 2,080 | 1,579 |
FICC intermediation | 3,471 | 3,280 |
FICC financing | 852 | 651 |
FICC | 4,323 | 3,931 |
Equities intermediation | 1,989 | 1,741 |
Equities financing | 1,322 | 1,274 |
Equities | 3,311 | 3,015 |
Other | 12 | (81) |
Net revenues | 9,726 | 8,444 |
Provision for credit losses | 96 | 129 |
Operating expenses | 5,153 | 4,629 |
Pre-tax earnings | 4,477 | 3,686 |
Provision for taxes | 945 | 700 |
Net earnings | 3,532 | 2,986 |
Preferred stock dividends | 155 | 110 |
Net earnings to common | $ 3,377 | $ 2,876 |
Average common equity | $ 75,000 | $ 69,497 |
Return on average common equity | 18.0% | 16.6% |
THE GOLDMAN SACHS GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
Management’s Discussion and Analysis
111 Goldman Sachs March 2024 Form 10-Q
The table below presents our FICC and Equities net revenues
by line item in the consolidated statements of earnings.
$ in millions | FICC | Equities |
Three Months Ended March 2024 | | |
Market making | $ 3,592 | $ 2,400 |
Commissions and fees | – | 1,044 |
Other principal transactions | 243 | 20 |
Net interest income | 488 | (153) |
Total | $ 4,323 | $ 3,311 |
Three Months Ended March 2023 | | |
Market making | $ 3,573 | $ 1,860 |
Commissions and fees | – | 1,036 |
Other principal transactions | 72 | 23 |
Net interest income | 286 | 96 |
Total | $ 3,931 | $ 3,015 |
In the table above:
- • See “Net Revenues” for information about market making
revenues, commissions and fees, other principal
transactions revenues and net interest income. See Note 25
to the consolidated financial statements for net interest
income by segment.
- • The primary driver of net revenues for FICC
intermediation for all periods was client activity.
The table below presents our financial advisory and
underwriting transaction volumes.
| | Three Months Ended March |
$ in billions | 2024 | 2023 |
Announced mergers and acquisitions | $ 240 | $ 116 |
Completed mergers and acquisitions | $ 204 | $ 217 |
Equity and equity-related offerings | $ 14 | $ 11 |
Debt offerings | $ 79 | $ 74 |
In the table above:
- • Volumes are per Dealogic.
- • Announced and completed mergers and acquisitions
volumes are based on full credit to each of the advisors in a
transaction. Equity and equity-related and debt offerings
are based on full credit for single book managers and equal
credit for joint book managers. Transaction volumes may
not be indicative of net revenues in a given period. In
addition, transaction volumes for prior periods may vary
from amounts previously reported due to the subsequent
withdrawal or a change in the value of a transaction.
- • Equity and equity-related offerings includes Rule 144A and
public common stock offerings, convertible offerings and
rights offerings.
- • Debt offerings includes non-convertible preferred stock,
mortgage-backed securities, asset-backed securities and
taxable municipal debt. It also includes publicly registered
and Rule 144A issues and excludes leveraged loans.
Operating Environment. During the first quarter of 2024,
Global Banking & Markets operated in an environment
generally characterized by continued broad macroeconomic
concerns, including concerns and uncertainty about inflation,
ongoing geopolitical stresses and central bank policy.
In investment banking, industry-wide completed mergers and
acquisitions transactions declined compared with the fourth
quarter of 2023, while industry-wide equity underwriting
volumes improved but still remained below historical
averages. Industry-wide debt underwriting volumes were
significantly higher compared with the fourth quarter of
2023, as investment-grade offerings were strong to start the
year.
In interest rates, the yields on 10-year U.S. and U.K.
government bonds increased during the quarter. In equities,
the S&P 500 Index increased by 10% and the MSCI World
Index increased by 8% compared with the end of 2023.
In the future, if market and economic conditions deteriorate,
and market-making activity levels decline or investment
banking activity levels decline, or credit spreads related to
hedges on our relationship lending portfolio tighten, net
revenues in Global Banking & Markets would likely be
negatively impacted. In addition, if economic conditions
deteriorate or if the creditworthiness of borrowers
deteriorates, provision for credit losses would likely be
negatively impacted.
Three Months Ended March 2024 versus March 2023.
Net revenues in Global Banking & Markets were $9.73
billion for the first quarter of 2024, 15% higher than the first
quarter of 2023.
Investment banking fees were $2.08 billion, 32% higher than
the first quarter of 2023, reflecting significantly higher net
revenues in Debt underwriting, primarily driven by leveraged
finance activity, in Advisory, reflecting an increase in
completed mergers and acquisitions transactions, and in
Equity underwriting, primarily from initial public and
secondary offerings.
As of March 2024, our Investment banking fees backlog
decreased compared with December 2023, primarily due to
lower estimated net revenues from potential advisory
transactions.
THE GOLDMAN SACHS GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
Management’s Discussion and Analysis
Goldman Sachs March 2024 Form 10-Q 112
Our backlog represents an estimate of our net revenues from
future transactions where we believe that future revenue
realization is more likely than not. We believe changes in our
backlog may be a useful indicator of client activity levels
which, over the long term, impact our net revenues.
However, the time frame for completion and corresponding
revenue recognition of transactions in our backlog varies
based on the nature of the assignment, as certain transactions
may remain in our backlog for longer periods of time. In
addition, our backlog is subject to certain limitations, such as
assumptions about the likelihood that individual client
transactions will occur in the future. Transactions may be
cancelled or modified, and transactions not included in the
estimate may also occur.
Net revenues in FICC were $4.32 billion, 10% higher than the
first quarter of 2023, primarily reflecting significantly higher
net revenues in FICC financing, driven by mortgages and
structured lending. The increase also reflected higher net
revenues in FICC intermediation due to significantly higher
net revenues in mortgages and higher net revenues in
currencies and credit products, partially offset by lower net
revenues in commodities and slightly lower net revenues in
interest rate products.
The increase in FICC intermediation net revenues reflected
improved market-making conditions on our inventory,
partially offset by significantly lower client activity. The
following provides information about our FICC
intermediation net revenues by business, compared with
results for the first quarter of 2023:
- • Net revenues in mortgages, currencies and credit products
reflected improved market-making conditions on our
inventory.
- • Net revenues in commodities reflected lower client activity.
Net revenues in interest rate products also reflected lower
client activity, largely offset by improved market-making
conditions on our inventory.
Net revenues in Equities were $3.31 billion, 10% higher than
the first quarter of 2023, due to higher net revenues in
Equities intermediation, reflecting significantly higher net
revenues in derivatives, and slightly higher net revenues in
Equities financing.
Net revenues in Other were $12 million for the first quarter
of 2024, compared with $(81) million for the first quarter of
2023, with the increase primarily due to lower net losses on
hedges.
Provision for credit losses was $96 million for the first
quarter of 2024, compared with $129 million for the first
quarter of 2023. Provisions for the first quarter of 2024
primarily reflected provisions related to impairments on
corporate loans. Provisions for the first quarter of 2023
primarily reflected provisions related to a term deposit with
First Republic and impairments.
Operating expenses were $5.15 billion for the first quarter of
2024, 11% higher than the first quarter of 2023, primarily due
to higher compensation and benefits expenses (reflecting
improved operating performance). Pre-tax earnings were
$4.48 billion for the first quarter of 2024, 21% higher than
the first quarter of 2023.
Asset & Wealth Management
Asset & Wealth Management provides investment services to
help clients preserve and grow their financial assets and
achieve their financial goals. We provide these services to our
clients, both institutional and individuals, including investors
who primarily access our products through a network of
third-party distributors around the world.
We manage client assets across a broad range of investment
strategies and asset classes, including equity, fixed income
and alternative investments. We provide investment
solutions, including those managed on a fiduciary basis by
our portfolio managers, as well as those managed by third-
party managers. We offer our investment solutions in a
variety of structures, including separately managed accounts,
mutual funds, private partnerships and other commingled
vehicles.
We also provide tailored wealth advisory services to clients
across the wealth spectrum. We operate globally, serving
individuals, families, family offices, and foundations and
endowments. Our relationships are established directly or
introduced through companies that sponsor financial
wellness or financial planning programs for their employees,
as well as through corporate referrals.
We offer personalized financial planning to individuals and
also provide customized investment advisory solutions, and
offer structuring and execution capabilities in securities and
derivative products across all major global markets. In
addition, we offer clients a full range of private banking
services, including a variety of deposit alternatives and loans
that our clients use to finance investments in both financial
and nonfinancial assets, bridge cash flow timing gaps or
provide liquidity and flexibility for other needs. We also
accept deposits through Marcus.
We invest alongside our clients that invest in investment
funds that we raise or manage. We also have investments in
alternative assets across a range of asset classes. Our
investing activities, which are typically longer-term, include
investments in corporate equity, credit, real estate and
infrastructure assets.
THE GOLDMAN SACHS GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
Management’s Discussion and Analysis
113 Goldman Sachs March 2024 Form 10-Q
Asset & Wealth Management generates revenues from the
following:
- • Management and other fees. We receive fees related to
managing assets for institutional and individual clients,
providing investing and wealth advisory solutions,
providing financial planning and counseling services, and
executing brokerage transactions for wealth management
clients. The vast majority of revenues in management and
other fees consists of asset-based fees on client assets that
we manage. For further information about assets under
supervision, see “Assets Under Supervision” below. The
fees that we charge vary by asset class, client channel and
the types of services provided, and are affected by
investment performance, as well as asset inflows and
redemptions.
- • Incentive fees. In certain circumstances, we also receive
incentive fees based on a percentage of a fund’s or a
separately managed account’s return, or when the return
exceeds a specified benchmark or other performance
targets. Such fees include overrides, which consist of the
increased share of the income and gains derived primarily
from our private equity and credit funds when the return
on a fund’s investments over the life of the fund exceeds
certain threshold returns.
- • Private banking and lending. Our private banking and
lending activities include issuing loans to our wealth
management clients. We also accept deposits from wealth
management clients, including through Marcus. Private
banking and lending revenues include net interest income
allocated to deposits and net interest income earned on
loans to individual clients.
- • Equity investments. Includes investing activities related
to our asset management activities primarily related to
public and private equity investments in corporate, real
estate and infrastructure assets. We also make investments
through CIEs, substantially all of which are engaged in real
estate investment activities. In addition, we make
investments in connection with our activities to satisfy
requirements under the Community Reinvestment Act,
primarily through our Urban Investment Group.
- • Debt investments. Includes lending activities related to
our asset management activities, including investing in
corporate debt, lending to middle-market clients, and
providing financing for real estate and other assets. These
activities include investments in mezzanine debt, senior
debt and distressed debt securities.
The table below presents our Asset & Wealth Management
assets.
| | As of |
$ in millions | March 2024 | December 2023 |
Cash and cash equivalents | $ 43,813 | $ 48,677 |
Collateralized agreements | 13,974 | 14,020 |
Customer and other receivables | 15,809 | 14,859 |
Trading assets | 32,075 | 27,324 |
Investments | 24,220 | 24,487 |
Loans | 44,794 | 45,866 |
Other assets | 15,766 | 16,630 |
Total | $ 190,451 | $ 191,863 |
The table below presents details about our Asset & Wealth
Management loans.
| | As of |
$ in millions | March 2024 | December 2023 |
Corporate | $ 11,121 | $ 11,715 |
Real estate | 16,677 | 16,603 |
Securities-based | 10,744 | 10,863 |
Other collateralized | 6,176 | 6,698 |
Other | 1,160 | 1,121 |
Loans, gross | 45,878 | 47,000 |
Allowance for loan losses | (1,084) | (1,134) |
Total loans | $ 44,794 | $ 45,866 |
The average Asset & Wealth Management gross loans were
$46.58 billion for the first quarter of 2024 and $56.79 billion
for the first quarter of 2023.
The table below presents our Asset & Wealth Management
operating results.
| | Three Months Ended March |
$ in millions | 2024 | 2023 |
Management and other fees | $ 2,452 | $ 2,282 |
Incentive fees | 88 | 53 |
Private banking and lending | 682 | 354 |
Equity investments | 222 | 119 |
Debt investments | 345 | 408 |
Net revenues | 3,789 | 3,216 |
Provision for credit losses | (22) | (565) |
Operating expenses | 2,934 | 3,168 |
Pre-tax earnings | 877 | 613 |
Provision for taxes | 185 | 117 |
Net earnings | 692 | 496 |
Preferred stock dividends | 39 | 32 |
Net earnings to common | $ 653 | $ 464 |
Average common equity | $ 26,456 | $ 32,684 |
Return on average common equity | 9.9% | 5.7% |
Our target is to achieve annual firmwide management and
other fees of more than $10 billion in 2024. This includes
more than $2 billion from alternatives, which was surpassed
in 2023.
Our target is to achieve pre-tax margins in the mid-twenties
and ROE in the mid-teens within the medium term (three to
five year time horizon from year-end 2022) for Asset &
Wealth Management. The pre-tax margin for Asset &
Wealth Management was 23% for the first quarter of 2024.
THE GOLDMAN SACHS GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
Management’s Discussion and Analysis
Goldman Sachs March 2024 Form 10-Q 114
The table below presents our Asset management and Wealth
management net revenues by line item in Asset & Wealth
Management.
$ in millions | Asset management | Wealth management | Asset & Wealth Management |
Three Months Ended March 2024 | | |
Management and other fees | $ 1,113 | $ 1,339 | $ 2,452 |
Incentive fees | 88 | – | 88 |
Private banking and lending | – | 682 | 682 |
Equity investments | 222 | – | 222 |
Debt investments | 345 | – | 345 |
Total | $ 1,768 | $ 2,021 | $ 3,789 |
Three Months Ended March 2023 | | |
Management and other fees | $ 1,033 | $ 1,249 | $ 2,282 |
Incentive fees | 53 | – | 53 |
Private banking and lending | – | 354 | 354 |
Equity investments | 119 | – | 119 |
Debt investments | 408 | – | 408 |
Total | $ 1,613 | $ 1,603 | $ 3,216 |
The table below presents our Equity investments net revenues
by equity type and asset class.
| | Three Months Ended March |
$ in millions | 2024 | 2023 |
Equity Type | | |
Private equity | $ 330 | $ 34 |
Public equity | (108) | 85 |
Total | $ 222 | $ 119 |
Asset Class | | |
Real estate | $ 105 | $ 10 |
Corporate | 117 | 109 |
Total | $ 222 | $ 119 |
The table below presents details about our Debt investments
net revenues.
| | Three Months Ended March |
$ in millions | 2024 | 2023 |
Fair value net gains/(losses) | $ 77 | $ 46 |
Net interest income | 268 | 362 |
Total | $ 345 | $ 408 |
Operating Environment. During the first quarter of 2024,
Asset & Wealth Management operated in an environment
generally characterized by continued broad macroeconomic
concerns, including persistent concerns about the commercial
real estate market. However, improvements in the outlook
for economic conditions contributed to generally higher
global equity prices compared with the end of 2023,
positively affecting assets under supervision.
In the future, if market and economic conditions deteriorate,
it may lead to a decline in asset prices, or investors
transitioning to asset classes that typically generate lower fees
or continuing to withdraw their assets, and net revenues in
Asset & Wealth Management would likely be negatively
impacted.
Three Months Ended March 2024 versus March 2023.
Net revenues in Asset & Wealth Management were $3.79
billion for the first quarter of 2024, 18% higher than the first
quarter of 2023, primarily reflecting significantly higher net
revenues in both Private banking and lending (the first
quarter of 2023 included net revenues of approximately
$(470) million related to a partial sale of the Marcus loans
portfolio and the transfer of the remainder of the portfolio to
held for sale) and Equity investments, and higher
Management and other fees.
The increase in Private banking and lending net revenues
reflected the impact of the sale of the Marcus loans portfolio
in 2023 (including the significant mark-down of the portfolio
in the first quarter of 2023), partially offset by the impact of
lower deposit spreads. The increase in Equity investments net
revenues reflected significantly higher net gains from
investments in private equities, partially offset by mark-to-
market net losses from investments in public equities
compared with net gains in the prior year period. The
increase in Management and other fees primarily reflected
the impact of higher average assets under supervision. Debt
investments net revenues were lower, reflecting lower net
interest income due to a reduction in the debt investments
balance sheet.
Provision for credit losses was a net benefit of $22 million for
the first quarter of 2024, compared with a net benefit of $565
million for the first quarter of 2023. The net benefit for the
first quarter of 2023 primarily reflected a reserve reduction of
approximately $440 million related to a partial sale of the
Marcus loans portfolio and the transfer of the remainder of
the portfolio to held for sale.
Operating expenses were $2.93 billion for the first quarter of
2024, 7% lower than the first quarter of 2023, due to
significantly lower impairments related to commercial real
estate within CIEs, partially offset by higher compensation
and benefits expenses. Pre-tax earnings were $877 million for
the first quarter of 2024, 43% higher than the first quarter of
2023.
THE GOLDMAN SACHS GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
Management’s Discussion and Analysis
115 Goldman Sachs March 2024 Form 10-Q
Assets Under Supervision. AUS includes our institutional
clients’ assets, assets sourced through third-party distributors
and high-net-worth clients’ assets where we earn a fee for
managing assets on a discretionary basis. This includes net
assets in our mutual funds, hedge funds, credit funds, private
equity funds, real estate funds, and separately managed
accounts for institutional and individual investors. AUS also
includes client assets invested with third-party managers,
private bank deposits and advisory relationships where we
earn a fee for advisory and other services, but do not have
investment discretion. AUS does not include the self-directed
brokerage assets of our clients.
The table below presents information about our firmwide
period-end AUS by asset class, client channel, region and
vehicle.
| | As of March |
$ in billions | 2024 | 2023 |
Asset Class | | |
Alternative investments | $ 296 | $ 268 |
Equity | 713 | 597 |
Fixed income | 1,141 | 1,047 |
Total long-term AUS | 2,150 | 1,912 |
Liquidity products | 698 | 760 |
Total AUS | $ 2,848 | $ 2,672 |
Client Channel | | |
Institutional | $ 1,048 | $ 939 |
Wealth management | 845 | 745 |
Third-party distributed | 955 | 988 |
Total AUS | $ 2,848 | $ 2,672 |
Region | | |
Americas | $ 1,989 | $ 1,900 |
EMEA | 650 | 582 |
Asia | 209 | 190 |
Total AUS | $ 2,848 | $ 2,672 |
Vehicle | | |
Separate accounts | $ 1,608 | $ 1,437 |
Public funds | 877 | 912 |
Private funds and other | 363 | 323 |
Total AUS | $ 2,848 | $ 2,672 |
In the table above:
- • Liquidity products includes money market funds and
private bank deposits.
- • EMEA represents Europe, Middle East and Africa.
Total wealth management client assets (consisting of AUS,
brokerage assets and Marcus deposits) were approximately
$1.5 trillion as of March 2024.
The table below presents changes in our AUS.
Three Months
Ended March
$ in billions | 2024 | 2023 |
Beginning balance | $ 2,812 | $ 2,547 |
Net inflows/(outflows): | | |
Alternative investments | – | 1 |
Equity | 1 | (2) |
Fixed income | 23 | 9 |
Total long-term AUS net inflows/(outflows) | 24 | 8 |
Liquidity products | (39) | 49 |
Total AUS net inflows/(outflows) | (15) | 57 |
Net market appreciation/(depreciation) | 51 | 68 |
Ending balance | $ 2,848 | $ 2,672 |
In the table above, total AUS net outflows of $15 billion for
the first quarter of 2024 included net outflows of $44 billion
in the third-party distributed client channel, and net inflows
of $17 billion in the wealth management client channel and
$12 billion in the institutional client channel.
The table below presents information about our average
monthly firmwide AUS by asset class.
| | Average for the Three Months Ended March |
$ in billions | 2024 | 2023 |
Asset Class | | |
Alternative investments | $ 295 | $ 265 |
Equity | 682 | 586 |
Fixed income | 1,129 | 1,034 |
Total long-term AUS | 2,106 | 1,885 |
Liquidity products | 723 | 719 |
Total AUS | $ 2,829 | $ 2,604 |
In addition to our AUS, we have discretion over alternative
investments where we currently do not earn management fees
(non-fee-earning alternative assets).
We earn management fees on client assets that we manage
and also receive incentive fees based on a percentage of a
fund’s or a separately managed account’s return, or when the
return exceeds a specified benchmark or other performance
targets. These incentive fees are recognized when it is
probable that a significant reversal of such fees will not
occur. Our estimated unrecognized incentive fees were
$3.82 billion as of March 2024 and $3.77 billion as of
December 2023. Such amounts are based on the completion
of the funds’ financial statements, which is generally one
quarter in arrears. These fees will be recognized, assuming no
decline in fair value, if and when it is probable that a
significant reversal of such fees will not occur, which is
generally when such fees are no longer subject to fluctuations
in the market value of the assets.
THE GOLDMAN SACHS GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
Management’s Discussion and Analysis
Goldman Sachs March 2024 Form 10-Q 116
The table below presents our average effective management
fee (which excludes non-asset-based fees) earned on our
firmwide AUS by asset class.
| | Three Months Ended March |
Effective fees (bps) | 2024 | 2023 |
Alternative investments | 63 | 66 |
Equity | 55 | 58 |
Fixed income | 17 | 18 |
Liquidity products | 15 | 15 |
Total average effective fee | 31 | 32 |
The table below presents details about our monthly average
AUS for alternative investments and the average effective
management fee we earned on such assets.
$ in billions | Direct strategies | Fund of funds | Total |
Three Months Ended March 2024 | | | |
Average AUS | | | |
Corporate equity | $ 31 | $ 78 | $ 109 |
Credit | 46 | 10 | 56 |
Real estate | 13 | 11 | 24 |
Hedge funds and other | 42 | 22 | 64 |
Funds and discretionary accounts | $ 132 | $ 121 | $ 253 |
Advisory accounts | | | 42 |
Total average AUS for alternative investments | $ 295 |
Effective Fees (bps) | | | |
Corporate equity | 121 | 59 | 78 |
Credit | 82 | 16 | 72 |
Real estate | 82 | 34 | 60 |
Hedge funds and other | 66 | 52 | 62 |
Funds and discretionary accounts | 86 | 52 | 71 |
Advisory accounts | | | 17 |
Total average effective fee | | | 63 |
Three Months Ended March 2023 |
Average AUS | | | |
Corporate equity | $ 28 | $ 68 | $ 96 |
Credit | 42 | 2 | 44 |
Real estate | 11 | 8 | 19 |
Hedge funds and other | 42 | 23 | 65 |
Funds and discretionary accounts | $ 123 | $ 101 | $ 224 |
Advisory accounts | | | 41 |
Total average AUS for alternative investments | $ 265 |
Effective Fees (bps) | | | |
Corporate equity | 130 | 64 | 84 |
Credit | 79 | 58 | 78 |
Real estate | 92 | 47 | 72 |
Hedge funds and other | 65 | 53 | 61 |
Funds and discretionary accounts | 87 | 60 | 75 |
Advisory accounts | | | 15 |
Total average effective fee | | | 66 |
In the table above, direct strategies primarily includes our
private equity, growth equity, private credit, liquid
alternatives and real estate strategies. Fund of funds primarily
includes our business which invests in leading private equity,
hedge fund, real estate and credit third-party managers as a
limited partner, secondary-market investor, co-investor or
management company partner.
The table below presents information about our period-end
AUS for alternative investments, non-fee-earning alternative
investments and total alternative investments.
$ in billions | AUS | Non-fee-earning alternative assets | Total alternative assets |
As of March 2024 | | | |
Corporate equity | $ 109 | $ 77 | $ 186 |
Credit | 56 | 83 | 139 |
Real estate | 23 | 29 | 52 |
Hedge funds and other | 67 | 4 | 71 |
Funds and discretionary accounts | 255 | 193 | 448 |
Advisory accounts | 41 | 3 | 44 |
Total alternative investments | $ 296 | $ 196 | $ 492 |
As of March 2023 | | | |
Corporate equity | $ 97 | $ 74 | $ 171 |
Credit | 46 | 76 | 122 |
Real estate | 18 | 35 | 53 |
Hedge funds and other | 66 | 2 | 68 |
Funds and discretionary accounts | 227 | 187 | 414 |
Advisory accounts | 41 | 1 | 42 |
Total alternative investments | $ 268 | $ 188 | $ 456 |
In the table above:
- • Corporate equity primarily includes private equity.
- • Total alternative assets included uncalled capital that is
available for future investing of $65 billion as of March
2024 and $56 billion as of March 2023.
- • Non-fee-earning alternative assets primarily includes
investments that we hold on our balance sheet, our
unfunded commitments, unfunded commitments of our
clients (where we do not charge fees on commitments),
credit facilities collateralized by fund assets and employee
funds. Our calculation of non-fee-earning alternative assets
may not be comparable to similar calculations used by
other companies.
- • Non-fee-earning alternative assets primarily includes our
direct investing strategies, including private equity, growth
equity, private credit and real estate strategies.
We announced a strategic objective of growing our third-
party alternatives business and established a target of
achieving gross inflows of $225 billion for alternative
investments from the beginning of 2020 through the end of
2024. We surpassed this target in 2023. We also target
growing our credit alternative assets from $130 billion as of
December 2023 to $300 billion over the next five years.
THE GOLDMAN SACHS GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
Management’s Discussion and Analysis
117 Goldman Sachs March 2024 Form 10-Q
The table below presents information about third-party
commitments raised in our alternatives business from the
beginning of 2020 through the first quarter of 2024.
$ in billions | As of March 2024 |
Included in AUS | $ 184 |
Included in non-fee-earning alternative assets | 81 |
Third-party commitments raised | $ 265 |
In the table above, commitments included in non-fee-earning
alternative assets included approximately $62 billion, which
will begin to earn fees (and become AUS) if and when the
commitments are drawn and assets are invested. In the first
quarter of 2024, we raised $14 billion in third-party
commitments in our alternatives business and expect to raise
between $40 billion and $50 billion during 2024.
The table below presents information about alternative
investments in Asset & Wealth Management that we hold on
our balance sheet by asset type.
| | As of |
| | March | December |
$ in billions | 2024 | 2023 |
Loans | $ 12.1 | $ 12.9 |
Debt securities | 10.4 | 10.8 |
Equity securities | 13.1 | 13.2 |
CIE investments and other | 8.4 | 9.3 |
Total | $ 44.0 | $ 46.2 |
The table below presents further information about our
alternative investments in Asset & Wealth Management that
we hold on our balance sheet.
| | As of |
$ in billions | March 2024 | December 2023 |
Client co-invest | $ 20.5 | $ 21.3 |
Firmwide initiatives | 8.7 | 8.6 |
Historical principal investments: | | |
Loans | 3.1 | 3.5 |
Debt securities | 3.5 | 3.6 |
Equity securities | 3.8 | 4.0 |
CIE investments and other | 4.4 | 5.2 |
Total historical principal investments | 14.8 | 16.3 |
Total | $ 44.0 | $ 46.2 |
In the table above:
- • Client co-invest primarily includes our investments in funds
that we raise and manage or where we have invested
alongside the third-party investors.
- • Firmwide initiatives primarily includes our investments
related to the Community Reinvestment Act and our
sponsored initiatives, such as One Million Black Women.
- • Historical principal investments includes our remaining
balance sheet alternative investments portfolio that we plan
to reduce. Our target to reduce this portfolio to less than
$15 billion by the end of 2024 was achieved in the first
quarter of 2024. We reduced our historical principal
investments by $1.5 billion in the first quarter of 2024 and
expect reductions at approximately this pace for the
remainder of 2024 and expect to sell down the vast
majority of this portfolio by the end of 2026.
The table below presents the rollforward of our alternative
investments categorized as historical principal investments
for the first quarter of 2024.
$ in billions | Historical principal investments |
Beginning balance | $ 16.3 |
Additions | 0.2 |
Dispositions | (1.6) |
Net markdowns | (0.1) |
Ending balance | $ 14.8 |
The table below presents the commercial real estate
investments in Asset & Wealth Management that we hold on
our balance sheet.
$ in billions | As of March 2024 |
Loans | $ 1.6 |
Debt securities | 0.5 |
Equity securities | 3.8 |
CIE investments, net of financings | 2.0 |
Total | $ 7.9 |
In the table above:
- • Office-related investments included in loans were $0.2
billion, in debt securities were $0.1 billion, in equity
securities were $0.3 billion, and in CIE investments, net of
financings, were $0.6 billion.
- • Commercial real estate investments consisted of
approximately 36% of historical principal investments,
which we intend to exit over the medium term (three to five
year time horizon from year-end 2022).
THE GOLDMAN SACHS GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
Management’s Discussion and Analysis
Goldman Sachs March 2024 Form 10-Q 118
Loans and Debt Securities. The table below presents the
concentration of loans and debt securities within our
alternative investments by accounting classification, region
and industry.
| | As of |
| | March | December |
$ in billions | 2024 | 2023 |
Loans | $12.1 | $12.9 |
Debt securities | 10.4 | 10.8 |
Total | $22.5 | $23.7 |
Accounting Classification | | |
Debt securities at fair value | 46% | 45% |
Loans at amortized cost | 47% | 49% |
Loans at fair value | 3% | 3% |
Loans held for sale | 4% | 3% |
Total | 100% | 100% |
Region | | |
Americas | 53% | 52% |
EMEA | 36% | 37% |
Asia | 11% | 11% |
Total | 100% | 100% |
Industry | | |
Consumer & Retail | 11% | 11% |
Financial Institutions | 6% | 6% |
Healthcare | 16% | 15% |
Industrials | 17% | 18% |
Natural Resources & Utilities | 2% | 2% |
Real Estate | 10% | 11% |
Technology, Media & Telecommunications | 29% | 28% |
Other | 9% | 9% |
Total | 100% | 100% |
Equity Securities. The table below presents the
concentration of equity securities within our alternative
investments by region and industry.
| | As of |
$ in billions | March 2024 | December 2023 |
Equity securities | $13.1 | $13.2 |
Region | | |
Americas | 71% | 70% |
EMEA | 15% | 15% |
Asia | 14% | 15% |
Total | 100% | 100% |
Industry | | |
Consumer & Retail | 6% | 6% |
Financial Institutions | 11% | 11% |
Healthcare | 6% | 6% |
Industrials | 10% | 10% |
Natural Resources & Utilities | 14% | 13% |
Real Estate | 29% | 30% |
Technology, Media & Telecommunications | 22% | 22% |
Other | 2% | 2% |
Total | 100% | 100% |
In the table above:
- • Equity securities included $12.1 billion as of March 2024
and $12.1 billion as of December 2023 of private equity
positions, and $1.0 billion as of March 2024 and
$1.1 billion as of December 2023 of public equity positions
that converted from private equity upon the initial public
offerings of the underlying companies.
- • The concentrations for real estate equity securities as of
March 2024 were 13% for multifamily (13% as of
December 2023), 2% for office (2% as of December 2023),
7% for mixed use (8% as of December 2023) and 7% for
other real estate equity securities (7% as of December
2023).
The table below presents the concentration of equity
securities within our alternative investments by vintage.
| | Vintage |
As of March 2024 | |
2017 or earlier | 30% |
2018 - 2020 | 31% |
2021 - thereafter | 39% |
Total | 100% |
As of December 2023 | |
2016 or earlier | 25% |
2017 - 2019 | 26% |
2020 - thereafter | 49% |
Total | 100% |
CIE Investments and Other. CIE investments and other
included assets held by CIEs of $5.1 billion as of March 2024
and $5.9 billion as of December 2023, which were funded
with liabilities of approximately $3.0 billion as of March
2024 and $3.5 billion as of December 2023. Substantially all
such liabilities were nonrecourse, thereby reducing our equity
at risk.
The table below presents the concentration of CIE assets, net
of financings, within our alternative investments by region
and asset class.
| | As of |
$ in billions | March 2024 | December 2023 |
CIE assets, net of financings | $2.1 | $2.4 |
Region | | |
Americas | 59% | 61% |
EMEA | 27% | 25% |
Asia | 14% | 14% |
Total | 100% | 100% |
Asset Class | | |
Hospitality | 5% | 6% |
Industrials | 19% | 16% |
Multifamily | 14% | 13% |
Office | 28% | 24% |
Retail | 7% | 7% |
Senior Housing | 14% | 15% |
Student Housing | 3% | 7% |
Other | 10% | 12% |
Total | 100% | 100% |
THE GOLDMAN SACHS GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
Management’s Discussion and Analysis
119 Goldman Sachs March 2024 Form 10-Q
The table below presents the concentration of CIE assets, net
of financings, within our alternative investments by vintage.
| | Vintage |
As of March 2024 | |
2017 or earlier | 31% |
2018 - 2020 | 42% |
2021 - thereafter | 27% |
Total | 100% |
As of December 2023 | |
2016 or earlier | 12% |
2017 - 2019 | 57% |
2020 - thereafter | 31% |
Total | 100% |
Platform Solutions
Platform Solutions includes our consumer platforms, such as
partnerships offering credit cards, and transaction banking
and other platform businesses.
Platform Solutions generates revenues from the following:
Consumer platforms. Our Consumer platforms business
issues credit cards and accepts deposits from Apple Card
customers. Consumer platforms revenues primarily includes
net interest income earned on credit card lending activities.
During the first quarter of 2024, we completed the sale of
GreenSky. We have also entered into an agreement with
General Motors (GM) regarding a process to transition the
GM credit card program to another issuer to be selected by
GM.
Transaction banking and other. We provide transaction
banking and other services, including cash management
services, such as deposit-taking and payment solutions for
corporate and institutional clients. Transaction banking
revenues include net interest income attributed to transaction
banking deposits.
The table below presents our Platform Solutions assets.
| | As of |
$ in millions | March 2024 | December 2023 |
Cash and cash equivalents | $ 19,029 | $ 24,043 |
Collateralized agreements | 6,684 | 7,651 |
Customer and other receivables | 2 | 3 |
Trading assets | 15,342 | 14,911 |
Investments | 3 | 2 |
Loans | 16,699 | 20,028 |
Other assets | 1,213 | 1,846 |
Total | $ 58,972 | $ 68,484 |
The table below presents details about our Platform
Solutions loans.
| | As of |
$ in millions | March 2024 | December 2023 |
Installment | $ 233 | $ 3,125 |
Credit cards | 18,798 | 19,361 |
Other | 24 | 17 |
Loans, gross | 19,055 | 22,503 |
Allowance for loan losses | (2,356) | (2,475) |
Total loans | $ 16,699 | $ 20,028 |
The average Platform Solutions gross loans were
$21.62 billion for the first quarter of 2024 and $18.15 billion
for the first quarter of 2023.
The table below presents our Platform Solutions operating
results.
| | Three Months Ended March |
$ in millions | 2024 | 2023 |
Consumer platforms | $ 618 | $ 490 |
Transaction banking and other | 80 | 74 |
Net revenues | 698 | 564 |
Provision for credit losses | 244 | 265 |
Operating expenses | 571 | 605 |
Pre-tax earnings/(loss) | (117) | (306) |
Provision/(benefit) for taxes | (25) | (58) |
Net earnings/(loss) | (92) | (248) |
Preferred stock dividends | 7 | 5 |
Net earnings/(loss) to common | $ (99) | $ (253) |
Average common equity | $ 4,734 | $ 3,935 |
Return on average common equity | (8.4) % | (25.7) % |
Our target is to achieve pre-tax profitability by the end of
2025 for Platform Solutions.
Operating Environment. The operating environment for
Platform Solutions is mainly impacted by the economic
environment in the U.S., which, during the first quarter of
2024, was generally characterized by concerns about
inflation, a continued low rate of unemployment and a
decline in the pace of growth in consumer spending
compared with the fourth quarter of 2023.
In the future, if economic conditions deteriorate, it may lead
to a further decrease in consumer spending or a deterioration
in consumer credit, and net revenues and provision for credit
losses in Platform Solutions would likely be negatively
impacted.
THE GOLDMAN SACHS GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
Management’s Discussion and Analysis
Goldman Sachs March 2024 Form 10-Q 120
Three Months Ended March 2024 versus March 2023.
Net revenues in Platform Solutions were $698 million for the
first quarter of 2024, 24% higher than the first quarter of
2023, reflecting significantly higher net revenues in Consumer
platforms.
The increase in Consumer platforms net revenues primarily
reflected higher average credit card balances and higher
average deposit balances. Transaction banking and other net
revenues were slightly higher, reflecting higher deposit
spreads.
Provision for credit losses was $244 million for the first
quarter of 2024, compared with $265 million for the first
quarter of 2023. Provisions for the first quarter of 2024
reflected net charge-offs related to the credit card portfolio.
Provisions for the first quarter of 2023 reflected net charge-
offs related to the credit card portfolio and growth in the
point-of-sale loans portfolio, partially offset by reserve
releases based on actual repayment experience.
Operating expenses were $571 million for the first quarter of
2024, 6% lower than the first quarter of 2023, due to lower
compensation and benefits expenses. Pre-tax loss was $117
million for the first quarter of 2024 compared with a pre-tax
loss of $306 million for the first quarter of 2023.
Geographic Data
See Note 25 to the consolidated financial statements for a
summary of our total net revenues and pre-tax earnings by
geographic region.
Balance Sheet and Funding Sources
Balance Sheet Management
One of our risk management disciplines is our ability to
manage the size and composition of our balance sheet. While
our asset base changes due to client activity, market
fluctuations and business opportunities, the size and
composition of our balance sheet also reflects factors,
including (i) our overall risk tolerance, (ii) the amount of
capital we hold and (iii) our funding profile, among other
factors. See “Capital Management and Regulatory Capital —
Capital Management” for information about our capital
management process.
Although our balance sheet fluctuates on a day-to-day basis,
our total assets at quarter-end are generally not materially
different from those occurring within our reporting periods.
In order to ensure appropriate risk management, we seek to
maintain a sufficiently liquid balance sheet and have
processes in place to dynamically manage our assets and
liabilities, which include (i) balance sheet planning, (ii)
balance sheet limits, (iii) monitoring of key metrics and (iv)
scenario analyses.
Balance Sheet Planning. We prepare a balance sheet plan
that combines our projected total assets and composition of
assets with our expected funding sources over a three-year
time horizon. This plan is reviewed quarterly and may be
adjusted in response to changing business needs or market
conditions. The objectives of this planning process are:
- • To develop our balance sheet projections, taking into
account the general state of the financial markets and
expected business activity levels, as well as regulatory
requirements;
- • To allow Treasury and our independent risk oversight and
control functions to objectively evaluate balance sheet limit
requests from our revenue-producing units in the context
of our overall balance sheet constraints, including our
liability profile and capital levels, and key metrics; and
- • To inform the target amount, tenor and type of funding to
raise, based on our projected assets and contractual
maturities.
Treasury and our independent risk oversight and control
functions, along with our revenue-producing units, review
current and prior period information and expectations for the
year to prepare our balance sheet plan. The specific
information reviewed includes asset and liability size and
composition, limit utilization, risk and performance
measures, and capital usage.
Our consolidated balance sheet plan, including our balance
sheets by business, funding projections and projected key
metrics, is reviewed and approved by the Firmwide Asset
Liability Committee and the Firmwide Risk Appetite
Committee. See “Risk Management — Overview and
Structure of Risk Management” for an overview of our risk
management structure.
Balance Sheet Limits. The Firmwide Asset Liability
Committee and the Firmwide Risk Appetite Committee have
the responsibility to review and approve balance sheet limits.
These limits are set at levels which are close to actual
operating levels, rather than at levels which reflect our
maximum risk appetite, in order to ensure prompt escalation
and discussion among our revenue-producing units, Treasury
and our independent risk oversight and control functions on
a routine basis. Requests for changes in limits are evaluated
after giving consideration to their impact on our key metrics.
Compliance with limits is monitored by our revenue-
producing units and Treasury, as well as our independent
risk oversight and control functions.
Monitoring of Key Metrics. We monitor key balance sheet
metrics both by business and on a consolidated basis,
including asset and liability size and composition, limit
utilization and risk measures. We attribute assets to
businesses and review and analyze movements resulting from
new business activity, as well as market fluctuations.
THE GOLDMAN SACHS GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
Management’s Discussion and Analysis
121 Goldman Sachs March 2024 Form 10-Q
Scenario Analyses. We conduct various scenario analyses,
including as part of the Comprehensive Capital Analysis and
Review (CCAR) and U.S. Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform
and Consumer Protection Act Stress Tests (DFAST), as well
as our resolution and recovery planning. See “Capital
Management and Regulatory Capital — Capital
Management” for further information about these scenario
analyses. These scenarios cover short- and long-term time
horizons using various macroeconomic and firm-specific
assumptions, based on a range of economic scenarios. We use
these analyses to assist us in developing our longer-term
balance sheet management strategy, including the level and
composition of assets, funding and capital. Additionally,
these analyses help us develop approaches for maintaining
appropriate funding, liquidity and capital across a variety of
situations, including a severely stressed environment.
Balance Sheet Analysis and Metrics
As of March 2024, total assets in our consolidated balance
sheets were $1.70 trillion, an increase of $56.85 billion from
December 2023, reflecting increases in trading assets of
$30.21 billion (primarily due to increases in government
obligations, reflecting the impact of our and our clients’
activities), customer and other receivables of $27.92 billion
(primarily reflecting our clients' activities) and collateralized
agreements of $23.61 billion (reflecting the impact of our and
our clients’ activities), partially offset by a decrease in cash
and cash equivalents of $32.19 billion. See “Liquidity Risk
Management — Cash Flows” for further information about
cash and cash equivalents.
As of March 2024, total liabilities in our consolidated balance
sheets were $1.58 trillion, an increase of $55.21 billion from
December 2023, reflecting increases in customer and other
payables of $25.93 billion (primarily reflecting our clients'
activities), collateralized financings of $25.23 billion
(reflecting the impact of our and our clients’ activities), and
deposits of $12.25 billion (due to increases in consumer
deposits and private bank deposits, partially offset by
decreases in transaction banking deposits and brokered
certificates of deposit).
Our total securities sold under agreements to repurchase
(repurchase agreements), accounted for as collateralized
financings, were $267.48 billion as of March 2024 and
$249.89 billion as of December 2023, which were 9% higher
as of March 2024 and 21% higher as of December 2023 than
the average daily amount of repurchase agreements over the
respective quarters. As of March 2024, the increase in our
repurchase agreements relative to the average daily amount
of repurchase agreements during the quarter resulted from
higher levels of our and our clients’ activities at the end of the
period.
The level of our repurchase agreements fluctuates between
and within periods, primarily due to providing clients with
access to highly liquid collateral, such as certain government
and agency obligations, through collateralized financing
activities.
The table below presents information about our balance
sheet and leverage ratios.
| | As of |
$ in millions | March 2024 | December 2023 |
Total assets | $ 1,698,440 | $ 1,641,594 |
Unsecured long-term borrowings | $ 233,919 | $ 241,877 |
Total shareholders’ equity | $ 118,546 | $ 116,905 |
Leverage ratio | 14.3x | 14.0x |
Debt-to-equity ratio | 2.0x | 2.1x |
In the table above:
- • The leverage ratio equals total assets divided by total
shareholders’ equity and measures the proportion of equity
and debt we use to finance assets. This ratio is different
from the leverage ratios included in Note 20 to the
consolidated financial statements.
- • The debt-to-equity ratio equals unsecured long-term
borrowings divided by total shareholders’ equity.
The table below presents information about our
shareholders’ equity and book value per common share,
including the reconciliation of common shareholders’ equity
to tangible common shareholders’ equity.
| | As of |
$ in millions, except per share amounts | March 2024 | December 2023 |
Total shareholders’ equity | $ 118,546 | $ 116,905 |
Preferred stock | (11,203) | (11,203) |
Common shareholders’ equity | 107,343 | 105,702 |
Goodwill | (5,897) | (5,916) |
Identifiable intangible assets | (1,021) | (1,177) |
Tangible common shareholders’ equity | $ 100,425 | $ 98,609 |
Book value per common share | $ 321.10 | $ 313.56 |
Tangible book value per common share | $ 300.40 | $ 292.52 |
In the table above:
- • Tangible common shareholders’ equity is calculated as
total shareholders’ equity less preferred stock, goodwill
and identifiable intangible assets. We believe that tangible
common shareholders’ equity is meaningful because it is a
measure that we and investors use to assess capital
adequacy. Tangible common shareholders’ equity is a non-
GAAP measure and may not be comparable to similar non-
GAAP measures used by other companies.
- • Book value per common share and tangible book value per
common share are based on common shares outstanding
and restricted stock units granted to employees with no
future service requirements and not subject to performance
or market conditions (collectively, basic shares) of 334.3
million as of March 2024 and 337.1 million as of December
2023. We believe that tangible book value per common
share (tangible common shareholders’ equity divided by
basic shares) is meaningful because it is a measure that we
and investors use to assess capital adequacy. Tangible book
value per common share is a non-GAAP measure and may
not be comparable to similar non-GAAP measures used by
other companies.
THE GOLDMAN SACHS GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
Management’s Discussion and Analysis
Goldman Sachs March 2024 Form 10-Q 122
Funding Sources
Our primary sources of funding are deposits, collateralized
financings, unsecured short- and long-term borrowings, and
shareholders’ equity. We seek to maintain broad and
diversified funding sources globally across products,
programs, markets, currencies and creditors to avoid funding
concentrations.
The table below presents information about our funding
sources.
As of
$ in millions | | | | |
| | March 2024 | December 2023 |
Deposits | $ 440,662 | 36% | $ 428,417 | 36% |
Collateralized financings | 348,792 | 29% | 323,564 | 27% |
Unsecured short-term borrowings | 78,603 | 6% | 75,945 | 6% |
Unsecured long-term borrowings | 233,919 | 19% | 241,877 | 21% |
Total shareholders’ equity | 118,546 | 10% | 116,905 | 10% |
Total | $ 1,220,522 | 100% | $ 1,186,708 | 100% |
Our funding is primarily raised in U.S. dollar, Euro, British
pound and Japanese yen. We generally distribute our funding
products through our own sales force and third-party
distributors to a large, diverse creditor base in a variety of
markets in the Americas, Europe and Asia. We believe that
our relationships with our creditors are critical to our
liquidity. Our creditors include banks, governments,
securities lenders, corporations, pension funds, insurance
companies, mutual funds and individuals. We have imposed
various internal guidelines to monitor creditor concentration
across our funding programs.
Deposits. Our deposits provide us with a diversified source
of funding and reduce our reliance on wholesale funding. We
raise deposits, including savings, demand and time deposits,
from private bank clients, consumers, transaction banking
clients, other institutional clients, and through internal and
third-party broker-dealers. Substantially all of our deposits
are raised through Goldman Sachs Bank USA (GS Bank
USA), Goldman Sachs International Bank (GSIB) and
Goldman Sachs Bank Europe SE (GSBE).
The table below presents the types and sources of deposits.
$ in millions | Savings and Demand | Time | Total |
As of March 2024 | | | |
Consumer | $ 128,572 | $ 44,953 | $ 173,525 |
Private bank | 93,737 | 7,524 | 101,261 |
Brokered certificates of deposit | – | 41,844 | 41,844 |
Deposit sweep programs | 31,049 | – | 31,049 |
Transaction banking | 60,354 | 3,591 | 63,945 |
Other | 1,629 | 27,409 | 29,038 |
Total | $ 315,341 | $ 125,321 | $ 440,662 |
As of December 2023 | | | |
Consumer | $ 120,211 | $ 36,903 | $ 157,114 |
Private bank | 86,457 | 6,855 | 93,312 |
Brokered certificates of deposit | – | 46,860 | 46,860 |
Deposit sweep programs | 31,916 | – | 31,916 |
Transaction banking | 68,177 | 3,643 | 71,820 |
Other | 1,568 | 25,827 | 27,395 |
Total | $ 308,329 | $ 120,088 | $ 428,417 |
In the table above:
- • Savings and demand accounts consist of money market
deposit accounts, negotiable order of withdrawal accounts
and demand deposit accounts that have no stated maturity
or expiration date.
- • Time deposits had a weighted average maturity of
approximately 0.7 years as of March 2024 and 0.6 years as
of December 2023.
- • Consumer deposits consist of deposits from both Marcus
and Apple Card customers.
- • Deposit sweep programs include contractual agreements
with U.S. broker-dealers who sweep client cash to FDIC-
insured deposits.
- • Transaction banking deposits consist of deposits that we
raised through our cash management services business for
corporate and other institutional clients.
- • Other deposits are substantially all from institutional
clients.
- • Deposits insured by the FDIC were $231.44 billion as of
March 2024 and $221.52 billion as of December 2023.
- • Deposits insured by non-U.S. insurance programs were
$26.39 billion as of March 2024 and $26.00 billion as of
December 2023.
See Note 13 to the consolidated financial statements for
further information about our deposits, including a maturity
profile of our time deposits.
THE GOLDMAN SACHS GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
Management’s Discussion and Analysis
123 Goldman Sachs March 2024 Form 10-Q
Secured Funding. We fund a significant amount of
inventory and a portion of investments on a secured basis.
Secured funding includes collateralized financings in the
consolidated balance sheets. See Note 11 to the consolidated
financial statements for further information about our
collateralized financings, including its maturity profile. We
may also pledge our inventory and investments as collateral
for securities borrowed under a securities lending agreement.
We also use our own inventory and investments to cover
transactions in which we or our clients have sold securities
that have not yet been purchased. Secured funding is less
sensitive to changes in our credit quality than unsecured
funding, due to our posting of collateral to our lenders.
Nonetheless, we analyze the refinancing risk of our secured
funding activities, taking into account trade tenors, maturity
profiles, counterparty concentrations, collateral eligibility
and counterparty rollover probabilities. We seek to mitigate
our refinancing risk by executing term trades with staggered
maturities, diversifying counterparties, raising excess secured
funding and pre-funding residual risk through our GCLA.
We seek to raise secured funding with a term appropriate for
the liquidity of the assets that are being financed, and we seek
longer maturities for secured funding collateralized by asset
classes that may be harder to fund on a secured basis,
especially during times of market stress. Our secured funding,
excluding funding collateralized by liquid government and
agency obligations, is primarily executed for tenors of one
month or greater and is primarily executed through term
repurchase agreements and securities loaned contracts.
Assets that may be harder to fund on a secured basis during
times of market stress include certain financial instruments in
the following categories: mortgage- and other asset-backed
loans and securities, non-investment-grade corporate debt
securities, equity securities and emerging market securities.
We also raise financing through other types of collateralized
financings, such as secured loans and notes. GS Bank USA
has access to funding from the Federal Home Loan Bank. We
had no outstanding borrowings from the Federal Home Loan
Bank as of both March 2024 and December 2023.
Additionally, we have access to funding through the Federal
Reserve discount window, but we do not rely on this funding
in our liquidity planning and stress testing.
Unsecured Short-Term Borrowings. A significant portion
of our unsecured short-term borrowings was originally long-
term debt that is scheduled to mature within one year of the
reporting date. We use unsecured short-term borrowings,
including U.S. and non-U.S. hybrid financial instruments and
commercial paper, to finance liquid assets and for other cash
management purposes. In accordance with regulatory
requirements, Group Inc. does not issue debt with an original
maturity of less than one year, other than to its subsidiaries.
See Note 14 to the consolidated financial statements for
further information about our unsecured short-term
borrowings.
Unsecured Long-Term Borrowings. Unsecured long-term
borrowings, including structured notes, are raised through
syndicated U.S. registered offerings, U.S. registered and Rule
144A medium-term note programs, offshore medium-term
note offerings and other debt offerings. We issue in different
tenors, currencies and products to maximize the
diversification of our investor base.
The table below presents our quarterly unsecured long-term
borrowings maturity profile.
$ in millions | First Quarter | Second Quarter | Third Quarter | Fourth Quarter | Total |
As of March 2024 | | | | | |
2025 | $ – | $ 15,149 | $ 7,396 | $ 10,750 | $ 33,295 |
2026 | $ 7,945 | $ 5,335 | $ 7,580 | $ 9,406 | 30,266 |
2027 | $ 12,783 | $ 3,263 | $ 6,875 | $ 12,236 | 35,157 |
2028 | $ 11,377 | $ 6,244 | $ 4,704 | $ 6,572 | 28,897 |
2029 | $ 4,498 | $ 8,175 | $ 3,067 | $ 10,115 | 25,855 |
2030 - thereafter | | | | | 80,449 |
Total | | | | | $ 233,919 |
The weighted average maturity of our unsecured long-term
borrowings as of March 2024 was approximately six years.
To mitigate refinancing risk, we seek to limit the principal
amount of debt maturing over the course of any monthly,
quarterly, semi-annual or annual time horizon. We enter into
interest rate swaps to convert a portion of our unsecured
long-term borrowings into floating-rate obligations to
manage our exposure to interest rates. See Note 14 to the
consolidated financial statements for further information
about our unsecured long-term borrowings.
Shareholders’ Equity. Shareholders’ equity is a stable and
perpetual source of funding. See Note 19 to the consolidated
financial statements for further information about our
shareholders’ equity.
Capital Management and Regulatory Capital
Capital adequacy is of critical importance to us. We have in
place a comprehensive capital management policy that
provides a framework, defines objectives and establishes
guidelines to assist us in maintaining the appropriate level
and composition of capital in both business-as-usual and
stressed conditions.
Capital Management
We determine the appropriate amount and composition of
our capital by considering multiple factors, including our
current and future regulatory capital requirements, the results
of our capital planning and stress testing process, the results
of resolution capital models and other factors, such as rating
agency guidelines, subsidiary capital requirements, the
business environment and conditions in the financial
markets.
THE GOLDMAN SACHS GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
Management’s Discussion and Analysis
Goldman Sachs March 2024 Form 10-Q 124
We manage our capital requirements and the levels of our
capital usage principally by setting limits on the balance sheet
and/or limits on risk, in each case at both the firmwide and
business levels.
We principally manage the level and composition of our
capital through issuances and repurchases of our common
stock.
We may issue, redeem or repurchase our preferred stock and
subordinated debt or other forms of capital as business
conditions warrant. Prior to such redemptions or
repurchases, we must receive approval from the FRB. See
Notes 14 and 19 to the consolidated financial statements for
further information about our subordinated debt and
preferred stock.
Capital Planning and Stress Testing Process. As part of
capital planning, we project sources and uses of capital given
a range of business environments, including stressed
conditions. Our stress testing process is designed to identify
and measure material risks associated with our business
activities, including market risk, credit risk, operational risk
and liquidity risk, as well as our ability to generate revenues.
Our capital planning process incorporates an internal capital
adequacy assessment with the objective of ensuring that we
are appropriately capitalized relative to the risks in our
businesses. We incorporate stress scenarios into our capital
planning process with a goal of holding sufficient capital to
ensure we remain adequately capitalized after experiencing a
severe stress event. Our assessment of capital adequacy is
viewed in tandem with our assessment of liquidity adequacy
and is integrated into our overall risk management structure,
governance and policy framework.
Our stress tests incorporate our internally designed stress
scenarios, including our internally developed severely adverse
scenario, and those required by the FRB, and are designed to
capture our specific vulnerabilities and risks. We provide
further information about our stress test processes and a
summary of the results on our website as described in
“Available Information.”
As required by the FRB’s CCAR rules, we submit an annual
capital plan for review by the FRB. The purpose of the FRB’s
review is to ensure that we have a robust, forward-looking
capital planning process that accounts for our unique risks
and that permits continued operation during times of
economic and financial stress.
The FRB evaluates us based, in part, on whether we have the
capital necessary to continue operating under the baseline
and severely adverse scenarios provided by the FRB and those
developed internally. This evaluation also takes into account
our process for identifying risk, our controls and governance
for capital planning, and our guidelines for making capital
planning decisions. In addition, the FRB evaluates our plan to
make capital distributions (i.e., dividend payments and
repurchases or redemptions of stock, subordinated debt or
other capital securities) and issue capital, across the range of
macroeconomic scenarios and firm-specific assumptions. The
FRB determines the stress capital buffer (SCB) applicable to
us based on its own annual stress test. The SCB under the
Standardized approach is calculated as (i) the difference
between our starting and minimum projected CET1 capital
ratios under the supervisory severely adverse scenario and (ii)
our planned common stock dividends for each of the fourth
through seventh quarters of the planning horizon, expressed
as a percentage of risk-weighted assets (RWAs).
Based on our 2023 CCAR submission, the FRB reduced our
SCB from 6.3% to 5.5%, resulting in a Standardized CET1
capital ratio requirement of 13.0% for the period from
October 1, 2023 through September 30, 2024. See “Share
Repurchase Program” for further information about common
stock repurchases and dividends and “Consolidated
Regulatory Capital” for further information about the global
systemically important bank (G-SIB) surcharge. We
submitted our 2024 CCAR capital plan to the FRB in April
2024 and expect to publish a summary of our annual DFAST
results in June 2024. See “Available Information.”
GS Bank USA is required to conduct stress tests on an annual
basis and publish a summary of certain results. GS Bank USA
submitted its 2024 DFAST capital plan to the FRB in April
2024 and expects to publish a summary of its annual DFAST
results in June 2024. See “Available Information.”
Goldman Sachs International (GSI), GSIB and GSBE also
have their own capital planning and stress testing processes,
which incorporate internally designed stress tests developed
in accordance with the guidelines of their respective
regulators.
Contingency Capital Plan. As part of our comprehensive
capital management policy, we maintain a contingency
capital plan. Our contingency capital plan provides a
framework for analyzing and responding to a perceived or
actual capital deficiency, including, but not limited to,
identification of drivers of a capital deficiency, as well as
mitigants and potential actions. It outlines the appropriate
communication procedures to follow during a crisis period,
including internal dissemination of information, as well as
timely communication with external stakeholders.
THE GOLDMAN SACHS GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
Management’s Discussion and Analysis
125 Goldman Sachs March 2024 Form 10-Q
Capital Attribution. We assess the capital usage of each of
our businesses based on our attributed equity framework.
This framework considers many factors, including our
internal assessment of risks as well as the regulatory capital
requirements related to our business activities.
We review and make any necessary adjustments to our
attributed equity in January each year, to reflect, among
other things, our most recent stress test results and changes to
our regulatory capital requirements. On January 1, 2024, our
allocation of attributed equity changed (relative to the
allocation as of December 2023) as follows: attributed equity
increased by approximately $1.6 billion for Platform
Solutions, while attributed equity decreased by
approximately $1.2 billion for Asset & Wealth Management
and approximately $0.4 billion for Global Banking &
Markets. See “Results of Operations — Segment Assets and
Operating Results — Segment Operating Results” for
information about our average quarterly attributed equity by
segment.
Share Repurchase Program. We use our share repurchase
program to help maintain the appropriate level of common
equity. On an annual basis, we submit a Board of Directors
of Group Inc. (Board) approved capital plan to the Federal
Reserve, which includes planned share repurchases for each
quarter. The share repurchases are effected primarily through
regular open-market purchases (which may include
repurchase plans designed to comply with Rule 10b5-1 and
accelerated share repurchases), the amounts and timing of
which are determined primarily by our current and projected
capital position, and capital deployment opportunities, but
which may also be influenced by general market conditions
and the prevailing price and trading volumes of our common
stock.
In February 2023, the Board approved a share repurchase
program authorizing repurchases of up to $30 billion of our
common stock. The program has no set expiration or
termination date. See “Unregistered Sales of Equity Securities
and Use of Proceeds” in Part II, Item 2 of this Form 10-Q and
Note 19 to the consolidated financial statements for further
information about our share repurchase program, and see
above for information about our capital planning and stress
testing process.
During the first quarter of 2024, we returned a total of $2.43
billion of capital to common shareholders, including $1.50
billion of common share repurchases and $929 million of
common stock dividends. Consistent with our capital
management philosophy, we will continue prioritizing
deployment of capital for our clients where returns are
attractive and distribute any excess capital to shareholders
through dividends and share repurchases.
We are subject to a one percent non-deductible federal excise
tax (buyback tax) that is applicable to the fair market value
of certain corporate share repurchases. The fair market value
of share repurchases subject to the tax is reduced by the fair
market value of any applicable stock issued during the
calendar year, including stock issued to employees. The
buyback tax did not have a material impact on our financial
condition, results of operations or cash flows for the three
months ended March 2024.
Resolution Capital Models. In connection with our
resolution planning efforts, we have established a Resolution
Capital Adequacy and Positioning framework, which is
designed to ensure that our major subsidiaries (GS Bank
USA, Goldman Sachs & Co. LLC (GS&Co.), GSI, GSIB,
GSBE, Goldman Sachs Japan Co., Ltd. (GSJCL), Goldman
Sachs Asset Management, L.P. and Goldman Sachs Asset
Management International) have access to sufficient loss-
absorbing capacity (in the form of equity, subordinated debt
and unsecured senior debt) so that they are able to wind
down following a Group Inc. bankruptcy filing in accordance
with our preferred resolution strategy.
In addition, we have established a triggers and alerts
framework, which is designed to provide the Board with
information needed to make an informed decision on
whether and when to commence bankruptcy proceedings for
Group Inc.
Rating Agency Guidelines
The credit rating agencies assign credit ratings to the
obligations of Group Inc., which directly issues or guarantees
substantially all of our senior unsecured debt obligations.
GS&Co. and GSI have been assigned long- and short-term
issuer ratings by certain credit rating agencies. GS Bank USA,
GSIB and GSBE have also been assigned long- and short-term
issuer ratings, as well as ratings on their long- and short-term
bank deposits. In addition, credit rating agencies have
assigned ratings to debt obligations of certain other
subsidiaries of Group Inc.
The level and composition of our capital are among the many
factors considered in determining our credit ratings. Each
agency has its own definition of eligible capital and
methodology for evaluating capital adequacy, and
assessments are generally based on a combination of factors
rather than a single calculation. See “Risk Management —
Liquidity Risk Management — Credit Ratings” for further
information about credit ratings of Group Inc., GS Bank
USA, GSIB, GSBE, GS&Co. and GSI.
THE GOLDMAN SACHS GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
Management’s Discussion and Analysis
Goldman Sachs March 2024 Form 10-Q 126
Consolidated Regulatory Capital
We are subject to consolidated regulatory capital
requirements which are calculated in accordance with the
regulations of the FRB (Capital Framework). Under the
Capital Framework, we are an “Advanced approaches”
banking organization and have been designated as a G-SIB. In
managing our capital, we consider a number of different
capital requirements, the most binding of which can vary
over time. As of March 2024, our most binding capital
constraint was the supplementary leverage ratio requirement.
The capital requirements calculated under the Capital
Framework include the capital conservation buffer
requirements, which are comprised of a 2.5% buffer (under
the Advanced Capital Rules), the SCB (under the
Standardized Capital Rules), a countercyclical capital buffer
(under both Capital Rules) and the G-SIB surcharge (under
both Capital Rules). Our G-SIB surcharge is 3.0% for both
2024 and 2025. Based on financial data for 2023, we are in the
3.5% G-SIB surcharge threshold range. The earliest this
surcharge could be effective is January 2026. The G-SIB
surcharge and countercyclical capital buffer in the future may
differ due to additional guidance from our regulators and/or
positional changes, and our SCB is likely to change from year
to year based on the results of the annual supervisory stress
tests. Our target is to maintain capital ratios equal to the
regulatory requirements plus a buffer of 50 to 100 basis
points.
See Note 20 to the consolidated financial statements for
further information about our risk-based capital ratios and
leverage ratios, and the Capital Framework.
Total Loss-Absorbing Capacity (TLAC)
We are also subject to the FRB’s TLAC and related
requirements. Failure to comply with the TLAC and related
requirements would result in restrictions being imposed by
the FRB and could limit our ability to repurchase shares, pay
dividends and make certain discretionary compensation
payments.
The table below presents TLAC and external long-term debt
requirements.
| | As of |
| | March 2024 | December 2023 |
TLAC to RWAs | 22.0% | 22.0% |
TLAC to leverage exposure | 9.5% | 9.5% |
External long-term debt to RWAs | 9.0% | 9.0% |
External long-term debt to leverage exposure | 4.5% | 4.5% |
In the table above:
- • The TLAC to RWAs requirement included (i) the 18%
minimum, (ii) the 2.5% buffer, (iii) the countercyclical
capital buffer, which the FRB has set to zero percent and
- (iv) the 1.5% G-SIB surcharge (Method 1).
- • The TLAC to leverage exposure requirement includes (i)
the 7.5% minimum and (ii) the 2.0% leverage exposure
buffer.
The table below presents information about our TLAC and
external long-term debt ratios.
| | For the Three Months Ended or as of |
$ in millions | March 2024 | December 2023 |
TLAC | $ 271,236 | $ 278,188 |
External long-term debt | $ 147,000 | $ 154,300 |
RWAs | $ 695,174 | $ 692,737 |
Leverage exposure | $ 2,069,703 | $ 1,995,756 |
TLAC to RWAs | 39.0% | 40.2% |
TLAC to leverage exposure | 13.1% | 13.9% |
External long-term debt to RWAs | 21.1% | 22.3% |
External long-term debt to leverage exposure | 7.1% | 7.7% |
In the table above:
- • TLAC includes common and preferred stock, and eligible
long-term debt issued by Group Inc. Eligible long-term
debt represents unsecured debt, which has a remaining
maturity of at least one year and satisfies additional
requirements.
- • External long-term debt consists of eligible long-term debt
subject to a haircut if it is due to be paid between one and
two years.
- • In accordance with the TLAC rules, the higher of
Standardized or Advanced RWAs are used in the
calculation of TLAC and external long-term debt ratios
and applicable requirements. RWAs represent Standardized
RWAs as of both March 2024 and December 2023.
- • Leverage exposure consists of average adjusted total assets
and certain off-balance sheet exposures.
See “Business — Regulation” in Part I, Item 1 of the 2023
Form 10-K for further information about TLAC.
Subsidiary Capital Requirements
Many of our subsidiaries, including our bank and broker-
dealer subsidiaries, are subject to separate regulation and
capital requirements of the jurisdictions in which they
operate.
THE GOLDMAN SACHS GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
Management’s Discussion and Analysis
127 Goldman Sachs March 2024 Form 10-Q
Bank Subsidiaries. GS Bank USA is our primary U.S.
banking subsidiary and GSIB and GSBE are our primary non-
U.S. banking subsidiaries. These entities are subject to
regulatory capital requirements. See Note 20 to the
consolidated financial statements for further information
about the regulatory capital requirements for GS Bank USA.
- • GSIB. GSIB is our U.K. bank subsidiary regulated by the
Prudential Regulation Authority (PRA) and the Financial
Conduct Authority (FCA). GSIB is subject to the U.K.
capital framework, which is largely based on the Basel
Committee on Banking Supervision’s (Basel Committee)
capital framework for strengthening international capital
standards (Basel III). The eligible retail deposits of GSIB
are covered by the U.K. Financial Services Compensation
Scheme to the extent provided by law.
The table below presents GSIB’s risk-based capital
requirements.
| | As of |
| | March 2024 | December 2023 |
Risk-based capital requirements | | |
CET1 capital ratio | 10.1% | 10.1% |
Tier 1 capital ratio | 12.4% | 12.4% |
Total capital ratio | 15.4% | 15.4% |
The table below presents information about GSIB’s risk-
based capital ratios.
| | As of |
$ in millions | March 2024 | December 2023 |
Risk-based capital and risk-weighted assets | | |
CET1 capital | $ 4,033 | $ 3,936 |
Tier 1 capital | $ 4,033 | $ 3,936 |
Tier 2 capital | $ 826 | $ 826 |
Total capital | $ 4,859 | $ 4,762 |
RWAs | $ 17,330 | $ 16,546 |
Risk-based capital ratios | | |
CET1 capital ratio | 23.3% | 23.8% |
Tier 1 capital ratio | 23.3% | 23.8% |
Total capital ratio | 28.0% | 28.8% |
In the table above, the risk-based capital ratios as of March
2024 reflected profits that are still subject to annual audit
by GSIB’s external auditors and approval by GSIB’s Board
of Directors for inclusion in risk-based capital. These
profits contributed 65 basis points to the CET1 capital
ratio as of March 2024.
The table below presents GSIB’s leverage ratio requirement
and leverage ratio.
| | As of |
| | March 2024 | December 2023 |
Leverage ratio requirement | 3.6% | 3.6% |
Leverage ratio | 6.4% | 7.4% |
In the table above, the leverage ratio as of March 2024
reflected profits that are still subject to annual audit by
GSIB’s external auditors and approval by GSIB’s Board of
Directors for inclusion in risk-based capital. These profits
contributed 18 basis points to the leverage ratio as of
March 2024.
GSIB is subject to minimum reserve requirements at central
banks in certain of the jurisdictions in which it operates. As
of both March 2024 and December 2023, GSIB was in
compliance with these requirements.
- • GSBE. GSBE is our German bank subsidiary supervised by
the European Central Bank, BaFin and Deutsche
Bundesbank. GSBE is a non-U.S. banking subsidiary of GS
Bank USA and is also subject to standalone regulatory
capital requirements noted below. GSBE is subject to the
capital requirements prescribed in the amended E.U.
Capital Requirements Directive (CRD) and E.U. Capital
Requirements Regulation (CRR), which are largely based
on Basel III. The deposits of GSBE are covered by the
German statutory deposit protection program to the extent
provided by law. In addition, GSBE has elected to
participate in the German voluntary deposit protection
program which provides further insurance for certain
eligible deposits beyond the coverage of the German
statutory deposit program.
The table below presents GSBE’s risk-based capital
requirements.
| | As of |
| | March 2024 | December 2023 |
Risk-based capital requirements | | |
CET1 capital ratio | 10.2% | 10.0% |
Tier 1 capital ratio | 12.2% | 12.1% |
Total capital ratio | 14.9% | 14.8% |
The table below presents information about GSBE’s risk-
based capital ratios.
| | As of |
$ in millions | March 2024 | December 2023 |
Risk-based capital and risk-weighted assets | | |
CET1 capital | $ 14,015 | $ 14,143 |
Tier 1 capital | $ 14,015 | $ 14,143 |
Tier 2 capital | $ 22 | $ 22 |
Total capital | $ 14,037 | $ 14,165 |
RWAs | $ 45,203 | $ 39,746 |
Risk-based capital ratios
CET1 capital ratio | 31.0% | 35.6% |
Tier 1 capital ratio | 31.0% | 35.6% |
Total capital ratio | 31.1% | 35.6% |
In the table above, the risk-based capital ratios as of March
2024 reflected profits that are still subject to annual audit
by GSBE’s external auditors and approval by GSBE’s
shareholder (GS Bank USA) for inclusion in risk-based
capital. These profits contributed 166 basis points to the
CET1 capital ratio as of March 2024.
THE GOLDMAN SACHS GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
Management’s Discussion and Analysis
Goldman Sachs March 2024 Form 10-Q 128
The table below presents GSBE’s leverage ratio
requirement and leverage ratio.
| | As of |
| | March 2024 | December 2023 |
Leverage ratio requirement | 3.0% | 3.0% |
Leverage ratio | 9.4% | 11.3% |
In the table above, the leverage ratio as of March 2024
reflected profits that are still subject to annual audit by
GSBE’s external auditors and approval by GSBE’s
shareholder (GS Bank USA) for inclusion in risk-based
capital. These profits contributed 69 basis points to the
leverage ratio as of March 2024.
GSBE is subject to minimum reserve requirements at
central banks in certain of the jurisdictions in which it
operates. As of both March 2024 and December 2023,
GSBE was in compliance with these requirements.
GSBE is a registered swap dealer with the CFTC and a
registered security-based swap dealer with the SEC. As of
both March 2024 and December 2023, GSBE was subject to
and in compliance with applicable capital requirements for
swap dealers and security-based swap dealers.
U.S. Regulated Broker-Dealer Subsidiaries. GS&Co.,
our primary U.S. regulated broker-dealer subsidiary, is also a
registered futures commission merchant and a registered
swap dealer with the CFTC, and a registered security-based
swap dealer with the SEC, and therefore is subject to
regulatory capital requirements imposed by the SEC, the
Financial Industry Regulatory Authority, Inc., the CFTC, the
Chicago Mercantile Exchange and the National Futures
Association. Rule 15c3-1 of the SEC and Rules 1.17 and Part
23 Subpart E of the CFTC specify uniform minimum net
capital requirements, as defined, for their registrants, and
also effectively require that a significant part of the
registrants’ assets be kept in relatively liquid form. GS&Co.
has elected to calculate its SEC minimum capital
requirements in accordance with the “Alternative Net Capital
Requirement” as permitted by Rule 15c3-1 of the SEC.
GS&Co. had regulatory net capital, as defined by Rule
15c3-1 of the SEC, of $21.15 billion as of March 2024 and
$20.25 billion as of December 2023, which exceeded the
greater of the minimum amounts required under Rule 15c3-1
of the SEC and Rules 1.17 and Part 23 Subpart E of the CFTC
by $15.93 billion as of March 2024 and $15.07 billion as of
December 2023. In addition to its alternative minimum net
capital requirements, GS&Co. is also required to hold
tentative net capital in excess of $5 billion and net capital in
excess of $1 billion in accordance with Rule 15c3-1. GS&Co.
is also required to notify the SEC in the event that its
tentative net capital is less than $6 billion. As of both March
2024 and December 2023, GS&Co. had tentative net capital
and net capital in excess of both the minimum and the
notification requirements.
Non-U.S. Regulated Broker-Dealer Subsidiaries. Our
principal non-U.S. regulated broker-dealer subsidiaries
include GSI and GSJCL.
GSI, our U.K. broker-dealer, is regulated by the PRA and the
FCA. GSI is subject to the U.K. capital framework, which is
largely based on Basel III.
The table below presents GSI’s risk-based capital
requirements.
| | As of |
| | March 2024 | December 2023 |
Risk-based capital requirements | | |
CET1 capital ratio | 9.1% | 9.1% |
Tier 1 capital ratio | 11.1% | 11.0% |
Total capital ratio | 13.7% | 13.7% |
The table below presents information about GSI’s risk-based
capital ratios.
| | As of |
$ in millions | March 2024 | December 2023 |
Risk-based capital and risk-weighted assets | | |
CET1 capital | $ 32,374 | $ 32,403 |
Tier 1 capital | $ 37,874 | $ 37,903 |
Tier 2 capital | $ 6,877 | $ 6,877 |
Total capital | $ 44,751 | $ 44,780 |
RWAs | $ 273,151 | $ 257,956 |
Risk-based capital ratios | | |
CET1 capital ratio | 11.9% | 12.6% |
Tier 1 capital ratio | 13.9% | 14.7% |
Total capital ratio | 16.4% | 17.4% |
In the table above, the risk-based capital ratios as of March
2024 excluded GSI's profits for the first quarter of 2024, all of
which are expected to be distributed as dividends in the
future, subject to approval by GSI’s Board of Directors after
verification by GSI's external auditors.
The table below presents GSI’s leverage ratio requirement
and leverage ratio.
| | As of |
| | March 2024 | December 2023 |
Leverage ratio requirement | 3.6% | 3.5% |
Leverage ratio | 4.5% | 4.9% |
In the table above, the leverage ratio as of March 2024
excluded GSI's profits for the first quarter of 2024, all of
which are expected to be distributed as dividends in the
future, subject to approval by GSI's Board of Directors after
verification by GSI's external auditors.
GSI is a registered swap dealer with the CFTC and a
registered security-based swap dealer with the SEC. As of
both March 2024 and December 2023, GSI was subject to and
in compliance with applicable capital requirements for swap
dealers and security-based swap dealers.
THE GOLDMAN SACHS GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
Management’s Discussion and Analysis
129 Goldman Sachs March 2024 Form 10-Q
GSJCL, our Japanese broker-dealer, is regulated by Japan’s
Financial Services Agency. GSJCL and certain other non-U.S.
subsidiaries are also subject to capital requirements
promulgated by authorities of the countries in which they
operate. As of both March 2024 and December 2023, these
subsidiaries were in compliance with their local capital
requirements.
Regulatory and Other Matters
Our businesses are subject to extensive regulation and
supervision worldwide. Regulations have been adopted or are
being considered by regulators and policy makers worldwide.
Given that many of the new and proposed rules are highly
complex, the full impact of regulatory reform will not be
known until the rules are implemented and market practices
develop under the final regulations.
See “Business — Regulation” in Part I, Item 1 of the 2023
Form 10-K for further information about the laws, rules and
regulations and proposed laws, rules and regulations that
apply to us and our operations.
The Enhancement and Standardization of Climate-
Related Disclosures for Investors. In March 2024, the
SEC adopted final rules requiring registrants to provide
certain climate-related disclosures, including Scope 1 and
Scope 2 greenhouse gas emissions to the extent they are
material. These rules require certain disclosures related to
severe weather events and other natural conditions in the
notes to audited financial statements. These disclosures are
required to be phased-in over multiple years beginning with
fiscal year 2025 for large accelerated filers like us. However,
the SEC has stayed the implementation of these rules,
pending the outcome of litigation challenging the rules.
Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements
In the ordinary course of business, we enter into various types
of off-balance sheet arrangements. Our involvement in these
arrangements can take many different forms, including:
- • Purchasing or retaining residual and other interests in
special purpose entities, such as mortgage-backed and
other asset-backed securitization vehicles;
- • Holding senior and subordinated debt, interests in limited
and general partnerships, and preferred and common stock
in other nonconsolidated vehicles;
- • Entering into interest rate, foreign currency, equity,
commodity and credit derivatives, including total return
swaps; and
- • Providing guarantees, indemnifications, commitments,
letters of credit and representations and warranties.
We enter into these arrangements for a variety of business
purposes, including securitizations. The securitization
vehicles that purchase mortgages, corporate bonds and other
types of financial assets are critical to the functioning of
several significant investor markets, including the mortgage-
backed and other asset-backed securities markets, since they
offer investors access to specific cash flows and risks created
through the securitization process.
We also enter into these arrangements to underwrite client
securitization transactions; provide secondary market
liquidity; make investments in performing and
nonperforming debt, distressed loans, power-related assets,
equity securities, real estate and other assets; and provide
investors with credit-linked and asset-repackaged notes.
The table below presents where information about our
various off-balance sheet arrangements may be found in this
Form 10-Q. In addition, see Note 3 to the consolidated
financial statements for information about our consolidation
policies.
Off-Balance Sheet Arrangement | Disclosure in Form 10-Q |
Variable interests and other obligations, including contingent obligations, arising from variable interests in nonconsolidated | See Note 17 to the consolidated financial statements. |
Guarantees, and lending and other commitments | See Note 18 to the consolidated financial statements. |
Derivatives | See “Risk Management — Credit Risk Management — Credit Exposures — OTC |
variable interest entities
Derivatives” and Notes 4, 5, 7
and 18 to the consolidated
financial statements.
THE GOLDMAN SACHS GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
Management’s Discussion and Analysis
Goldman Sachs March 2024 Form 10-Q 130
Risk Management
Risks are inherent in our businesses and include liquidity,
market, credit, operational, cybersecurity, model, legal,
compliance, conduct, regulatory and reputational risks. For
further information about our risk management processes,
see “Overview and Structure of Risk Management,” and for
information about our areas of risk, see “Liquidity Risk
Management,” “Market Risk Management,” “Credit Risk
Management,” “Operational Risk Management,”
“Cybersecurity Risk Management,” “Model Risk
Management” and “Other Risk Management,” as well as
“Risk Factors” in Part I, Item 1A of the 2023 Form 10-K.
Overview and Structure of Risk Management
Overview
We believe that effective risk management is critical to our
success. Accordingly, we have established an enterprise risk
management framework that employs a comprehensive,
integrated approach to risk management and is designed to
enable comprehensive risk management processes through
which we identify, assess, monitor and manage the risks we
assume in conducting our activities. Our risk management
structure is built around three core components: governance,
processes and people.
Governance. Risk management governance starts with the
Board, which both directly and through its committees,
including its Risk Committee, oversees our risk management
policies and practices implemented through the enterprise
risk management framework. The Board is also responsible
for the annual review and approval of our risk appetite
statement. The risk appetite statement describes the levels
and types of risk we are willing to accept or to avoid in order
to achieve our objectives included in our strategic business
plan, while remaining in compliance with regulatory
requirements. The Board reviews our strategic business plan
and is ultimately responsible for overseeing and providing
direction about our strategy and risk appetite.
The Board, including through its committees, receives regular
briefings on firmwide risks, including liquidity risk, market
risk, credit risk, operational risk, cybersecurity risk, model
risk and climate risk, from our independent risk oversight
and control functions, including our chief risk officer, on
cybersecurity threats and risks from our chief information
security officer (CISO), on compliance risk and conduct risk
from our chief compliance officer, on legal and regulatory
enforcement matters from our chief legal officer, and on
other matters impacting our reputation from the chair and/or
vice-chairs of our Firmwide Reputational Risk Committee.
The chief risk officer reports to our chief executive officer
and to the Risk Committee of the Board. As part of the
review of the firmwide risk portfolio, the chief risk officer
regularly advises the Risk Committee of the Board of relevant
risk metrics and material exposures, including risk limits and
thresholds established in our risk appetite statement.
The implementation of our risk governance structure and
core risk management processes is overseen by Enterprise
Risk, which reports to our chief risk officer, and is
responsible for ensuring that our enterprise risk management
framework provides the Board, our risk committees and
senior management with a consistent and integrated
approach to managing our various risks in a manner
consistent with our risk appetite.
Our revenue-producing units, as well as Treasury,
Engineering, Human Capital Management, Corporate and
Workplace Solutions, and Corporate Planning &
Management, are considered our first line of defense. They
are accountable for the outcomes of our risk-generating
activities, as well as for assessing and managing those risks
within our risk appetite.
Our independent risk oversight and control functions are
considered our second line of defense and provide
independent assessment, oversight and challenge of the risks
taken by our first line of defense, as well as lead and
participate in risk committees. Independent risk oversight
and control functions include Compliance, Conflicts
Resolution, Controllers, Legal, Risk and Tax.
Internal Audit is considered our third line of defense, and our
director of Internal Audit reports to the Audit Committee of
the Board and administratively to our chief executive officer.
Internal Audit includes professionals with a broad range of
audit and industry experience, including risk management
expertise. Internal Audit is responsible for independently
assessing and validating the effectiveness of key controls,
including those within the risk management framework, and
providing timely reporting to the Audit Committee of the
Board, senior management and regulators.
The three lines of defense structure promotes the
accountability of first line risk takers, provides a framework
for effective challenge by the second line and empowers
independent review from the third line.
THE GOLDMAN SACHS GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
Management’s Discussion and Analysis
131 Goldman Sachs March 2024 Form 10-Q
Processes. We maintain various processes that are critical
components of our risk management framework, including
(i) risk identification and control assessment, (ii) risk
appetite, limits, thresholds and alerts setting, (iii) risk
metrics, reporting and monitoring, and (iv) risk decision-
making.
• Risk Identification and Control Assessment. We
believe the identification of our risks and related control
assessment is a critical step in providing our Board and
senior management transparency and insight into the range
and materiality of our risks. We have a comprehensive data
collection process, including firmwide policies and
procedures that require all employees to report and escalate
risk events. Our approach for risk identification and
control assessment is comprehensive across all risk types, is
dynamic and forward-looking to reflect and adapt to our
changing risk profile and business environment, leverages
subject matter expertise, and allows for prioritization of
our most critical risks. This approach also encompasses
our control assessment, led by our second line of defense,
to review and challenge the control environment to help
ensure it supports our strategic business plan.
To effectively assess our risks, we maintain a daily
discipline of marking substantially all of our inventory to
current market levels. We carry our inventory at fair value,
with changes in valuation reflected immediately in our risk
management systems and in net revenues. We do so
because we believe this discipline is one of the most
effective tools for assessing and managing risk and that it
provides transparent and realistic insight into our inventory
exposures.
An important part of our risk management process is
firmwide stress testing. It allows us to quantify our
exposure to tail risks, highlight potential loss
concentrations, undertake risk/reward analysis, and assess
and mitigate our risk positions. Firmwide stress tests are
performed on a regular basis and are designed to ensure a
comprehensive analysis of our vulnerabilities and
idiosyncratic risks combining financial and nonfinancial
risks, including, but not limited to, credit, market, liquidity
and funding, operational and compliance, climate,
strategic, systemic and emerging risks into a single
combined scenario. We also perform ad hoc stress tests in
anticipation of market events or conditions. Stress tests are
also used to assess capital adequacy as part of our capital
planning and stress testing process. See “Capital
Management and Regulatory Capital — Capital
Management” for further information.
• Risk Appetite, Limits, Thresholds and Alerts Setting.
We apply a framework of limits and thresholds to control
and monitor risk across transactions, products, businesses
and markets. The Board, directly or indirectly through its
Risk Committee, approves limits, thresholds and alerts
included in our risk appetite statement at firmwide,
business and product levels. In addition, the Firmwide Risk
Appetite Committee, through delegated authority from the
Firmwide Enterprise Risk Committee, is responsible for
approving our risk limits, thresholds and alerts policy,
subject to the overall limits approved by the Risk
Committee of the Board, and monitoring these limits.
The Firmwide Risk Appetite Committee is responsible for
approving limits at firmwide, business and product levels.
Certain limits may be set at levels that will require periodic
adjustment, rather than at levels that reflect our maximum
risk appetite. This fosters an ongoing dialogue about risk
among our first and second lines of defense, committees
and senior management, as well as rapid escalation of risk-
related matters. Additionally, through delegated authority
from the Firmwide Risk Appetite Committee, Market Risk
sets limits at certain product and desk levels, and Credit
Risk sets limits for individual counterparties and their
subsidiaries, industries and countries. Limits are reviewed
regularly and amended on a permanent or temporary basis
to reflect changes to our strategic business plan, as well as
changing market conditions, business conditions or risk
tolerance.
• Risk Metrics, Reporting and Monitoring. Effective risk
reporting and risk decision-making depends on our ability
to get the right information to the right people at the right
time. As such, we focus on the rigor and effectiveness of
our risk systems, with the objective of ensuring that our
risk management technology systems provide us with
complete, accurate and timely information. Our risk
metrics, reporting and monitoring processes are designed to
take into account information about both existing and
emerging risks, thereby enabling our risk committees and
senior management to perform their responsibilities with
the appropriate level of insight into risk exposures.
Furthermore, our limit and threshold breach processes
provide means for timely escalation. We evaluate changes
in our risk profile and our businesses, including changes in
business mix or jurisdictions in which we operate, by
monitoring risk factors at a firmwide level.
THE GOLDMAN SACHS GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
Management’s Discussion and Analysis
Goldman Sachs March 2024 Form 10-Q 132
THE GOLDMAN SACHS GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
Management’s Discussion and Analysis
- • Risk Decision-Making. Our governance structure
Structure
provides the protocol and responsibility for decision-
Ultimate oversight of risk is the responsibility of our Board.
making on risk management issues and is designed to
The Board oversees risk both directly and through its
ensure implementation of those decisions. We make
committees, including its Risk Committee. We also have a
extensive use of risk committees that meet regularly and
series of committees that generally consist of senior managers
serve as an important means to facilitate and foster
from both our first and second lines of defense, with specific
ongoing discussions to manage and mitigate risks.
risk management mandates that have oversight or decision-
We maintain strong and proactive communication about
making responsibilities for risk management activities. We
risk and we have a culture of collaboration in decision-
have established procedures for these committees so that
making among our first and second lines of defense,
appropriate information barriers are in place. Our primary
committees and senior management. While our first line of
risk committees, most of which also have additional sub-
defense is responsible for management of their risk, we
committees, councils or working groups, are described
dedicate extensive resources to our second line of defense in
below. In addition to these committees, we have other risk
order to ensure a strong oversight structure and an
committees that provide oversight for different businesses,
appropriate segregation of duties. We regularly reinforce
activities, products, regions and entities. All of our
our strong culture of escalation and accountability across
committees have responsibility for considering the impact on
all functions.
our reputation of the transactions and activities that they
oversee.
People. Even the best technology serves only as a tool for
helping to make informed decisions in real time about the
Membership of our risk committees is reviewed regularly and
risks we are taking. Ultimately, effective risk management
updated to reflect changes in the responsibilities of the
committee members. Accordingly, the length of time that
requires our people to interpret our risk data on an ongoing
members serve on the respective committees varies as
and timely basis and adjust risk positions accordingly. The
determined by the committee chairs and based on the
experience of our professionals, and their understanding of
responsibilities of the members.
the nuances and limitations of each risk measure, guides us in
assessing exposures and maintaining them within prudent
The chart below presents an overview of our risk
levels.
management governance structure.
We reinforce a culture of effective risk management,
Corporate Oversight
consistent with our risk appetite, in our training and
Board of Directors
Board Committees
development programs, as well as in the way we evaluate
performance, and recognize and reward our people. Our
Senior Management Oversight
training and development programs, including certain
Chief Executive Officer
sessions led by our most senior leaders, are focused on the
President/Chief Operating Officer
Chief Financial Officer
importance of risk management, client relationships and
reputational excellence. As part of our performance review
Director of
Committee Oversight
process, we assess reputational excellence, including how an
Internal Audit
Management Committee
Chief Risk Officer
employee exercises good risk management and reputational
Firmwide Enterprise Risk
Firmwide Asset Liability
judgment, and adheres to our code of conduct and
Committee
Committee
compliance policies. Our review and reward processes are
designed to communicate and reinforce to our professionals
Management Committee. The Management Committee
the link between behavior and how people are recognized,
oversees our global activities. It provides this oversight
the need to focus on our clients and our reputation, and the
directly and through authority delegated to committees it has
need to always act in accordance with our highest standards.
established. This committee consists of our most senior
leaders, and is chaired by our chief executive officer. Most
members of the Management Committee are also members of
other committees. The following are the committees that are
principally involved in firmwide risk management.
133 Goldman Sachs March 2024 Form 10-Q
Firmwide Enterprise Risk Committee. The Firmwide
Enterprise Risk Committee is responsible for overseeing all of
our financial and nonfinancial risks. As part of such
oversight, the committee is responsible for the ongoing
review, approval and monitoring of our enterprise risk
management framework, as well as our risk limits, and
thresholds and alerts policy, through delegated authority to
the Firmwide Risk Appetite Committee. The Firmwide
Enterprise Risk Committee also reviews new significant
strategic business initiatives to determine whether they are
consistent with our risk appetite and risk management
capabilities. Additionally, the Firmwide Enterprise Risk
Committee performs enhanced reviews of significant risk
events, the top residual and emerging risks, and the overall
risk and control environment in each of our business units in
order to propose uplifts, identify elements that are common
to all business units and analyze the consolidated residual
risks that we face. This committee, which reports to the
Management Committee, is co-chaired by our president and
chief operating officer and our chief risk officer, who are
appointed as chairs by our chief executive officer, and the
vice-chair is our chief financial officer, who is appointed as
vice-chair by the chairs of the Firmwide Enterprise Risk
Committee. The Firmwide Enterprise Risk Committee also
periodically provides updates to, and receives guidance from,
the Risk Committee of the Board. The following are the
primary committees or councils that report to the Firmwide
Enterprise Risk Committee (unless otherwise noted):
- • Firmwide Risk Council. The Firmwide Risk Council is
responsible for the ongoing monitoring of relevant
financial risks at the firmwide, business and product levels.
This council is co-chaired by our chief financial officer and
our chief risk officer.
- • Firmwide New Activity Committee. The Firmwide
New Activity Committee is responsible for reviewing new
activities and for establishing a process to identify and
review previously approved activities that are significant
and that have changed in complexity and/or structure or
present different reputational and suitability concerns over
time to consider whether these activities remain
appropriate. This committee is chaired by our controller
and chief accounting officer, who is appointed as chair by
the chairs of the Firmwide Enterprise Risk Committee.
- • Firmwide Operational Risk and Resilience
Committee. The Firmwide Operational Risk and
Resilience Committee is responsible for overseeing
operational risk, and seeks to ensure our business and
operational resilience. To assist the Firmwide Operational
Risk and Resilience Committee in carrying out its mandate,
other risk committees with dedicated oversight for
technology-related risks, including cybersecurity matters
and artificial intelligence (AI), report into the Firmwide
Operational Risk and Resilience Committee. This
committee is co-chaired by our chief administrative officer
for EMEA and our head of Operational Risk, who are
appointed as chairs by the chairs of the Firmwide
Enterprise Risk Committee.
- • Firmwide Conduct Committee. The Firmwide Conduct
Committee is responsible for the ongoing approval and
monitoring of the frameworks and policies which govern
our conduct risks. Conduct risk is the risk that our people
fail to act in a manner consistent with our Business
Principles and related core values, policies or codes, or
applicable laws or regulations, thereby falling short in
fulfilling their responsibilities to us, our clients, colleagues,
other market participants or the broader community. This
committee is chaired by our chief legal officer, who is
appointed as chair by the chairs of the Firmwide Enterprise
Risk Committee.
- • Firmwide Risk Appetite Committee. The Firmwide
Risk Appetite Committee (through delegated authority
from the Firmwide Enterprise Risk Committee) is
responsible for the ongoing approval and monitoring of
risk frameworks, policies and parameters related to our
core risk management processes, as well as limits,
thresholds and alerts, at firmwide, business and product
levels. In addition, this committee is responsible for
overseeing our financial risks and reviews the results of
stress tests and scenario analyses. To assist the Firmwide
Risk Appetite Committee in carrying out its mandate, a
number of other risk committees with dedicated oversight
for stress testing, model risks, Volcker Rule compliance, as
well as our investments or other capital commitments that
may give rise to financial risk, report into the Firmwide
Risk Appetite Committee. This committee is chaired by
our chief risk officer, who is appointed as chair by the
chairs of the Firmwide Enterprise Risk Committee. The
Firmwide Capital Committee and Firmwide Commitments
Committee report to the Firmwide Risk Appetite
Committee.
Firmwide Capital Committee. The Firmwide Capital
Committee provides approval and oversight of debt-related
transactions, including principal commitments of our
capital. This committee aims to ensure that business,
reputational and suitability standards for underwritings
and capital commitments are maintained on a global basis.
This committee is co-chaired by our head of Credit Risk
and the head of our Global Financing Group, who are
appointed as chairs by the chair of the Firmwide Risk
Appetite Committee.
THE GOLDMAN SACHS GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
Management’s Discussion and Analysis
Goldman Sachs March 2024 Form 10-Q 134
Firmwide Commitments Committee. The Firmwide
Commitments Committee reviews our underwriting and
distribution activities with respect to equity and equity-
related product offerings, and sets and maintains policies
and procedures designed to ensure that legal, reputational,
regulatory and business standards are maintained on a
global basis. In addition to reviewing specific transactions,
this committee periodically conducts general strategic
reviews of sectors and products and establishes policies in
connection with transaction practices. This committee is
co-chaired by our chief equity underwriting officer for the
Americas, a co-chairman of our Global Financial
Institutions Group, and a co-head of our Global
Investment Grade Capital Markets and Risk Management
Group in Global Banking & Markets, who are appointed
as chairs by the chair of the Firmwide Risk Appetite
Committee.
• Firmwide Reputational Risk Committee. The
Firmwide Reputational Risk Committee is responsible for
assessing reputational risks arising from opportunities that
have been identified as having potential heightened
reputational risk, including transactions identified
pursuant to the criteria established by the Firmwide
Reputational Risk Committee and as determined by
committee leadership. This committee is also responsible
for overseeing client-related business standards and
addressing client-related reputational risk. This committee
is chaired by our president and chief operating officer, who
is appointed as chair by our chief executive officer, and the
vice-chairs are our chief legal officer and the head of
Conflicts Resolution, who are appointed as vice-chairs by
the chair of the Firmwide Reputational Risk Committee.
This committee periodically provides updates to, and
receives guidance from, the Public Responsibilities
Committee of the Board. The Firmwide Suitability
Committee reports to the Firmwide Reputational Risk
Committee.
Firmwide Suitability Committee. The Firmwide
Suitability Committee is responsible for setting standards
and policies for product, transaction and client suitability
and providing a forum for consistency across functions,
regions and products on suitability assessments. This
committee also reviews suitability matters escalated from
other committees. This committee is co-chaired by our
chief compliance officer and an advisory director, who are
appointed as chairs by the chair of the Firmwide
Reputational Risk Committee.
• Firmwide Data Governance Committee. The Firmwide
Data Governance Committee is responsible for overseeing
the firmwide data governance framework, and its
implementation, to help ensure that data governance and
data quality are appropriate. This committee is co-chaired
by our chief information officer and our chief risk officer,
who are appointed as chairs by the chairs of the Firmwide
Enterprise Risk Committee.
Firmwide Asset Liability Committee. The Firmwide
Asset Liability Committee reviews and approves the strategic
direction for our financial resources, including capital,
liquidity, funding and balance sheet. This committee has
oversight responsibility for asset liability management,
including interest rate and currency risk, funds transfer
pricing, capital allocation and incentives, and credit ratings.
This committee makes recommendations as to any
adjustments to asset liability management and financial
resource allocation in light of current events, risks,
exposures, and regulatory requirements and approves related
policies. This committee is co-chaired by our chief financial
officer and our global treasurer, who are appointed as chairs
by our chief executive officer, and reports to the
Management Committee.
Liquidity Risk Management
Overview
Liquidity risk is the risk that we will be unable to fund
ourselves or meet our liquidity needs in the event of firm-
specific, broader industry or market liquidity stress events.
We have in place a comprehensive and conservative set of
liquidity and funding policies. Our principal objective is to be
able to fund ourselves and to enable our core businesses to
continue to serve clients and generate revenues, even under
adverse circumstances.
Treasury, which reports to our chief financial officer, has
primary responsibility for developing, managing and
executing our liquidity and funding strategy within our risk
appetite.
Liquidity Risk, which is independent of our revenue-
producing units and Treasury, and reports to our chief risk
officer, has primary responsibility for identifying, monitoring
and managing our liquidity risk through firmwide oversight
across our global businesses and the establishment of stress
testing and limits frameworks.
Liquidity Risk Management Principles
We manage liquidity risk according to three principles: (i)
hold sufficient excess liquidity in the form of GCLA to cover
outflows during a stressed period, (ii) maintain appropriate
Asset-Liability Management and (iii) maintain a viable
Contingency Funding Plan.
THE GOLDMAN SACHS GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
Management’s Discussion and Analysis
135 Goldman Sachs March 2024 Form 10-Q
GCLA. GCLA is liquidity that we maintain to meet a broad
range of potential cash outflows and collateral needs in a
stressed environment. A primary liquidity principle is to pre-
fund our estimated potential cash and collateral needs during
a liquidity crisis and hold this liquidity in the form of
unencumbered, highly liquid securities and cash. We believe
that the securities held in our GCLA would be readily
convertible to cash in a matter of days, through liquidation,
by entering into repurchase agreements or from maturities of
resale agreements, and that this cash would allow us to meet
immediate obligations without needing to sell other assets or
depend on additional funding from credit-sensitive markets.
Our GCLA reflects the following principles:
- • The first days or weeks of a liquidity crisis are the most
critical to a company’s survival;
- • Focus must be maintained on all potential cash and
collateral outflows, not just disruptions to financing flows.
Our businesses are diverse, and our liquidity needs are
determined by many factors, including market movements,
collateral requirements and client commitments, all of
which can change dramatically in a difficult funding
environment;
- • During a liquidity crisis, credit-sensitive funding, including
unsecured debt, certain deposits and some types of secured
financing agreements, may be unavailable, and the terms
(e.g., interest rates, collateral provisions and tenor) or
availability of other types of secured financing may change
and certain deposits may be withdrawn; and
- • As a result of our policy to pre-fund liquidity that we
estimate may be needed in a crisis, we hold more
unencumbered securities and have larger funding balances
than our businesses would otherwise require. We believe
that our liquidity is stronger with greater balances of highly
liquid unencumbered securities, even though it increases
our total assets and our funding costs.
We maintain our GCLA across Group Inc., Goldman Sachs
Funding LLC (Funding IHC) and Group Inc.’s major broker-
dealer and bank subsidiaries, asset types and clearing agents
with the goal of providing us with sufficient operating
liquidity to ensure timely settlement in all major markets,
even in a difficult funding environment. In addition to the
GCLA, we maintain cash balances and securities in several of
our other entities, primarily for use in specific currencies,
entities or jurisdictions where we do not have immediate
access to parent company liquidity.
Asset-Liability Management. Our liquidity risk
management policies are designed to ensure we have a
sufficient amount of financing, even when funding markets
experience persistent stress. We manage the maturities and
diversity of our funding across markets, products and
counterparties, and seek to maintain a diversified funding
profile with an appropriate tenor, taking into consideration
the characteristics and liquidity profile of our assets.
Our approach to asset-liability management includes:
- • Conservatively managing the overall characteristics of our
funding book, with a focus on maintaining long-term,
diversified sources of funding in excess of our current
requirements. See “Balance Sheet and Funding Sources —
Funding Sources” for further information;
- • Actively managing and monitoring our asset base, with
particular focus on the liquidity, holding period and ability
to fund assets on a secured basis. We assess our funding
requirements and our ability to liquidate assets in a stressed
environment while appropriately managing risk. This
enables us to determine the most appropriate funding
products and tenors. See “Balance Sheet and Funding
Sources — Balance Sheet Management” for further
information about our balance sheet management process
and “— Funding Sources — Secured Funding” for further
information about asset classes that may be harder to fund
on a secured basis; and
- • Raising secured and unsecured financing that has a long
tenor relative to the liquidity profile of our assets. This
reduces the risk that our liabilities will come due in
advance of our ability to generate liquidity from the sale of
our assets. Because we maintain a highly liquid balance
sheet, the holding period of certain of our assets may be
materially shorter than their contractual maturity dates.
Our goal is to ensure that we maintain sufficient liquidity to
fund our assets and meet our contractual and contingent
obligations in normal times, as well as during periods of
market stress. Through our dynamic balance sheet
management process, we use actual and projected asset
balances to determine secured and unsecured funding
requirements. Funding plans are reviewed and approved by
the Firmwide Asset Liability Committee. In addition, our
independent risk oversight and control functions analyze, and
the Firmwide Asset Liability Committee reviews, our total
unsecured long-term borrowings and total shareholders’
equity to help ensure that we maintain a level of long-term
funding that is sufficient to meet our long-term financing
requirements. In a liquidity crisis, we would begin by
liquidating and monetizing our GCLA before selling other
assets. However, we recognize that orderly asset sales may be
prudent or necessary in a severe or persistent liquidity crisis.
THE GOLDMAN SACHS GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
Management’s Discussion and Analysis
Goldman Sachs March 2024 Form 10-Q 136
Subsidiary Funding Policies
The majority of our unsecured borrowings is raised by Group
Inc., which provides the necessary funds to Funding IHC and
other subsidiaries, some of which are regulated, to meet their
asset financing, liquidity and capital requirements. In
addition, Group Inc. provides its regulated subsidiaries with
the necessary capital to meet their regulatory requirements.
The benefits of this approach to subsidiary funding are
enhanced control and greater flexibility to meet the funding
requirements of our subsidiaries. Funding is also raised at the
subsidiary level through a variety of products, including
deposits, secured funding and unsecured borrowings.
Our intercompany funding policies assume that a subsidiary’s
funds or securities are not freely available to its parent,
Funding IHC or other subsidiaries unless (i) legally provided
for and (ii) there are no additional regulatory, tax or other
restrictions. In particular, many of our subsidiaries are
subject to laws that authorize regulatory bodies to block or
reduce the flow of funds from those subsidiaries to Group
Inc. or Funding IHC. Regulatory action of that kind could
impede access to funds that Group Inc. needs to make
payments on its obligations. Accordingly, we assume that the
capital provided to our regulated subsidiaries is not available
to Group Inc. or other subsidiaries and any other financing
provided to our regulated subsidiaries is not available to
Group Inc. or Funding IHC until the maturity of such
financing.
Group Inc. has provided substantial amounts of equity and
subordinated indebtedness, directly or indirectly, to its
regulated subsidiaries. For example, as of March 2024,
Group Inc. had $36.77 billion of equity and subordinated
indebtedness invested in GS&Co., its principal U.S.
registered broker-dealer; $48.22 billion invested in GSI, a
regulated U.K. broker-dealer; $2.32 billion invested in
GSJCL, a regulated Japanese broker-dealer; $59.27 billion
invested in GS Bank USA, a regulated New York State-
chartered bank; and $4.94 billion invested in GSIB, a
regulated U.K. bank. Group Inc. also provides financing,
directly or indirectly, in the form of: $134.67 billion of
unsubordinated loans (including secured loans of
$40.84 billion) and $35.42 billion of collateral and cash
deposits to these entities as of March 2024. In addition, as of
March 2024, Group Inc. had significant amounts of capital
invested in and loans to its other regulated subsidiaries.
Contingency Funding Plan. We maintain a contingency
funding plan to provide a framework for analyzing and
responding to a liquidity crisis situation or periods of market
stress. Our contingency funding plan outlines a list of
potential risk factors, key reports and metrics that are
reviewed on an ongoing basis to assist in assessing the
severity of, and managing through, a liquidity crisis and/or
market dislocation. The contingency funding plan also
describes in detail our potential responses if our assessments
indicate that we have entered a liquidity crisis, which include
pre-funding for what we estimate will be our potential cash
and collateral needs, as well as utilizing secondary sources of
liquidity. Mitigants and action items to address specific risks
which may arise are also described and assigned to
individuals responsible for execution.
The contingency funding plan identifies key groups of
individuals and their responsibilities, which include fostering
effective coordination, control and distribution of
information, implementing liquidity maintenance activities
and managing internal and external communication, all of
which are critical in the management of a crisis or period of
market stress.
Stress Tests
In order to determine the appropriate size of our GCLA, we
model liquidity outflows over a range of scenarios and time
horizons. One of our primary internal liquidity risk models,
referred to as the Modeled Liquidity Outflow, quantifies our
liquidity risks over a 30-day stress scenario. We also consider
other factors, including, but not limited to, an assessment of
our potential intraday liquidity needs through an additional
internal liquidity risk model, referred to as the Intraday
Liquidity Model, the results of our long-term stress testing
models, our resolution liquidity models and other applicable
regulatory requirements and a qualitative assessment of our
condition, as well as the financial markets. The results of the
Modeled Liquidity Outflow, the Intraday Liquidity Model,
the long-term stress testing models and the resolution
liquidity models are reported to senior management on a
regular basis. We also perform firmwide stress tests. See
“Overview and Structure of Risk Management” for
information about firmwide stress tests.
THE GOLDMAN SACHS GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
Management’s Discussion and Analysis
137 Goldman Sachs March 2024 Form 10-Q
Modeled Liquidity Outflow. Our Modeled Liquidity
Outflow is based on conducting multiple scenarios that
include combinations of market-wide and firm-specific stress.
These scenarios are characterized by the following qualitative
elements:
- • Severely challenged market environments, which include
low consumer and corporate confidence, financial and
political instability, and adverse changes in market values,
including potential declines in equity markets and widening
of credit spreads; and
- • A firm-specific crisis potentially triggered by material
losses, reputational damage (including, as a result of, the
dissemination of negative information through social
media), litigation and/or a ratings downgrade.
The following are key modeling elements of our Modeled
Liquidity Outflow:
- • Liquidity needs over a 30-day scenario;
- • A two-notch downgrade of our long-term senior unsecured
credit ratings;
- • Changing conditions in funding markets, which limit our
access to unsecured and secured funding;
- • No support from additional government funding facilities.
Although we have access to various central bank funding
programs, we do not assume reliance on additional sources
of funding in a liquidity crisis; and
- • A combination of contractual outflows and contingent
outflows arising from both our on- and off-balance sheet
arrangements. Contractual outflows include, among other
things, upcoming maturities of unsecured debt, term
deposits and secured funding. Contingent outflows include,
among other things, the withdrawal of customer credit
balances in our prime brokerage business, increase in
variation margin requirements due to adverse changes in
the value of our exchange-traded and OTC-cleared
derivatives, draws on unfunded commitments and
withdrawals of deposits that have no contractual maturity.
See notes to the consolidated financial statements for
further information about contractual outflows, including
Note 11 for collateralized financings, Note 13 for deposits,
Note 14 for unsecured long-term borrowings and Note 15
for operating lease payments, and “Off-Balance Sheet
Arrangements” for further information about our various
types of off-balance sheet arrangements.
Intraday Liquidity Model. Our Intraday Liquidity Model
measures our intraday liquidity needs in a scenario where
access to sources of intraday liquidity may become
constrained. The intraday liquidity model considers a variety
of factors, including historical settlement activity.
Long-Term Stress Testing. We utilize longer-term stress
tests to take a forward view on our liquidity position through
prolonged stress periods in which we experience a severe
liquidity stress and recover in an environment that continues
to be challenging. We are focused on ensuring conservative
asset-liability management to prepare for a prolonged period
of potential stress, seeking to maintain a diversified funding
profile with an appropriate tenor, taking into consideration
the characteristics and liquidity profile of our assets.
Resolution Liquidity Models. In connection with our
resolution planning efforts, we have established our
Resolution Liquidity Adequacy and Positioning framework,
which estimates liquidity needs of our major subsidiaries in a
stressed environment. The liquidity needs are measured using
our Modeled Liquidity Outflow assumptions and include
certain additional inter-affiliate exposures. We have also
established our Resolution Liquidity Execution Need
framework, which measures the liquidity needs of our major
subsidiaries to stabilize and wind down following a Group
Inc. bankruptcy filing in accordance with our preferred
resolution strategy.
In addition, we have established a triggers and alerts
framework, which is designed to provide the Board with
information needed to make an informed decision on
whether and when to commence bankruptcy proceedings for
Group Inc.
Limits
We use liquidity risk limits at various levels and across
liquidity risk types to manage the size of our liquidity
exposures. Limits are measured relative to acceptable levels
of risk given our liquidity risk tolerance. See “Overview and
Structure of Risk Management” for information about the
limit approval process.
Limits are monitored by Treasury and Liquidity Risk.
Liquidity Risk is responsible for identifying and escalating to
senior management and/or the appropriate risk committee,
on a timely basis, instances where limits have been exceeded.
GCLA and Unencumbered Metrics
GCLA. Based on the results of our internal liquidity risk
models, described above, as well as our consideration of
other factors, including, but not limited to, a qualitative
assessment of our condition, as well as the financial markets,
we believe our liquidity position as of both March 2024 and
December 2023 was appropriate. We strictly limit our GCLA
to a narrowly defined list of securities and cash because they
are highly liquid, even in a difficult funding environment. We
do not include other potential sources of excess liquidity in
our GCLA, such as less liquid unencumbered securities or
committed credit facilities.
THE GOLDMAN SACHS GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
Management’s Discussion and Analysis
Goldman Sachs March 2024 Form 10-Q 138
The table below presents information about our GCLA.
| | Average for the Three Months Ended |
$ in millions | March 2024 | December 2023 |
Denomination | | |
U.S. dollar | $ 288,340 | $ 282,414 |
Non-U.S. dollar | 134,872 | 131,176 |
Total | $ 423,212 | $ 413,590 |
Asset Class | | |
Overnight cash deposits | $ 222,895 | $ 204,929 |
U.S. government obligations | 146,556 | 150,806 |
U.S. agency obligations | 18,931 | 22,895 |
Non-U.S. government obligations | 34,830 | 34,960 |
Total | $ 423,212 | $ 413,590 |
Entity Type | | |
Group Inc. and Funding IHC | $ 61,616 | $ 65,952 |
Major broker-dealer subsidiaries | 119,186 | 117,818 |
Major bank subsidiaries | 242,410 | 229,820 |
Total | $ 423,212 | $ 413,590 |
In the table above:
- • The U.S. dollar-denominated GCLA consists of (i)
unencumbered U.S. government and agency obligations
(including highly liquid U.S. agency mortgage-backed
obligations), all of which are eligible as collateral in Federal
Reserve open market operations and (ii) certain overnight
U.S. dollar cash deposits.
- • The non-U.S. dollar-denominated GCLA consists of non-
U.S. government obligations (only unencumbered German,
French, Japanese and U.K. government obligations) and
certain overnight cash deposits in highly liquid currencies.
We maintain our GCLA to enable us to meet current and
potential liquidity requirements of our parent company,
Group Inc., and its subsidiaries. Our Modeled Liquidity
Outflow and Intraday Liquidity Model incorporate a
requirement for Group Inc., as well as a standalone
requirement for each of our major broker-dealer and bank
subsidiaries. Funding IHC is required to provide the
necessary liquidity to Group Inc. during the ordinary course
of business, and is also obligated to provide capital and
liquidity support to major subsidiaries in the event of our
material financial distress or failure. Liquidity held directly in
each of our major broker-dealer and bank subsidiaries is
intended for use only by that subsidiary to meet its liquidity
requirements and is assumed not to be available to Group
Inc. or Funding IHC unless (i) legally provided for and (ii)
there are no additional regulatory, tax or other restrictions.
In addition, the Modeled Liquidity Outflow and Intraday
Liquidity Model also incorporate a broader assessment of
standalone liquidity requirements for other subsidiaries and
we hold a portion of our GCLA directly at Group Inc. or
Funding IHC to support such requirements.
Other Unencumbered Assets. In addition to our GCLA,
we have a significant amount of other unencumbered cash
and financial instruments, including other government
obligations, high-grade money market securities, corporate
obligations, marginable equities, loans and cash deposits not
included in our GCLA. The fair value of our unencumbered
assets averaged $292.45 billion for the three months ended
March 2024 and $286.51 billion for the three months ended
December 2023. We do not consider these assets liquid
enough to be eligible for our GCLA.
Liquidity Regulatory Framework
We are subject to a minimum Liquidity Coverage Ratio
(LCR) under the LCR rule approved by the U.S. federal bank
regulatory agencies. The LCR rule requires organizations to
maintain an adequate ratio of eligible high-quality liquid
assets (HQLA) to expected net cash outflows under an acute,
short-term liquidity stress scenario. Eligible HQLA excludes
HQLA held by subsidiaries that is in excess of their minimum
requirement and is subject to transfer restrictions. We are
required to maintain a minimum LCR of 100%. We expect
that fluctuations in client activity, business mix and the
market environment will impact our LCR.
The table below presents information about our average
daily LCR.
| | Average for the Three Months Ended |
$ in millions | March 2024 | December 2023 |
Total HQLA | $ 412,745 | $ 401,721 |
Eligible HQLA | $ 330,175 | $ 326,181 |
Net cash outflows | $ 259,198 | $ 255,106 |
LCR | 127% | 128% |
In the table above, our average quarterly LCR represents the
average of our daily LCRs during the quarter.
We are also subject to a minimum Net Stable Funding Ratio
(NSFR) under the NSFR rule approved by the U.S. federal
bank regulatory agencies. The NSFR rule requires large U.S.
banking organizations to maintain available stable funding
(ASF) above their required stable funding (RSF) over a one-
year time horizon. Total ASF excludes ASF held by
subsidiaries that is in excess of their minimum requirement
and is subject to transfer restrictions. We are required to
maintain a minimum NSFR of 100%. We expect that
fluctuations in client activity, business mix and the market
environment will impact our NSFR.
The table below presents information about our average
daily NSFR.
Average for the
| | Three Months Ended |
$ in millions | March 2024 | December 2023 |
Total ASF | $ 650,903 | $ 628,734 |
Total RSF | $ 567,373 | $ 542,089 |
NSFR | 115% | 116% |
In the table above, our average quarterly NSFR represents the
average of our daily NSFRs during the quarter.
THE GOLDMAN SACHS GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
Management’s Discussion and Analysis
139 Goldman Sachs March 2024 Form 10-Q
The following provides information about our subsidiary
liquidity regulatory requirements:
- • GS Bank USA. GS Bank USA is subject to a minimum
LCR of 100% under the LCR rule approved by the U.S.
federal bank regulatory agencies. As of March 2024, GS
Bank USA’s LCR exceeded the minimum requirement. The
NSFR requirement described above also applies to GS
Bank USA. As of March 2024, GS Bank USA’s NSFR
exceeded the minimum requirement.
- • GSI and GSIB. GSI and GSIB are subject to a minimum
LCR of 100% under the LCR rule approved by the U.K.
regulatory authorities. GSI’s and GSIB’s average monthly
LCR for the trailing twelve-month period ended March
2024 exceeded the minimum requirement. GSI and GSIB
are subject to the applicable NSFR requirement in the U.K.
As of March 2024, both GSI’s and GSIB’s NSFR exceeded
the minimum requirement.
- • GSBE. GSBE is subject to a minimum LCR of 100% under
the LCR rule approved by the European Parliament and
Council. GSBE’s average monthly LCR for the trailing
twelve-month period ended March 2024 exceeded the
minimum requirement. GSBE is subject to the applicable
NSFR requirement in the E.U. As of March 2024, GSBE’s
NSFR exceeded the minimum requirement.
- • Other Subsidiaries. We monitor local regulatory
liquidity requirements of our subsidiaries to ensure
compliance. For many of our subsidiaries, these
requirements either have changed or are likely to change in
the future due to the implementation of the Basel
Committee’s framework for liquidity risk measurement,
standards and monitoring, as well as other regulatory
developments.
The implementation of these rules and any amendments
adopted by the regulatory authorities could impact our
liquidity and funding requirements and practices in the
future.
Credit Ratings
We rely on the short- and long-term debt capital markets to
fund a significant portion of our day-to-day operations, and
the cost and availability of debt financing is influenced by our
credit ratings. Credit ratings are also important when we are
competing in certain markets, such as OTC derivatives, and
when we seek to engage in longer-term transactions. See
“Risk Factors” in Part I, Item 1A of the 2023 Form 10-K for
information about the risks associated with a reduction in
our credit ratings.
The table below presents the unsecured credit ratings and
outlook of Group Inc.
| | As of March 2024 |
| | DBRS | Fitch | Moody’s | R&I | S&P |
Short-term debt | R-1 (middle) | F1 | P-1 | a-1 | A-2 |
Long-term debt | A (high) | A | A2 | A | BBB+ |
Subordinated debt | A | BBB+ | Baa2 | A- | BBB |
Trust preferred | A | BBB- | Baa3 | N/A | BB+ |
Preferred stock | BBB (high) | BBB- | Ba1 | N/A | BB+ |
Ratings outlook | Stable | Stable | Stable | Stable | Stable |
In the table above:
- • The ratings and outlook are by DBRS, Inc. (DBRS), Fitch,
Inc. (Fitch), Moody’s Investors Service (Moody’s), Rating
and Investment Information, Inc. (R&I), and Standard &
Poor’s Ratings Services (S&P).
- • The ratings for trust preferred relate to the guaranteed
preferred beneficial interests issued by Goldman Sachs
Capital I.
- • The DBRS, Fitch, Moody’s and S&P ratings for preferred
stock include the APEX issued by Goldman Sachs Capital
II and Goldman Sachs Capital III.
The table below presents the unsecured credit ratings and
outlook of GS Bank USA, GSIB, GSBE, GS&Co. and GSI.
| | As of March 2024 |
| | Fitch | Moody’s | S&P |
GS Bank USA | | | |
Short-term debt | F1 | P-1 | A-1 |
Long-term debt | A+ | A1 | A+ |
Short-term bank deposits | F1+ | P-1 | N/A |
Long-term bank deposits | AA- | A1 | N/A |
Ratings outlook | Stable | Stable | Stable |
GSIB | | | |
Short-term debt | F1 | P-1 | A-1 |
Long-term debt | A+ | A1 | A+ |
Short-term bank deposits | F1 | P-1 | N/A |
Long-term bank deposits | A+ | A1 | N/A |
Ratings outlook | Stable | Stable | Stable |
GSBE | | | |
Short-term debt | F1 | P-1 | A-1 |
Long-term debt | A+ | A1 | A+ |
Short-term bank deposits | N/A | P-1 | N/A |
Long-term bank deposits | N/A | A1 | N/A |
Ratings outlook | Stable | Stable | Stable |
GS&Co. | | | |
Short-term debt | F1 | N/A | A-1 |
Long-term debt | A+ | N/A | A+ |
Ratings outlook | Stable | N/A | Stable |
GSI | | | |
Short-term debt | F1 | P-1 | A-1 |
Long-term debt | A+ | A1 | A+ |
Ratings outlook | Stable | Stable | Stable |
THE GOLDMAN SACHS GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
Management’s Discussion and Analysis
Goldman Sachs March 2024 Form 10-Q 140
We believe our credit ratings are primarily based on the
credit rating agencies’ assessment of:
- • Our liquidity, market, credit and operational risk
management practices;
- • Our level and variability of earnings;
- • Our capital base;
- • Our franchise, reputation and management;
- • Our corporate governance; and
- • The external operating and economic environment,
including, in some cases, the assumed level of government
support or other systemic considerations, such as potential
resolution.
Certain of our derivatives have been transacted under
bilateral agreements with counterparties who may require us
to post collateral or terminate the transactions based on
changes in our credit ratings. We manage our GCLA to
ensure we would, among other potential requirements, be
able to make the additional collateral or termination
payments that may be required in the event of a two-notch
reduction in our long-term credit ratings, as well as collateral
that has not been called by counterparties, but is available to
them. See Note 7 to the consolidated financial statements for
further information about derivatives with credit-related
contingent features and the additional collateral or
termination payments related to our net derivative liabilities
under bilateral agreements that could have been called by
counterparties in the event of a one- or two-notch downgrade
in our credit ratings.
Cash Flows
As a global financial institution, our cash flows are complex
and bear little relation to our net earnings and net assets.
Consequently, we believe that traditional cash flow analysis
is less meaningful in evaluating our liquidity position than the
liquidity and asset-liability management policies described
above. Cash flow analysis may, however, be helpful in
highlighting certain macro trends and strategic initiatives in
our businesses.
Three Months Ended March 2024. Our cash and cash
equivalents decreased by $32.19 billion to $209.39 billion at
the end of the first quarter of 2024, due to net cash used for
operating and investing activities and the effect of exchange
rate changes on cash and cash equivalents, partially offset by
net cash provided by financing activities. The net cash used
for operating activities primarily reflected cash outflows from
trading assets. The net cash used for investing activities
primarily reflected net purchases of investments (primarily
U.S. government and agency obligations accounted for as
available-for-sale and held-to-maturity securities). The net
cash provided by financing activities primarily reflected cash
inflows from deposits (reflecting increases in consumer
deposits and private bank deposits, partially offset by
decreases in transaction banking deposits and brokered
certificates of deposit) and cash inflows from unsecured
short-term borrowings, net, partially offset by net
repayments of unsecured long-term borrowings. The decrease
in cash and cash equivalents as a result of changes in foreign
exchange rates was due to the U.S. dollar strengthening
during the quarter.
Three Months Ended March 2023. Our cash and cash
equivalents decreased by $12.50 billion to $229.33 billion at
the end of the first quarter of 2023, primarily due to net cash
used for financing activities, partially offset by net cash
provided by operating activities. The net cash used for
financing activities primarily reflected cash outflows from net
repayments of unsecured long-term borrowings and deposits
(reflecting decreases in private bank and consumer deposits,
deposit sweep program balances and brokered certificates of
deposit). The net cash provided by operating activities
primarily reflected cash inflows from collateralized
transactions (reflecting both an increase in collateralized
financings and a decrease in collateralized agreements),
partially offset by an increase in trading assets.
THE GOLDMAN SACHS GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
Management’s Discussion and Analysis
141 Goldman Sachs March 2024 Form 10-Q
Market Risk Management
Overview
Market risk is the risk of an adverse impact to our earnings
due to changes in market conditions. Our assets and
liabilities that give rise to market risk primarily include
positions held for market making for our clients and for our
investing and financing activities, and these positions change
based on client demands and our investment opportunities.
We employ a variety of risk measures, each described in the
respective sections below, to monitor market risk. Categories
of market risk include the following:
- • Interest rate risk: results from exposures to changes in the
level, slope and curvature of yield curves, the volatilities of
interest rates, prepayment speeds and credit spreads;
- • Equity price risk: results from exposures to changes in
prices and volatilities of individual equities, baskets of
equities and equity indices;
- • Currency rate risk: results from exposures to changes in
spot prices, forward prices and volatilities of currency
rates; and
- • Commodity price risk: results from exposures to changes in
spot prices, forward prices and volatilities of commodities,
such as crude oil, petroleum products, natural gas,
electricity, and precious and base metals.
Market Risk, which is independent of our revenue-producing
units and reports to our chief risk officer, has primary
responsibility for assessing, monitoring and managing our
market risk through firmwide oversight across our global
businesses.
Managers in revenue-producing units, Treasury and Market
Risk discuss market information, positions and estimated
loss scenarios on an ongoing basis. Managers in revenue-
producing units and Treasury are accountable for managing
risk within prescribed limits. These managers have in-depth
knowledge of their positions, markets and the instruments
available to hedge their exposures.
Market Risk Management Process
Our process for managing market risk includes the critical
components of our risk management framework described in
the “Overview and Structure of Risk Management,” as well
as the following:
Our market risk management systems enable us to perform
an independent calculation of Value-at-Risk (VaR), Earnings-
at-Risk (EaR) and other stress measures, capture risk
measures at individual position levels, attribute risk measures
to individual risk factors of each position, report many
different views of the risk measures (e.g., by desk, business,
product type or entity) and produce ad hoc analyses in a
timely manner.
Risk Measures
We produce risk measures and monitor them against
established market risk limits. These measures reflect an
extensive range of scenarios and the results are aggregated at
product, business and firmwide levels.
We use a variety of risk measures to estimate the size of
potential losses for both moderate and more extreme market
moves over both short- and long-term time horizons. Our
primary risk measures are VaR, EaR and other stress tests.
Our risk reports detail key risks, drivers and changes for each
desk and business, and are distributed daily to senior
management of both our revenue-producing units and our
independent risk oversight and control functions.
Value-at-Risk. VaR is the potential loss in value due to
adverse market movements over a defined time horizon with
a specified confidence level. For assets and liabilities included
in VaR, see “Financial Statement Linkages to Market Risk
Measures.” We typically employ a one-day time horizon with
a 95% confidence level. We use a single VaR model, which
captures risks, including those related to interest rates, equity
prices, currency rates and commodity prices. As such, VaR
facilitates comparison across portfolios of different risk
characteristics. VaR also captures the diversification of
aggregated risk at the firmwide level.
THE GOLDMAN SACHS GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
Management’s Discussion and Analysis
Goldman Sachs March 2024 Form 10-Q 142
We are aware of the inherent limitations to VaR and
therefore use a variety of risk measures in our market risk
management process. Inherent limitations to VaR include:
- • VaR does not estimate potential losses over longer time
horizons where moves may be extreme;
- • VaR does not take account of the relative liquidity of
different risk positions; and
- • Previous moves in market risk factors may not produce
accurate predictions of all future market moves.
To comprehensively capture our exposures and relevant risks
in our VaR calculation, we use historical simulations with
full valuation of market factors at the position level by
simultaneously shocking the relevant market factors for that
position. These market factors include spot prices, credit
spreads, funding spreads, yield curves, volatility and
correlation, and are updated periodically based on changes in
the composition of positions, as well as variations in market
conditions. We sample from five years of historical data to
generate the scenarios for our VaR calculation. The historical
data is weighted so that the relative importance of the data
reduces over time. This gives greater importance to more
recent observations and reflects current asset volatilities,
which improves the accuracy of our estimates of potential
loss. As a result, even if our positions included in VaR were
unchanged, our VaR would increase with increasing market
volatility and vice versa.
Given its reliance on historical data, VaR is most effective in
estimating risk exposures in markets in which there are no
sudden fundamental changes or shifts in market conditions.
Our VaR measure does not include:
- • Positions that are not accounted for at fair value, such as
held-to-maturity securities and loans, deposits and
unsecured borrowings that are accounted for at amortized
cost;
- • Available-for-sale securities for which the related
unrealized fair value gains and losses are included in
accumulated other comprehensive income/(loss);
- • Positions that are best measured and monitored using
sensitivity measures; and
- • The impact of changes in counterparty and our own credit
spreads on derivatives, as well as changes in our own credit
spreads on financial liabilities for which the fair value
option was elected.
We perform daily backtesting of our VaR model (i.e.,
comparing daily net revenues for positions included in VaR
to the VaR measure calculated as of the prior business day) at
the firmwide level and for each of our businesses and major
regulated subsidiaries.
Earnings-at-Risk. We manage our interest rate risk using
the EaR metric. EaR measures the estimated impact of
changes in interest rates to our net revenues and preferred
stock dividends over a defined time horizon. EaR
complements the VaR metric, which measures the impact of
interest rate changes that have an immediate impact on the
fair values of our assets and liabilities (i.e., mark-to-market
changes). Our exposure to interest rate risk occurs due to a
variety of factors, including, but not limited to:
- • Differences in maturity or repricing dates of assets,
liabilities, preferred stock and certain off-balance sheet
instruments.
- • Differences in the amounts of assets, liabilities, preferred
stock and certain off-balance sheet instruments with the
same maturity or repricing dates.
- • Certain interest rate sensitive fees.
Treasury manages the aggregated interest rate risk from all
businesses using our investment securities portfolio and
interest rate derivatives. We measure EaR over a one-year
time horizon following a 100- and 200-basis point
instantaneous parallel shock in both short- and long-term
interest rates. This sensitivity is calculated relative to a
baseline market scenario, which takes into consideration,
among other things, the market’s expectation of forward
rates, as well as our expectation of future business activity.
These scenarios include contractual elements of assets,
liabilities, preferred stock, and certain off-balance sheet
instruments, such as rates of interest, principal repayment
schedules, maturity and reset dates, and any interest rate
ceilings or floors, as well as assumptions with respect to our
balance sheet size and composition, prepayment behavior
and deposit repricing. Deposit repricing is captured by
evaluating the change in deposit rate paid relative to the
change in market rates (deposit beta) and we calibrate the
deposit betas used in our models by using a number of
factors, including observed historical behavior, future
expectations, funding needs and the competitive landscape.
We continuously monitor the performance of our key
assumptions against observed behavior and regularly review
their sensitivity on our risk metrics.
We manage EaR with a goal to reduce potential volatility
resulting from changes in interest rates so it remains within
our EaR risk appetite. Our EaR scenario is regularly
evaluated and updated, if necessary, to reflect changes in our
business plans, market conditions and other macroeconomic
factors. While management uses the best information
available to estimate EaR, actual results may differ materially
as a result of, among other things, changes in the economic
environment or assumptions used in the process. We also
measure the sensitivity of the economic value of our equity
(EVE) to changes in interest rates. Compared to EaR, EVE
provides a longer-term measurement of the interest rate risk
exposure, primarily on non-trading assets and liabilities, by
capturing the net impact of changes in interest rates to the
present value of their cash flows.
THE GOLDMAN SACHS GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
Management’s Discussion and Analysis
143 Goldman Sachs March 2024 Form 10-Q
Risk, which is independent of our revenue-producing units,
and Treasury, have primary responsibility for assessing and
monitoring EaR and EVE sensitivity through firmwide
oversight, including oversight of interest rate risk stress
testing and assumptions, and the establishment of our risk
appetite.
Stress Testing. Stress testing is a method of determining the
effect of various hypothetical stress scenarios. We use stress
tests to examine risks of specific portfolios, as well as the
potential impact of our significant risk exposures. We use a
variety of stress testing techniques to calculate the potential
loss from a wide range of market moves on our portfolios,
including firmwide stress tests, sensitivity analysis and
scenario analysis. The results of our various stress tests are
analyzed together for risk management purposes. See
“Overview and Structure of Risk Management” for
information about firmwide stress tests.
Sensitivity analysis is used to quantify the impact of a market
move in a single risk factor across all positions (e.g., equity
prices or credit spreads) using a variety of defined market
shocks, ranging from those that could be expected over a
one-day time horizon up to those that could take many
months to occur. We also use sensitivity analysis to quantify
the impact of the default of any single entity, which captures
the risk of large or concentrated exposures.
Scenario analysis is used to quantify the impact of a specified
event, including how the event impacts multiple risk factors
simultaneously. For example, for sovereign stress testing we
calculate potential direct exposure associated with our
sovereign positions, as well as the corresponding debt, equity
and currency exposures associated with our non-sovereign
positions that may be impacted by the sovereign distress.
When conducting scenario analysis, we often consider a
number of possible outcomes for each scenario, ranging from
moderate to severely adverse market impacts. In addition,
these stress tests are constructed using both historical events
and forward-looking hypothetical scenarios.
Unlike VaR measures, which have an implied probability
because they are calculated at a specified confidence level,
there may not be an implied probability that our stress testing
scenarios will occur. Instead, stress testing is used to model
both moderate and more extreme moves in underlying
market factors. When estimating potential loss, we generally
assume that our positions cannot be reduced or hedged
(although experience demonstrates that we are generally able
to do so).
Limits
We use market risk limits at various levels to manage the size
of our market exposures. These limits are set based on VaR,
EaR and on a range of stress tests relevant to our exposures.
See “Overview and Structure of Risk Management” for
information about the limit approval process.
Limits are monitored by Treasury and Risk. Risk is
responsible for identifying and escalating to senior
management and/or the appropriate risk committee, on a
timely basis, instances where limits have been exceeded (e.g.,
due to positional changes or changes in market conditions,
such as increased volatilities or changes in correlations). Such
instances are remediated by a reduction in the positions we
hold and/or a temporary or permanent increase to the limit, if
warranted.
Metrics
We analyze VaR at the firmwide level and a variety of more
detailed levels, including by risk category, business and
region. Diversification effect in the tables below represents
the difference between total VaR and the sum of the VaRs for
the four risk categories. This effect arises because the four
market risk categories are not perfectly correlated.
Substantially all positions in VaR are included within Global
Banking & Markets.
The table below presents our average daily VaR.
| | Three Months Ended |
$ in millions | March 2024 | December 2023 | March 2023 |
Categories | | | |
Interest rates | $ 86 | $ 87 | $ 92 |
Equity prices | 29 | 29 | 28 |
Currency rates | 18 | 18 | 32 |
Commodity prices | 17 | 19 | 22 |
Diversification effect | (63) | (62) | (73) |
Total | $ 87 | $ 91 | $ 101 |
Our average daily VaR decreased to $87 million for the three
months ended March 2024 from $91 million for the three
months ended December 2023, due to lower levels of
volatility, partially offset by increased exposures. The total
decrease was driven by decreases in the commodity prices
and interest rates categories, and an increase in the
diversification effect.
THE GOLDMAN SACHS GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
Management’s Discussion and Analysis
Goldman Sachs March 2024 Form 10-Q 144
THE GOLDMAN SACHS GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
Management’s Discussion and Analysis
Our average daily VaR decreased to $87 million for the three
The chart below presents our daily VaR for the three months
months ended March 2024 from $101 million for the three
ended March 2024.
months ended March 2023, due to lower levels of volatility,
210
partially offset by increased exposures. The total decrease
was primarily driven by decreases in the currency rates,
interest rates and commodity prices categories, partially
offset by a decrease in the diversification effect.
50
The table below presents our period-end VaR.
120
| | As of |
$ in millions | March 2024 | December 2023 | March 2023 |
Categories | | | |
Interest rates | $ 90 | $ 93 | $ 123 |
Equity prices | 32 | 25 | 32 |
Currency rates | 25 | 15 | 28 |
Commodity prices | 18 | 14 | 19 |
Diversification effect | (72) | (54) | (85) |
Total | $ 93 | $ 93 | $ 117 |
First Quarter
2024
The table below presents, by number of business days, the
Our period-end VaR of $93 million as of March 2024
frequency distribution of our daily net revenues for positions
remained unchanged compared with December 2023.
included in VaR.
Increases in the currency rates, equity prices and commodity
| | Three Months Ended March |
$ in millions | 2024 | 2023 |
>$100 | 23 | 22 |
$75 – $100 | 7 | 8 |
$50 – $75 | 17 | 14 |
$25 – $50 | 9 | 6 |
$0 – $25 | 3 | 4 |
$(25) – $0 | 1 | 5 |
$(50) – $(25) | 1 | 1 |
$(75) – $(50) | – | 1 |
$(100) – $(75) | – | – |
<$(100) | – | 1 |
Total | 61 | 62 |
prices categories were offset by an increase in the
diversification effect and a decrease in the interest rates
category.
Our period-end VaR decreased to $93 million as of March
2024 from $117 million as of March 2023, due to lower levels
of volatility, partially offset by increased exposures. The total
decrease was primarily driven by a decrease in the interest
rates category, partially offset by a decrease in the
diversification effect.
During the three months ended March 2024, the firmwide
VaR risk limit was not exceeded, raised or reduced, and there
were no permanent or temporary changes to the firmwide
Daily net revenues for positions included in VaR are
VaR risk limit. During 2023, the firmwide VaR risk limit was
compared with VaR calculated as of the end of the prior
not exceeded and there were no permanent changes to the
business day. Net losses incurred on a single day for such
firmwide VaR risk limit. However, the firmwide VaR risk
positions did not exceed our 95% one-day VaR (i.e., a VaR
limit was temporarily changed on four occasions as a result
exception) during the three months ended March 2024 and
of changes in the market environment in the first half of 2023.
exceeded our 95% one-day VaR on one occasion during the
three months ended March 2023.
The table below presents our high and low VaR.
During periods in which we have significantly more positive
| | Three Months Ended |
| | March 2024 | December 2023 | March 2023 |
$ in millions | High | Low | High | Low | High | Low |
Categories | | | | | | |
Interest rates | $ 121 | $ 70 | $ 97 | $ 76 | $ 148 | $ 70 |
Equity prices | $ 39 | $ 25 | $ 39 | $ 23 | $ 38 | $ 22 |
Currency rates | $ 30 | $ 10 | $ 26 | $ 9 | $ 47 | $ 20 |
Commodity prices | $ 22 | $ 14 | $ 32 | $ 14 | $ 29 | $ 17 |
Firmwide | | | | | | |
VaR | $ 116 | $ 75 | $ 101 | $ 83 | $ 137 | $ 85 |
net revenue days than net revenue loss days, we expect to
have fewer VaR exceptions because, under normal
conditions, our business model generally produces positive
net revenues. In periods in which our franchise revenues are
adversely affected, we generally have more loss days,
resulting in more VaR exceptions. The daily net revenues for
positions included in VaR used to determine VaR exceptions
reflect the impact of any intraday activity, including bid/offer
net revenues, which are more likely than not to be positive by
their nature.
145 Goldman Sachs March 2024 Form 10-Q
Sensitivity Measures
Certain portfolios and individual positions are not included
in VaR because VaR is not the most appropriate risk
measure. Other sensitivity measures we use to analyze market
risk are described below.
10% Sensitivity Measures. The table below presents our
market risk by asset category for positions accounted for at
fair value or accounted for at the lower of cost or fair value,
that are not included in VaR.
| | As of |
$ in millions | March 2024 | December 2023 | March 2023 |
Equity | $ 1,528 | $ 1,562 | $ 1,570 |
Debt | 2,120 | 2,446 | 2,775 |
Total | $ 3,648 | $ 4,008 | $ 4,345 |
In the table above:
- • The market risk of these positions is determined by
estimating the potential reduction in net revenues of a 10%
decline in the value of the underlying positions.
- • Equity positions relate to private and public equity
securities, which primarily include investments in
corporate, real estate and infrastructure assets.
Substantially all such equity positions are included within
Asset & Wealth Management.
- • Debt positions include mezzanine and senior debt, and
corporate and real estate loans, substantially all of which
are included within Asset & Wealth Management. Debt
positions as of March 2024 decreased compared with both
December 2023 and March 2023, primarily due to the sales
of GreenSky and Marcus loans.
- • Funded equity and debt positions are included in our
consolidated balance sheets in investments and loans, and
the related hedges are included in our consolidated balance
sheets in derivatives. See Note 8 to the consolidated
financial statements for further information about
investments, Note 9 to the consolidated financial
statements for further information about loans and Note 7
to the consolidated financial statements for further
information about derivatives.
- • These measures do not reflect the diversification effect
across asset categories or across other market risk
measures.
Credit and Funding Spread Sensitivity on Derivatives
and Financial Liabilities. VaR excludes the impact of
changes in counterparty credit spreads, our own credit
spreads and unsecured funding spreads on derivatives, as well
as changes in our own credit spreads (debt valuation
adjustment) on financial liabilities for which the fair value
option was elected. The estimated sensitivity to a one basis
point increase in credit spreads (counterparty and our own)
and unsecured funding spreads on derivatives (including
hedges) was a loss of $2 million as of both March 2024 and
December 2023. In addition, the estimated sensitivity to a one
basis point increase in our own credit spreads on financial
liabilities for which the fair value option was elected was a
gain of $42 million as of both March 2024 and December
2023. However, the actual net impact of a change in our own
credit spreads is also affected by the liquidity, duration and
convexity (as the sensitivity is not linear to changes in yields)
of those financial liabilities for which the fair value option
was elected, as well as the relative performance of any hedges
undertaken.
Earnings-at-Risk. The table below presents the impact of a
parallel shift in rates on our net revenues and preferred stock
dividends over the next 12 months relative to the baseline
scenario.
| | As of |
$ in millions | March 2024 | December 2023 |
+100 basis points parallel shift in rates | $ 151 | $ 225 |
-100 basis points parallel shift in rates | $ (162) | $ (232) |
+200 basis points parallel shift in rates | $ 295 | $ 445 |
-200 basis points parallel shift in rates | $ (325) | $ (475) |
In the table above, the EaR metric utilized various
assumptions, including, among other things, balance sheet
size and composition, prepayment behavior and deposit
repricing, all of which have inherent uncertainties. The EaR
metric does not represent a forecast of our net revenues and
preferred stock dividends. We expect our EaR to be more
sensitive to short-term interest rates than long-term rates.
Other Market Risk Considerations
We make investments in securities that are accounted for as
available-for-sale, held-to-maturity or under the equity
method which are included in investments in the consolidated
balance sheets. See Note 8 to the consolidated financial
statements for further information.
Direct investments in real estate are accounted for at cost less
accumulated depreciation. See Note 12 to the consolidated
financial statements for further information about other
assets.
THE GOLDMAN SACHS GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
Management’s Discussion and Analysis
Goldman Sachs March 2024 Form 10-Q 146
Financial Statement Linkages to Market Risk
Measures
We employ a variety of risk measures, each described in the
respective sections above, to monitor market risk across the
consolidated balance sheets and consolidated statements of
earnings. The related gains and losses on these positions are
included in market making, other principal transactions,
interest income and interest expense in the consolidated
statements of earnings, and debt valuation adjustment and
unrealized gains/(losses) on available-for-sale securities in the
consolidated statements of comprehensive income.
The table below presents certain assets and liabilities
accounted for at fair value or accounted for at the lower of
cost or fair value in our consolidated balance sheets and the
market risk measures used to assess those assets and
liabilities.
Assets or Liabilities | Market Risk Measures |
Collateralized agreements and financings | VaR |
Customer and other receivables | 10% Sensitivity Measures |
Trading assets and liabilities | VaR Credit Spread Sensitivity 10% Sensitivity Measures |
Investments | VaR 10% Sensitivity Measures |
Loans | VaR 10% Sensitivity Measures |
Other assets and liabilities | VaR |
Deposits | VaR Credit Spread Sensitivity |
Unsecured borrowings | VaR Credit Spread Sensitivity |
In addition to the above, we measure the interest rate risk for
all positions within our consolidated balance sheets using the
EaR metric.
Credit Risk Management
Overview
Credit risk represents the potential for loss due to the default
or deterioration in credit quality of a counterparty (e.g., an
OTC derivatives counterparty or a borrower) or an issuer of
securities or other instruments we hold. Our exposure to
credit risk comes mostly from client transactions in OTC
derivatives and loans and lending commitments. Credit risk
also comes from cash placed with banks, securities financing
transactions (i.e., resale and repurchase agreements and
securities borrowing and lending activities) and customer and
other receivables.
Credit Risk, which is independent of our revenue-producing
units and reports to our chief risk officer, has primary
responsibility for assessing, monitoring and managing our
credit risk through firmwide oversight across our global
businesses. In addition, we hold other positions that give rise
to credit risk (e.g., bonds and secondary bank loans). These
credit risks are captured as a component of market risk
measures, which are monitored and managed by Market
Risk. We also enter into derivatives to manage market risk
exposures. Such derivatives also give rise to credit risk, which
is monitored and managed by Credit Risk.
Credit Risk Management Process
Our process for managing credit risk includes the critical
components of our risk management framework described in
the “Overview and Structure of Risk Management,” as well
as the following:
We also perform credit analyses, which incorporate initial
and ongoing evaluations of the capacity and willingness of a
counterparty to meet its financial obligations. For
substantially all of our credit exposures, the core of our
process is an annual counterparty credit evaluation or more
frequently if deemed necessary as a result of events or
changes in circumstances. We determine an internal credit
rating for the counterparty by considering the results of the
credit evaluations and assumptions with respect to the nature
of and outlook for the counterparty’s industry and the
economic environment. For collateralized loans, we also take
into consideration collateral received or other credit support
arrangements when determining an internal credit rating.
Senior personnel, with expertise in specific industries, inspect
and approve credit reviews and internal credit ratings.
Our risk assessment process may also include, where
applicable, reviewing certain key metrics, including, but not
limited to, delinquency status, collateral value, FICO credit
scores and other risk factors.
THE GOLDMAN SACHS GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
Management’s Discussion and Analysis
147 Goldman Sachs March 2024 Form 10-Q
Our credit risk management systems capture credit exposure
to individual counterparties and on an aggregate basis to
counterparties and their subsidiaries. These systems also
provide management with comprehensive information about
our aggregate credit risk by product, internal credit rating,
industry, country and region.
Risk Measures
We measure our credit risk based on the potential loss in the
event of non-payment by a counterparty using current and
potential exposure. For derivatives and securities financing
transactions, current exposure represents the amount
presently owed to us after taking into account applicable
netting and collateral arrangements, while potential exposure
represents our estimate of the future exposure that could
arise over the life of a transaction based on market
movements within a specified confidence level. Potential
exposure also takes into account netting and collateral
arrangements. For loans and lending commitments, the
primary measure is a function of the notional amount of the
position.
Stress Tests
We conduct regular stress tests to calculate the credit
exposures, including potential concentrations that would
result from applying shocks to counterparty credit ratings or
credit risk factors (e.g., currency rates, interest rates, equity
prices). These shocks cover a wide range of moderate and
more extreme market movements, including shocks to
multiple risk factors, consistent with the occurrence of a
severe market or economic event. In the case of sovereign
default, we estimate the direct impact of the default on our
sovereign credit exposures, changes to our credit exposures
arising from potential market moves in response to the
default, and the impact of credit market deterioration on
corporate borrowers and counterparties that may result from
the sovereign default. Unlike potential exposure, which is
calculated within a specified confidence level, stress testing
does not generally assume a probability of these events
occurring. We also perform firmwide stress tests. See
“Overview and Structure of Risk Management” for
information about firmwide stress tests.
To supplement these regular stress tests, as described above,
we also conduct tailored stress tests on an ad hoc basis in
response to specific market events that we deem significant.
We also utilize these stress tests to estimate the indirect
impact of certain hypothetical events on our country
exposures, such as the impact of credit market deterioration
on corporate borrowers and counterparties along with the
shocks to the risk factors described above. The parameters of
these shocks vary based on the scenario reflected in each
stress test. We review estimated losses produced by the stress
tests in order to understand their magnitude, highlight
potential loss concentrations, and assess and seek to mitigate
our exposures, where necessary.
Limits
We use credit risk limits at various levels, as well as
underwriting standards to manage the size and nature of our
credit exposures. Limits for industries and countries are
based on our risk appetite and are designed to allow for
regular monitoring, review, escalation and management of
credit risk concentrations. See “Overview and Structure of
Risk Management” for information about the limit approval
process.
Credit Risk is responsible for monitoring these limits, and
identifying and escalating to senior management and/or the
appropriate risk committee, on a timely basis, instances
where limits have been exceeded.
Risk Mitigants
To reduce our credit exposures on derivatives and securities
financing transactions, we may enter into netting agreements
with counterparties that permit us to offset receivables and
payables with such counterparties. We may also reduce credit
risk with counterparties by entering into agreements that
enable us to obtain collateral from them on an upfront or
contingent basis and/or to terminate transactions if the
counterparty’s credit rating falls below a specified level. We
monitor the fair value of the collateral to ensure that our
credit exposures are appropriately collateralized. We seek to
minimize exposures where there is a significant positive
correlation between the creditworthiness of our
counterparties and the market value of collateral we receive.
For loans and lending commitments, depending on the credit
quality of the borrower and other characteristics of the
transaction, we employ a variety of potential risk mitigants.
Risk mitigants include collateral provisions, guarantees,
covenants, structural seniority of the bank loan claims and,
for certain lending commitments, provisions in the legal
documentation that allow us to adjust loan amounts, pricing,
structure and other terms as market conditions change. The
type and structure of risk mitigants employed can
significantly influence the degree of credit risk involved in a
loan or lending commitment.
When we do not have sufficient visibility into a
counterparty’s financial strength or when we believe a
counterparty requires support from its parent, we may obtain
third-party guarantees of the counterparty’s obligations. We
may also seek to mitigate our credit risk using credit
derivatives or participation agreements.
THE GOLDMAN SACHS GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
Management’s Discussion and Analysis
Goldman Sachs March 2024 Form 10-Q 148
Credit Exposures
As of March 2024, our aggregate credit exposure decreased
slightly compared with December 2023, primarily reflecting a
decrease in cash deposits with central banks. The percentage
of our credit exposures arising from non-investment-grade
counterparties (based on our internally determined public
rating agency equivalents) increased slightly compared with
December 2023, primarily reflecting a decrease in investment-
grade credit exposure related to cash deposits with central
banks. Our credit exposures are described further below.
Cash and Cash Equivalents. Our credit exposure on cash
and cash equivalents arises from our unrestricted cash, and
includes both interest-bearing and non-interest-bearing
deposits. We seek to mitigate the risk of credit loss, by
placing substantially all of our deposits with highly rated
banks and central banks.
The table below presents our credit exposure from
unrestricted cash and cash equivalents, and the concentration
by industry, region and internally determined public rating
agency equivalents.
| | As of |
$ in millions | March 2024 | December 2023 |
Cash and Cash Equivalents | $194,630 | $224,493 |
Industry | | |
Financial Institutions | 10% | 9% |
Sovereign | 90% | 91% |
Total | 100% | 100% |
Region | | |
Americas | 50% | 50% |
EMEA | 38% | 34% |
Asia | 12% | 16% |
Total | 100% | 100% |
Credit Quality (Credit Rating Equivalent) | | |
AAA | 68% | 65% |
AA | 15% | 15% |
A | 17% | 20% |
Total | 100% | 100% |
The table above excludes cash segregated for regulatory and
other purposes of $14.76 billion as of March 2024 and
$17.08 billion as of December 2023.
OTC Derivatives. Our credit exposure on OTC derivatives
arises primarily from our market-making activities. As a
market maker, we enter into derivative transactions to
provide liquidity to clients and to facilitate the transfer and
hedging of their risks. We also enter into derivatives to
manage market risk exposures. We manage our credit
exposure on OTC derivatives using the credit risk process,
measures, limits and risk mitigants described above.
We generally enter into OTC derivatives transactions under
bilateral collateral arrangements that require the daily
exchange of collateral. As credit risk is an essential
component of fair value, we include a credit valuation
adjustment (CVA) in the fair value of derivatives to reflect
counterparty credit risk, as described in Note 7 to the
consolidated financial statements. CVA is a function of the
present value of expected exposure, the probability of
counterparty default and the assumed recovery upon default.
The table below presents our net credit exposure from OTC
derivatives and the concentration by industry and region.
As of
| | March | December |
$ in millions | 2024 | 2023 |
OTC derivative assets | $36,861 | $42,950 |
Collateral (not netted under U.S. GAAP) | (14,750) | (14,420) |
Net credit exposure | $22,111 | $28,530 |
Industry Consumer & Retail | 3% | 3% |
Diversified Industrials | 12% | 11% |
Financial Institutions | 19% | 21% |
Funds | 16% | 20% |
Healthcare | 2% | 2% |
Municipalities & Nonprofit | 3% | 4% |
Natural Resources & Utilities | 24% | 17% |
Sovereign | 12% | 14% |
Technology, Media & Telecommunications | 7% | 6% |
Other (including Special Purpose Vehicles) | 2% | 2% |
Total | 100% | 100% |
Region | | 48% |
Americas | 42% 51% | |
EMEA | | 45% |
Asia | 7% | 7% 100% |
Total | 100% | |
Our credit exposure (before any potential recoveries) to OTC
derivative counterparties that defaulted during the three
months ended March 2024 remained low, representing less
than 2% of our total credit exposure from OTC derivatives.
In the table above:
- • OTC derivative assets, included in the consolidated
balance sheets, are reported on a net-by-counterparty basis
(i.e., the net receivable for a given counterparty) when a
legal right of setoff exists under an enforceable netting
agreement (counterparty netting) and are accounted for at
fair value, net of cash collateral received under enforceable
credit support agreements (cash collateral netting).
- • Collateral represents cash collateral and the fair value of
securities collateral, primarily U.S. and non-U.S.
government and agency obligations, received under credit
support agreements, that we consider when determining
credit risk, but such collateral is not eligible for netting
under U.S. GAAP.
THE GOLDMAN SACHS GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
Management’s Discussion and Analysis
149 Goldman Sachs March 2024 Form 10-Q
The table below presents the distribution of our net credit
exposure from OTC derivatives by tenor.
$ in millions | Investment- Grade | Non-Investment- Grade / Unrated | Total |
As of March 2024 | | | |
Less than 1 year | $ 17,876 | 4,959 | $ 22,835 |
1 – 5 years | 19,806 | 5,231 | 25,037 |
Greater than 5 years | 52,840 | 3,776 | 56,616 |
Total | 90,522 | 13,966 | 104,488 |
Netting | (75,951) | (6,426) | (82,377) |
Net credit exposure | $ 14,571 | 7,540 | $ 22,111 |
As of December 2023 | | | |
Less than 1 year | $ 19,314 | 7,700 | $ 27,014 |
1 – 5 years | 19,673 | 6,331 | 26,004 |
Greater than 5 years | 51,944 | 3,999 | 55,943 |
Total | 90,931 | 18,030 | 108,961 |
Netting | (72,412) | (8,019) | (80,431) |
Net credit exposure | $ 18,519 | 10,011 | $ 28,530 |
$
$
$
$
In the table above:
- • Tenor is based on remaining contractual maturity.
- • Netting includes counterparty netting across tenor
categories and collateral that we consider when
determining credit risk (including collateral that is not
eligible for netting under U.S. GAAP). Counterparty
netting within the same tenor category is included within
such tenor category.
The tables below present the distribution of our net credit
exposure from OTC derivatives by tenor and internally
determined public rating agency equivalents.
| | Investment-Grade |
$ in millions | AAA | AA | A | BBB | Total |
As of March 2024 | | | | | |
Less than 1 year | $ 790 | $ 2,719 | $ 8,954 | $ 5,413 | $ 17,876 |
1 – 5 years | 1,464 | 4,797 | 7,282 | 6,263 | 19,806 |
Greater than 5 years | 5,788 | 12,580 | 16,948 | 17,524 | 52,840 |
Total | 8,042 | 20,096 | 33,184 | 29,200 | 90,522 |
Netting | (5,251) | (18,826) | (29,176) | (22,698) | (75,951) |
Net credit exposure | $ 2,791 | $ 1,270 | $ 4,008 | $ 6,502 | $ 14,571 |
As of December 2023 | | | | | |
Less than 1 year | $ 583 | $ 4,383 | $ 7,718 | $ 6,630 | $ 19,314 |
1 – 5 years | 1,226 | 4,850 | 6,755 | 6,842 | 19,673 |
Greater than 5 years | 5,963 | 13,417 | 15,507 | 17,057 | 51,944 |
Total | 7,772 | 22,650 | 29,980 | 30,529 | 90,931 |
Netting | (5,308) | (18,364) | (25,470) | (23,270) | (72,412) |
Net credit exposure | $ 2,464 | $ 4,286 | $ 4,510 | $ 7,259 | $ 18,519 |
Non-Investment-Grade / Unrated
$ in millions ≤ BB Unrated Total
As of March 2024
Less than 1 year $ 4,331 $ 628 $ 4,959
1 – 5 years 5,089 142 5,231
Greater than 5 years 3,665 111 3,776
Total 13,085 881 13,966
Netting (6,332) (94) (6,426)
Net credit exposure $ 6,753 $ 787 $ 7,540
As of December 2023
Less than 1 year $ 7,274 $ 426 $ 7,700
1 – 5 years 6,244 87 6,331
Greater than 5 years 3,887 112 3,999
Total 17,405 625 18,030
Netting (7,975) (44) (8,019)
Net credit exposure $ 9,430 $ 581 $ 10,011
Lending Activities. We manage our lending activities using
the credit risk process, measures, limits and risk mitigants
described above. Other lending positions, including
secondary trading positions, are risk-managed as a
component of market risk.
The table below presents our loans and lending
commitments.
$ in millions | Loans | Lending Commitments | Total |
As of March 2024 | | | |
Corporate | $ 35,933 | $ 149,537 | $ 185,470 |
Commercial real estate | 26,656 | 3,385 | 30,041 |
Residential real estate | 24,112 | 1,291 | 25,403 |
Securities-based | 14,526 | 708 | 15,234 |
Other collateralized | 66,802 | 26,895 | 93,697 |
Consumer: | | | |
Installment | 374 | 1 | 375 |
Credit cards | 18,798 | 73,621 | 92,419 |
Other | 1,635 | 804 | 2,439 |
Total | $ 188,836 | $ 256,242 | $ 445,078 |
Allowance for loan losses | $ (4,902) | $ (633) | $ (5,535) |
As of December 2023 | | | |
Corporate | $ 35,874 | $ 144,463 | $ 180,337 |
Commercial real estate | 26,028 | 3,440 | 29,468 |
Residential real estate | 25,388 | 1,471 | 26,859 |
Securities-based | 14,621 | 691 | 15,312 |
Other collateralized | 62,225 | 23,731 | 85,956 |
Consumer: | | | |
Installment | 3,298 | 2,250 | 5,548 |
Credit cards | 19,361 | 70,824 | 90,185 |
Other | 1,613 | 888 | 2,501 |
Total | $ 188,408 | $ 247,758 | $ 436,166 |
Allowance for loan losses | $ (5,050) | $ (620) | $ (5,670) |
In the table above, lending commitments excluded $5.73
billion as of March 2024 and $5.81 billion as of December
2023 related to issued letters of credit which are classified as
guarantees in our consolidated financial statements. See Note
18 to the consolidated financial statements for further
information about guarantees.
See Note 9 to the consolidated financial statements for
information about net charge-offs on wholesale and
consumer loans, as well as past due and nonaccrual loans
accounted for at amortized cost.
THE GOLDMAN SACHS GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
Management’s Discussion and Analysis
Goldman Sachs March 2024 Form 10-Q 150
Corporate. Corporate loans and lending commitments
include term loans, revolving lines of credit, letter of credit
facilities and bridge loans, and are principally used for
operating and general corporate purposes, or in connection
with acquisitions. Corporate loans are secured (typically by a
senior lien on the assets of the borrower) or unsecured,
depending on the loan purpose, the risk profile of the
borrower and other factors.
The table below presents our credit exposure from corporate
loans and lending commitments, and the concentration by
industry, region, internally determined public rating agency
equivalents and other credit metrics.
$ in millions | Loans | Commitments | Total |
As of March 2024 | | $149,537 | |
Corporate | $35,933 | | $185,470 |
Consumer & Retail | 9% | 12% | 12% |
Diversified Industrials | 18% | 20% | 19% |
Financial Institutions | 7% | 9% | 9% |
Funds | 4% | 4% | 3% |
Healthcare | 10% | 11% | 11% |
Natural Resources & Utilities | 9% | 17% | 15% |
Real Estate | 13% | 5% | 7% |
Technology, Media & Telecommunications | 25% | 21% | 22% |
Other (including Special Purpose Vehicles) | 5% | 1% | 2% |
Total | | | |
| | 100% | 100% | 100% |
Region | | | |
Americas | 64% | 77% | 74% |
EMEA | 28% | 22% | 23% |
Asia | 8% | 1% | 3% |
Total | 100% | 100% | 100% |
Credit Quality (Credit Rating Equivalent) | | | |
AAA | – | 1% | 1% |
AA | 1% | 5% | 4% |
A | 5% | 20% | 17% |
BBB | 21% | 41% | 37% |
BB or lower | 73% | 33% | 41% |
Total | 100% | 100% | 100% |
As of December 2023 | | | |
Corporate | $35,874 | $144,463 | $180,337 |
Industry | | | |
Consumer & Retail | 11% | 13% | 12% |
Diversified Industrials | 17% | 20% | 20% |
Financial Institutions | 8% | 9% | 9% |
Funds | 4% | 3% | 3% |
Healthcare | 9% | 11% | 10% |
Natural Resources & Utilities | 8% | 18% | 16% |
Real Estate | 13% | 5% | 7% |
Technology, Media & Telecommunications | 25% | 20% | 21% |
Other (including Special Purpose Vehicles) Total | 5% | 1% | 2% |
| | 100% | 100% | 100% |
Region | | | |
Americas | 63% | 77% | 74% |
EMEA | 29% | 22% | 23% |
Asia | 8% | 1% | 3% |
Total | 100% | 100% | 100% |
Credit Quality (Credit Rating Equivalent) | | | |
AAA | – | 1% | 1% |
AA | 1% | 5% | 4% |
A | 5% | 20% | 17% |
BBB | 20% | 41% | 37% |
BB or lower | 74% | 33% | 41% |
Total | 100% | 100% | 100% |
Lending
Industry
Commercial Real Estate. Commercial real estate includes
originated loans and lending commitments that are directly
or indirectly secured by hotels, retail stores, multifamily
housing complexes and commercial and industrial properties.
Commercial real estate also includes loans and lending
commitments extended to clients who warehouse assets that
are directly or indirectly backed by commercial real estate. In
addition, commercial real estate includes loans purchased by
us.
The table below presents our credit exposure from
commercial real estate loans and lending commitments, and
the concentration by region, internally determined public
rating agency equivalents and other credit metrics.
$ in millions | Loans | Lending Commitments | Total |
As of March 2024 | | | |
Commercial Real Estate | $26,656 | $3,385 | $30,041 |
Region | | | |
Americas | 83% | 79% | 83% |
EMEA | 14% | 21% | 15% |
Asia | 3% | – | 2% |
Total | 100% | 100% | 100% |
Credit Quality (Credit Rating Equivalent) | | |
Investment-grade | 50% | 49% | 50% |
Non-investment-grade | 50% | 51% | 50% |
Total | 100% | 100% | 100% |
As of December 2023 | | | |
Commercial Real Estate | $26,028 | $3,440 | $29,468 |
Region | | | |
Americas | 80% | 74% | 79% |
EMEA | 17% | 25% | 18% |
Asia | 3% | 1% | 3% |
Total | 100% | 100% | 100% |
Credit Quality (Credit Rating Equivalent) | | |
Investment-grade | 47% | 46% | 47% |
Non-investment-grade | 52% | 54% | 52% |
Unrated | 1% | – | 1% |
Total | 100% | 100% | 100% |
In the table above:
- • The concentration of loans and lending commitments by
asset class as of March 2024 was 42% for warehouse and
other indirect, 13% for multifamily, 10% for industrials,
7% for office, 7% for hospitality, 3% for mixed use and
18% for other asset classes. The concentration of loans and
lending commitments by asset class as of December 2023
was 42% for warehouse and other indirect, 13% for
multifamily, 12% for industrials, 7% for office, 7% for
hospitality, 7% for mixed use and 12% for other asset
classes.
- • The net charge-off ratio for commercial real estate loans
was 0.3% for the three months ended March 2024. The net
charge-off ratio is calculated by dividing annualized net
charge-offs by average gross loans accounted for at
amortized cost.
THE GOLDMAN SACHS GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
Management’s Discussion and Analysis
151 Goldman Sachs March 2024 Form 10-Q
In addition, we also have credit exposure to commercial real
estate loans held for securitization of $91 million as of March
2024 and $119 million as of December 2023. Such loans are
included in trading assets in our consolidated balance sheets.
Residential Real Estate. Residential real estate loans and
lending commitments are primarily extended to wealth
management clients and to clients who warehouse assets that
are directly or indirectly secured by residential real estate. In
addition, residential real estate includes loans purchased by
us.
The table below presents our credit exposure from residential
real estate loans and lending commitments, and the
concentration by region, internally determined public rating
agency equivalents and other credit metrics.
$ in millions | Loans | Commitments | Total |
As of March 2024 | | | |
Residential Real Estate | $24,112 | $1,291 | $25,403 |
Region | | | |
Americas | 95% | 97% | 95% |
EMEA | 4% | 3% | 4% |
Asia | 1% | – | 1% |
Total | 100% | 100% | 100% |
Credit Quality (Credit Rating Equivalent) | | |
Investment-grade | 37% | 47% | 38% |
Non-investment-grade | 14% | 30% | 14% |
Other metrics | 49% | 23% | 48% |
Total | 100% | 100% | 100% |
As of December 2023 | | | |
Residential Real Estate | $25,388 | $1,471 | $26,859 |
Region | | | |
Americas | 95% | 93% | 95% |
EMEA | 4% | 7% | 4% |
Asia | 1% | – | 1% |
Total | 100% | 100% | 100% |
Credit Quality (Credit Rating Equivalent) | | | |
Investment-grade | 42% | 56% | 43% |
Non-investment-grade | 13% | 25% | 13% |
Other metrics | 45% | 16% | 43% |
Unrated | – | 3% | 1% |
Total | 100% | 100% | 100% |
Lending
In the table above:
- • Credit exposure included loans and lending commitments
of $12.97 billion as of March 2024 and $14.45 billion as of
December 2023 which are extended to clients who
warehouse assets that are directly or indirectly secured by
residential real estate.
- • Substantially all residential real estate loans included in the
other metrics category consists of loans extended to wealth
management clients. As of both March 2024 and December
2023, substantially all of such loans had a loan-to-value
ratio of less than 80% and were performing in accordance
with the contractual terms. Additionally, as of both March
2024 and December 2023, the vast majority of such loans
had a FICO credit score of greater than 740.
In addition, we also have credit exposure to residential real
estate loans held for securitization of $7.91 billion as of
March 2024 and $7.65 billion as of December 2023. Such
loans are included in trading assets in our consolidated
balance sheets.
THE GOLDMAN SACHS GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
Management’s Discussion and Analysis
Goldman Sachs March 2024 Form 10-Q 152
Securities-Based. Securities-based includes loans and
lending commitments that are secured by stocks, bonds,
mutual funds, and exchange-traded funds. These loans and
commitments are primarily extended to our wealth
management clients and used for purposes other than
purchasing, carrying or trading margin stocks. Securities-
based loans require borrowers to post additional collateral
based on changes in the underlying collateral’s fair value.
The table below presents our credit exposure from securities-
based loans and lending commitments, and the concentration
by region, internally determined public rating agency
equivalents and other credit metrics.
$ in millions | Loans | Commitments | Total |
As of March 2024 | | | |
Securities-based | $14,526 | $708 | $15,234 |
Region | | | |
Americas | 79% | 99% | 80% |
EMEA | 20% | 1% | 19% |
Asia | 1% | – | 1% |
Total | 100% | 100% | 100% |
Credit Quality (Credit Rating Equivalent) | | |
Investment-grade | 75% | 24% | 72% |
Non-investment-grade | 4% | 2% | 4% |
Other metrics | 21% | 74% | 24% |
Total | 100% | 100% | 100% |
As of December 2023 | | | |
Securities-based | $14,621 | $691 | $15,312 |
Region | | | |
Americas | 79% | 98% | 80% |
EMEA | 20% | 2% | 19% |
Asia | 1% | – | 1% |
Total | 100% | 100% | 100% |
Credit Quality (Credit Rating Equivalent) | | |
Investment-grade | 75% | 25% | 73% |
Non-investment-grade | 4% | 2% | 4% |
Other metrics | 21% | 73% | 23% |
Total | 100% | 100% | 100% |
Lending
In the table above, substantially all securities-based loans
included in the other metrics category had a loan-to-value
ratio of less than 80% and were performing in accordance
with the contractual terms as of both March 2024 and
December 2023.
Other Collateralized. Other collateralized includes loans
and lending commitments that are backed by specific
collateral (other than securities and real estate). Such loans
and lending commitments are extended to clients who
warehouse assets that are directly or indirectly secured by
corporate loans, consumer loans and other assets. Other
collateralized also includes loans and lending commitments
to investment funds (managed by third parties) that are
collateralized by capital commitments of the funds’ investors
or assets held by the fund, as well as other secured loans and
lending commitments extended to our wealth management
clients.
The table below presents our credit exposure from other
collateralized loans and lending commitments, and the
concentration by region, internally determined public rating
agency equivalents and other credit metrics.
$ in millions | Loans | Commitments | Total |
As of March 2024 | | | |
Other Collateralized | $66,802 | $26,895 | $93,697 |
Region | | | |
Americas | 88% | 92% | 89% |
EMEA | 11% | 8% | 10% |
Asia | 1% | – | 1% |
Total | 100% | 100% | 100% |
Credit Quality (Credit Rating Equivalent) | | |
Investment-grade | 82% | 87% | 83% |
Non-investment-grade | 18% | 11% | 16% |
Unrated | – | 2% | 1% |
Total | 100% | 100% | 100% |
As of December 2023 | | | |
Other Collateralized | $62,225 | $23,731 | $85,956 |
Region | | | |
Americas | 89% | 94% | 90% |
EMEA | 10% | 5% | 9% |
Asia | 1% | 1% | 1% |
Total | 100% | 100% | 100% |
Credit Quality (Credit Rating Equivalent) | | |
Investment-grade | 78% | 80% | 79% |
Non-investment-grade | 21% | 18% | 20% |
Unrated | 1% | 2% | 1% |
Total | 100% | 100% | 100% |
Lending
In the table above, credit exposure included loans and
lending commitments extended to clients who warehouse
assets of $26.88 billion as of March 2024 and $21.78 billion as
of December 2023.
THE GOLDMAN SACHS GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
Management’s Discussion and Analysis
153 Goldman Sachs March 2024 Form 10-Q
Installment and Credit Cards. We originate unsecured
installment loans and credit card loans (pursuant to revolving
lines of credit) to consumers in the Americas. The credit card
lines are cancellable by us and therefore do not result in
credit exposure.
The tables below present our credit exposure from originated
installment and credit card funded loans, and the
concentration by the five most concentrated U.S. states.
$ in millions | Installment |
As of March 2024 | |
Loans, gross | $374 |
New Jersey | 21% |
California | 14% |
New York | 12% |
Florida | 9% |
Minnesota | 8% |
Other | 36% |
Total | 100% |
As of December 2023
Loans, gross | $3,298 |
California | 8% |
Texas | 8% |
Florida | 7% |
New York | 5% |
New Jersey | 5% |
Other | 67% |
Total | 100% |
$ in millions Credit Cards
As of March 2024 | $18,798 |
California | 17% |
Texas | 9% |
Florida | 9% |
New York | 8% |
Illinois | 4% |
Other | 53% |
Total | 100% |
Loans, gross
As of December 2023
Loans, gross $19,361
California 17%
Texas 9%
Florida 8%
New York 8%
Illinois 4%
Other 54%
Total 100%
In addition, we had credit exposure of $2.25 billion as of
December 2023 related to our commitments to provide
unsecured installment loans to consumers.
See Note 9 to the consolidated financial statements for
further information about the credit quality indicators of
installment and credit card loans.
Other. Other includes unsecured loans extended to wealth
management clients and unsecured consumer and credit card
loans purchased by us.
The table below presents our credit exposure from other
loans and lending commitments, and the concentration by
region, internally determined public rating agency
equivalents and other credit metrics.
$ in millions | Loans | Commitments | Total |
As of March 2024 | | | |
Other | $1,635 | $804 | $2,439 |
Region | | | |
Americas | 97% | 100% | 98% |
EMEA | 3% | – | 2% |
Total | 100% | 100% | 100% |
Credit Quality (Credit Rating Equivalent) | | |
Investment-grade | 63% | 77% | 67% |
Non-investment-grade | 18% | 23% | 20% |
Other metrics | 19% | – | 13% |
Total | 100% | 100% | 100% |
As of December 2023 | | | |
Other | $1,613 | $888 | $2,501 |
Region | | | |
Americas | 97% | 100% | 98% |
EMEA | 3% | – | 2% |
Total | 100% | 100% | 100% |
Credit Quality (Credit Rating Equivalent) | | |
Investment-grade | 61% | 87% | 70% |
Non-investment-grade | 9% | 13% | 11% |
Other metrics | 30% | – | 19% |
Total | 100% | 100% | 100% |
Lending
In the table above, other metrics primarily includes consumer
and credit card loans purchased by us. Our risk assessment
process for such loans includes reviewing certain key metrics,
such as expected cash flows, delinquency status and other
risk factors.
In addition, we also have credit exposure to other loans held
for securitization of $1.14 billion as of March 2024 and $1.22
billion as of December 2023. Such loans are included in
trading assets in our consolidated balance sheets.
Credit Hedges. We seek to mitigate the credit risk
associated with our lending activities by obtaining credit
protection on certain loans and lending commitments
through credit default swaps, both single-name and index-
based contracts, and through the issuance of credit-linked
notes.
THE GOLDMAN SACHS GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
Management’s Discussion and Analysis
Goldman Sachs March 2024 Form 10-Q 154
Securities Financing Transactions. We enter into
securities financing transactions in order to, among other
things, facilitate client activities, invest excess cash, acquire
securities to cover short positions and finance certain
activities. We bear credit risk related to resale agreements
and securities borrowed only to the extent that cash
advanced or the value of securities pledged or delivered to the
counterparty exceeds the value of the collateral received. We
also have credit exposure on repurchase agreements and
securities loaned to the extent that the value of securities
pledged or delivered to the counterparty for these
transactions exceeds the amount of cash or collateral
received. Securities collateral for these transactions primarily
includes U.S. and non-U.S. government and agency
obligations.
The table below presents our credit exposure from securities
financing transactions and the concentration by industry,
region and internally determined public rating agency
equivalents.
| | As of |
$ in millions | March 2024 | December 2023 |
Securities Financing Transactions | $40,386 | $40,201 |
Industry | | |
Financial Institutions | 29% | 30% |
Funds | 26% | 33% |
Municipalities & Nonprofit | 7% | 7% |
Sovereign | 37% | 29% |
Other (including Special Purpose Vehicles) | 1% | 1% |
Total | 100% | 100% |
Region | | |
Americas | 44% | 45% |
EMEA | 32% | 38% |
Asia | 24% | 17% |
Total | 100% | 100% |
Credit Quality (Credit Rating Equivalent) | | |
AAA | 23% | 14% |
AA | 26% | 31% |
A | 35% | 38% |
BBB | 6% | 7% |
BB or lower | 10% | 10% |
Total | 100% | 100% |
The table above reflects both netting agreements and
collateral that we consider when determining credit risk.
Other Credit Exposures. We are exposed to credit risk
from our receivables from brokers, dealers and clearing
organizations and customers and counterparties. Receivables
from brokers, dealers and clearing organizations primarily
consist of initial margin placed with clearing organizations
and receivables related to sales of securities which have
traded, but not yet settled. These receivables generally have
minimal credit risk due to the low probability of clearing
organization default and the short-term nature of receivables
related to securities settlements. Receivables from customers
and counterparties generally consist of collateralized
receivables related to customer securities transactions and
generally have minimal credit risk due to both the value of
the collateral received and the short-term nature of these
receivables.
The table below presents our other credit exposures and the
concentration by industry, region and internally determined
public rating agency equivalents.
| | As of |
$ in millions | March 2024 | December 2023 |
Other Credit Exposures | $45,568 | $50,820 |
Industry | | |
Financial Institutions | 78% | 80% |
Funds | 15% | 13% |
Other (including Special Purpose Vehicles) | 7% | 7% |
Total | 100% | 100% |
Region | | |
Americas | 42% | 35% |
EMEA | 46% | 54% |
Asia | 12% | 11% |
Total | 100% | 100% |
Credit Quality (Credit Rating Equivalent) | | |
AAA | 2% | 2% |
AA | 47% | 57% |
A | 27% | 26% |
BBB | 8% | 6% |
BB or lower | 15% | 8% |
Unrated | 1% | 1% |
Total | 100% | 100% |
The table above reflects collateral that we consider when
determining credit risk.
THE GOLDMAN SACHS GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
Management’s Discussion and Analysis
155 Goldman Sachs March 2024 Form 10-Q
Selected Exposures
We have credit and market exposures, as described below,
that have had heightened focus given recent events and broad
market concerns. Credit exposure represents the potential for
loss due to the default or deterioration in credit quality of a
counterparty or borrower. Market exposure represents the
potential for loss in value of our long and short positions due
to changes in market prices.
Country Exposures. The Russian invasion of Ukraine has
negatively affected the global economy and increased
macroeconomic uncertainty. Our total credit exposure to
Ukrainian counterparties or borrowers was not material as of
March 2024. Our total market exposure to Ukrainian issuers
as of March 2024 was $139 million, primarily to sovereign
issuers. Such exposure consisted of $150 million related to
debt and $(11) million related to credit derivatives. Our credit
exposure to Russian counterparties or borrowers and our
market exposure to Russian issuers was not material as of
March 2024.
Economic challenges persist for the Argentine government
given uncertainty relating to its fiscal and economic policies.
As of March 2024, our total credit exposure to Argentinian
counterparties or borrowers was not material. Our total
market exposure to Argentinian issuers as of March 2024 was
$159 million, primarily to sovereign issuers. Such exposure
consisted of $74 million related to debt, $15 million related to
credit derivatives and $70 million related to equities.
In addition, economic and/or political uncertainties in
Ethiopia, Lebanon, Pakistan, Sri Lanka and Venezuela have
led to concerns about their financial stability. Our credit
exposure to counterparties or borrowers and our market
exposure to issuers relating to each of these countries was not
material as of March 2024.
We have a comprehensive framework to monitor, measure
and assess our country exposures and to determine our risk
appetite. We determine the country of risk by the location of
the counterparty, issuer’s assets, where they generate revenue,
the country in which they are headquartered, the jurisdiction
where a claim against them could be enforced, and/or the
government whose policies affect their ability to repay their
obligations. We monitor our credit exposure to a specific
country both at the individual counterparty level, as well as
at the aggregate country level. See “Stress Tests” for
information about stress tests that are designed to estimate
the direct and indirect impact of events involving the above
countries.
Operational Risk Management
Overview
Operational risk is the risk of an adverse outcome resulting
from inadequate or failed internal processes, people, systems
or from external events. Our exposure to operational risk
arises from routine processing errors, as well as
extraordinary incidents, such as major systems failures or
legal and regulatory matters.
Potential types of loss events related to internal and external
operational risk include:
- • Execution, delivery and process management;
- • Business disruption and system failures;
- • Employment practices and workplace safety;
- • Clients, products and business practices;
- • Damage to physical assets;
- • Internal fraud; and
- • External fraud.
Operational Risk, which is independent of our revenue-
producing units and reports to our chief risk officer, has
primary responsibility for developing and implementing a
formalized framework for assessing, monitoring and
managing operational risk with the goal of maintaining our
exposure to operational risk at levels that are within our risk
appetite.
Operational Risk Management Process
Our process for managing operational risk includes the
critical components of our risk management framework
described in the “Overview and Structure of Risk
Management,” including a comprehensive data collection
process, as well as firmwide policies and procedures, for
operational risk events.
We combine top-down and bottom-up approaches to manage
and measure operational risk. From a top-down perspective,
our senior management assesses firmwide and business-level
operational risk profiles. From a bottom-up perspective, our
first and second lines of defense are responsible for risk
identification and risk management on a day-to-day basis,
including escalating operational risks and risk events to
senior management.
THE GOLDMAN SACHS GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
Management’s Discussion and Analysis
Goldman Sachs March 2024 Form 10-Q 156
We seek to maintain a comprehensive control framework
designed to provide a well-controlled environment to
minimize operational risks. The Firmwide Operational Risk
and Resilience Committee is responsible for overseeing
operational risk and the operational resilience of our
business.
Our operational risk management framework is designed to
comply with the operational risk measurement rules under
the Capital Framework and has evolved based on the
changing needs of our businesses and regulatory guidance.
We have established policies that require all employees and
consultants to report and escalate operational risk events.
When operational risk events are identified, our policies
require that the events be documented and analyzed to
determine whether changes are required in our systems and/
or processes to further mitigate the risk of future events.
We use operational risk management applications to capture,
analyze, aggregate and report operational risk event data and
key metrics. One of our key risk identification and control
assessment tools is an operational risk and control self-
assessment process, which is performed by our managers.
This process consists of the identification and rating of
operational risks, on a forward-looking basis, and the related
controls. The results from this process are analyzed to
evaluate operational risk exposures and identify businesses,
activities or products with heightened levels of operational
risk.
Risk Measurement
We measure our operational risk exposure using both
statistical modeling and scenario analyses, which involve
qualitative and quantitative assessments of internal and
external operational risk event data and internal control
factors for each of our businesses. Operational risk
measurement also incorporates an assessment of business
environment factors, including:
The results from these scenario analyses are used to monitor
changes in operational risk and to determine business lines
that may have heightened exposure to operational risk. These
analyses are used in the determination of the appropriate
level of operational risk capital to hold. We also perform
firmwide stress tests. See “Overview and Structure of Risk
Management” for information about firmwide stress tests.
Types of Operational Risks
Increased reliance on technology and third-party
relationships has resulted in increased operational risks, such
as third-party risk, business resilience risk and cybersecurity
risk. See “Cybersecurity Risk Management” for information
about our cybersecurity risk management process. We
manage third-party and business resilience risks as follows:
Third-Party Risk. Third-party risk, including vendor risk, is
the risk of an adverse impact due to reliance on third parties
performing services or activities on our behalf. These risks
may include legal, regulatory, information security,
cybersecurity, reputational, operational or other risks
inherent in engaging a third party. We identify, manage and
report key third-party risks and conduct due diligence across
multiple risk domains, including information security and
cybersecurity, resilience and additional supply chain
dependencies. We evaluate whether vendors design,
implement, and maintain information security controls
consistent with our security policies and standards. Vendors
that access and process our information on their
infrastructure external to our network are required to
undergo an initial risk assessment, resulting in the assignment
of a vendor inherent risk rating that is determined based on a
number of factors, including the type of data stored and
processed by a particular vendor. Subsequently, we conduct
re-certifications at a depth and frequency that is
commensurate with each vendor’s inherent risk rating as a
component of our risk-based approach to vendor oversight.
Vendors are required to agree to standard contractual
provisions before receiving sensitive information from us.
These provisions have specific information security control
requirements, which apply to vendors that store, access,
transmit or otherwise process sensitive information on our
behalf. The Third-Party Risk Program monitors, reviews and
reassesses third-party risks on an ongoing basis. See “Risk
Factors” in Part I, Item 1A of the 2023 Form 10-K for further
information about third-party risk.
Business Resilience Risk. Business resilience risk is the risk
of disruption to our critical processes. We monitor threats
and assess risks and seek to ensure our state of readiness in
the event of a significant operational disruption to the normal
operations of our critical functions or their dependencies,
such as critical facilities, systems, third parties, data and/or
personnel. Our resilience framework defines the fundamental
principles for business continuity planning (BCP) and crisis
management to ensure that critical functions can continue to
operate in the event of a disruption. We seek to maintain a
business continuity program that is comprehensive,
consistent on a firmwide basis, and up-to-date, incorporating
new information, including resilience capabilities. Our
resilience assurance program encompasses testing of response
and recovery strategies on a regular basis with the objective
of minimizing and preventing significant operational
disruptions. See “Business — Business Continuity and
Information Security” in Part I, Item 1 of the 2023 Form 10-K
for further information about business continuity.
THE GOLDMAN SACHS GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
Management’s Discussion and Analysis
157 Goldman Sachs March 2024 Form 10-Q
Cybersecurity Risk Management
Overview
Cybersecurity risk is the risk of compromising the
confidentiality, integrity or availability of our data and
systems, leading to an adverse impact to us, our reputation,
our clients and/or the broader financial system. We seek to
minimize the occurrence and impact of unauthorized access,
disruption or use of information and/or information systems.
We deploy and operate preventive and detective controls and
processes to mitigate emerging and evolving information
security and cybersecurity threats, including monitoring our
network for known vulnerabilities and signs of unauthorized
attempts to access our data and systems. There is increased
information risk through diversification of our data across
external service providers, including use of a variety of cloud-
provided or -hosted services and applications. In addition,
new AI technologies may increase the frequency and severity
of cybersecurity attacks. See “Risk Factors” in Part I, Item 1A
of the 2023 Form 10-K for further information about
information and cybersecurity risk.
Cybersecurity Risk Management Process
Our cybersecurity risk management processes are integrated
into our overall risk management processes described in the
“Overview and Structure of Risk Management.” We have
established an Information Security and Cybersecurity
Program (the Cybersecurity Program), administered by
Technology Risk within Engineering, and overseen by our
CISO. This program is designed to identify, assess, document
and mitigate threats, establish and evaluate compliance with
information security mandates, adopt and apply our security
control framework, and prevent, detect and respond to
security incidents. The Cybersecurity Program is periodically
reviewed and modified to respond to changing threats and
conditions. A dedicated Operational Risk team, which
reports to the chief risk officer, provides oversight and
challenge of the Cybersecurity Program, independent of
Technology Risk, and assesses the operating effectiveness of
the program against industry standard frameworks and
Board risk appetite-approved operational risk limits and
thresholds.
Our process for managing cybersecurity risk includes the
critical components of our risk management framework
described in the “Overview and Structure of Risk
Management,” as well as the following:
- • Training and education, to enable our people to recognize
information and cybersecurity concerns and respond
accordingly;
- • Identity and access management, including entitlement
management and production access;
- • Application and software security, including software
change management, open source software, and backup
and restoration;
- • Infrastructure security, including monitoring our network
for known vulnerabilities and signs of unauthorized
attempts to access our data and systems;
- • Mobile security, including mobile applications;
- • Data security, including cryptography and encryption,
database security, data erasure and media disposal;
- • Cloud computing, including governance and security of
cloud applications, and software-as-a-service data
onboarding;
- • Technology operations, including change management,
incident management, capacity and resilience; and
- • Third-party risk management, including vendor
management and governance, and cybersecurity and
business resiliency on vendor assessments.
In conjunction with third-party vendors and consultants, we
perform risk assessments to gauge the performance of the
Cybersecurity Program, to estimate our risk profile and to
assess compliance with relevant regulatory requirements. We
perform periodic assessments of control efficacy through our
internal risk and control self-assessment process, as well as a
variety of external technical assessments, including external
penetration tests and “red team” engagements where third
parties test our defenses. The results of these risk
assessments, together with control performance findings, are
used to establish priorities, allocate resources, and identify
and improve controls. We use third parties, such as outside
forensics firms, to augment our cyber incident response
capabilities. We have a vendor management program that
documents a risk-based framework for managing third-party
vendor relationships. Information security risk management
is built into our vendor management process, which covers
vendor selection, onboarding, performance monitoring and
risk management. See “Third-Party Risk” for further
information about vendor risk.
THE GOLDMAN SACHS GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
Management’s Discussion and Analysis
Goldman Sachs March 2024 Form 10-Q 158
During the three months ended March 2024, we did not
identify any cybersecurity threats that have materially
affected or are reasonably likely to materially affect our
business strategy, results of operations or financial condition.
Technology Risk monitors cybersecurity threats and risks
from information security and cybersecurity matters on an
ongoing basis, and allocates resources and directs operations
in a manner designed to mitigate those risks. For example, in
response to the proliferation of ransomware attacks reported
globally over the past year, we have emphasized phishing
training for our employees and allocated additional resources
for business continuity. However, despite these efforts, we
cannot eliminate all cybersecurity risks or provide assurances
that we have not had occurrences of undetected cybersecurity
incidents.
Governance
The Board, both directly and through its committees,
including its Risk and Audit Committees, oversees our risk
management policies and practices, including cybersecurity
risks, and information security and cybersecurity matters.
Our chief risk officer, chief information officer and chief
technology officer, among others, periodically brief the Board
on operational and technology risks, including cybersecurity
risks, that we face. The Board also receives regular briefings
from our CISO on a range of cybersecurity-related topics,
including the status of our Cybersecurity Program, emerging
cybersecurity threats, mitigation strategies and related
regulatory engagements. In addition, these are topics on
which various directors maintain an ongoing dialogue with
our CISO, chief information officer and chief technology
officer.
Our CISO is responsible for managing and implementing the
Cybersecurity Program and reports directly to our chief
information officer. Our CISO oversees our Technology Risk
team, which assesses and manages material risks from
cybersecurity threats, sets firmwide control requirements,
assesses adherence to controls, and oversees incident
detection and response.
In addition, we have a series of committees that oversee the
implementation of our cybersecurity risk management
strategy and framework. These committees are informed
about cybersecurity incidents and risks by designated
members of Technology Risk and Operational Risk, who
periodically report to these committees about the
Cybersecurity Program, including the efforts of the
Technology Risk and Operational Risk teams to prevent,
detect, mitigate and remediate incidents and threats. These
committees enable formal escalation and reporting of risks,
and our CISO and other members of Technology Risk
provide regular briefings to these committees.
The following are the primary committees and steering
groups that oversee our Cybersecurity Program:
- • The Firmwide Operational Risk and Resilience Committee.
See “Overview and Structure of Risk Management” for
further information about this committee.
- • The Firmwide Technology Risk Committee reviews
matters related to the design, development, deployment
and use of technology. This committee oversees
cybersecurity matters, as well as technology risk
management frameworks and methodologies, and
monitors their effectiveness. This committee is chaired by
our chief technology officer and reports to the Firmwide
Operational Risk and Resilience Committee.
- • The Engineering Risk Steering Group oversees Engineering
risk decisions, monitors control performance and reviews
approaches to comply with current and emerging
regulation applicable to Engineering. This committee is
chaired by our CISO (who also serves on the Firmwide
Technology Risk Committee) and reports to the Firmwide
Technology Risk Committee.
Our CISO, senior management within Technology Risk and
Operational Risk, as well as management personnel
overseeing the Cybersecurity Program, all have substantial
relevant expertise in the areas of information security and
cybersecurity risk management.
Model Risk Management
Overview
Model risk is the potential for adverse consequences from
decisions made based on model outputs that may be incorrect
or used inappropriately. We rely on quantitative models
across our business activities primarily to value certain
financial assets and liabilities, to monitor and manage our
risk, and to measure and monitor our regulatory capital.
Model Risk, which is independent of our revenue-producing
units, model developers, model owners and model users, and
reports to our chief risk officer, has primary responsibility for
assessing, monitoring and managing our model risk through
firmwide oversight across our global businesses, and provides
periodic updates to senior management, risk committees and
the Risk Committee of the Board.
Our model risk management framework is managed through
a governance structure and risk management controls, which
encompass standards designed to ensure we maintain a
comprehensive model inventory, including risk assessment
and classification, sound model development practices,
independent review and model-specific usage controls. The
Firmwide Model Risk Control Committee oversees our
model risk management framework.
THE GOLDMAN SACHS GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
Management’s Discussion and Analysis
159 Goldman Sachs March 2024 Form 10-Q
Model Review and Validation Process
Model Risk consists of quantitative professionals who
perform an independent review, validation and approval of
our models. This review includes an analysis of the model
documentation, independent testing, an assessment of the
appropriateness of the methodology used, and verification of
compliance with model development and implementation
standards.
We regularly refine and enhance our models to reflect
changes in market or economic conditions and our business
- mix. All models are reviewed on an annual basis, and new
models or significant changes to existing models and their
assumptions are approved prior to implementation.
The model validation process incorporates a review of
models and trade and risk parameters across a broad range of
scenarios (including extreme conditions) in order to critically
evaluate and verify:
- • The model’s conceptual soundness, including the
reasonableness of model assumptions, and suitability for
intended use;
- • The testing strategy utilized by the model developers to
ensure that the models function as intended;
- • The suitability of the calculation techniques incorporated
in the model;
- • The model’s accuracy in reflecting the characteristics of the
related product and its significant risks;
- • The model’s consistency with models for similar products;
and
- • The model’s sensitivity to input parameters and
assumptions.
See “Critical Accounting Policies — Fair Value — Review of
Valuation Models,” “Liquidity Risk Management,” “Market
Risk Management,” “Credit Risk Management” and
“Operational Risk Management” for further information
about our use of models within these areas.
Other Risk Management
In addition to the areas of risks discussed above, we also
manage other risks, including capital, climate, compliance
and conflicts. These areas of risks are discussed below.
Capital Risk Management
Capital risk is the risk that our capital is insufficient to
support our business activities under normal and stressed
market conditions or we face capital reductions or RWA
increases, including from new or revised rules or changes in
interpretations of existing rules, and are therefore unable to
meet our internal capital targets or external regulatory
capital requirements. Capital adequacy is of critical
importance to us. Accordingly, we have in place a
comprehensive capital management policy that provides a
framework, defines objectives and establishes guidelines to
maintain an appropriate level and composition of capital in
both business-as-usual and stressed conditions. Our capital
management framework is designed to provide us with the
information needed to identify and comprehensively manage
risk, and develop and apply projected stress scenarios that
capture idiosyncratic vulnerabilities with a goal of holding
sufficient capital to remain adequately capitalized even after
experiencing a severe stress event. See “Capital Management
and Regulatory Capital” for further information about our
capital management process.
We have established a comprehensive governance structure to
manage and oversee our day-to-day capital management
activities and to ensure compliance with capital rules and
related policies. Our capital management activities are
overseen by the Board and its committees. The Board is
responsible for approving our annual capital plan and the
Risk Committee of the Board approves our capital
management policy, which details the risk committees and
members of senior management who are responsible for the
ongoing monitoring of our capital adequacy and evaluation
of current and future regulatory capital requirements, the
review of the results of our capital planning and stress tests
processes, and the results of our capital models. In addition,
our risk committees and senior management are responsible
for the review of our contingency capital plan, key capital
adequacy metrics, including regulatory capital ratios, and
capital plan metrics, such as the payout ratio, as well as
monitoring capital targets and potential breaches of capital
requirements.
Our process for managing capital risk includes independent
review by Risk that assesses regulatory capital policies and
related interpretations and escalates certain interpretations to
senior management and/or the appropriate risk committee.
This process also includes, among other things, independent
review and validation of our regulatory capital calculations,
analysis of the related documentation, independent testing
and an assessment of the appropriateness of the calculations
and their alignment with the relevant regulatory capital rules.
THE GOLDMAN SACHS GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
Management’s Discussion and Analysis
Goldman Sachs March 2024 Form 10-Q 160
Climate-Related and Environmental Risk Management
We categorize climate-related and environmental risks into
physical risk and transition risk. Physical risk is the risk that
asset values may decline or operations may be disrupted as a
result of changes in the climate, while transition risk is the
risk that asset values may decline because of changes in
climate policies or changes in the underlying economy due to
decarbonization.
As a global financial institution, climate-related and
environmental risks manifest in different ways across our
businesses. We have continued to make significant
enhancements to our climate risk management framework,
including steps to further integrate climate risk into our
broader risk management processes. We have integrated
oversight of climate-related risks into our risk management
governance structure, from senior management to our Board
and its committees, including the Risk and Public
Responsibilities Committees. The Risk Committee of the
Board oversees firmwide financial and nonfinancial risks,
which include climate risk, and, as part of its oversight,
receives updates on our risk management approach to climate
risk, including our approaches towards scenario analysis and
integration into existing risk management processes. The
Public Responsibilities Committee of the Board assists the
Board in its oversight of our firmwide sustainability strategy
and sustainability issues affecting us, including with respect
to climate change. As part of its oversight, the Public
Responsibilities Committee receives periodic updates on our
sustainability strategy, and also periodically reviews our
governance and related policies and processes for
sustainability and climate change-related matters. Senior
management within Risk, in coordination with senior
management in both our revenue-producing units and our
other independent risk oversight and control functions, is
responsible for the development of the climate-related and
environmental risk program. The objective of this program is
to integrate climate-related and environmental risks into
existing risk disciplines and business considerations, such as
the integration of climate risk into our credit evaluation and
underwriting processes for select industries.
See “Business — Sustainability” in Part I, Item 1 and “Risk
Factors” in Part I, Item 1A of the 2023 Form 10-K for
information about our sustainability initiatives, including in
relation to climate transition.
Compliance Risk Management
Compliance risk is the risk of legal or regulatory sanctions,
material financial loss or damage to our reputation arising
from our failure to comply with the requirements of
applicable laws, rules and regulations, and our internal
policies and procedures. Compliance risk is inherent in all
activities through which we conduct our businesses. Our
Compliance Risk Management Program, administered by
Compliance, assesses our compliance, regulatory and
reputational risk; monitors for compliance with new or
amended laws, rules and regulations; designs and implements
controls, policies, procedures and training; conducts
independent testing; investigates, surveils and monitors for
compliance risks and breaches; and leads our responses to
regulatory examinations, audits and inquiries. We monitor
and review business practices to assess whether they meet or
exceed minimum regulatory and legal standards in all
markets and jurisdictions in which we conduct business.
Conflicts Management
Conflicts of interest and our approach to dealing with them
are fundamental to our client relationships, our reputation
and our long-term success. The term “conflict of interest”
does not have a universally accepted meaning, and conflicts
can arise in many forms within a business or between
businesses. The responsibility for identifying potential
conflicts, as well as complying with our policies and
procedures, is shared by all of our employees.
We have a multilayered approach to resolving conflicts and
addressing reputational risk. Our senior management
oversees policies related to conflicts resolution and, in
conjunction with Conflicts Resolution, Legal and
Compliance, and internal committees, formulates policies,
standards and principles, and assists in making judgments
regarding the appropriate resolution of particular conflicts.
Resolving potential conflicts necessarily depends on the facts
and circumstances of a particular situation and the
application of experienced and informed judgment.
As a general matter, Conflicts Resolution reviews financing
and advisory assignments in Global Banking & Markets and
certain of our investing, lending and other activities. In
addition, we have various transaction oversight committees,
such as the Firmwide Capital, Commitments and Suitability
Committees and other committees that also review new
underwritings, loans, investments and structured products.
These groups and committees work with internal and
external counsel and Compliance to evaluate and address any
actual or potential conflicts. The head of Conflicts
Resolution reports to our chief legal officer, who reports to
our chief executive officer.
We regularly assess our policies and procedures that address
conflicts of interest in an effort to conduct our business in
accordance with the highest ethical standards and in
compliance with all applicable laws, rules and regulations.
For further information about our risk management
processes, see “Overview and Structure of Risk
Management” and “Risk Factors” in Part I, Item 1A of the
2023 Form 10-K.
THE GOLDMAN SACHS GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
Management’s Discussion and Analysis
161 Goldman Sachs March 2024 Form 10-Q
Available Information
Our internet address is www.goldmansachs.com and the
investor relations section of our website is located at
www.goldmansachs.com/investor-relations, where we make
available, free of charge, our annual reports on Form 10-K,
quarterly reports on Form 10-Q and current reports on Form
8-K and amendments to those reports filed or furnished
pursuant to Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Exchange Act, as
well as proxy statements, as soon as reasonably practicable
after we electronically file such material with, or furnish it to,
the SEC. Also posted on our website, and available in print
upon request of any shareholder to our Investor Relations
Department (Investor Relations), are our certificate of
incorporation and by-laws, charters for our Audit, Risk,
Compensation, Corporate Governance and Nominating, and
Public Responsibilities Committees, our Policy Regarding
Director Independence Determinations, our Policy on
Reporting of Concerns Regarding Accounting and Other
Matters, our Corporate Governance Guidelines and our
Code of Business Conduct and Ethics governing our
directors, officers and employees. Within the time period
required by the SEC, we will post on our website any
amendment to the Code of Business Conduct and Ethics and
any waiver applicable to any executive officer, director or
senior financial officer.
Our website also includes information about (i) purchases
and sales of our equity securities by our executive officers and
directors; (ii) disclosure relating to certain non-GAAP
financial measures (as defined in the SEC’s Regulation G)
that we may make public orally, telephonically, by webcast,
by broadcast or by other means; (iii) our DFAST results; (iv)
the public portion of our and GS Bank USA’s resolution plan
submissions; (v) our Pillar 3 disclosure; (vi) our average daily
LCR; (vii) our People Strategy Report; (viii) our
Sustainability Report; (ix) our Task Force on Climate-
Related Financial Disclosures Report; and (x) our average
daily NSFR.
Investor Relations can be contacted at The Goldman Sachs
Group, Inc., 200 West Street, 29th Floor, New York, New
York 10282, Attn: Investor Relations, telephone:
212-902-0300, e-mail: gs-investor-relations@gs.com. We use
the following, as well as other social media channels, to
disclose public information to investors, the media and
others:
- • Our website (www.goldmansachs.com);
- • Our X, formerly known as Twitter, account (x.com/
GoldmanSachs); and
- • Our Instagram account (instagram.com/GoldmanSachs).
Our officers may use similar social media channels to disclose
public information. It is possible that certain information we
or our officers post on our website and on social media could
be deemed material, and we encourage investors, the media
and others interested in Goldman Sachs to review the
business and financial information we or our officers post on
our website and on the social media channels identified
above. The information on our website and those social
media channels is not incorporated by reference into this
Form 10-Q.
Forward-Looking Statements
We have included in this Form 10-Q, and our management
may make, statements that constitute “forward-looking
statements” within the meaning of the safe harbor provisions
of the U.S. Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995.
Forward-looking statements are not historical facts or
statements of current conditions, but instead represent only
our beliefs regarding future events, many of which, by their
nature, are inherently uncertain and outside our control.
By identifying these statements for you in this manner, we are
alerting you to the possibility that our actual results, financial
condition, liquidity and capital actions may differ, possibly
materially, from the anticipated results, financial condition,
liquidity and capital actions in these forward-looking
statements. Important factors that could cause our results,
financial condition, liquidity and capital actions to differ
from those in these statements include, among others, those
described below and in “Risk Factors” in Part I, Item 1A of
the 2023 Form 10-K.
THE GOLDMAN SACHS GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
Management’s Discussion and Analysis
Goldman Sachs March 2024 Form 10-Q 162
These statements may relate to, among other things, (i) our
future plans and results, including our target ROE, ROTE,
efficiency ratio, CET1 capital ratio and firmwide AUS
inflows, and how they can be achieved, (ii) trends in or
growth opportunities for our businesses, including the
timing, costs, profitability, benefits and other aspects of
business and strategic initiatives and their impact on our
efficiency ratio, as well as the opportunities and challenges
presented by artificial intelligence, (iii) our level of future
compensation expense, including as a percentage of both
operating expenses and net revenues, net of provision for
credit losses, (iv) our Investment banking fees backlog and
future advisory and capital market results, (v) our expected
interest income and interest expense, (vi) our expense savings
and strategic locations initiatives, (vii) expenses we may
incur, including future litigation expense, (viii) the projected
growth of our deposits and other funding, asset liability
management and funding strategies and related interest
expense savings, (ix) our business initiatives, including
transaction banking, (x) our planned 2024 benchmark debt
issuances, (xi) the amount, composition and location of
GCLA we expect to hold, (xii) our credit exposures, (xiii) our
expected provision for credit losses, (xiv) the adequacy of our
allowance for credit losses, (xv) the narrowing of our
consumer business, (xvi) the objectives and effectiveness of
our BCP, information security program, risk management
and liquidity policies, (xvii) our resolution plan and strategy
and their implications for stakeholders, (xviii) the design and
effectiveness of our resolution capital and liquidity models
and triggers and alerts framework, (xix) the results of stress
tests, the effect of changes to regulations, and our future
status, activities or reporting under banking and financial
regulation, (xx) our expected tax rate, (xxi) the future state
of our liquidity and regulatory capital ratios, and our
prospective capital distributions (including dividends and
repurchases), (xxii) our expected SCB and G-SIB surcharge,
(xxiii) legal proceedings, governmental investigations or
other contingencies, (xxiv) the asset recovery guarantee and
our remediation activities related to our 1Malaysia
Development Berhad (1MDB) settlements, (xxv) the
effectiveness of our management of our human capital,
including our diversity goals, (xxvi) our sustainability and
carbon neutrality targets and goals, (xxvii) future inflation,
(xxviii) the impact of Russia’s invasion of Ukraine and
related sanctions and other developments on our business,
results and financial position, (xxix) our ability to sell, and
the terms of any proposed sales of, Asset & Wealth
Management historical principal investments, (xxx) our
agreement with GM regarding a process to transition the GM
credit card program to another issuer to be selected by GM,
(xxxi) the impact of the conflicts in the Middle East, (xxxii)
our ability to manage our commercial real estate exposures,
(xxxiii) the profitability of Platform Solutions, and (xxxiv)
the effectiveness of our cybersecurity risk management
process.
Statements about our target ROE, ROTE, efficiency ratio
and expense savings, and how they can be achieved, are
based on our current expectations regarding our business
prospects and are subject to the risk that we may be unable to
achieve our targets due to, among other things, changes in
our business mix, lower profitability of new business
initiatives, increases in technology and other costs to launch
and bring new business initiatives to scale, and increases in
liquidity requirements.
Statements about our target ROE, ROTE and CET1 capital
ratio, and how they can be achieved, are based on our current
expectations regarding the capital requirements applicable to
us and are subject to the risk that our actual capital
requirements may be higher than currently anticipated
because of, among other factors, changes in the regulatory
capital requirements applicable to us resulting from changes
in regulations, including as a result of the July 2023 proposal
to revise the U.S. bank regulatory capital rules, or the
interpretation or application of existing regulations or
changes in the nature and composition of our activities.
Statements about our firmwide AUS inflows targets are based
on our current expectations regarding our fundraising
prospects and are subject to the risk that actual inflows may
be lower than expected due to, among other factors,
competition from other asset managers, changes in
investment preferences and changes in economic or market
conditions.
Statements about the timing, costs, profitability, benefits and
other aspects of business and expense savings initiatives, the
level and composition of more durable revenues and increases
in market share and the narrowing of our consumer business
are based on our current expectations regarding our ability to
implement these initiatives and actual results may differ,
possibly materially, from our current expectations due to,
among other things, a delay in the timing of these initiatives,
increased competition and an inability to reduce expenses
and grow businesses with durable revenues or to exit certain
consumer businesses.
Statements about the level of future compensation expense,
including as a percentage of both operating expenses and net
revenues, net of provision for credit losses, and our efficiency
ratio are subject to the risks that the compensation and other
costs to operate our businesses may be greater than currently
expected.
THE GOLDMAN SACHS GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
Management’s Discussion and Analysis
163 Goldman Sachs March 2024 Form 10-Q
Statements about our Investment banking fees backlog and
future advisory and capital market results are subject to the
risk that advisory and capital market activity may not
increase as the firm expects or that such transactions may be
modified or may not be completed at all, and related net
revenues may not be realized or may be materially less than
expected. Important factors that could have such a result
include, for underwriting transactions, a decline or weakness
in general economic conditions, an outbreak or worsening of
hostilities, including those in Ukraine and the Middle East,
continuing volatility in the securities markets or an adverse
development with respect to the issuer of the securities and,
for advisory transactions, a decline in the securities markets,
an inability to obtain adequate financing, an adverse
development with respect to a party to the transaction or a
failure to obtain a required regulatory approval.
Statements about the projected growth of our deposits and
other funding, asset liability management and funding
strategies and related interest expense savings, and our
platform solutions business, are subject to the risk that actual
growth, savings and profitability may differ, possibly
materially, from that currently anticipated due to, among
other things, changes in interest rates and competition from
other similar products.
Statements about planned 2024 benchmark debt issuances
and the amount, composition and location of GCLA we
expect to hold are subject to the risk that actual issuances and
GCLA levels may differ, possibly materially, from that
currently expected due to changes in market conditions,
business opportunities or our funding and projected liquidity
needs.
Statements about our expected provision for credit losses are
subject to the risk that actual credit losses may differ and our
expectations may change, possibly materially, from that
currently anticipated due to, among other things, changes to
the composition of our loan portfolio and changes in the
economic environment in future periods and our forecasts of
future economic conditions, as well as changes in our models,
policies and other management judgments.
Statements about our future effective income tax rate are
subject to the risk that it may differ from the anticipated rate
indicated in such statements, possibly materially, due to,
among other things, changes in the tax rates applicable to us,
changes in our earnings mix, our profitability and entities in
which we generate profits, the assumptions we have made in
forecasting our expected tax rate, the interpretation or
application of existing tax statutes and regulations, as well as
any corporate tax legislation that may be enacted or any
guidance that may be issued by the U.S. Internal Revenue
Service or in the other jurisdictions in which we operate
(including Global Anti-Base Erosion (Pillar II) guidance).
Statements about the future state of our liquidity and
regulatory capital ratios (including our SCB and G-SIB
surcharge), and our prospective capital distributions
(including dividends and repurchases), are subject to the risk
that our actual liquidity, regulatory capital ratios and capital
distributions may differ, possibly materially, from what is
currently expected due to, among other things, the need to
use capital to support clients, increased regulatory
requirements resulting from changes in regulations or the
interpretation or application of existing regulations, results of
applicable supervisory stress tests, changes to the
composition of our balance sheet and the impact of taxes on
share repurchases. Statements about the estimated impact of
proposed, but not finalized, capital rules are subject to
change as we continue to analyze the proposals, the final
rules may differ from the proposed rules and our balance
sheet composition will change. As a consequence, we may
underestimate the actual impact of the final rules (including
any final rules in respect of the July 2023 proposal from the
U.S. federal bank regulatory agencies).
Statements about the risk exposure related to the asset
recovery guarantee provided to the Government of Malaysia
are subject to the risk that we may be unsuccessful in our
arbitration against the Government of Malaysia. Statements
about the progress or the status of remediation activities
relating to 1MDB are based on our expectations regarding
our current remediation plans. Accordingly, our ability to
complete the remediation activities may change, possibly
materially, from what is currently expected.
THE GOLDMAN SACHS GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
Management’s Discussion and Analysis
Goldman Sachs March 2024 Form 10-Q 164
Statements about our objectives in management of our
human capital, including our diversity goals, are based on
our current expectations and are subject to the risk that we
may not achieve these objectives and goals due to, among
other things, competition in recruiting and attracting diverse
candidates and unsuccessful efforts in retaining diverse
employees.
Statements about our sustainability and carbon neutrality,
net-zero or other sustainability-related targets and goals are
based on our current expectations and are subject to the risk
that we may not achieve these targets and goals due to,
among other things, global socio-demographic and economic
trends, energy prices, lack of technological innovations,
climate-related conditions and weather events, legislative and
regulatory changes, consumer behavior and demand, and
other unforeseen events or conditions.
Statements about future inflation are subject to the risk that
actual inflation may differ, possibly materially, due to,
among other things, changes in economic growth,
unemployment or consumer demand.
Statements about the impact of Russia’s invasion of Ukraine
and related sanctions, the impact of the conflicts in the
Middle East and other developments on our business, results
and financial position are subject to the risks that hostilities
may escalate and expand, that sanctions may increase and
that the actual impact may differ, possibly materially, from
what is currently expected.
Statements about the proposed sales of Asset & Wealth
Management historical principal investments are subject to
the risks that buyers may not bid on these assets or bid at
levels, or with terms, that are unacceptable to us, and that the
performance of these activities may deteriorate as a result of
the pending sales, and statements about our agreement with
GM regarding a process to transition the GM credit card
program to another issuer to be selected by GM are subject to
the risk that the transaction may not close on the anticipated
timeline or at all, including due to a failure to obtain requisite
regulatory approval.
Statements about the effectiveness of our cybersecurity risk
management process are subject to the risk that measures we
have implemented to safeguard our systems (and third parties
that we interface with) may not be sufficient to prevent a
successful cybersecurity attack or a material security breach
that results in the disclosure of confidential information or
otherwise disrupts our operations.
THE GOLDMAN SACHS GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
Management’s Discussion and Analysis
165 Goldman Sachs March 2024 Form 10-Q